HOME
CONTACT - LINKS
PEC NEWS
CASUALTIES
OTHER NEWS
PEC AWARD
DOCUMENTS
NO IMPUNITY
 


***23.07.2014. Gaza: PEC welcomes the special session of the Human Rights Council (for Arabic,see below)

Geneva, July 23 (PEC) The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes the Special session of the Human Rights Council organized Wednesday in Geneva on the situation in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.

The NGO supports the statement of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Navy Pillay which stresses that civilians must not be targeted and that civilian homes are not legitimate targets unless they are being used for, or contribute to, military purposes at the time in question.

The PEC condemned the killing of journalists in armed conflicts as well as targeting media offices and homes of journalists under any circumstances.

On Tuesday the Israeli army targeted Al-Jazeera offices in Gaza and following the attack the Doha based station withdrew its team from the offices. 

Israeli forces also continued shelling journalist's houses. The journalist and producer Rima Mahmoud  Abu Sabha, 26, reported that Israeli forces shelled her house by two rockets without a previous warning. Therefore, her father was killed, and their one-floor house, where 11 people live, was destroyed. Eight people, who live in her uncle's house which is next to their house, were injured. Then Israeli airplanes shelled the remaining of the house again. 

On 20 July, the Israeli forces committed another crime against Palestinian Journalists when they killed the photo reporter Khalid Hamad, 26, who works for the Continue TV production company. He was wearing a press jacket,  while he was covering Israeli military operations on Al-Shujaieh neighbourhood in Gaza city.

The PEC suports the call launched by the Palestinian Authority and the Human Rights Council that "the Government of Switzerland, in its capacity as depositary of the Fourth Geneva Convention, promptly reconvene the conference of High Contracting Parties to the Convention on measures to enforce the Convention in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, and to ensure its respect in accordance with article 1 common to the four Geneva Conventions".

On this occasion, it would be important to reaffirm the principles of the protection of journalists as independent witnesses in armed conflicts and discussions must start on putting in place new mechanisms of protection as well as access and enquiry. As of today, according to the PEC, 69 journalists were killed in 22 countries since January this year.

حملة الشارة الدولية ترحب بالجلسة الخاصة حول غزة

جنيف-القاهرة-23 يوليو (حملة الشارة) – رحبت اليوم حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين بالجلسة الخاصة لمجلس حقوق الإنسان التي عقدت اليوم بجنيف حول الاوضاع في الأراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة.

و تدعم حملة الشارة الدولية بيان مفوضة حقوق الانسان نافي بيلاي الذي القته صباح اليوم في مستهل الجلسة و التي أكدت فيه أنه لا يجوز استهداف المدنيين و لا منازلهم فهي ليست اهدافاً مشروعة إلا إذا استخدموا كغطاء للأهداف العسكرية في وقت الاستهداف. 

و كانت حملة الشارة قد أدانت قتل الصحفيين و العاملين في وسائل الاعلام و استهداف مكاتب الصحفيين و منازلهم تحت أي ظرف من الظروف. 

و قامت القوات الاسرائيلية الثلاثاء باستهداف مكاتب قناة الجزيرة في غزة مما أدى إلى إجلاء العاملين بها. و استمرت القوات الاسرائيلية في قصف منازل الصحفيين حسب رواية الصحفية و المخرجة ريما محمود أبو صبحا -26 سنة- التي استهدفت القوات الإسرائيلية بصاروخين أسفرا عن مقتل والدها، و استمرت القوات في القصف حتى سوي المنزل بالأرض.

و منذ 3 أيام قتلت القوات الإسرائيلية المصور الصحفي الفلسطيني خالد حماد – 26 عاماً – و يعمل مع إحدى القنوات التليفزيونية في الوقت الذي كان يؤدي عمله في تغطية القصف في حي الشجاعية.

و أضافت حملة الشارة أنها تؤيد نداء السلطة الفلسطينية و مجلس حقوق الانسان بالتوصية لسويسرا الحاضنة لمعاهدات جنيف يعقد مؤتمر الاطراف للمعاهدة و بروتوكولاتها الأربعة من أجل تطبيق المعاهدة الدولية و بروتوكولاتها في الأراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة بما في ذلك القدس الشرقية.       

و أكدت الحملة في بيانها أنه من المهم إعادة تأكيد المبادئ الخاصة بحماية الصحفيين كشهود مستقلين في النزاعات العسكرية و على ضرورة البدء في وضع موضع التنفيذ اجراءات جديدة لحماية الصحفيين و أيضاً ما يوفر لهم تغطية الاحداث دون تهديد، و التحقيق الفوري في مقتل الصحفيين و تقديم مرتكبي هذه الجرائم للعدالة و فوراً.

و طبقاً لأرقام حملة الشارة فقد قتل حتى اليوم 69 صحفيا و صحفية في 22 دولة منذ بداية العام الحالي.

لمزيد من المعلومات تصفح  

***22.07.2014. PEC Biannual report 2014 (French and Arabic after English) - 61 journalists killed in first half of 2014 - Ukraine more dangerous than Syria

Geneva, PEC (22 July) – According to the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) biannual report 61 journalists were killed in 22 countries since the beginning of this year, a figure higher than that of the first 6 months of 2013 where the number of killed journalists stood at 59 journalists.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen noted that there is no improvement in the protection of journalists. He added that the great number of conflicts have increased dramatically the risks facing media workers.

“With the current pace and with new media victims falling in the Gaza war it is expected that the tally for 2014 could become one of the worst in the recent years,” stressed Lempen.

PEC Secretary-General said that with 7 media workers killed in Ukraine the torn country becomes with Iraq the most dangerous country for media work even ahead of Syria. “It is very worrying that a European country heads the list of most dangerous countries while in the past Europe did not flag in the statistics of killed journalists”, he said.

Since January, according to the PEC records, 7 media workers were killed in Ukraine, as well as another 7 in Iraq, and six in Syria.

Following the first three most dangerous countries comes Afghanistan, Brazil, Central African Republic and Pakistan with 4 journalists killed in each country.

Mexico, the Philippines, Honduras follow in rank with three journalists killed in each country.

Two journalists were killed in Cambodia, Libya, Paraguay and Somalia respectively.  

While one journalist was killed in the following countries: Bangladesh, Colombia, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Egypt, India Lebanon, Panama and Saudi Arabia.

By region the Middle East and North Africa lead as the most dangerous region with 17 journalists killed. Asia follows, 15 killed, Latin America 14 killed, Sub-Saharan Africa with 8 killed and Europe 7 killed.

The great majority of journalists were killed in conflict zones (41 out of 61).

In July, since the start of the conflict between Israel and Hamas, already two media workers were killed in Gaza. PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi calls upon the international community to impose on Israel the implementation of the laws of war and Human Rights so as not to target media workers and media buildings, and to stop committing massacres against helpless civilians. According to the PEC criteria, 129 journalists were killed in 2013 and 141 media workers in 2012.

61 journalistes tués au cours des six premiers mois de 2014
L’Ukraine plus dangereuse que la Syrie

Genève, PEC (22 juillet) Le nombre de victimes parmi les journalistes a augmenté au cours des six premiers mois de 2014 par rapport à la même période de l’an dernier, selon le rapport intermédiaire de la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC), publié mardi à Genève. De janvier à fin juin, 61 journalistes ont été tués dans 22 pays, contre 59 journalistes tués dans 23 pays au cours des six premiers mois de 2013.

« Il n’y a pas d’amélioration dans la protection des journalistes. Le grand nombre de conflits en cours expose les medias à des risques croissants. A ce rythme, avec de nouvelles victimes ces derniers jours à Gaza, le bilan de l’année 2014 risque d’être l’un des plus lourds de ces dernières années », a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen.

« Avec sept employés des medias tués, l’Ukraine est devenue avec l’Irak le pays plus dangereux. Il est consternant de constater qu’un pays européen est désormais en tête de liste, même devant la Syrie, alors que l’Europe était pratiquement absente de la statistique ces dernières années », a ajouté Lempen.

Depuis janvier, selon le décompte de la PEC, sept employés des medias ont été tués en Irak et sept en Ukraine. La Syrie suit avec six tués.

Au 4e rang, sont à égalité avec quatre tués dans chaque pays, l’Afghanistan, le Brésil, la République centrafricaine et le Pakistan. Suivent avec trois tués dans chaque pays le Mexique, les Philippines et le Honduras. Deux journalistes ont en outre été tués au Cambodge, en Libye, au Paraguay et en Somalie.

Enfin, un journaliste a été tué dans les pays suivants : Arabie saoudite, Bangladesh, Colombie,  Egypte, Inde, Liban, Panama et République démocratique du Congo.

Par région, le Moyen-Orient et Afrique du Nord est toujours la zone la plus dangereuse, avec 17 journalistes tués au total. Vient ensuite l’Asie avec 15 victimes et l’Amérique latine avec 14 victimes. L’Afrique subsaharienne dénombre huit victimes et l’Europe suit de près avec sept victimes.

La grande majorité sont morts dans des zones de conflit armé (41 sur 61).

En juillet, depuis le début de la guerre entre Israël et le Hamas, déjà deux travailleurs des médias ont été tués à Gaza. La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi a demandé à la communauté internationale de faire en sorte qu’Israël applique les lois de la guerre et respecte les droits de l’homme de manière à ne pas viser des travailleurs des medias ou des bâtiments accueillant des medias et de cesser de commettre des massacres contre des civils innocents. Pour rappel, selon le décompte de la PEC, 129 journalistes ont été tués dans l’exercice de leur fonction en 2013 et 141 en 2012.

61 من الصحفيين يقتلون من يناير إلى يونيو 2014

سقوط ضحايا في حرب غزة

اوكرانيا الأسوأ قبل سوريا

تقرير حملة الشارة منتصف العام

جنيف-القاهرة – 22 يوليو حملة الشارة – أعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين في تقريرها النصف السنوي أن 61 صحفياً و صحفية قد قتلوا منذ بداية 2014، و هو رقم أعلى من الفترة المماثلة في 2013 حيث يلغ عدد الضحايا من الصحفيين 59.

و طبقا لتصريح سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان فإن الوضع لم يشهد تحسنا في قضية حماية الصحفيين، و أن زيادة اعداد و حدة النزاعات المسلحة تجعل المخاطر تزداد امام العمل الصحفي في هذه المناطق، و انه بمعدلات العام الحالي حتى الآن فإنه من المنتظر زيادة عدد القتلى من الصحفيين في 2014 مما ينذر بجعل العام الحالي و احداً من الأسوأ في السنوات الأخيرة. 

و أضاف ليمبان لأنه بمقتل 7 من العاملين في وسائل الاعلام في أوكرانيا فقد تقدمت أوكرانيا مع العراق – 7 قتلي- كأسوأ دولتين بعد سوريا-6 قتلى من الصحفيين، و هو أمر يقلق بوجود دولة اوروبية في مقدمة دول المخاطر بعد أن كانت الدول الأوروبية قد اختفت من الاحصائيات.  

و تأتي بعد أوكرانيا و العراق و سوريا كل من أفغانستان و البرازيل و جمهورية افريقيا الوسطى بمقتل 4 صحفيين في كل من هذه الدول، ثم المكسيك و الفلبين و هندوراس حيث قتل 3 من الصحفيين في كل من هذه الدول، ثم 2 من الصحفيين قتلوا في كل من كمبوديا و ليبيا و باراجواي و الصومال، و مقتل صحفي واحد في كل من بنجلاديش و كولومبيا و جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية و مصر و الهند و لبنان و باناما و السعودية، ثم .

و اصبحتا منطقتا الشرق الأوسط و شمال إفريقيا اخطر المناطق للعمل الصحفي حيث قتل 17 من الصحفيين، ثم آسيا: 15، ثم امريكا اللاتينية: 14، ثم إفريقيا جنوب الصحراء: 8 و في أوروبا: 7. و الغالبية العظمى من الصحفيين قتلوا في نزاعات مسلحة: 41 من 61.

و ناشدت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي المجتمع الدولي بفرض تطبيق الخطوط العريضة لقانوني الحرب و حقوق الإنسان على إسرائيل في حربها على غزة حتى لا يتحول من يعمل كصحفي إلى هدف عسكري، و أن تتوقف إسرائيل عن ارتكاب المذابح ضد المدنيين حيث ارتفعت نسبة الضحايا من الاطفال في هذه المجازر إلى ثلث المجموع الكلي للقتلى.

و طبقاً لنفس المعايير لتسجيل القتلى من الصحفيين فقد قتل في 2013 عدد 129 صحفياً و في 2012 عدد 141 صحفياً.

لمزيد من المعلومات رجاء تصفح. 
 

***13.07.2014. GAZA. PEC calls upon the Israeli authorities to allow media workers to carry on their work (Arabic below)

Geneva, July 14 (PEC) - As the conflict enters its second week, the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) calls on Israel to respect the laws of war and to refrain from killing civilians and media workers. The PEC calls upon the Israeli military authorities to distinguish between combatants and media workers, to spare the media installations from being targeted and to allow media workers to carry on their work.

Journalists must be able to document other facets of the conflict such as the launching of Hamas rockets at Israel.
The NGO based in Geneva condemned strongly last week the killing in Gaza of Hamed Shehab, 27, who worked for a local press company Media 24. He was driving a car that had the letters “TV” affixed to it in large, red stickers when it was struck by an Israeli missile.
 
PEC secretary-General Blaise Lempen said that with seven journalists killed in Syria, six in Iraq, six in Ukraine, four in Afghanistan and four in Central African Republic media workers already paid a heavy tribute to the upsurge of conflicts this year.

"This must stop”, said Lempen.

طالبت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين إسرائيل باحترام قانون الحرب و عدم استهداف العاملين في وسائل الاعلام 

جنيف - القاهرة 14 يوليو (حملة الشارة) – و الحرب على غزة تدخل أسبوعها الثاني طالبت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين  اسرائيل باحترام قانون الحرب و عدم مهاجمة المدنيين و العاملين في المؤسسات الاعلامية بعد مقتل حامد شهاب الذي كان يقود سيارته التي وضحت عليها علامة تليفزيون بالخط الأحمر العريض حين قصفت بصاروخ إسرائيلي الأربعاء، مشيرة إلى أن مقتل حامد شهاب بواسطة صاروخ إسرائيلي هو من جرائم الحرب. 
 
كما طالبت السلطات الحربية الإسرائيلية بالتفرقة ما بين المقاتلين و العاملين في وسائل الاعلام، و عدم التعرض للمنشآت الإعلامية و عدم استهدافها و السماع للعاملين في وسائل الاعلام بالقيام بعملهم. 
 
و أدانت بقوة مقتل حامد شهاب -31 عاماً- الذي كان يعمل بمؤسسة ميديا 24 المحلية في غزة، و كان يقود وقت استهدافه سيارة مكتوب عليه بالخط الأحمر الواضح كلمة تليفزيون حين قصفت بصاروخ إسرائيلي. 
 
و طالب سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان بالوقف الفوري لهذه العمليات مشيرا إلى أن 7 صحفيين قتلوا في سوريا و 6 في العراق و 4 في أفغانستان و 4 أخرين في جمهورية إفريقيا الوسطي و ها هم قد دفعوا ثمناً باهظاً لانفجار النزاعات خلال العام الحالي. 
 
لمزيد من المعلومات تصفح 

***23.06.2014. EGYPT. PEC calls on Egyptian President al-Sissi to release sentenced journalists including Peter Greste (read also below a statement issued by Al Jazeera)

Être journaliste n'est pas un un crime !Un tribunal égyptien a condamné lundi à des peines de sept à dix ans de prison trois journalistes de la chaîne qatarie Al-Jazeera. Ils étaient accusés de soutenir les Frères musulmans du président destitué Mohamed Morsi. Nous ne pouvons accepter que le régime au pouvoir en Egypte emprisonne des journalistes pour leur appartenance à un média “interdit”, nous ne pouvons accepter qu'un gouvernement impose les sujets pouvant être filmés par une chaîne de télévision.
Nous exigeons des autorités égyptiennes la libération immédiate et l'abandon de toutes les charges pesant sur les trois journalistes d'Al Jazeera. signez et faites signer cet appel !

LINK WITH THE PETITION - LIEN AVEC LA PETITION:

http://beingjournalistisnotacrime.wesign.it/fr

Geneva, June 23 (PEC) – The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) joined hands with Australian Prime Minister Tony Abbott and called upon Egyptian president Abdel Fattah al-Sisi to release the sentenced journalists including Australian journalist Peter Greste.

Three Al-Jazeera journalists who have been held in Egypt since December have been sentenced to seven years in jail, according to an Ahram Online reporter at the courthouse.

The three defendants are Australian Peter Greste, Egyptian-Canadian Mohamed Fahmy and Egyptian Baher Mohamed.

They have been on trial along with 17 others on charges of "spreading false news," falsely portraying Egypt as being in a state of "civil war," as well as and aiding or joining the backlisted Muslim Brotherhood.

The Australian journalist and two other reporters working for the Qatar-based Al Jazeera English have been detained since December and are among 20 accused, in a trial that has triggered international outrage amid fears of growing media restrictions in Egypt.

The PEC believes that such a course is a dangerous precedent affecting freedom of opinion and expression and becomes a dangerous impediment to the work of journalists.

The Geneva based NGO condemns the sentence and believes it is an extreme course that Egypt could have avoided.  (end)

FYI - Media Release Al Jazeera - Egypt verdict “defies logic, sense, and any semblance of justice”

- “Not a shred of evidence” against journalists

- “We will continue with resolve until Peter, Baher and Mohammed are free”

Following today’s verdict in Cairo, Al Jazeera English managing director Al Anstey said:

“Today three colleagues and friends were sentenced, and will continue behind bars for doing a brilliant job of being great journalists. “Guilty" of covering stories with great skill and integrity. "Guilty" of defending people’s right to know what is going on in their world.

“Peter, Mohamed, and Baher and six of our other colleagues were sentenced despite the fact that not a shred of evidence was found to support the extraordinary and false charges against them. At no point during the long drawn out “trial” did the absurd allegations stand up to scrutiny. There were many moments during the hearings where in any other court of law, the trial would be thrown out. There were numerous irregularities in addition to the lack of evidence to stand up the ill-conceived allegations.

“There is no justification whatsoever in the detention of our three colleagues for even one minute. To have detained them for 177 Days is an outrage. To have sentenced them defies logic, sense, and any semblance of justice.

“The support shown for Mohamed, Peter, and Baher has been loud, unified, and determined, and has come from every corner of the world. The call for their freedom has come from journalists, people right around the globe, as well as leaders worldwide. This great solidarity is a stand for basic freedoms - the freedom of speech, for the right for people to be informed, and for the right for journalists around the world to be able to do their job. And, of course, a demand to free our colleagues.

“There is only one sensible outcome now. For the verdict to be overturned, and justice to be recognised by Egypt. We must keep our voice loud to call for an end to their detention. Alongside us is a worldwide solidarity, a global call for their release, and a demand for basic freedoms to be respected. The authorities in Egypt need to take responsibility for their actions, and be held to account by the global community.

“We will continue with resolve and determination until Baher, Peter, and Mohamed are free and safely reunited with their families.”  (end)

***23.06.2014. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL - 26th session. Oral statement delivered by the PEC Permanent Representative at the UN Gianfranco Fattorini - item 4 - Ukraine, Israel/Palestine, Iran

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
26th session

Item 4  -  Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
 
General debate
 
Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign draws the attention of the Council on the dire situation of journalists in armed confrontation or conflict situations.

First of all in Ukraine, where a civil unrest has turned to a civil war which may escalate into a sub-regional conflict. With reference to our written statement (A/HRC/26/NGO/52), we express our concern as, since the beginning of the civil unrests last November, hundreds of cases of different kind of physical and/or psychological violence against journalists and media workers have been reported; five media workers have lost their lives. Last Wednesday, the UN Security Council voiced its deepest condolences to the families of all journalists who have been killed while covering the crisis in Ukraine, and encouraged a thorough investigation of all such incidents. Among the casualties are two Russian journalists killed on 17 June, and an Italian photojournalist who was killed on 24 May along with his Russian interpreter.

According to different reliable sources, hundreds of local and international journalists and media workers were wounded during the mass protests that took place in Kiev and other localities, an increasing number of broadcasting (TV and radio) stations and newspapers have also been targeted by armed groups and the facilities have been damaged, broken or stolen; some have been banned from broadcasting and even closed down.

We wish to underline here that all parties involved in the confrontation are responsible for acts of violence against media workers. As in every armed confrontation, the propaganda utilised by all actors calls for a free and protected access to journalists and media workers in the field in order to ensure the widest possible coverage of events and to allow for the greater diversity of perspectives.

In Israel and in the occupied territory of the State of Palestine, Palestinian journalists continue to be subject of harassment and acts of violence from Israeli security forces which pushed away journalists while being in an area dedicated to media, threw grenades at photographers and allowed demonstrators to attack journalists without protecting them. The PEC calls on the Israeli Government to ensure a safe and enabling environment for journalists and media workers.

Finally, the PEC denounces the climate of censorship and threats pursued by the Iranian authorities against journalists. Media outlet criticizing the Government policy have been closed, journalists have been imprisoned while the elected candidate Rohani promised, during his presidential campaign, for an environment of freedom of expression for journalists.

23rd June 2014

***17.06.2014. UKRAINE. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) strongly condemns the killing of two journalists near Lugansk in Ukraine.

Two journalists for Russian TV channel Rossiya have died from wounds sustained during a Ukrainian military shelling attack near Lugansk, eastern Ukraine, according to various reports. Reporter Igor Kornelyuk passed away on the operating table, a doctor at the hospital confirmed to RT. The doctor told RT that "sadly, he has passed away."

The second alleged victim is sound engineer Anton Voloshin. According to RT's information, he died immediately at the scene. The Rossiya channel crew consisted of three people with only one of them, Viktor Denisov, the cameraman, surviving the Ukrainian military shelling.

The PEC expresses its deep sadness and offer its heartfelt condolences to the families of the victims.

“We are shocked by the death of these media workers. The crisis in eastern Ukraine is getting more and more violent and dangerous for the journalists covering it. We call on all parties to the conflict to respect the work of journalists, regardless of the editorial policies of their news organizations”, said PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen.

Denisov told LifeNews how he managed to get out of harm’s way during the attack that claimed his colleague’s life. The cameraman said he was standing 100 meters from the spot where the mortar exploded.

“I must say I was really lucky, I’d walked toward our cars, about 100 meters away, and that’s when the shelling started. My colleagues were supposed to have been out of the range of fire, but for some reason one of the shells flew straight into them,” Denisov said.

When the attack began, Denisov ran toward the fleeing residents, who stood nearby. They managed to escape together. Speaking to Vesti, Denisov recounted the events that transpired in the initial minutes of the shelling.

He recalled getting closer to shoot some footage, but was told not to go further. As soon as soldier motioned with his hand for everyone to get down, Denisov heard the pop next to the defense forces.

“This is when I ran over to our guys and to the soldiers that had been wounded in the explosion, all the while trying to get some footage and help to get the fleeing people to safety. We walked for a kilometer,” he said. “Walking in the open was dangerous. The sound of exploding mines could be heard the entire time. We had shrapnel fly in our direction.”

The killing in a mortar attack of two russian journalists follows the murder of Italian photojournalist Andrea Rocchelli and his Russian fixer and interpreter, Andrei Mironov, by  mortar fire near Sloviansk, in eastern Ukraine’s Donetsk region on 24 May. William Roguelon, a French photographer working for the Wostok Press agency who was with them, sustained leg injuries from the same shell.

Rocchelli, Roguelon, Mironov and their driver were caught in an exchange of fire in Andreievka, a village a few kilometres south of Sloviansk, on the evening of 24 May. Roguelon said “between 40 and 60 mortar shells” were fired, one of them landing in the ditch in which they had taken cover.

Many more journalists were physically attacked or injured in Ukraine in the first five months of this year.

***17.06.2014. SYRIA. 26th session of the Human Rights Council. Report of the international commission of inquiry - PEC statement delivered by Gianfranco Fattorini, PEC Permanent Representative at the UN

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
26th session

Item 4  -  Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

Report of the Independent international commission of inquiry on the situation
in the Syrian Arab Republic

Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign thanks the members of the Independent international commission of inquiry of remaining attentive to the particular situation journalists have to face in the Syrian Arab Republic and for highlighting the danger of the extension of the armed confrontation to Iraq as two Iraqi journalists have already lost their lives in recent days in northern Iraq. The PEC is particularly concerned by the radicalization of the armed groups which may be conducive to a regional destabilization and calls for an urgent reinforcement of the protection of journalists and media workers.

Indeed, Syria was the deadliest country in the world for media workers in 2012 with 37 media workers killed and again in 2013 with 17 media workers killed. Since the beginning of the civil unrest that turned to a civil war, 61 media workers have paid with their life their professional commitment in the Syrian Arab Republic.

The PEC wish to point out here that all parties involved in the internal conflict, the governmental forces as well as the armed opposition groups and the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria are responsible of arbitrary arrests, abduction, kidnapping, physical and psychological torture, extrajudicial killings or murder. This situation, regrettably, leads to a form of self-censorship from the media outlets which are reluctant to send correspondent in the field.

While welcoming the recent release of two Spanish and four French journalists, the PEC is still concerned about the important number of journalists held in detention or hostages. The PEC calls on all factions involved in the Syrian conflict to release unconditionally all journalists and media workers.

The PEC calls on the Commission of Inquiry to continue to investigate and to report to the Council about the fate of Mazen Darwish, Director of the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression, who was arrested in February 2012. Darwish and his two colleagues Hani Zitani and Hussein Al Ghurair are still held in arbitrary detention.

Finally, the PEC would like to ask a question to the members of the Commission: considering that the State is responsible of the majority of the crimes committed against journalists in Syria and that at the same time the State has the primarily responsibility to protect journalists and media workers which would be in your view, the best way to protect journalists in the Syrian Arab Republic?

17th June 2014

***11.06.2014. 26th session of the Human Rights Council. Panel discussion on the Safety of Journalists. Oral statement delivered by the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) Representative Gianfranco Fattorini

"Mr. President,

Our organisation welcomes this second Panel on journalists’ rights four years after the first one which focused on “Protection of journalists in armed conflict”. Since then, the Council had the opportunity to examine at its 20th session the reports presented respectively by the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions (Mr. Heyns) and by the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression (Mr. La Rue) and, at its 24th session, the report prepared by the Office of the the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights.

In order to apprehend correctly the problems faced by journalists[1] and media workers and thus better identify challenges and good practices we firmly believe that it has to be kept in mind that the great majority of the media workers are killed in conflict situations, violent civil unrest or in countries where the State authorities have to face political or criminal armed movements: all kind of situations where the State cannot develop policies and practices in a regular way; on the contrary, authorities are militarily engaged in a confrontational struggle against a more or less large part of the population.

In this context, while recognizing the valuable contribution of the above mentioned studies to the reflection on violence suffered by journalists, including their murders, we believe it would be more appropriate, as requested by the Council itself in Resolution 21/12, to consider the Protection of journalists at large instead of limiting the reflection on Safety only, which of course is an important element of the Protection.

As highlighted in our written statements (A/HRC/24/NGO/47 and A/HRC/26/??), impunity is the major challenge governments, and the international community as a whole, have to face when they truly want to protect journalists. The Press Emblem Campaign is still convinced that only an independent, international mechanism accessible not only to journalists themselves, but to their families too, would be able to combat effectively the impunity accompanying violence against journalists.

We do hope that the conclusions to this Panel will lead us to a step further on the road to the adoption of a specific UN instrument as Mr. Heyns called for in the Conclusions of his report[2] - for which Mr Frank La Rue the UN special rapporteur on freedom of expression also called during the panel today - and we look forward to participating to these efforts."

11 June 2014

[1] The term “journalists” includes all media workers accompanying them.

[2] A/HRC/20/22, par. 124

FYI - Opening remarks of Ms Navi Pillay, United Nations High Commissionner for Human Rights - Panel discussion on the Safety of Journalists

Mr. President,

Excellencies,

Ladies and Gentlemen,

Thank you for giving me the opportunity to speak on this important topic. Sound, bold and independent journalism is vital in any democratic society. It drives the right to hold and express opinions and the right to seek, impart and receive information and ideas. It ensures transparency and accountability in the conduct of public affairs and other matters of public interest. And it is the lifeblood that fuels the full and informed participation of all individuals in political life and decision-making processes. 

The safety of journalists is quite simply essential to the civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights of all of us, as well as to the right to development. However, to my consternation, more than a thousand journalists have been killed since 1992 as a direct result of their profession. 2012 and 2013 were among the deadliest years, and at least 15 have been killed since the start of this year. In many States, the perpetrators of these attacks could virtually count on impunity. According to reports, between 2007 and 2012 fewer than one in ten killings of journalists resulted in a conviction.

Many more journalists have faced violence, harassment and intimidation – including abduction, arbitrary detention, enforced disappearance, expulsion, illegal surveillance, torture and other cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment or punishment, and sexual violence against women journalists. They have been tried on spurious grounds such as espionage, threats to national security or alleged bias. Many have been sentenced to excessive terms of imprisonment, and they often suffer unreasonably long pre-trial detention. Prompt and fair trials are as much a right for journalists as for us all.

In recent years, there has been increased international awareness of the frequency with which journalists are attacked because of their work, and the need to ensure greater protection. The Security Council, the General Assembly, and this Human Rights Council have adopted resolutions condemning attacks against journalists. They have called upon all States to act on their legal obligations to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists, so that they can perform their work independently and without undue interference.

In 2012, UNESCO, in collaboration with my Office and other UN agencies, developed the United Nations Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity, which is now being implemented in five pilot countries: Iraq, Nepal, Pakistan, South Sudan and Tunisia. Regional organizations, including the OSCE, the Council of Europe and the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, have also taken initiatives.

As requested by this Council, my Office presented at its 24th session a report on good practices in the protection of journalists, including the prevention of attacks and the fight against impunity. Today's panel discussion will, I hope, be a platform to share experiences and ideas about how best to put those key points into practise. 

Allow me to remind you that above all, there must be unequivocal political commitment to ensuring that journalists can carry out their work safely. The international legal framework for the protection of journalists is in place. It must now be implemented at the national level. States must create an enabling environment in which the rights of journalists and other members of society can be fully respected, with clear and public agreement by officials that issues of public interest can, and should, be examined and discussed openly in the media. They must also adopt legislative and policy measures for ensuring the safety and protection of journalists and other media workers, with zero tolerance of any form of violence against journalists, and full accountability for any such violence.

Linked to the issue of political commitment is the question of who can be considered to be a journalist. From a human rights perspective, it is clear: all individuals are entitled to the full protection of their human rights, whether the State recognizes them as “journalists” or not; whether they are professional reporters or “citizen journalists”; whether or not they have a degree in journalism; whether they report online or offline.

The Human Rights Committee, in its General Comment no. 34, has defined journalism as “a function shared by a wide range of actors, including professional full-time reporters and analysts, as well as bloggers and others who engage in forms of self-publication in print, on the Internet or elsewhere”.

Last year the General Assembly also acknowledged, in resolution 68/163,  that “journalism is continuously evolving to include inputs from media institutions, private individuals and a range of organizations that seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds – online as well as offline – in the exercise of freedom of opinion and expression, thereby contributing to shape public debate.”

I urge States to approach the issue under discussion from this human rights perspective, and to protect journalists and other media workers in the broadest sense.

Another key good practice is the creation of an early warning and rapid response mechanism to give journalists and other media actors immediate access to the authorities, and to protective measures, when they are threatened. Such a mechanism should be able to provide protection, including emergency evacuations and safe havens. It should be established in consultation with journalists and other media actors and organizations, and should comprise representatives from State bodies concerned with law enforcement and human rights, together with representatives from civil society, including journalist and media organizations. 

Most importantly, States must combat impunity. Every act of violence committed against a journalist that goes uninvestigated, and unpunished, is an open invitation for further violence. Ensuring accountability for attacks against journalists is a key element in preventing future attacks. Failure to do so may be interpreted as tolerance of, or acquiescence to, violence. The investigation and prosecution of all attacks against journalists through an effective and functioning domestic criminal justice system is imperative, and there must be remedy for the victims.

Examples of good practices in this regard include the creation of special investigative units, or independent mechanisms to carry out investigations, with specialized expertise. Specific protocols and methods of investigation and prosecution can be developed. Law enforcement and military personnel, as well as prosecutors and the judiciary, may require training regarding their obligations under international human rights law and international humanitarian law, with a focus on the safety of journalists. I encourage States to examine, reinforce and replicate such initiatives.

I am convinced that much more can be done to protect the vital work of journalism. I look forward to your discussions, and I trust they will identify workable solutions that will improve the safety of journalists on the ground. 

Navi Pillay - 11 June 2014 - salle XX - Palais des Nations 

***06.06.2014. 26th session of the Human Rights Council. Written statements delivered by the Press Emblem Campaign on 1) journalists in Ukraine and 2) the safety of journalists

United Nations A/HRC/0/NGO/X
General Assembly Distr.: General

English only
Human Rights Council

Twenty-sixt session

Agenda item 4

Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

               Written statement* submitted by Presse Embleme Campagne, a non-governmental organization in special consultative status

The Secretary-General has received the following written statement which is circulated in accordance with Economic and Social Council resolution 1996/31.

[26 May 2014]

Journalists need protection in Ukraine

The Press Emblem Campaign draws the attention of the Human Rights Council on the situation of journalists and media workers in Ukraine. Since the beginning of the civil unrests last November, hundreds of cases of different kind of violence against journalists and media workers have been reported; three journalists have lost their lives, the last one being killed on the same day of writing this contribution (24 May 2014).

Like in other countries where violent and armed confrontation prevails, in Ukraine too journalists and media workers are targeted physically and psychologically and have become victims of different forms of violence, torture and killing.

While in the period 2005 to 2010, the independence of the media in Ukraine increased and legislative measures allowed the establishment of a safe and enabling environment for journalists and media workers, since 2010 the situation has constantly deteriorated leading to an atmosphere of diffused self-censorship.

The political crisis erupted last November, which turned into an internal armed conflict, has had a dramatic impact on the working conditions of journalists.

According to different reliable sources, hundreds of local and international journalists and media workers were wounded during the mass protests that took place in Kiev and other localities; when attacked by protestors, the security forces did not protect them; sometimes the victims were deliberately targeted by governmental forces although they were readily recognizable as media workers.

An increasing number of broadcasting (TV and radio) stations and newspapers have also been targeted by armed groups and the facilities have been damaged, broken or stolen; some have been banned from broadcasting and even closed down. Journalists and media workers have been victims of brutality, threatened, harassed and beaten, forced to resign; some have been deported, kidnapped, abducted or detained by different armed groups or the governmental forces. Often their equipment is seized.

An increasing number of journalists and media workers are banned from entry into Ukraine or Crimea, although they are duly accredited by the State authorities.

Recommendations

The Press Emblem Campaign calls on:

Ø the Ukrainian and Russian authorities to ensure journalists and media workers can carry out their duty freely and to bring to justice those responsible for the offences and crimes committed against journalists and media workers;

Ø a prompt and independent investigation on the circumstances which led to the murder of the italian photojournalist Andrea Rocchelli and his Russian translator on May 24 near Slavyansk;

Ø the Human Rights Council to consider innovative initiative conducive to a better protection for journalists and media workers in situations of violent or armed confrontation.                                
 

United Nations A/HRC/0/NGO/X
General Assembly Distr.: General

English only
Human Rights Council

Twenty-sixt session

Agenda item 3

Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights, including the right to development

               Written statement* submitted by Presse Embleme Campagne, a non-governmental organization in special consultative status

The Secretary-General has received the following written statement which is circulated in accordance with Economic and Social Council resolution 1996/31.

[26 May 2014]

Journalists need protection in order to ensure their safety

Focus on the subject

As of the day of submission of this written contribution (25 May 2014), 44 journalists and media workers have been killed around the world in 2014. The deadliest countries being Iraq and the Syrian Arab Republic with 5 victims each followed by the Central African Republic, Pakistan, Afghanistan and Brazil with 4 victims each and Ukraine with 3 victims. An undefined number (between 30 and 50) are detained or held incommunicado either by governmental forces or non-State actors, mainly in the Middle-East region.

In order to apprehend correctly the problems faced by journalists and media workers and thus better identify challenges and good practices it has to be kept in mind that the great majority of the media workers are killed in conflict situations, violent civil unrest or in countries where the State authorities have to face political or criminal armed movements: all kind of situations where the State cannot develop policies and practices in a regular way; on the contrary, authorities are militarily engaged in a confrontational struggle against a more or less large part of the population.

This is evident when one looks at the recent year’s statistics[1] of killed journalists and media workers. In 2013, out of the 129 victims, 17 were killed in the Syrian Arab Republic, 16 in Iraq, 14 in Pakistan, 11 in the Philippines, 8 in Somalia, 7 in Egypt, 6 in Brazil, 5 in Mexico, 3 in Afghanistan, Colombia and Libya. In 2012, out of the 141 victims, 37 were killed in the Syrian Arab Republic, 19 in Somalia, 12 in Pakistan, 11 in Brazil and Mexico, 6 in the Philippines, 3 in Gaza/Israel, Nigeria, Eritrea and Iraq, 2 in Afghanistan and Colombia. In 2011, out of the 107 victims, 12 were killed in Mexico, 11 in Pakistan, 7 in Iraq and Libya, 6 in the Philippines and Brazil, 5 in Yemen, 4 in Somalia, 3 in Afghanistan, Egypt, India, Peru and in the Russian Federation, 2 in Syria and 1 in Colombia, Gaza (OPT). In 2010, out of the 110 victims, 14 were killed in Mexico and Pakistan, 10 in Honduras, 8 in Iraq, 6 in the Philippines, 5 in Nigeria and in the Russian Federation, 4 in Brazil, 3 in Somalia and Nepal and 2 in Afghanistan.

In these circumstances, there is no doubt that impunity is the fuel of the more than thousand journalists and media workers killed in the last 10 years, whether the responsible of the crimes belong to the State authorities or to a political or criminal armed group.

Due to the role journalists play in informing the public and in contributing to transparency and accountability in the conduct of public affairs, it is essential for the international community to have as many of them as possible on the ground to report and analyse specific situations so that the plurality of the reports can insure a broader image of the reality and a better understanding of the challenges of a crisis. Governments have to accept the idea that journalists are influenced by their education, cultural and philosophical background and opinions as well as by their respective editorial instructions.

The limitations of existing international instruments

The reports presented to the twentieth session of the Human Rights Council by the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression[2] and the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions[3], as well as the report of the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights on good practices concerning the safety of journalists[4] clearly demonstrate that none of the existing mechanisms, at the national, regional or international level, is instrumental in combating impunity, notably against the crimes committed in conflict situations.

While all those norms, rules, policies and practices can be effectively instrumental in reinforcing freedom of opinion and expression, including freedom of the press, in a peaceful world, they suddenly become powerless when a situation of tension and armed confrontation arises in a country.

The International Humanitarian Law, even though it offers protection to journalists and media workers as civilian (in other terms as human beings not participating to the conflict) it does not provide them with a real protection for the duty they are carrying out. In reality, journalists and media workers have no protection at all since their specific role is not formally recognized.

There is an urgent need for the international community to adopt a more comprehensive approach of a global protection of journalists and media workers which could concretely combat the plague of impunity with independent special mechanisms for investigation and prosecution.

Conclusion

In his report[5] to the Human Rights Council, the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions invited States and relevant United Nations bodies and agencies, in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, to explore the need for a specific United Nations instrument.

The Press Emblem Campaign considers that the time has come for the international community to take further steps in order to strengthen the protection of journalists and media workers and invites the Human Rights Council to request a study to its Advisory Committee.                           

 
[1] Press Emblem Campaign statistics are available at http://www.pressemblem.ch/5037.html[2] A/HRC720/17[3] A/HRC/20/22[4] A/HRC/24/23[5] A/HRC/20/22  par. 124

***04.06.2014. PEC press release. The 2014 PEC Prize for the Protection of  Journalists awarded to the Hirondelle Foundation (for more, speeches, go to our page PEC AWARD) (French, Spanish and Arabic versions below)

The director general of the Hirondelle Foundation Jean-Marie Etter receiving the PEC Award 2014 for the Protection of Journalists at the Swiss Press Club in Geneva (photo pec) (other photos, speeches on our page PEC AWARD)

During the ceremony for the PEC Award 2014, at Palais Eynard, from right to left: the mayor of the city of Geneva Sandrine Salerno, PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi, the director general of the Hirondelle Foundation Jean-Marie Etter and PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen (photo pec)

Geneva (PEC, 4 June 2014) The Press Emblem Campaign awarded its annual prize for the protection of journalists Wednesday in Geneva to the Hirondelle Foundation. The PEC Committee thus recognized the support provided by the Foundation to the journalism profession in Africa and its efforts to counter the propaganda and hate that intensify conflict.

By awarding the prize this year to Africa, the PEC is also honoring the memory of those who have sacrificed their lives these past months in order to inform: Ghislaine Dupont and Claude Verlon, from Radio France Internationale, killed in Kidal in Mali on 2 November; Kennedy Germain Mumbere Muliwavyo, from Radio-television Muungano Oïcha, killed in North Kivu in DRC on 16 February; Désiré Sayenga, from the Démocrate, killed in Bangui in CAR on 30 April; René Padou, from Voix de la Grâce radio, who died from his wounds in Bangui in CAR on 5 May; and Camille Lepage, a French photographer killed in Gallo in CAR on 13 May.

“The Executive Committee of the PEC was unanimous. While conflicts have recently made numerous victims in Mali, the Central African Republic (CAR), South Sudan, Somalia and Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), the necessity of independent and impartial information is imperative. The Hirondelle Foundation has been striving in this direction for 19 years. Bravo!” declared PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen.

“In all armed conflicts, journalists take enormous risks to bear witness to the worst of human suffering. In Africa, twenty years ago, the Rwanda genocide was preceded by the diffusion by the media of propaganda inciting to hate and violence. This must not happen again. The control of information is a major element in armed conflicts. Employees of  Ndeke Luka radio, supported by the Hirondelle Foundation were threatened with death on 7 May in Bangui because they were broadcasting reliable information,” stated Blaise Lempen.

PEC President Hedayat Abdel  Nabi  joined hands with the PEC Secretary-General to congratulate the Hirondelle Foundation and it's work: “This year, the PEC is honoring the admirable work of the Hirondelle Foundation in Africa. It is exemplary. It is my hope that the laureate Foundation will join our efforts and help to mobilize support for our draft convention in Africa”.

Abdel Nabi added that she hopes the Foundation can start work in Egypt, where ten journalists have been killed since 25 January 2011, the date marking the revolution that ousted former Egyptian president Hosni Mubarak. “Young journalists”, she added, “are those who pay the highest price, being used by newspapers to cover the field with no insurance or protective measures.”

The Director General of  the Hirondelle Foundation,  Jean-Marie Etter, thanked the PEC for the award:  “The PEC award, given by journalists, is a human and professional recognition that is precious for us. Central African journalists live constantly under the threat of violence and death, within murderous communities. Their daily life is inhabited  by fear, and their future circumscribed. In these conditions, it is extremely difficult to produce independent journalism, and it requires immense courage and conviction”.

“The very existence of independent media in regions in crisis is at stake. The challenge is political, economic, professional. It is central to peace, but little known”, added Jean-Marie Etter.

The PEC thanks the Administrative Council of the City of Geneva for is support on the occasion of the tenth anniversary of the PEC and its support for the prize awarded  this year to the Hirondelle Foundation.

Since 1995, the Hirondelle Foundation has been creating and supporting media devoted to general, citizen independent information, in order to contribute to peace and citizenship in areas of conflict and endemic crisis. It is an organization of professional journalists, for the most part from French, Swiss and British public service media. It attributes great importance to credibility, through the rigorous and factual journalism of its members, who are nationals of the countries where the media are based, currently CAR, DRC, Mali, Tunisia, South Sudan, Guinea and Ivory Coast, after having worked in Rwanda, Liberia, Kosovo, Timor and Nepal. Its 2013 budget was over CHF 10 million (US$ 11 million).

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) was founded exactly ten years ago by a group of journalists accredited to the United Nations in Geneva with the purpose of reinforcing the protection of journalists in areas of conflict. It enjoys consultative status with the United Nations and intervenes regularly at the Human Rights Council to alert governments and denounce abuses. It works to sensitize the international community to this problem, which is becoming ever more serious as evolution of conflict becomes ever more chaotic, and promotes a better observance of international law. Last year, 129 journalists died in the exercise of their profession throughout the world. As of the end of May, in the five months since the beginning of the year, they already numbered 47.

The award for the Protection of Journalists is given each year by the PEC board. It recognizes an individual or an organization that has worked in conflict zones for the defense of press freedom and media workers. The prize was awarded in 2013 to the NGO Cerigua in Guatemala; in 2012 to the Syrian Democrats and the Center for the freedom of media of Mazen Darwish; in 2011 to the militants of the Arab Spring in Tunisia, Libya and Egypt; in 2010 to the Center for Media Freedom and Responsibility and to the Fund for the Victims of Ampatuan in the Philippines; in 2009 to the Palestinian NGO MADA. 

Le Prix PEC 2014 pour la Protection des Journalistes décerné à la Fondation Hirondelle

Genève (PEC, 4 juin 2014) La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) a décerné mercredi à Genève son Prix annuel pour la Protection des Journalistes à la Fondation Hirondelle. Le comité de la PEC a récompensé le soutien  de la Fondation à l’exercice du métier de journaliste en Afrique et ses efforts pour endiguer les discours de propagande et de haine attisant les conflits.

En consacrant cette année le prix à l’Afrique, la PEC honore aussi la mémoire de ceux qui ont sacrifié ces derniers mois leur vie pour informer : Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon, de Radio France Internationale, tués à Kidal au Mali le 2 novembre,  Kennedy Germain Mumbere Muliwavyo, de la radio-télévision Muungano d’Oïcha, tué dans le Nord-Kivu, en RDC le 16 février, Désiré Sayenga, du Démocrate, tué à Bangui en RCA le 30 avril, René Padou, de la radio Voix de la Grâce, décédé de ses blessures à Bangui le 5 mai, et Camille Lepage, photographe française tuée à Gallo en RCA le 13 mai.

« Le comité directeur de la PEC a été unanime. Alors que des conflits ont fait récemment de nombreuses victimes au Mali, en Centrafrique (RCA), au Soudan du Sud, en Somalie et en République démocratique du Congo (RDC), la nécessité d’une information indépendante et impartiale est particulièrement nécessaire. La Fondation Hirondelle s’y emploie depuis 19 ans. Un grand bravo », a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen.

«Dans tous les conflits armés, les journalistes prennent des risques énormes pour témoigner des pires souffrances humaines. En Afrique, il y a vingt ans, le génocide au Rwanda avait été précédé de la diffusion par des médias d’une propagande incitant à la haine et à la violence. Cela ne doit pas recommencer. Le contrôle de l’information est un enjeu majeur dans les conflits armés. Des employés de la radio Ndeke Luka soutenue par la Fondation Hirondelle ont été menacés de mort le 7 mai à Bangui parce qu’ils diffusent une information crédible », a affirmé Blaise Lempen.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi  a également félicité la Fondation Hirondelle et son travail: « Cette année la PEC honore le travail admirable et exemplaire de la Fondation Hirondelle en Afrique. J’espère que la Fondation se joindra à nos efforts dans le but d’aider à mobiliser les pays africains en faveur de notre projet de convention ».

Abdel Nabi a ajouté souhaiter que la Fondation puisse commencer à travailler en Egypte où dix journalistes ont été tués depuis le 25 janvier 2011 et le début de la révolution  qui a renversé l’ex-président égyptien Hosni Moubarak. « Les jeunes journalistes sont ceux qui paient le prix le plus élevé parce qu’ils sont utilisés par des organes de presse pour couvrir les événements sans assurance ni mesures protectrices », a-t-elle déclaré.

Le directeur général de la Fondation Hirondelle Jean-Marie Etter a remercié la PEC pour ce prix : « Le prix de la PEC, décerné par des journalistes,  est une reconnaissance humaine et professionnelle qui nous est précieuse. Les journalistes centrafricains vivent sous la menace de violences, des menaces de mort, au sein de communautés meurtries; leur quotidien est habité par la peur et leur avenir est bouché.  Dans ces conditions, il est extrêmement difficile de produire un journalisme indépendant, et cela demande beaucoup de courage et de conviction ».

« L'existence même des médias indépendants en zones de crises est en question. Le défi est politique, économique, professionnel. Il est central pour la paix, mais méconnu », a ajouté Jean-Marie Etter.

La PEC remercie le Conseil administratif de la Ville de Genève pour le soutien accordé au 10e anniversaire de la PEC et au prix décerné à la Fondation Hirondelle.

La Fondation Hirondelle crée ou soutient depuis 1995 des médias d’information généralistes, indépendants et citoyens, pour contribuer à l’instauration de la paix et à la citoyenneté dans des zones de conflit violent ou de crise endémique. C’est une organisation de journalistes professionnels, issus pour la plupart des medias de service public français, suisse et britannique. Elle accorde la plus grande importance à la crédibilité, à travers le journalisme rigoureux et factuel de ses collaborateurs ressortissants des pays où se trouvent les médias, actuellement en RCA, en RDC, au Mali, en Tunisie, au Soudan du Sud, en Guinée et en Côte d'Ivoire, après avoir été actifs au Rwanda, au Libéria, au Kosovo, à Timor, au Népal. Son budget a dépassé en 2013 les dix millions de francs.

La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) a été fondée il y a dix ans exactement par un groupe de journalistes accrédités à l’ONU à Genève dans le but de renforcer la protection des travailleurs des médias dans les zones de conflit. Dotée du statut consultatif à l’ONU, elle intervient régulièrement au Conseil des droits de l’homme pour alerter les Etats et dénoncer les abus. Elle s’efforce de sensibiliser la communauté internationale à ce problème de plus en plus grave en raison de l’évolution chaotique des conflits et travaille à une meilleure application du droit international. L’an dernier, 129 journalistes ont péri dans l’exercice de leurs fonctions dans le monde. Ils sont déjà 47 à fin mai en cinq mois depuis le début de l’année.

Le Prix pour la Protection des Journalistes est décerné chaque année par le comité exécutif de la PEC. Il récompense un individu ou une organisation ayant oeuvré dans les zones de conflit pour la défense de la liberté de la presse et des travailleurs des médias. Le Prix a été décerné en 2013 à l’ONG Cerigua au Guatemala, en 2012 aux Démocrates syriens et au Centre pour la liberté des medias de Mazen Darwish, en 2011 à des militants du printemps arabe de Tunisie, de Libye et d’Egypte, en 2010 au Centre d’information des médias aux Philippines et au Fonds pour les victimes d’Ampatuan, en 2009 à l’ONG palestinienne MADA.

El Premio PEC 2014 por la Protección de los Periodistas concedido a la Fundación Hirondelle

Ginebra, 4 jun 2014 (PEC) La Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC*) ha otorgado en esta ciudad su Premio anual por la Protección de los Periodistas a la Fundación Hirondelle. El Comité de la PEC ha recompensado el apoyo de la Fundacióm al ejercicio de la profesión periodística en África, así como los esfuerzos para contrarrestar la propaganda y el odio intensificados en los conflictos.

Al conceder el premio de este año al África, la PEC honra la memoria de aquellos que han sacrificado sus vidas en estos últimos meses con el fin de informar : Ghislaine Dupont y Claude Verlon, de Radio Francia Internacional, asesinados en Kidal, en Mali el 2 de noviembre, Kennedy Germain Mumbere Muliwavyo, de la radio-televisión Muungao de Oïcha, asesinado en Kivu-Norte, en RDC, el 16 de febrero, Désiré Sayenga,  del « Démocrate », asesinado en Bangui, en RCA el 30 de abril ; René Padou, de la radio « Voix de la Grâce », fallecido a causa de las heridas, en Bangui, el 5 de mayo, y Camille Lepage, fotógrafo francés muerto en Gallo, en RCA, el 13 de mayo.

« El Comité de dirección de la PEC ha sido unánime. Mientras que los conflictos han causado recientemente numerosas víctimas en Mali, en Centroáfrica (RCA), en Sudán del Sur, en Somalia y en la República Democrática del Congo (RDC), la necesidad de una información independiente e imparcial es un imperativo. La Fundación Hirondelle se ha consagrado a ello durante 19 años. Un gran « bravo », ha expresado el Secretario general de la PEC, Blaise Lempen.

« En todos los conflictos armados, los periodistas asumen riesgos enormes para dar testimonio de los peores sufrimientos humanos. En África, hace veinte años, el genocidio en Rwanda fue precedido de la difusión por los medios de una propaganda que incitaba al odio y a la violencia. Esto no debe suceder de nuevo. El control de la información es un tema importante en los conflictos armados. Los empleados de la radio Ndeke Luka, sostenida por la Fondación Hirondelle, han sido amanazados de muerte el 7 de mayo en Bangui porque difundían una información creíble », ha afirmado Blaise Lempen.

La presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdel Nabi, ha felicitado también a la Fundación Hirondelle y a su trabajo : « Este año la PEC honra el trabajo admirable y ejemplar de la Fundación Hirondelle en África. Espero que se una a nuestros esfuerzos y contribuya a movilizar el apoyo de los países africanos a nuestro proyecto de convención. »

Abdel Nabi también expresó el deseo de que la Fundación pueda comenzar a trabajar en Egipto, donde diez periodistas han sido asesinados desde el 15 de enero de 2011, fecha que marca el inicio de la revolución que derrocó al expresidente egipcio Hosni Moubarak. « Los jóvenes periodistas –añadió- son los que pagan el precio más alto porque son utilizados por órganos de prensa para cubrir los sucesos sin garantías ni medidas de protección ».

El director general de la Fundación Hirondelle, Jean-Marie Etter, ha agradecido a la PEC por este premio : « El premio de la PEC, concedido por los periodistas, representa un reconocimiento humano y profesional precioso para nosotros. Los periodistas centroafricanos viven bajo amenazas de violencias, amenazas de muerte, en el seno de comunidades asesinas ; su día a día está marcado por el miedo y su futuro está bloqueado. En tales condiciones, es extremadamente difícil realizar un periodismo independiente, y para ello se requiere de mucho coraje y de convicción ».

« La existencia misma de los medios independientes en las zonas de crisis está cuestionada. El desafío es político, económico, profesional. Es un factor central para la paz, pero ignorado », ha dicho Jean-Marie Etter.

La PEC agradece al Consejo administrativo de la Ciudad de Ginebra el apoyo dado al 10mo aniversario de la PEC y al premio otorgado a la Fundación Hirondelle.

Desde 1995, la Fundación Hirondelle ha creado y apoyado a los medios de comunicación  dedicados a la información ciudadana en general,  independiente, con el objetivo de contribuir a la paz y la ciudadanía en las zonas de violentos conflictos o de crisis endémica. Es una organización de periodistas profesionales, en gran parte procedentes de los medios del servicio público francés, suizo y británico.  Atribuye gran importancia a la credibilidad, a través del periodismo riguroso y objetivo de sus miembros,  los cuales son nacionales de los países en los que los medios están basados,  actualmente en RCA, República Democrática del Congo, Malí, Túnez, Sudán del Sur, Guinea y Costa de Marfil,  luego de haber estado activos en Rwanda, Liberia, Kosovo, Timor y Nepal.  En 2013 su presupuesto sobrepasó los diez millones de francos.

La Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC) fue fundada hace exactamente diez años por un grupo de periodistas acreditados ante la ONU en Ginebra, con el objetivo de reforzar la protección de los trabajadores de los medios en las zonas en conflicto. Dotada del estatuto consultivo de la ONU, interviene regularmente en el Consejo de Derechos Humanos para alertar a los Estados y denunciar los abusos. Se esfuerza por sensiblizar a la comunidad internacional sobre la creciente gravedad de este problema en razón de la caótica evolución de los conflictos, y promueve una mejor observancia del derecho internacional.  El pasado año 129 periodistas murieron en el ejercicio de sus funciones en el mndo. A finales de mayo, en los cinco meses transcurridos desde el inicio del año, ya han fallecido 47.

El Premio por la Protección de los Periodistas se concede cada año por el Comité ejecutivo de la PEC.  Es una recompensa o un reconocimiento a un individuo o a una organización que en las zonas en conflicto haya obrado en defensa de la libertad de la prensa y de los trabajadores de los medios. En 2013 el Premio fue otorgado a la ONG Cerigua de Guatemala, en 2012 a los Demócratas sirios y al Centro para la libertad de los medios de Mazen Darwish. En 2011 a militantes de la primavera árabe de Túnez, de Libia y de Egipto. En 2010, al Centro de información de los medios en Filipinas y a los Fondos para las víctimas de Ampatuan ; en 2009 a la ONG palestina MADA.

Conferencia de prensa a las 15h00 en el Club suizo de la presna, en Geinebra. La ceremonia de entrega del premio tendrá lugar a las 18h00 en el Palacio Eynard.

*- Siglas en inglés

حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين

تقدم جائزتها لعام 2014 لمؤسسة هيروندل

جنيف في 4 يونيو 2014 (حملة الشارة) – اعلنت اليوم حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين أن جائزتها لعام 2014 ذهبت لمؤسسة هيروندل و مقرها سويسرا لما قدمته المؤسسة من دعم للصحفيين في إفريقيا و لنبذ لغة الكراهية في النزاعات المسلحة. 

و صرح سكرتير عام الحملة الدولية بليز ليمبان أن قرار مجلس إدارة الحملة الذي صدر بالإجماع لمنح الجائزة لمؤسسة هيروندل لهو أمر يذكرنا بالضحايا الكثر الذين سقطوا في نزاعات في مالي و جمهورية وسط إفريقيا، و جنوب السودان، و الصومال و جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية حيث الحاجة إلى اعلام مستقل و حيادي و هذا هو عمل مؤسسة هيروندل طوال 19 عاماً في إفريقيا، تحية كبيرة للمؤسسة. 

و ضمت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي صوتها إلى صوت بليز ليمبان لتهنئة المؤسسة و عملها مشيرة إلى عمل المؤسسة الرائع في إفريقيا و معربة عن املها في أن تعمل المؤسسة على نشر مشروع معاهدة الشارة لحماية الصحفيين في إفريقيا.

كما أعربت عبد النبي عن املها في أن تبدا مؤسسة هيروندل عملها في مصر التي سقط فيها 10 من الصحفيين و هم يؤدون مهام عملهم منذ ثورة 25 يناير 2011.

و قالت أن شباب الصحفيين هم أكثر الصحفيين الذين يدفعون ثمن العمل الصحفي لأن صحفهم تستغل فيهم قوة الشباب و تزج بهم في النزاعات دون حماية او تأمين. 

و دعت مؤسسة هيرونديل أن تصبح عضوا في حملة الشارة و الشارة تبدأ عامها الحادي عشر من العمل الجاد لحماية الصحفيين. 

 و شكر المدير العام لمؤسسة هيرونديل جان ماري أيتر حملة الشارة على الجائزة قائلا أنها عندما تأتي الجائزة من صحفيين ممارسين فهو اعتراف بعمل المؤسسة نقدره كثيراً.

و اضاف أن الصحفيين في جمهورية إفريقيا الوسطى يعيشون في ظل تهديد العنف و التهديد ضد حياتهم في أماكن في غاية الخطورة و يعيش من يتبع وسائل الاعلام هناك في خوف في ظل مستقبل مشلول.

و قال إن مثل هذه الظروف تعد صعبة للغاية لإنتاج صحافة مستقلة تتطلب شجاعة فائقة و إيمان كبير، مشيراً إلى صعوبة وجود إعلام مستقل وسط مناطق الأزمة، فالتحدي سياسي، اقتصادي و مهني، و الاعلام المستقل  مهم لاستتباب السلام و لكنه غائب.  

عملت مؤسسة هيروندل منذ 1995 في إفريقيا لدعم الاعلام المستقل من أجل استعادة السلام و فكرة المواطنة في مناطق النزاعات شديدة العنف. الكثير من مصداقيتها تعود إلى أن مصادر معلوماتها تأتي من ميدان الأزمة في جمهورية افريقيا الوسطي، و جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية، و مالي، و تونس، و جنوب السودان، و غينيا و كوت ديفوار. و تجاوزت  ميزانيتها 2 مليون فرنك سويسري في عام 2013.

و طبقا لرصد حملة الشارة فقد قتل 129 من الصحفيين في العام الماضي و لم يمض سوى خمسة أشهر على العام الحالي و قتل حتى الآن اكثر من 47 من الصحفيين و هو يؤدون عملهم.

لمزيد من المعلومات  

***15.05.2014. PEC condemns horrific attack on British Journalists in Syria

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns in the strongest possible manner the appalling attack by rebel kidnappers on two British journalists in Syria yesterday, Wednesday 14 May.

According to media reports, Times writer Anthony Lloyd and photographer Jack Hill had spent several days reporting from the city of Aleppo and were returning to the Turkish border early on Wednesday when the car they were travelling in was forced to the side of the road. Lloyd was bound to the back seat of a car, while Hill and a local guide were put in the boot before being driven to a warehouse in the town of Tall Rifat.

Reports say that Hill and a guide attempted to escape, but they were recaptured. Hill was severely beaten while Lloyd was shot in the legs to prevent him from escaping. They were eventually freed and managed to cross the border into Turkey after receiving treatment in a Syrian hospital.

Both PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi and PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen thanked God that the two British journalists were freed. The PEC since the beginning of the internal conflict in Syria has labeled the country as the most dangerous for media work (read also on OTHER NEWS)

***14.05.2014. La PEC profondément attristée par le meurtre d’une jeune journaliste française en République centrafricaine (English version below)

Genève (PEC, 14 mai 2014) La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) condamne le meurtre en République centrafricaine d’une jeune photographe française Camille Lepage. Elle est la 41e journaliste tuée depuis le début de l’année dans le monde. Il est malheureux de constater, après le meurtre d’Anja Niedringhaus en Afghanistan le mois dernier, que des photographes femmes courageuses sont de plus en plus touchées.

Six mois après l'assassinat de deux reporters français de RFI au Mali, une autre journaliste française, la photographe Camille Lepage, 26 ans, a été tuée alors qu'elle effectuait un reportage en République centrafricaine (RCA). Le président François Hollande, qui a annoncé mardi 13 mai le décès de la jeune femme originaire d'Angers, a ensuite indiqué à la presse que Camille Lepage était "sans doute tombée dans un guet-apens".

"Cela date de deux jours. Camille Lepage était en compagnie des milices anti-balaka pour son reportage. Ils seraient tombés dans une embuscade certainement tendue par des éléments armés qui écument la région. Elle a subi des tirs, et les anti-balaka ont remonté le corps ainsi que ceux de leurs compagnons. Une enquête est ouverte pour déterminer les circonstances exactes de son décès", a expliqué à l'AFP une source militaire française.

La PEC se félicite que le président François Hollande ait promis de mettre en œuvre "tous les moyens nécessaires pour faire la lumière sur les circonstances de cet assassinat et retrouver les meurtriers". Le Conseil de sécurité de l'ONU a "condamné fermement" le meurtre et a réclamé une enquête aux autorités centrafricaines.

Le travail de Camille Lepage a été publié par Le Monde, le Sunday Times, le Washington Post, le Wall Street Journal. Elle avait couvert la révolution égyptienne en 2011, elle était au Soudan du Sud en 2012.

Deux autres journalistes ont été tués dans les troubles en République centrafricaine il y a deux semaines.

La PEC consacrera son prochain Prix pour la protection des journalistes, décerné chaque année à Genève le 4 juin, au combat des journalistes en Afrique.

The PEC deeply saddened by the murder of a young French journalist in the Central African Republic

Geneva (PEC, 14 May 2014) The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns the murder in the Central African Republic of a young French photo-journalist, Camille Lepage. She is the 41rst journalist killed in the world since the beginning of the year. It is disturbing to note, after the murder of Anja Niedringhaus in Afghanistan last month, that courageous women photographers are more and more targeted.

Six months after the murder of two French reporters from RFI in Mali, another French journalist, the photographer Camille Lepage, 26 years old, was killed while reporting in the Central African Republic (CAF). The French president François Hollande, who announced on Tuesday, 13 May, the death of the young woman from Angers, then stated to the media that Camille Lepage had "no doubt been ambushed".

"That was two days ago. Camille Lepage was accompanied by anti-Balaka militia during her reporting. They were apparently ambushed by the armed elements that plague the region. She was fired upon, and they recovered the body as well as those of her companions. An inquiry has been opened to determine the exact circumstances of her death," explained a French military source to AFP.

The PEC welcomes the promise of President François Hollande to deploy "all necessary means to shed light on the circumstances of this murder and to find the murderers". The United Nations Security Council "strongly condemned" the murder and called for an investigation by the Central African authorities.

Camille Lepage's work was published by Le Monde, The Sunday Times, The Washington Post, The Wall Street Journal. She had covered the Egyptian revolution in 2011 and was in South Sudan in 2012.

Two other journalists were killed in the unrest in the Central African Republic two weeks ago.

The PEC will award its next Journalist Protection Prize, given each year in Geneva, on 4 June, to honor the struggle of journalists in Africa.

***05.05.2014. Mexico y Centroamerica - Violaciones contra la libertad de expresión en México y Centroamérica – Abril 2014 - Colaboración de Cerigua para PEC.

Guatemala

-       El miércoles 2 de abril el periodista Julio Sicán, del diario local “Proceso” en el departamento de Sacatepéquez, denunció amenazas de muerte por parte del hijo de un funcionario, acusado de corrupción. 

El hijo del síndico, identificado como Mauricio López Asencio, insultó al periodista junto a varios de sus familiares y le aseguró que lo asesinaría. El hecho se dio luego de una audiencia en un juzgado de Sacatepéquez.
 
-       La tarde del 5 marzo, la radio “La Nueva Mega 91.7”, ubicada en la cabecera departamental de Quetzaltenango, fue blanco de robo por parte de desconocidos, quienes se llevaron equipo valorado en Q100 mil (poco más de 12 mil dólares).

-       José Fredy López y Selvin Rolando Morales, corresponsales de Prensa Libre y Nuestro Diario en el departamento de Izabal, sufrieron intimidaciones y restricciones a la fuente por parte de trabajadores de una empresa bananera, así como por miembros del Ministerio de Salud Pública y de un sindicato.
 
Los reporteros se encontraban dando cobertura a un inspección que miembros de salud pública realizarían en una bananera, sin embargo el gerente del lugar les pidió que se retiraran del lugar y les fuera quitada las mascarillas de seguridad.
 
Acto seguido, los salubristas y sindicalistas mostraron su descontento por la presencia de la prensa. Cuando ambos salían del lugar, la seguridad de la empresa les pidió sus identificaciones, como acto de intimidación.

-       El 21 de abril autoridades del Ministerio Público (MP) y de la Policía Nacional Civil (PNC), en acompañamiento de miembros del ejército, allanaron dos radios comunitarias ubicadas en el municipio de Ixcán, departamento del Quiché, al occidente del país. 
 
En el primer operativo, fue allanada la radio “Estéreo Luz”, donde las autoridades decomisaron el equipo de transmisión, valorado en más Q30 mil quetzales (alrededor de 3 mil 500 dólares). El responsable de la emisora, Juan Tzul, denunció que los soldados apuntaron con sus armas a las mujeres presentes, lo que les causó crisis nerviosa.
 
Ese mismo día fue allanada la emisora “La Voz de Sonora”, donde las autoridades decomisaron equipo valorado en más de Q60 mil (aproximadamente 7 mil 500 dólares).
 
-       Durante el sepelio del Kevin Díaz, un joven que fue asesinado por seguidores de un club deportivo, varios de los acompañantes impidieron a camarógrafos y fotógrafos tomar imágenes, argumentando que ello serviría de burla a quienes mataron a su amigo.
 
México: 
 
-       El domingo 6 de abril el diario El Buen Tono, que circula en el Estado de Veracruz, recibió amenazas por parte de un desconocido, quien aseguró que quemaría las instalaciones del medio. En noviembre del 2011, al menos 10 personas ingresaron al edificio del matutino, provocando un incendio, que afortunadamente dejo únicamente pérdidas materiales.
 
-       La madrugada del miércoles 2 de abril, el director del Grupo Editorial Noroeste, en el Estado de Sinaloa, fue herido de bala en una de sus extremidades inferiores, por dos sujetos que le interceptaron el paso cuando se dirigía a su hogar. Los agresores lo bajaron de su vehículo y lo golpearon en el pavimento.
 
Luego de robar sus pertenencias y su vehículo los delincuentes se retiraron de la escena, sin embargo uno de ellos regresó y le disparó en una pierna al periodista.
 
-       A mediados de abril, tres diputados del Estado de Michoacán denunciaron penalmente al periodista Daniel Díaz, de La Jornada Michoacán, luego que se publicara una nota en la que se presume una investigación contra 11 legisladores, por presunto enriquecimiento ilícito.
 
En declaraciones brindadas a un medio local, el diputado Salomón Rosales Reyes señaló que la denuncia es para conocer la fuente de Díaz y evitar que se repitan este tipo de publicaciones.
 
-       La periodista Brenda Escobar, del diario El Sur del Estado Guerrero, denunció que el 21 de abril fue agredida físicamente por guardaespaldas del Gobernador Ángel Aguirre Rivero.  Escobar señaló que la seguridad del funcionario le impidió que se acercara a él, pese a que daba declaraciones a otros medios, y luego la apretaron hasta sofocarla y la golpearon en el abdomen.
 
-       La tarde del 6 de abril, miembros del ejército mexicano agredieron y amenazaron a reporteros que documentaban un accidente de tránsito, en el que se vio involucrado un vehículo militar con un autobús particular.
 
Los soldados arremetieron contra tres reporteros, cuando éstos tomaron fotografías y videos del accidente, diciéndoles que los desaparecerían.
 
-       Organizaciones de la sociedad civil, defensores de derechos humanos y de la libertad de expresión criticaron severamente la propuesta de reforma a la ley de telecomunicaciones, ya que esta atentaría contra la Libertad de Expresión. 
 
Entre los cambios a la norma se establece que el gobierno puede intervenir contenido mediático de manera excepcional y solo cuando exista urgencia, atendiendo al interés social y al orden público. Además faculta al Ejecutivo a bloquear la señala de telecomunicaciones en lugares y eventos críticos, para la seguridad nacional y pública.
 
Honduras

-       El 11 de abril fue encontrado en su vivienda el cuerpo de Carlos Mejía Orellana, trabajador de Radio Progreso, quien presentaba heridas de arma blanca en el tórax. 
 
Mejía, al igual que otros trabajadores de Radio Progreso, recibió amenazas de muerte por su oposición al Golpe de Estado de junio de 2009. La Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos (CIDH) ordenó medidas cautelares a favor de Carlos Mejía Orellana, sin embargo éstas nunca fueron acatadas por las autoridades hondureñas.
 
-        A principios de abril el periodista Julio Ernesto Alvarado, de Globo TV, fue condenado a 16 meses de prisión bajo la acusación de haber difamado a la decana de la Facultad de Ciencias Económicas de la Universidad estatal. El periodista fue demandado por la directiva de la facultad, luego que diera a conocer que la Corte Suprema de Justicia (CSJ) formuló cargos contra ella, por falsificación de títulos a nivel superior, cuando se desempeñaba como secretaria de esa dependencia.

Alvarado pudo evitar la prisión, a cambio de pagar una multa de 246 dólares, sin embargo fue sentenciado a no poder ejercer el periodismo durante 16 meses.          
 
 Panamá
 
-       El periodista Ramón Cano fue asesinado la madrugada del martes 1 de abril, en las afueras de su hogar, cuando desconocidos intentaron asaltarlo. Cano se dirigía a su trabajo en Radio Ondas Chicanas.
 
El ataque contra el comunicado se dio alrededor de las 5 horas, cuando dos desconocidos intentaron asaltarlo, sin embargo él al oponer resistencia, le dispararon en la cabeza. Cano falleció en un hospital cuatro horas después del ataque.
 

***30.04.2014. PEC statement for the World Press Freedom Day 2014 (French and Arabic versions after English)

 PEC dedicates World Press Freedom Day 2014 to three journalists killed in Afghanistan and one in Egypt during the past two months

Geneva (30 April 2014) – The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is dedicating World Press Freedom Day (WPFD) Saturday, to three brave journalists killed in Afghanistan in the past two months and one in Egypt. The PEC also wants to join the call of many other organizations to integrate freedom of the press in the UN sustainable development objectives post 2015.

The PEC honors the sacrifice of a colleague laureate German photographer Anja Niedringhaus who worked for the Associated Press (AP) and was based in Geneva. The board of the PEC knows well Anja Niedringhaus who was killed on April 4 in Khost by the bullets of blind fanaticism while covering the will of the Afghan people to move to democracy.

The PEC also honors the memory of Nils Horner, the correspondent of the Swedish radio, killed in Kabul on March 11, and the memory of Sardar Ahmad, a senior journalist of Agence France-Presse (AFP) killed in Kabul on March 20.

"Afghanistan is one of the poorest countries in the world and is passing through a very critical period of its troubled history. For journalists to be there as witnesses on the ground is a duty and very dangerous. The courage of our colleagues is exemplary", said PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen.

Up to date, a total of 34 journalists were killed since the beginning of the year in 14 countries; they were victims of violence mainly in Iraq, Syria, Afghanistan, Egypt, Pakistan, Brazil, and Ukraine.

Hedayat Abdel Nabi, PEC President, pays a special tribute to honor Mayda Ashraf a young courageous journalist killed by the bullets of hatred while covering a violent demonstration in greater Cairo, Egypt, last month.

Today, in Egypt, after 10 journalists were killed since the start of the 25 January 2011 revolution,  journalists are signing a petition and the numbers are coming close to 1000 signatures to support the PEC draft convention to protect journalists in conflict zones and dangerous situations.

PEC calls for the integration of freedom of the press in the UN objectives post-2015

On the occasion of World Press Freedom Day, the PEC joins the call of many other organizations to integrate freedom of the press in the UN sustainable development objectives included in the post 2015.

The theme of this year’s World Press Freedom Day 2014 is ”freedom of the media for a better future: contributes to the development agenda post 2015”.

The PEC calls on the Open Working Group to fully integrate the governance recommendations of the UN High Level Panel of Eminent Persons Report (A New Global Partnership: Eradicate Poverty and Transform Economies through Sustainable Development) into the proposed Post-2015 Sustainable Development Goals, specifically in relation to its recommendations to: Establish a specific goal to “ensure good governance and effective institutions” and to: Include as components of this goal a clause to "ensure people enjoy freedom of speech, association, peaceful protest and access to independent media and information" and to "guarantee the public's right to information in all circumstances".

The PEC underlines that in order to guarantee the right to public information it becomes an absolute must to protect the security of journalists under all circumstances and at all times including in dangerous situations.

Journalists are independent witnesses without them very often serious human rights violations and violations of humanitarian law pass unchecked.

PEC 10th anniversary

The PEC will celebrate its 10th anniversary inJune. The NGO based in Geneva worked for a decade and more to mobilize the international community to proceed to strengthening the protection of journalists. Important texts were adopted on the safety of journalists by consensus at the UN Security Council in December 2006, by the Human Rights Council in 2012 and in December 2013 by the UN general Assembly.

However the PEC finds its work more needed than ever and a vital contribution since some 1000 journalists have been killed in a decade.

It is the hope of the PEC that during the June panel organized by the Human Rights Council on the Safety of journalists more progresses will be done, especially related to respect of good practices, the struggle to combat impunity and mechanisms of follow-up and pursuit of justice.

PEC concerned by the deterioration in Ukraine

In a world engulfed by many conflicts, threatening world peace, more efforts are indispensable to avoid that each week two journalists are killed while exercising their professional duty.

The PEC is particularly worried about the increasing tensions in Ukraine where two journalists have been killed since the beginning of the year. Other journalists, including foreign journalists were interrogated and detained, and others were hindered from doing their work, while media buildings were occupied by armed groups to censor the news or to deviate the information.  

The Geneva based NGO condemns all attempts to halt the exercise of free and independent flow of information by the media throughout Ukraine.

La PEC dédie la Journée mondiale de la liberté de la presse 2014 à trois journalistes tués en Afghanistan et une en Egypte au cours des deux derniers mois

Genève (30 avril 2014) La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) dédie la Journée mondiale de la liberté de la presse 2014, célébrée samedi, à trois journalistes courageux tués en Afghanistan au cours de ces deux derniers mois et une en Egypte. La PEC veut se joindre aussi à l'appel d'autres organisations pour intégrer la liberté de la presse dans les objectifs de l'ONU pour l'après-2015

La PEC rend hommage au sacrifice de la photographe allemande Anja Niedringhaus qui travaillait pour l’Associated Press (AP) et était basée à Genève. Le comité directeur de la PEC connaissait bien Anja Niedringhaus qui a été tuée le 4 avril à Khost par les balles du fanatisme aveugle alors qu’elle contribuait à témoigner de la volonté démocratique du peuple afghan.

La PEC honore aussi la mémoire de Nils Horner, correspondant de la radio suédoise, tué à Kaboul le 11 mars, et la mémoire de Sardar Ahmad, un journaliste de l’Agence France-Presse (AFP), tué à Kaboul le 20 mars.

« L’Afghanistan est l’un des pays les plus pauvres du monde et traverse une période critique de son histoire mouvementée. C’est un devoir pour les journalistes d’être présents sur place, mais c’est très dangereux. Le courage de nos confrères est exemplaire », a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen.

Depuis le début de l’année, 34 journalistes ont été tués dans 14 pays. Ils ont été les victimes des violences principalement en Irak, en Syrie, en Afghanistan, au Pakistan, au Brésil, en Ukraine et en Egypte.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi a rendu un hommage spécial à la jeune journaliste égyptienne Mayda Ashraf, qui a été tuée par les balles de la haine alors qu’elle couvrait une manifestation violente au Caire le 28 mars.

En Egypte, alors que dix journalistes ont péri depuis le début de la révolution du 25 janvier 2011, près d’un millier de journalistes ont signé jusqu’ici une pétition en soutien au projet de Convention de la PEC sur la protection des journalistes dans les zones de conflit et en mission dangereuse.

La PEC se joint à l'appel d'autres organisations pour intégrer la liberté de la presse dans les objectifs de l'ONU pour l'après-2015

A l'occasion de la Journée mondiale de la liberté de la presse célébrée samedi, la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) se joint à l'appel de nombreuses autres organisations pour que la liberté de la presse soit incluse dans les objectifs de développement durable fixés par l'ONU pour l'après-2015.

La Journée mondiale de la liberté de la presse 2014 met l'accent sur le thème global La liberté des médias pour un avenir meilleur : contribuer à l'agenda de développement post-2015.

La PEC appelle dans ce contexte à intégrer pleinement les recommandations en matière de gouvernance formulées dans le rapport du Groupe de personnalités de haut niveau mandaté par les Nations Unies dans les objectifs de développement durable pour l’après-2015, et tout particulièrement la recommandation de fixer un objectif spécifique consistant à "assurer une bonne gouvernance et un cadre institutionnel efficace" - en incluant dans cet objectif une clause visant à "garantir le droit à la liberté d’expression, à la liberté d’association et à la liberté de réunion pacifique, ainsi que l’accès à des informations et des médias indépendants » pour « assurer le droit du public à l’information en toutes circonstances".

La PEC souligne que pour garantir le droit du public à l'information, il est essentiel que la sécurité des journalistes soit assurée en toutes circonstances, y compris dans les zones dangereuses. Les journalistes sont des témoins indépendants sans la présence desquels des violations des droits de l'homme et du droit humanitaire ont lieu trop souvent impunément.

La PEC célèbre son 10e anniversaire

La PEC va célébrer en juin le dixième anniversaire de sa création. Elle a contribué depuis dix ans à sensibiliser la communauté internationale à la nécessité de renforcer la protection des journalistes. Des textes importants sur la sécurité des journalistes ont été adoptés par consensus en décembre 2006 par le Conseil de sécurité de l'ONU, en septembre 2012 par le Conseil des droits de l'homme et en décembre 2013 par l'Assemblée générale de l'ONU.

Mais la PEC constate que son travail est plus que jamais nécessaire, alors que plus de mille journalistes ont été tués en une décennie.

Elle espère que le panel organisé sur la sécurité des journalistes à la prochaine session de juin du Conseil des droits de l'homme sera l'occasion de nouveaux progrès, en particulier dans le respect de bonnes pratiques, la lutte contre l'impunité et les mécanismes de suivi et de justiciabilité.

La PEC inquiète de la détérioration en Ukraine

Dans un monde secoué par de nombreux conflits, menaçant la paix mondiale, davantage d'efforts sont indispensables pour éviter que deux journalistes en moyenne soient tués chaque semaine dans l'exercice de leur métier.

La PEC est aussi inquiète des tensions grandissantes en Ukraine, où deux journalistes ont été tués depuis le début de l'année. Plusieurs journalistes, y compris étrangers, ont été interpellés et détenus, d'autres empêchés de faire leur travail et des bâtiments de médias ont été occupés par des groupes armés pour censurer ou détourner l'information. 

La PEC condamne toute entrave à un exercice libre et indépendant du travail d'information des médias sur l'ensemble du territoire de l'Ukraine. 

حملة الشارة الدولية تهدي يوم الصحافة العالمي إلى ذكرى 3 صحفيين قتلوا في أفغانستان و صحفية مصرية قتلوا خلال الشهرين الماضيين

جنيف-القاهرة 30 إبريل (حملة الشارة) – اهدت حملة الشارة الدولية يوم الصحافة العالمي هذا العام السبت القادم لإحياء ذكرى 3 صحفيين قتلوا في أفغانستان و صحفية قتلت في مصر خلال الشهرين الماضيين. 

و انضمت حملة الشارة، في نفس الوقت، الى نداءات منظمات متعددة تطالب بإدماج حرية الصحافة و الاعلام كجزء من أهداف التنمية المستدامة للأمم المتحدة في حقبة ما بعد 2015.

و قالت حملة الشارة أنها تحي ذكرى زميله لصحفيي جنيف و هي المصورة الصحفية العالمية أنجا نيدرينجهوس التي فازت بالعديد من الجوائز العالمية و عملت من جنيف مع وكالة الاسوشيتدبرس و قتلت في أفغانستان في 4 إبريل في خوست بواسطة رصاصات التطرف العمياء و هي تغطي رغبة الشعب الأفغاني للتحول إلى الديمقراطية.

كما تحي حملة الشارة الدولية ذكرى نيلز هورنر مراسل الاذاعة السويدية الذي قتل في 11 مارس الماضي و ساردار أحمد و كان يعمل مع وكالة الانباء الفرنسية و قتل في 20 مارس.     

و صرح سكرتير عام الحملة الدولية بليز ليمبان أن أفغانستان من أفقر دول العالم و تمر بمرحلة صعبة للغاية في تاريخها المتوتر مشيرا إلى وجود الصحفيين هناك كشاهد على الاحداث أمر في غاية الخطورة و يتطلب شجاعة فائقة منهم و من ثم لأننا نحي شجاعتهم.

و طبقاً لرصد الحملة فأنه قتل حتى الان 34 صحفيا و صحفية في 14 دولة بسبب العنف بالدرجة الأولى في 14 دولة منها العراق و سوريا و أفغانستان و مصر و باكستان و البرازيل و أوكرانيا.  

و قالت هدايت عبد النبي، رئيسة الحملة، ان الحملة تعتبر عيد الصحافة العالمي هذا العام إحياء أيضا لذكرى الصحفية المصرية ميادة أشرف التي قتلت في مظاهرة عنيفة برصاصات الكراهية في القاهرة الكبرى الشهر الماضي.

كما قتل في مصر منذ ثورة 25 يناير 2011 عشر صحفيين و يقوم الصحفيون حاليا بجمع الف توقيع لتعبئة السلطات المصرية نحو التوقيع على مشروع المعاهدة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين التي اعدتها الحملة الدولية في جنيف. 

و سوف تحتفل حملة الشارة بعقد على انشائها في 4 يونيو القادم و هي تعمل منذ لذلك الحين على المطالبة بتوفير الحماية القانونية للصحفيين في مناطق النزاعات المسلحة و الظروف الخطرة.

و تري الحملة أن عملها في غاية الأهمية بعد مقتل أكثر من ألف صحفي و هم يؤدون عملهم خلال السنوات العشر الماضية. 

و تأمل حملة الشارة في أن تتركز أعمال الحلقة النقاشية حول سلامة الصحفيين في يونيو القادم في مجلس حقوق الانسان على تحقيق التقدم في هذا الصدد و خاصة فيما يتعلق باحترام الإجراءات السليمة و مكافحة الافلات من العقاب و ايجاد أجهزة لتقديم الجناة إلى العدالة.

و اعربت الحملة عن قلقها الشديد بسبب التوتر المتزايد في أوكرانيا حيث قتل 2 من الصحفيين منذ بداية العام الحالي. و تدين حملة الشارة كل المحاولات لوقف ممارسة حرية و استقلال المعلومات من قبل الاعلام في كل أنحاء أوكرانيا.

لمزيد من المعلومات
  

***28.04.2014. Secretary-General report to the General Assembly on the implementation of
General Assembly resolution 68/163 - PEC contribution as requested by the United Nations (consult for reference the text of the resolution on our page Documents)

Introduction

Since the adoption of GA resolution 68/163, according to our organisation figures, 41 media workers have lost their lives in carrying out their duty. An undefined number (between 30 and 50) are detained or held incommunicado either by governmental forces or non-State actors, mainly in the Middle-East region.

Last year (2013), the second deadly year for media workers in the last ten years, 129 media workers were killed in the line of duty in 28 countries because of the coverage of several armed conflicts. Among those 129 victims 90 of them (70%) were killed in conflict zones or in violent unrest. Three quarter of them were intentionally targeted, others were killed mostly accidentally in bomb attacks. In 75% of the cases the victims are local media workers.

Almost none of these killings have been investigated and, like for the 96% of the more than thousand media workers killed in the last 10 years, the crimes remain unpunished.

Awareness is rising

Confronted to this new reality where the journalist who hunts information become a prey for terrorist groups, insurgents, paramilitary and governmental forces, the professional institutions have developed a number of tools in order to better prepare the media workers to work in dangerous situations.

International organisations, as well as trade unions, have developed training courses that enable media workers to acquire the basic knowledge of how to behave and to react in situations of armed confrontation or social tension.

Notably because of the increasing number of killed journalists and media workers around the world, the issue of their safety and protection has upgraded in the agenda of the international community.

Focus on the subject

While the issue of the safety of journalists has upgraded in the agenda of the international community, the PEC considers that a number of disturbing confusions may undermine the appreciation of the problems faced by media workers as well as their role and can jeopardize the analysis leading to the protection of them.

Media workers, journalists and their technical support colleagues, have been prepared for years in order to perform their job and they are bound by ethical rules to which private individuals are not.

Media workers are influenced by their education, cultural background, philosophical opinions and editorial instructions so that they can hardly be compared or assimilated to human rights defenders.

Due to the role journalists play in shaping public opinions, it is essential for the international community to have as many of them as possible on the ground to report and analyse specific situations so that the plurality of the reports can insure a broader image of the reality and a better understanding of the challenges of a crisis.

That is why media workers: need a specific protection that goes beyond the purpose of the IV Geneva Convention.

The limitations of existing international instruments

The reports presented to the twentieth session of the Human Rights Council by the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, as well as the report of the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights on good practices concerning the safety of journalists clearly demonstrate that none of the existing mechanisms, at the national, regional or international level, is instrumental in combating impunity, notably against the crimes committed in conflict situations.

Policies implemented by governments aimed at establishing a safe and enabling environment for media workers are effective only when a culture of freedom and plurality of opinion is already accepted. This is not the case of the large majority of countries confronted to mass uprising and violent confrontation or internal conflict: something else must ensure the protection of media workers.

Among his recommendations, the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions invited States and relevant United Nations bodies and agencies, in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, to explore the need for a specific United Nations instrument (A/HRC/20/22  par. 124).

Move from Impunity to the “Zero tolerance” culture

The Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action in 1993 already called for the protection of the media, a concept which is much larger than just security.

Impunity is without any doubt the main cause of the large number of killing of media workers as well as the growing phenomenon of violence against them such as torture, extrajudicial killings, enforced disappearances and arbitrary detention, as well as intimidation and harassment, notably in conflict zones.

The most worrying aspect of this issue is that, too often, governmental authorities are the perpetrators of the crimes and that no action at all is taken in order to investigate and punish the responsible: one can assume that those acts are part of a deliberated policy of the State.

Under these conditions, it is unrealistic to believe that the State itself will conduct an independent inquiry on the crimes committed against a media worker. Only an international mechanism can insure a prompt and independent investigation that would be able to offer the protection media workers deserve.

Press Emblem Campaign (PEC), 28 April 2014.

***14.04.2014. EGYPT. PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi received from Egypt's Foreign Minister Nabil Fahmy the Foreign Ministry Medal for outstanding media work.

PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi (left) received from Egypt's Foreign Minister Nabil Fahmy (right) the Foreign Ministry Medal for outstanding media work during the very difficult times of Egypt's foreign policy.

Abdel Nabi, after the ceremony, handed to the Minister the PEC draft Convention to Protect Journalists in Conflict Zones and Dangerous Situations.

Journalists meet to create the international initiative to protect journalists-Egypt branch

Cairo-April 22 ( IIPJ)- In response to the growing attacks against journalists in Egypt, a group of journalists have met and established the International Initiative to Protect Journalists (IIPJ)-Cairo branch- whose objective is to solicit public support among journalists for the PEC Draft Convention to Protect Journalists in Conflict Zones and dangerous situations.

The IIPJ whose membership is of young Egyptian journalists also call upon newspapers to appoint trainees and insure that those who will cover in the field are properly trained and insured upon.

The group chose PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi, as President and

AbdelGawad Abukab as Secretary-General.

Ten journalists so far have been killed in Egypt since the 25th of January revolution.

The IIPJ will hold its second meeting next Saturday to mobilize 1000 journalists to sign the PEC draft convention.

The item published online in Arabic:

http://www.gomhuriaonline.com/main.asp?v_article_id=159477

***03.04.2014. PEC first quarter report: 27 journalists killed in 3 months - PEC worried about the protection of journalists during demos (French and Arabic below)

PEC first quarter report: 27 journalists killed in 3 months
PEC worried about the protection of journalists during demos 
 
Geneva (PEC) 3 April – The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has registered the killing of 27 journalists in 13 countries since the beginning of the year while exercising their profession and is worried at the growing number killed during the coverage of demonstrations.

5 journalists were killed in Iraq which makes it again the most dangerous country for media work, followed by Pakistan 4 killed, same figure for Brazil, 3 in Afghanistan, 2 in Syria and 2 in Mexico.

One journalist was killed in the following countries: Saudi Arabia, Cambodia, Colombia, Egypt, Lebanon, Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) and Ukraine.

During the same period the tally last year stood at 30 journalists killed.

Violent demonstrations in many countries

Since the beginning of the year four journalists were killed in demonstration’s coverage: one in Brazil, one in Egypt, one in Pakistan and one in Ukraine.

Many others were wounded physically attacked and hindered from doing their work during the coverage of popular uprisings in Ukraine, Brazil, Turkey, Egypt and Venezuela.

PEC secretary-general Blaise Lempen noted that during uprisings demos escalate and turn into violence in many countries and journalists who are there to cover and pay testimony are put in direct danger due to the violence.

Lempen added that the PEC calls upon the authorities of law and order to respect the independence of journalists and to guarantee in an effective manner their protection during popular uprisings.

PEC reminds that the United Nations adopted at the 25th session of the Human Rights Council a resolution on the promotion and protection of human rights in the context of peaceful protests (A/HRC/25/L20) which stated:

“8. Calls upon all States to pay particular attention to the safety of journalists and media workers covering peaceful protests, taking into account their specific role, exposure and vulnerability;

12. Calls upon States to investigate any death or significant injury committed during protests, including those resulting from the discharge of firearms or the use of nonlethal weapons by officials exercising law enforcement duties;” 

The PEC reminds governments of their obligations as well as keeping the journalists safe during the cross fire or sniper activity.

In addition the PEC denounces the fact that a dozen of foreign journalists including four French are detained in inhuman conditions since months in Syria.

Lempen stressed that such prolonged detention is scandalous and for families of the detained it equals torture.

The perpetrators of those kidnappings in Syria must be held accountable.

Growing support in Egypt

PEC president Hedayat Abdel Nabi uncovered the growing movement in Egypt following the killing of the young Egyptian journalist Mayada Ashraf last Friday during a pro-Muslim brother demonstration in Cairo.

Abdel Nabi noted that dozens of young Egyptian journalists have pledged to endorse the PEC draft convention for the protection of journalists in conflict zones and dangerous situations.

She added that they have placed on Facebook an event carrying the name of the PEC in Arabic and the draft convention is flagged on the page event.

They plan, she said, is to collect thousands of signatures to endorse the draft then bring the endorsement to the attention of the Egyptian government in order to move to a historic step to sign it.

She called upon journalists who face similar circumstances in popular uprisings in other countries to follow suit.


Rapport PEC pour le premier trimestre 2014

En trois mois, 27 journalistes tués - La PEC inquiète pour la protection des journalistes lors de manifestations 

Genève (PEC), 3 avril 2014 – Depuis le début de l’année, 27 journalistes ont été tués dans l’exercice de leurs fonctions dans 13 pays, a affirmé jeudi la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC). L’ONG est particulièrement préoccupée par le nombre accru de victimes lors de manifestations.

Avec cinq journalistes tués depuis le début de l’année, l’Irak est redevenu le pays le plus dangereux, devant le Pakistan (quatre tués), à égalité avec le Brésil (quatre tués). Trois journalistes ont été tués en Afghanistan, 2 en Syrie et 2 au Mexique.

Un journaliste a été tué dans les pays suivants : Arabie saoudite, Cambodge, Colombie, Egypte, Liban, République démocratique du Congo et Ukraine. Pendant la même période de l’an dernier, 30 journalistes avaient été tués.

Manifestations violentes dans plusieurs pays

Depuis le début de l’année, quatre journalistes ont été tués lors de manifestations : un au Brésil, un en Egypte, un au Pakistan, et un en Ukraine. Beaucoup d’autres journalistes ont été blessés, agressés physiquement, empêchés de faire leur travail lors de mouvements populaires en Ukraine, au Brésil, en Turquie, en Egypte et au Venezuela.

« Les manifestations de protestation se multiplient dans de nombreux pays et les journalistes qui sont là pour témoigner sont directement mis en danger par les violences », a affirmé le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen. « Nous appelons les autorités responsables de l’ordre public à respecter l’indépendance des journalistes et à assurer de manière efficace leur sécurité lors de manifestations populaires», a-t-il ajouté.   

La PEC rappelle que le 28 mars dernier, l’ONU a adopté à la 25e session du Conseil des droits de l’homme une résolution sur « La promotion et la protection des droits de l’homme dans le contexte de manifestations pacifiques » (A/HRC/25/L20) qui, entre autres: 

« 8. Demande à tous les États d’accorder une attention particulière à la sécurité des journalistes et des professionnels des médias qui couvrent les manifestations pacifiques, en tenant compte de leur rôle spécifique, de leur exposition et de leur vulnérabilité; » et

« 12. Engage les États à enquêter sur tous les cas de décès ou de blessure survenus
pendant une manifestation, y compris ceux qui découlent de tirs d’armes à feu ou de
l’utilisation d’armes non létales par des agents des forces de l’ordre; »

La PEC rappelle aux gouvernements leurs obligations, y compris la nécessité d’assurer la sécurité des journalistes lors de tirs croisés ou de francs-tireurs.

La PEC tient aussi à dénoncer le fait qu’une dizaine de journalistes étrangers, dont quatre Français, sont détenus depuis des mois en Syrie, dans des conditions inhumaines. « Cette détention prolongée est scandaleuse et s’assimile pour les victimes et les familles à de la torture », a déclaré Blaise Lempen. Les auteurs de tels kidnappings devront rendre des comptes.

Mouvement de soutien en Egypte

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi a affirmé que le mouvement de soutien s’est élargi en Egypte à la suite du meurtre de la jeune journaliste égyptienne Mayada Ashraf vendredi dernier pendant une manifestation pro-Morsi au Caire.

Plusieurs dizaines de journalistes égyptiens ont promis de soutenir le projet de Convention de la PEC sur la protection des journalistes dans les zones de conflit et zones dangereuses. Une page Facebook a été ouverte en arabe avec le projet de convention dans le but de recueillir des milliers de signatures et de le soumettre ensuite au gouvernement égyptien, a indiqué Hedayat Abdel Nabi.

La présidente de la PEC a invité les journalistes confrontés à des circonstances similaires lors de révoltes populaires dans d’autres pays à suivre cet exemple.

تقرير حملة الشارة: 27 صحفيا و صحفية قتلوا منذ بداية العام

حملة الشارة تعرب عن قلقها لحالة حماية الصحفيين خلال المظاهرات

جنيف-القاهرة -2 إبريل (حملة الشارة) – اعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي في تقريرها الربع سنوي ان 27 صحفيا و صحفية قتلوا في 13 دولة خلال الأشهر الثلاثة الأوائل من هذا العام خلال أداء عملهم معربه عن قلقها عن زيادة عدد الذين قتلوا خلال تغطية المظاهرات.

و عادت العراق إلى الصدارة في خطورة العمل الصحفي بمقتل 5 صحفيين، ثم باكستان 4 و نفس الرقم في البرازيل، 3 في أفغانستان، 2 في سوريا و 2 في المكسيك.

و قتل صحفي واحد في أوكرانيا، و في كمبوديا و في كولومبيا و صحفية في مصر و أخر في لبنان و اخر في جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية و أخر في السعودية.

بلغ عدد القتلى من الصحفيين في العام الماضي 30 في نفس الفترة.

منذ بداية العام الحالي قتل 4 صحفيين خلال تغطيتهم المظاهرات في البرازيل و مصر و باكستان و أوكرانيا.

كما جرح عدد كبير منهم و لم يتمكنوا من اكمال عملهم خلال مظاهرات صاخبة في أوكرانيا و البرازيل و تركيا و مصر و فنزويلا.

و صرح سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان أنه خلال الانتفاضات تتحول المظاهرات إلى العنف في عدد كبير من الدول و يجد الصحفيون انفسهم في خطر مباشر عند التغطية التي تهدف نقل الوقائع و الشهادات. 

و طالب السلطات المعنية في هذه الدول عن النظام و الامن باحترام الصحفيين و ضمان بطريقة عملية حمايتهم في الانتفاضات.

و تدكر حملة الشارة الجمهور في كل مكان و الدول أعضاء مجلس حقوق الإنسان أن المجلس قد أقر قرارا يوم 28 مارس 2014 في دورته الـ 25 لتدعيم و حماية حقوق الانسان في ظل التظاهرات السلمية و الذي ينص على

 (A/HRC/25/L20) 

* يطالب القرار  الدول بالعناية بصفة خاصة بسلامة الصحفيين و العاملين في الاعلام خلال تغطيتهم للمظاهرات السلمية اخذين في الاعتبار دورهم المحدد و تعرضهم للخطر و كونهم عزل

*يطالب الدول بالتحقيق في اية حوادث وفاة أو اصابات ملموسة ترتكب خلال المظاهرات التي يتسبب فيها انتشار الأسلحة أو استخدام الاسلحة غير القاتلة من قبل المسئولين الذين يعملون على تنفيذ واجبات القانون.

إن حملة الشارة الدولية تذكر الحكومات بالتزاماته بما في ذلك التحقق من سلامة الصحفيين خلال تبادل اطلاق النار أو حين تبدأ فرق القنص الخارجة عن القانون في ارتكاب جرائمها.

كما تستنكر حملة الشارة أن العشرات من الصحفيين الأجانب قد اعتقلوا في سوريا في ظروف غير انسانية منذ أشهر. 

و أكد ليمبان أن هذه الفترات المطولة من الاعتقال فضيحة  و ترقى بالنسبة لأسر الصحفيين المعتقلين إلى مرتبة التعذيب مؤكدا على ضرورة تقديم الجناة إلى المحاكمة.   

في حين كشفت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي عن حركة تتزايد في مصر بعد مقتل الصحفية مياده أشرف يوم الجمعة الماضي في مظاهرات موالية للإخوان بالقاهرة لجمع الاف التوقيعات لتبني مشروع المعاهدة الدولية لحماية الصحفي و المقدمة من حملة الشارة.

و اضافت أنه تم فتح صفحة على الفيس بوك باسم حملة الشارة وضع عليها مشروع المعاهدة الدولية مشيرة إلى أن حركة شباب الصحفيين تهدف الى تقديم الاف التوقيعات للحكومة المصرية كي تتحرك في اتجاه تاريخي للتوقيع على المعاهدة.

و طالبت عبد النبي الصحفيين في الدول التي لها ظروف مشابهه لحالة المظاهرات في مصر أن يبدؤوا نفس التحرك لدعم المعاهدة الدولية. لمزيد من المعلومات حول الضحايا

***03.04.2014. Violaciones contra la libertad de expresión en México y Centroamérica – Marzo 2014 -
Colaboración de Cerigua para PEC.

Guatemala:

Jueves 13 de marzo 

1.    Miembros de la Policía Nacional Civil (PNC) agredieron a varios miembros de la prensa cuando cubrían una diligencia ministerial en el municipio de Amatitlán, aledaño a  la capital guatemalteca.

Los agentes trataron de impedir que  los reporteros tomaran imágenes del lugar, además de tapar las lentes de las cámaras y halar a uno de ellos para que no hiciera su trabajo. Aparentemente, los oficiales tenían órdenes del Ministerio Público (MP) de retirar a los periodistas del área.

Los reporteros intentaban cubrir un hecho de mucha relevancia.

2.    Durante la captura de un sujeto en estado de ebriedad que provocó daños a unas motocicletas, un agente de la PNC trató de impedir a un camarógrafo que tomará imágenes del sindicado, argumentado que con ello violaba sus derechos. El incidente se produjo el 13 de marzo en el departamento de San Marcos, fronterizo con México.

Sábado 15 de marzo 
 
3.    Desconocidos irrumpieron en la vivienda del columnista del Diario  Prensa Libre Antonio Mosquera, hurtando equipo de cómputo, joyas y objetos de valor. Los malhechores dejaron tirado documentos de identificación de familiares del profesional, así como dinero en efectivo, lo que hace pensar que se trató de un acto de intimidación.
 
Mosquera contaba con seguridad perimetral debido a amenazas en su contra, sin embargo ese día los agentes que los resguardaban se retiraron, al concluir el período de las medidas de protección.
 
Sábado 22 de marzo 
 
4.    El reportero Mynor Mazariegos, de Siglo 21, sufrió amenazas por parte de aficionados y directivos de un club deportivo de segunda división, luego de un encuentro futbolístico. Uno de los sujetos, a quien llamaban “Don Edwin” le afirmó que si en caso publicaba algo del incidente lo asesinaría.

Martes 25 de marzo

5.    Los reporteros Andrea Ortiz y Remigio López, de los noticieros locales  Regional Informativo de Oriente y Noticiero La Verdad fueron agredidos por la directora de un centro educativo y sus familiares, cuando daban cobertura a un incidente con padres y madres de familias de alumnos del establecimiento.

La presencia de los periodistas molestó a la directora, por lo que llamó a sus familiares, quienes amenazaron, intentaron quitarles su equipo de trabajo y los retuvieron por varios minutos.
 
Viernes 28 de marzo

6.    Elementos del Cuerpo de seguridad  de la Presidencia negaron el acceso a una reunión entre el Mandatario guatemalteco y  el Presidente electo de El Salvador, al reportero Rodrigo Estrada, de elPeriódico, argumentando que no estaba acreditado.
 
Carmen Mora, asistente de la Secretaría de Comunicación de la Presidencia,  dijo al reportero que no lo podía dejar ingresar porque no contaba con la acreditación de dicho evento, además aseguró que eran órdenes de la seguridad presidencial. A todos los periodistas que cubrían la actividad se les permitió el ingreso sin necesidad de dicho documento.
 
7.    Tres días después, el lunes 31 de marzo, un miembro de la seguridad presidencial intentó vedar nuevamente el acceso a Casa Presidencial al periodista, sin embargo éste se comunicó con un abogado y con la Procuraduría de Derechos Humanos (PDH) para informar de la situación, por lo que minutos después lo dejaron entrar.
 
8.    La revista Contra Poder fue demanda penalmente por allegados a un político, quienes acusaron al medio de de cuatro delitos y de haberles causado daños morales, debido a errores en una nota.

Días antes, el semanario publicó una nota, respecto a un campo pagado donde personas mostraban su apoyo al político, pero  no mostraron sus nombres sino solo números de identificación profesional.
 
Ante esto, el medio buscó en el Colegio de Abogados a los firmantes, encontrado que siete de ellos estaban muertos. El medio erróneamente  adjudico los nombres a este Colegio, sin embargo las personas pertenecían a diversas profesiones. Luego de esto, el semanario publicó una rectificación, tanto en su edición escrita como en línea, del escrito.

MÉXICO
 
1.    El semanario “Proceso” denunció la compra masiva de la edición 150 de su revista en varios puntos del Estado de México y en la ciudad de Guadalajara, Jalisco.
 
Varios sujetos se apersonaron con los voceadores y les pidieron “todas las ediciones de la Revista Proceso”, pagando en efectivo por ellas. En esa edición, el medio colocó como portada una fotografía del Gobernador Eruviel Ávila, del Estado de México, con el título “Disputa Sangrienta”.

2.    La corresponsal de Reporteros sin Fronteras en México, Balbina Flores Martínez, recibió amenazas de muerte el miércoles 12 de marzo, por parte de un sujeto que le aseguró que lo habían contratado para dañarla.
 
Dicho individuo, quien dijo ser el “Comandante Omar Treviño”, llamó a la corresponsal de RsF para verificar su identidad, luego se comunicó con ella nuevamente para decirle que le habían pagado para hacerle daño y conocía bien sus movimientos, porque desde hacía 15 días la investigaba.

3.    La noche del domingo 16 de marzo, la vivienda del director de Artículo 19, Darío Ramírez, fue allanada por desconocidos, quienes robaron computadoras, con información de trabajo y otros objetos de valor.
 
El hecho se dio a pocos días que la organización hiciera público su estudio sobre libertad de expresión en México, del 2013, titulado “Disentir en Silencio: violencia contra la prensa y criminalización de la protesta”.
 
4.    El lunes 3 de marzo policías agredieron a tres reporteros, durante las manifestaciones a favor de Joaquín “El Chapo” Guzmán”, supuesto narcotraficante detenido semanas atrás.
 
Durante las marchas, realizadas en el Estado de Sinaloa, los policías dispararon al aire para dispersar a las personas. Cuando un reportero del diario Noroeste tomaba fotografías de los casquillos, fue agredido físicamente por los agentes, quienes le causaron lesiones en la cabeza, costillas y piernas.
 
Posteriormente, una camarógrafa del sitio en red Noroeste documentaba la marcha, cuando cuatro agentes la despojaron de su equipo de trabajo. Horas antes, un fotógrafo de Noroeste fue golpeado por oficiales, al momento en que tomaba imágenes de la detención de manifestantes.
 
5.    Gerardo Duque, reportero de la empresa Corporativo de Medios, en San Luis Potosí, denunció haber sido arrestado arbitrariamente por agentes de la Secretaría de Seguridad Pública del Estado. 
 
El reportero fue detenido el viernes 31 en horas de la madrugada y fue acosado por “orinar” frente a un oficial.  Sin embargo el afectado afirmó que los policías lo encañonaron cuando se encontraba en su vehículo y lo bajaron por la fuerza, esposándolo y subiéndolo al vehículo policial.
 
Duque consideró esta acción como una represalia a su trabajo, debido a que ha dado a conocer abusos cometidos por las fuerzas de seguridad contra comunidades indígenas.
 
HONDURAS
 
1.    La mañana del miércoles 4 de marzo la difusión de la emisora Cadena Hondureña de Noticias (CHN) fue interrumpida por un lapso aproximado de cinco horas, por miembros de la Oficina de Bienes Incautados de Honduras (OABI), argumentando que se debía a órdenes de la Presidencia. Aparentemente, con esta acción se buscaba dejar fuera del aire a la radio.
 
2.    El Presidente de la República, Juan Orlando Hernández, señaló a Canal 36 y Radio Globo de hablar de “Limpieza social”  por los recientes asesinatos de varios jóvenes en el país, para culpar al Gobierno. Ya sabemos cuál es su agenda política y el pueblo hondureño ha aprendido a discernir de dónde vienen las cosas y porqué las dicen, afirmó el Mandatario en una entrevista televisiva.

Fin

***01.04.2014. Taliban declare War on Pakistani Media - exclusive report of the PEC correspondent in Islamabad Israr Khan

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has expressed grave concern over the pathetic condition of journalists’ safety in Pakistan where media is passing through the worst time of its 67-yer history. Journalists, television anchors, and media houses are under a constant threat of militants’ attacks, as they have been warned several times by Taliban, “If you are not with us, then don’t be against us.”

The outlawed Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), a local group of militants who also have tentacles of Al-Qaida and harboring in Pakistan’s Tribal areas bordering Afghanistan has put dozens of journalists and television anchor on its hit list to be targeted if found a chance. These journalists are boldly exposing and criticizing their brutalities.

Taliban declare war on Media:

The trade unions and senior media practitioners have termed it a new war of ‘sword and pen, camera and bomb, and microphone and gun’. The militants organization two-month back in February went to the extent that it issued a 29-page fatwa (religious decree) against the media and warned it, “If you are not with us, then don’t be against us. Be impartial, otherwise ready for your death.” It further said that a few security men cannot guard you, if we can hit military installations, then what you are.

It blamed that Pakistani media is working for infidels and is not impartial and fair in coverage. It has been acting as propagandists and continuously lying about the TTP.

It was the first time that TTP took a clear stance against Pakistani media. It indicates that the media has a very deep impact on Pakistani society and it is afraid that media is awakening the masses against their brutalities and militancy which they (militants) think could become a serious threat to their existence.

Taliban have disclosed to the journalists who have sources in TTP that they have a hit-list of about six dozen journalists’ and television anchors who are working against them. However, they will not disclose the names and are keeping a vigilant eye over them if found chance will target them.

Express Media Group under constant attacks:

In a latest case of violence against media, unidentified gunmen opened fire on the car of Express television anchor and analyst Raza Rumi in Lahore, injuring him and killing his driver. The attack took place just he left office after hosting his television programme.

Although he had not received any direct threats, he was reportedly on the hit-list of some extremist groups. “Was fired at near Raja Market… I was dreading this day,” Rumi tweeted soon after the attack.

After the attack in an interview with his channel he said, “We will continue to speak the truth and not back down. Politicians will not benefit from remaining quiet while journalists are muzzled… these bullets will target them tomorrow if they do not take notice today,” he said. “There will be no security or governance left in Pakistan.”

Nobody has claimed the responsibility for the attack on Rumi, however fingers are still raised towards same militant outfit. Obviously, it will not openly claim the responsibility, as it will be then considered as violation of a month-long ceasefire agreement with government.

This was the fifth attack on Express Media group during last few months. On March 19, a bomb was also found outside the residence of Express television bureau Chief Mr. Jamshed Baghwan in Peshawar.

In another assault, four armed men fired indiscriminately outside the entrance of the Express Media Group office in Karachi, injuring two members of staff, including a guard who is paralyzed and a woman on August 16, 2013.

On December 2, 2013, three people were injured when the Karachi office came under attack. Two hand grenades were hurled at the office building, while unknown assailants opened indiscriminate fire. The TTP later claimed its responsibility.

On January 17, three employees of the same television channel were brutally killed in Karachi when militants targeted its digital satellite news gathering (DSNG) van. In this attack, technician Waqas, driver Khalid, and guard Ashraf were killed.

After killing these staffers, TTP claimed the responsibility and its former spokesman Ihsanullah Ehsan told Express TV that the channel had been attacked, as Taliban considered its coverage biased. They will continue attacking journalists whom they disagree. The Express television quoted Ehsan as saying, "Channels should give coverage to our ideology. Otherwise we will continue attacking the media."

Journalists Casualties from Jan-March 2014:

Since January 2014, four Pakistani journalists have been killed in various parts of the country. Besides, score of journalists have been tortured through the hands of militants, political parties and sometimes agencies.

On the eve of New Year, Mr. Shah Dahar, a senior journalist of a news television channel ‘Aaab Tak’ was targeted in Badha area of Larkana, Sindh province. He was taken to hospital in serious condition, but unfortunately next morning on Jan 1, he succumbed to his injuries.

Interestingly, Dahar had nominated the culprits before his death in a statement that indicates that he was targeted for his reporting. He was working on a story about sale of government medicines at local private drug stores. Shan captured some footage for samples of medicines available at private drug stores as proof to highlight the corruption depriving the poor from due right to get medicine purchased by government by national exchequer money.

Drug store owners were annoyed with him. Shan received threatening calls and text messages from some unknown numbers and he subsequently informed Police of the area and showed the threatening text but no action was taken timely and lethargy led to the killing.

On January 30, the body of a missing journalist Mr. BakhTaj Yousafzai was found in district Mardan of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. He was brutally slaughtered by unidentified men and dumped his body. He was working with a local Urdu language daily Manzareaam. He got married six months ago and had no enmity with anyone.

On Feb 2, Senior Journalist and Reporter of Daily Balochistan times Quetta Mr. Muhammad Afzal Khwaja and his driver were shot dead by armed men along Dera Allah Yar road in Balochistan. Police said that they were returning from Jacobabad in a vehicle, as their vehicle reached in Cattle Thana police area, five armed men standing along Dera Allah Yar road signaled to stop the vehicle but driver took it away. Gunmen opened fire in which they died on the scene.

Mr. Ibrar Tanoli who was attached with a London-based Reuters’ news agency as stringer photojournalist, reporter with a local paper and General Secretary of Mansehra press club was seriously injured by unidentified gunmen in District Mansehra, Pakistan on March 2, 2014. He was taken to hospital in serious condition where he latter succumbed to his injuries next day (March 3).

Nawaz Sharif government’s military action against Militants:

The government had opened negotiations with the TTP to end its bloody seven-year insurgency. But still there was violence against media, public and military. It was media that pushed Nawaz Sharif’s government to take action against the banned TTP in North Waziristan and other parts of the tribal areas. The Pakistani Prime Minister, Nawaz Sharif, has pledged to do more to protect Pakistani journalists.

After accurately precisely targeting their hideouts, dozens of militants were killed. The talks remained stalled for more than two months.

To get things going again, the Pakistani government used its unmanned drones to effectively create fear and disarray. Seeing the drones made them feel threatened — as if something bad is coming soon. Not long after, Taliban announced a month-long ceasefire and agreed to resume negotiations with the government.

They are using this mountainous region borders Afghanistan as a springboard to carry out major terrorist attacks inside Pakistan.

Aerial military strikes against these local and foreign militants forced them to flee the area and are now desperately searching for a safe spot to hide. They are moving near a restive region along the Afghan–Pakistan–Iran border and Afghanistan’s Nimroz province. The lingering threat of an expected full-scale military offensive strike has also pushed the disbanded TTP to announce a month-long ceasefire and hold purposeful talks with the government.

Israr Khan, PEC Rep in Islamabad

***29.03.2014. EGYPT. PEC condemns the killing of Egyptian woman journalist

Geneva - March 29 (PEC) - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns forcefully the killing of Mayada Ashraf, Friday, who worked for the privately owned Al-Dustour newspaper.

Mayada Ashraf, 22 years of age, an active, brave and courageous journalist, had been covering for the past months pro-Muslim brotherhood demonstrations, Friday's was one of the worst in the district of Ein Shams.

Reports claim that Mayada was targeted by pro-Muslim brotherhood thugs, was shot in the neck while covering clashes in the northern neighborhood of Ein Shams.

The PEC, while lamenting with deep sorrow the killing of the Egyptian journalist, awaits the results of the investigations into her death and who shot her.

Mayada graduated from the Media faculty last year. Read more on:

https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/news/africa/10589-egypt-who-killed-mayada-ashraf

***24.03.2014. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. 25th session. PEC statement delivered on the situation of journalists in Ukraine

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
25th session

Item 8  -   Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action

General debate

Mr. President,

In 1993, at the Vienna World Conference on Human Rights, underlining the importance of objective, responsible and impartial information about human rights and humanitarian issues, the international community encouraged the increased involvement of the media, for whom freedom and protection should be guaranteed[1].

In adopting resolution 21/12, this very Council called upon States to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference.

Since the adoption of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action, the killing of media workers, as well as the number and the different forms of interference have increased dramatically, in particular in zones of conflict and in countries confronted with turmoil and civil unrests.

The Press Emblem Campaign is deeply concerned by the fact that dozens of journalists were injured while covering the violent demonstrations in Kiev. Many of these journalists were deliberately targeted although they were clearly identifiable and not participating in the protests; none of their cases have been yet properly investigated.

The PEC is equally concerned by the different form of threats journalists have to face in Crimea since the annexation of the province to the Russian Federation. Several media workers have been reportedly abducted, arbitrarily arrested, beaten threatened, tortured and they belongings were damaged, sequestered or stolen.

The PEC, recalling GA resolution 68/163 adopted last December, calls on the Ukrainian and Russian authorities to do their utmost to prevent violence against journalists and media workers, to ensure accountability through the conduct of impartial, speedy and effective investigations into all alleged violence against journalists and media workers falling within their jurisdiction and to bring the perpetrators of such crimes to justice and ensure that victims have access to appropriate remedies.

I thank you for your attention.

[1] A/CONF.157/23 (par. 39)

***24.03.2014. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. 25th session. PEC statement delivered on the situation of journalists in Palestine 

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
25th session

Item 7  -   Human rights situation in Palestine and other occupied Arab territories

General debate
 
Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign denounces the limitations imposed and the harassment on media workers in Israel and in the Occupied Palestinian Territories by both, the Israeli and the Palestinian authorities. Ultimately the lack of protection given to media workers in the most longstanding conflict is matter of deep concern for our organization.

Observers witnessed an unprecedented escalation of violations against journalists by the Israeli occupation forces (IOF) in the West Bank; the Israeli violations against Palestinian journalists are the most dangerous, life threatening, and the most frequent, but the Palestinian violations are still high in numbers.

According to the Annual report 2013 published two weeks ago by the Palestinian Center for Development and Media Freedoms (MADA), the total violations of media freedoms in Palestine during 2013 were 229. The Israeli occupation committed 151 violations in the West Bank only, while various Palestinian parties committed 50 violations in Gaza and 28 in the West Bank. The different kind of violations are: physical assault, detention, arrest, prevention from coverage, travel bans, interrogation, threat, raiding, closing and blocking, trial, and confiscation of equipment.

February witnessed a serious escalation of violations by the Israeli occupation forces (IOF) against journalists in the occupied Palestine, embodied by the targeting of journalists with rubber bullets and tear gas, preventing them by exercising violence from covering events, the detention of a cartoonist, and extending the administrative detention of another journalist.

The PEC is particularly alarmed by and strongly condemns the growing number of violations of the rights of women journalists in the West Bank as well as in Gaza. Here women journalists face numerous threats due to their profession, including the threat of fabrication of a moral case against the journalist if she continues her criticism of the local government.

Considering the important role media workers have to play in providing information from different sources to the public and to the decision-makers, particularly, in a situation of foreign occupation and conflict, , we invite the Special Rapporteur to include in his report a section dedicated to the situation of media workers in the Occupied Palestinian Territories.

I thank you for your attention.

***19.03.2014. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. 25th session. PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE OCCASION OF THE GENERAL DEBATE by the PEC Representative at the United Nations

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
25th session

Item 4  -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
 
General debate

Mr. President,

The year 2013 has been the second deadly year for media workers in the last ten years because of the coverage of several armed conflicts. 129 media workers were killed in the line of duty in 28 countries. Among those 129 victims 90 of them (70%) were killed in conflict zones or in violent unrest. Three quarter of them were intentionally targeted, others were killed mostly accidentally in bomb attacks. Details of the geographical distribution of the casualties can be found in our written contribution (A/HRC/25/NGO/107). As of today, 24 media workers have been already killed in 2014, which represents more or the less the same monthly average as last year.

The Press Emblem Campaign is particularly concerned about the situation of journalists and media workers in conflict zones. We have to stress here, on one hand, the particular role journalists and media workers play in providing information to the public and the decision makers and, on the other hand, the importance to have different sources of information, which is the only guarantee to give everyone the possibility to have an accurate picture of a troubled situation.

The Press Emblem Campaign calls on the attention of the Council on the growing phenomenon of severe intimidation media workers have to face in conflict zones, notably arbitrary arrests, abduction and kidnapping, either for political reasons or merely to finance the armed struggle.

The PEC expresses its deep concern about the large number of media workers arrested and detained for unreasonable long term in Turkey and in Egypt, as well as about the climate of violence against media workers and the impunity prevailing in Pakistan, especially in conflict zones.

Impunity at large, fuels violence and violations of human rights, war crimes and crimes against humanity; States have the primarily responsibility to implement international law and protect human rights. The impunity linked to the crimes committed against media workers fuels those crimes; States have to find the adequate mechanism to effectively protect media workers in conflict zones.

The time has come to move from a culture of impunity to a “zero tolerance” culture towards violence against journalists and media workers.

I thank you for your attention.

***18.03.2014. SYRIA - Report of the commission of inquiry - PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL by the PEC Representative at the United Nations Gianfranco Fattorini

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
25th session

Item 4  -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
 
Report of the Independent international commission of inquiry on the situation
in the Syrian Arab Republic (A/HRC/25/65) 

Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign commends the Independent international commission of inquiry on the Syrian Arab Republic for its report and expresses its appreciation for its established practice to have a particular section dedicated to the situation of journalists facing all possible violation of their fundamental rights which remain unpunished.

The PEC strongly condemns hostage-taking and arbitrary detention of more than 30 foreign journalists occurred during last year, with at least a dozen of them still held for several months in inhuman and unjustifiable circumstances; PEC calls upon all States to cooperate for their immediate release and contribute to respect international humanitarian law in accordance with their obligations. We invite the IICI to update the Council with the list of media workers detained or kidnapped either by the Syrian government or the opposition armed groups, a practice that should be considered as a crime and, as such, cannot be accepted.

Indeed, Syria was the deadliest country for media workers in 2013 and, as of today, since the closing of the last session of this very Council, the PEC counts 5 more media workers killed in the country. We wish to point out here again that PEC statistics counts only professional journalists and media workers in order to highlight the specific mission accomplished by them that, in our view, requires a specific protection.

The PEC expresses its deep concern about the different forms of threat posed on media workers by the armed opposition groups and vigorously denounces the inhuman or degrading treatment imposed on media workers. Self censorship has become the most vicious and pervasive way to silence journalists in Syria; with many leaving the country. We wish to call the attention of the IICI on the case of Mrs Sevra Baklaci a Turkish journalist who is subject to death threat by opposition groups because she conducted a research on the crimes committed against the Alawites.

The PEC honours the courage of the journalists who created the Syria’s first independent Kurdish-language newspaper Nu Dem (New Time).

Finally, the PEC is still very concerned about the fate of Mazen Darwish, Director of the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression, who was arrested in February 2012 and is still held in arbitrary detention with his two colleagues Hani Zitani and Hussein Al Ghurair are. The PEC calls again on the Commission of Inquiry to investigate and to report to the Council on this particular case.

I thank you for your attention.
18 March 2014

***11.03.2014. PEC statement. A bloody month of March - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) dismayed by the killing of 5 journalists in 4 days

Geneva, 11 March 2014 (PEC) - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns today in the strongest terms the killing of 5 journalists in 4 days, all in conflict zones: 2 in Syria, 2 in Iraq and 1 in Afghanistan.

The NGO based in Geneva calls for a thorough investigation into the brutal murder of Swedish journalist, Nils Horner (51), in Afghanistan today. He was shot dead in Kabul, as he conducted interviews ahead of next month’s presidential election in Afghanistan. The motive for the killing of the veteran journalist working for Sveriges Radio is unknown.

The PEC is also sad to learn that Canadian freelance photographer Ali Mustafa (30), born in Toronto, was killed in Syria last Sunday by a barrel bomb in Aleppo, apparently while photographing the destruction caused by an earlier bomb.

Another journalist was killed in Syria, a Lebanese journalist, Omar Abdel Qader, last Saturday, 8 March. According to media reports, Qader, a cameraman for Beirut-based satellite television channel Al-Mayadeen, was shot by a sniper while covering clashes between regime forces and rebels in the province of Deir Ezzor.

Two journalsits were killed in Iraq in the province of  Babel Sunday, 9 March. Cameramen Muthanna Abdul Hussein and Khaled Abdel Thamer, who were working for the Al Iraqia TV Channel, were killed in an explosion caused by a suicide bomber who was targeting the al Athar check point at the northern entrance of the city of Hilla. The IJS says the cameramen were covering the distribution of voting cards from the police electoral center in the city when the attack occurred. A total of 14 journalists have now been murdered in Iraq since October last year.

Since the beginning of this year, the trend is very worrying: according to the PEC, 24 journalists were killed in the line of duty. The PEC is urging the UN Member States to consider new guidelines for the protection of journalists on the occasion of the panel organized by the Human Rights Council next June.

***10.02.2013. Violaciones contra la Libertad de Expresión en México y Centroamérica – Febrero 2014 
Colaboración de Cerigua para PEC.

Guatemala:

1.    Luis López García, corresponsal de Nuestro Diario en la cabecera de Sololá, al occidente del país, denunció ante autoridades intimidaciones en su contra, por parte de dos desconocidos con apariencia de pandilleros, que lo estaban buscando en cercanías de su hogar, la noche del 2 de febrero.

2.    William Gularte, fotógrafo de elPeriódico y de la Agencia Reuters, fue víctima de agresiones físicas y verbales por miembros de Bomberos Voluntarios, durante una actividad que realizaron en un parque de la capital, el domingo 9 de febrero.

Gularte señaló que los bomberos le solicitaron una acreditación especial para dicho evento, a pesar que era en un lugar público; el periodista solo presentó sus identificaciones de los medios para los que trabaja, las que fueron descalificadas por los bomberos, quienes lo insultaron, golpearon y retiraron del lugar.

3.    La noche del miércoles 12 de febrero el periodista Nery Morales, de Canal “Optimo 23” en la ciudad de Mazatenango, Suchitepéquez, al sur occidente del país, salió ileso de un ataque armado en su contra, cometido por dos desconocidos que se movilizaban en motocicleta.

El periodista indicó que cuando se dirigía a su hogar, en su automóvil, dos sujetos le dispararon, sin embargo logró salir ileso al recostarse en el asiento del copiloto.

4.    El martes 25 de febrero, los periodistas Ángel Martín Tax, de Prensa Libre, Otoniel Rivera, de Al Día, y Erick Maas, de CRN Noticias, fueron agredidos verbalmente y retenidos brevemente por pobladores de la comunidad Pequixul, en Cobán, Alta Verapaz, al nororiente del país, cuando iban a cubrir una noticia.

Los tres corresponsales se movilizaron al área a recabar información sobre cuatro personas retenidas, pero no les fue permitido el paso por los pobladores. Cuando hacia una toma panorámica, sin que aparecieran los rostros de las personas, los vecinos arremetieron contra los periodistas, a quienes amenazaron y obligaron a borrar sus fotos.

5.    Ese mismo día, Stuardo Villatoro Reyes, trabajador de la revista C4, fue retenido, fotografiado y amenazado por parte de trabajadores del Instituto Nacional de Electrificación (INDE), cuando promocionaba ejemplares del medio, del cual le fueron arrebatadas 150 revistas. El hecho se registró en las instalaciones del INDE en ciudad de Guatemala.

Richard Shaw, representante legal de Comunicación 24.7, casa editora de la revista, llegó a la institución para exigir la devolución de las copias, sin embargo fue agredido física y verbalmente por directivos del INDE.

6.    El miércoles 26, varios periodistas denunciaron agresiones verbales e intento de agresiones físicas por parte de Luis Hernández, director del Instituto de Ciencias Forenses (INACIF) en Huehuetenango, departamento ubicado al occidente del país, cuando daban cobertura al crimen de una persona  asesinada, primo de un supuesto narcotraficante.

Los reporteros denunciaron que Hernández los quería sacar del lugar y posteriormente intentó golpearlos y les tomó fotografías, para intimidarlos.

7.    El jueves 27 en el departamento de San Marcos, al occidente del país,  autoridades del Ministerio Público (MP) y agentes de la Policía Nacional Civil (PNC) clausuraron la radio comunitaria “San José”, decomisando el equipo de transmisión y capturando a una persona, que no fue identificada.

México:

1.    Durante este mes se reportó el segundo asesinato de un periodista. Gregorio Jiménez, reportero de Notisur, en el Estado de Veracruz, fue secuestrado el 5 de febrero en su hogar y su cadáver fue encontrado seis días después.

El periodista había denunciado amenazas de muerte, por haber publicado información sobre un bar donde retenían a inmigrantes, para luego pedir rescate a sus familias para dejarlos ir.

2.    El lunes 10 de febrero, durante la marcha que miembros de la prensa realizaron para que apreciara con vida Jiménez, elementos de la Secretaría de Seguridad Pública (SSP) de Veracruz, fotografiaron y tomaron vídeo a los participantes de la caminata.

3.    El diario “Noroeste”, en Estado de Sinaloa, denunció amenazas contra sus trabajadores, las que llegaron vía telefónica el domingo 23 de febrero. En las llamadas, desconocidos les pidieron que dejaran de publicar sobre la policía municipal, luego que el medio indagara con autoridades sobre supuesto vínculos de ésta con el narcotraficante Joaquín “El Chapo” Guzmán.
 
Un día antes, elementos de la Secretaría de Marina obligaron a uno de sus periodistas a borrar las fotografías que había captado, en el hotel donde fue detenido el narcotraficante.
 
4.    El martes 18 de febrero policías del Distrito Federal detuvieron arbitrariamente al periodista Luis Méndez, del sitio “Somos el Medio”, cuando daba cobertura al desalojo de vendedores ambulantes indigentes en dos estaciones del metro.

5.    La mañana del viernes 28 el periodista Pedro Arzate García, de Siga TV, señaló que un vehículo color rojo, que se encontraba fuera de su oficina, lo persiguió, hecho por el cual interpuso una denuncia. Cuando el profesional se dirigía a la Procuraduría a  poner la denuncia, desconocidos ingresaron a su casa a robar.
 
6.    La última semana del mes Paola Ochoa, locutora de la emisora comunitaria “Radio Identidad”, en Estado de Veracruz, fue condenada a dos años de prisión, por utilizar ilegalmente una frecuencia, pese a que ella únicamente dirigía un programa donde se discutían temas de género. La periodista no guardará prisión, pues pagó una fianza, pero deberá presentarse a firmar cada quince días. 
 
Honduras:

1.    A principios de mes se conoció que el periodista Julio Alvarado, de Globo TV, podía ser condenado a un año y cuatro meses de prisión y a ser inhabilitado, por cierto tiempo, para ejercer el periodismo, luego de una demanda en su contra por parte de una autoridad universitaria. 
 
Alvarado fue acusado de difamación por la Decana de la Facultad de Ciencias Económicas de la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Honduras, Belinda Flores Mendoza, por haber difundido los cargos que se presentaron en su contra, por supuesta falsificación de títulos universitarios.  
 
En marzo de 2012 un Tribunal de Sentencias declaró inocente al reportero, sin embargo Flores apeló la decisión con un recurso de casación y la CSJ,  la Sala Penal, dio la razón a la decana, con lo que se declaró al comunicador culpable de difamación.
 
2.    El 18 de marzo el designado presidencial Ricardo Álvarez, señaló de “terroristas mediáticos” a Canal 36 Cholusat Sur y Radio Globo, cuando fue cuestionado sobre su relación con un ex funcionario acusado de corrupción.

FIN

***26.02.2014. UNITED NATIONS. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. PEC written statement submitted to the 25th session. 

General Assembly - Human Rights Council - Item 4
Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) - written statement

The necessity to move to a “zero tolerance” culture towards violence against media workers in order to insure their protection

The year 2013 has been the second deadly year for media workers in the last ten years because of the coverage of several armed conflicts. 129 journalists were killed in the line of duty in 28 countries.

In 2012, 141 journalists were killed, a record figure due to the deadly Syrian conflict. The number of journalists killed in Syria in 2013 has decreased however abductions of foreign journalists have increased: 15 so far are still in captivity in Syria or have disappeared.

Using the same yardstick, 107 journalists were killed in 2011, 110 in 2010 and 122 in 2009. A total of 609 journalists have been killed during the past 5 years; on average: 122 per year and 2,3 per week, one every three days.

Among the 129 journalists killed in 2013 around the world 90 (70%) were killed in conflict zones or in violent unrest. Three quarter of them were intentionally targeted, others were killed mostly accidentally in bomb attacks.

Overview

The journalists covering the Middle East were the hardest hit 44 (34%), followed by Asia 37 (29%), then Latin America 27 (21%), Africa follows with 18 (14%) ahead of Europe 3 (2%).

Syria ranks first in 2013 as the deadliest country for media workers for the second year with 17 journalists killed. Iraq comes second with 16 killed, followed by Pakistan with 14, the Philippines 11 and India with nine killed.

According to the PEC observations, the situation has unfortunately deteriorated again in Iraq after an improvement: 16 journalists were killed in the country in 2013 against 3 in 2012.

Somalia comes in 6th place with 8 killed against 19 in 2012. Egypt follows with 7 killed, a marked deterioration following the 30 of June revolution that led to the ousting of former President Morsi. Brazil ranks in 8th position with 6 journalists killed (against 11 in 2012), and Mexico 5 (against 11), Guatemala follows with 4 journalists killed.

Afghanistan, Colombia, Honduras, Libya and Russia witnessed the killing of 3 journalists in each country. Two journalists were killed in Haiti, Kenya, Mali, Paraguay. And one in each of the following countries: Cote d’Ivoire, Central African Republic, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ecuador, Nigeria, Peru, Uganda, Tanzania and Yemen.

Syrian Arab Republic: unprecedented kidnapping

In Syria, the number of journalists killed has diminished (-20) however the number of journalists kidnapped has risen dramatically. At the time of writing, at least 13 foreign journalists are in captivity: Didier François (France), Edouard Elias (France), Nicolas Hénin (France), Peter Torres (France), Basher Fahmi (Jordanian/Palestinian), James Foley (USA), Austin Tice (USA), Ishak Mostar (Mauritania), Samir Kassab (Lebanon), Bunyamin Aygun (Turkey), Marc Marginedas (Spain), Javier Espinosa Robles (Spain), Ricardo García Vilanova (Spain). Two Swedish journalists were released last January.

At least another 15 foreign journalists were freed or were successful in fleeing captivity, marking the total to a high of 30 kidnapped or disappeared in 2013.

Those kidnappings in Syria by armed groups are unprecedented; even in Iraq between 2003 and 2006 this high figure was not common which renders the coverage of the ongoing war in this country extremely dangerous for journalists. Those armed groups only seek financing of their armed struggle which places them on the level of criminal groups.

The PEC calls for the immediate and unconditional release of all journalists detained or abducted in the Syrian Arab Republic.

Pakistan: a high environment of impunity

Pakistan is a country selected by the United Nations for its Action Plan against Impunity. During last several years, Pakistan has consecutively remained the third deadliest country for journalists on this globe. According to the list of the PEC, 11 journalists were murdered with impunity in 2011, it further roses to a dozen journalists’ casualties in 2012 and in 2013 it further inched up to 14.

This appalling record is constantly drawing attention of world community and media defense groups including the PEC that are calling upon Pakistani government for greater journalist’s protection, and investigation and prosecution of the murderers of more than 100 journalists.

Dozens of journalists have been intimidated, abducted, attacked and injured, but except a few, others ‘kept mum’ and did not report due to ‘high environment of impunity’ they are experiencing in other journalists’ cases who are either been killed or seriously injured in line of duty.

Enormous threats are posed to the journalists’ safety in Pakistan, especially in conflict zones. Scores of journalists have been killed in these regions including Baluchistan and Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) that is bordering Afghanistan.

Journalists who had been threatened with death have relocated themselves and their families to safe places or resorted to self-censorship. Many have been killed by militants, but sometime fingers are also raised at state agencies.

In March 2013, international media support groups, UN representatives, journalists trade unions, civil society and associations working on journalists’ safety and media freedom gathered in Islamabad in a two-day international conference and launched the United Nations Action Plan against Impunity, in Pakistan. Another international conference was held in Pakistan and launched ‘Pakistan Coalition of Media on Safety (PCOMS)’ which is an alliance of media stakeholders seeking to promote a unified agenda of safety for journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country to take advantage of global UN plan against impunity in Pakistan.

Nawaz government’s information and broadcasting minister assured during first meeting of the PCOMS steering committee in October 2013 that the government of Pakistan will extend support for the implementation of the UN Action Plan with the help of the PCOMS. The government will fully support the efforts of the UN and its partners in Pakistan for combating impunity against journalists for keeping them safe. The PEC will follow closely the concrete actions taken by the government in this regard.

Progress at the international level

Progress has occurred while mobilizing the international community, the Security Council has convened two meetings on the protection of journalists, the UN General Assembly has adopted a resolution and the Human Rights Council decides to convene in June 2014 a Panel discussion on the same issue, while UNESCO continues the implementation of its Plan of action.

This awakening is a great success for organizations that defend journalists; now the question is what has to be done in order to effectively protect journalists in conflict zones.

More recently in Ukraine dozens of journalists were injured during the demonstrations in Kiev et one murdered. It shows the need of further reflection on how to protect media workers in conflict zones and violent unrests. Since the beginning of 2014 to February 20, 16 journalists were killed in the line of duty.

Conclusion

With less than 5% of the cases of media workers’ killing solved in the last 10 years, impunity remains the major cause of the high number of victims. The PEC is firmly convinced that the time has come to move from the impunity culture to a culture of “zero tolerance” towards violence against media workers.

***07.02.2014. LATIN AMERICA. Brazil : Journalist Badly Wounded by Flare During Rio Protest, declared brain dead by doctors - first journalist killed in Mexico

Santiago Andrade, a Brazilian cameraman, was badly wounded in Rio de Janeiro on Thursday evening when he was struck in the head by an explosive device while covering clashes between protesters and the police. He remained in critical condition on Friday after four hours of neurosurgery, according to the local Globo news site.

Mr. Andrade’s injury was captured on video by colleagues from the BBC, who rushed to his aid.

A BBC News video report on fare-price protests in Rio on Thursday showed a Brazilian cameraman being badly injured.

A Russian state news agency later published footage that showed a flare burning on the pavement before suddenly becoming airborne and striking the journalist in the head.

Video from the Russian state news agency Ruptly showing a Brazilian journalist being wounded at a protest in Rio on Friday.

Globo reported that a photographer who also recorded the events leading up to the injury said that the device burning on the ground near Mr. Andrade had been thrown by a masked man in a gray T-shirt, shown running away just before the explosion.

However, another witness, a videographer for the activist news collective Jornal Zona de Conflito Mídia Independente, insisted in a Facebook post that showed the incident from yet another angle that the projectile seemed to have come from police lines.

Brazilian cameraman Santiago Andrade, who was injured in clashes between protesters and police last week in Rio de Janeiro, is brain dead, doctors say Monday morning (February 10). 

VIOLACIONES CONTRA LA LIBERTAD DE EXPRESIÓN Y DE PRENSA EN MÉXICO Y CENTROAMÉRICA – ENERO 2014 - Colaboración de Cerigua para PEC.

México: El jueves 23 de enero se reportó el primer asesinato de un periodista en México. El columnista y periodista Miguel Ángel Guzmán fue encontrado muerto, con señales de violencia, en su hogar en el Estado de Guerrero. Autoridades adujeron como posible móvil del crimen el robo, debido a que se llevaron varias de sus pertenencias.

La madrugada de ese mismo día un oficial del Estado de Coahuila, identificado como José Antonio Campa, golpeó al fotorreportero Emanuel Martínez, de Grupo Zócalo, cuando daba cobertura a un hecho delictivo. Campa recriminó al comunicador por su presencia en el lugar y revisó su automóvil, luego de eso lo agredió físicamente por la espalda.

La periodista radial Sofía Valdivia es investigada por la Procuraduría General de la República (PGR), luego que diera a conocer mediante una red social la supuesta reaparición de un grupo criminal en Estado de Oaxaca.

El 27 de enero, Irene Muñoz, funcionaria del Gobierno del Distrito Federal, presentó una denuncia penal contra un bloguero conocido con el seudónimo de “Renegado Legitimo”, bajo la acusación de hechos constitutivos contra su persona. El bloguero había denunciado que la funcionaria privilegiaba con publicidad oficial a medios de comunicación amigos del gobierno del DF. (Con información de Artículo 19).

Guatemala: El 9 de enero el diario “La Hora” dio a conocer la denuncia contra Fernando Mollinedo, columnista del medio, por supuesta discriminación. La demanda se inició a raíz de un artículo publicado en noviembre de 2009, donde Mollinedo cuestionaba los abusos cometidos por agentes de la policía de tránsito, en la ciudad capital.

Radio Punto señaló que uno de sus reporteros que se encontraba en el municipio de Nebaj, Quiché (al occidente del país), fue perseguido por varios seguidores del Partido Patriota (oficialista), cuando cubría la entrega de víveres en la sede de esa entidad política, durante la repetición de las elecciones en el lugar.
 
El 28 de enero trabajadores de una empresa dedicada a la instalación del tendido eléctrico agredieron verbalmente a varios periodistas de Totonicapán, entre estos a Edgar Domínguez, de Prensa Libre; los reporteros daban cobertura a la detención de un grupo de trabajadores de esa empresa, sindicados de golpear a un guardia particular. 
 
Los empleados trataron de atropellar con sus motocicletas a los reporteros y atacaron a patadas a José Daniel García, corresponsal de Nuestro Diario.

Costa Rica: El Diario Extra de Costa Rica denunció un supuesto espionaje judicial, por parte del Ministerio Público y del Organismo Judicial de Investigación (OIJ), con el objetivo de conseguir información de sus fuentes periodísticas.

La vigilancia telefónica a varios de sus reporteros habría durado 10 meses, tiempo en el que las autoridades habrían buscado los nombres de los funcionarios que daban información al medio.
 
El Salvador: La noche del jueves 30 el director del diario CoLatino, Francisco Valencia, fue detenido por agentes de la Policía Nacional Civil (PNC), por una denuncia de difamación  de 1996, contra el entonces jefe de la policía, el cual ya había sido resuelta por acuerdo entre las partes. El caso fue denunciado por la Asociación de Periodistas de El Salvador (APES).
 
Las autoridades argumentaron que el arresto se debió a un error del sistema y dijeron que investigarían para corroborar este extremo y pedir las disculpas públicas. 
 
Honduras: Tras concluir su jornada de trabajo en Canal 35, la madrugada del 1 de enero, el periodista Héctor Madrid encontró su vehículo con siete perforaciones de arma de fuego. Madrid dijo no tener sospechas por el hecho, que fue denunciado a las autoridades.
 
El Ministro de Educación, Marlon Escoto, respondió de manera grosera y ofensiva, a través de Twitter, a los periodistas que según él lo ofenden. A todos los periodistas que me insultan en sus medios los disculpo, primero porque no tiene culpa de su baja formación académica y cultural, aseveró el funcionario.
 
Escoto señaló directamente al periodista de Radio Globo Marvin Ortiz, a quien le dijo que lo iría a buscar para que le comentará sobre sus insultos y si le debía algo.

Guatemala 3 de febrero de 2014.
Ileana Alamilla 

***20.01.2014. PAKISTAN. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) shocked to report on the brutal killing of three employees of a private television channel network in Karachi

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has saddened and deeply shocked to report on the brutal killing of three employees of a private television channel network through the hands of Taliban in port city of Karachi, Pakistan on Friday, 17 January.

The incident took place in the evening when a van belonging to the Express television network parked near the Matric Board Office as part of routine field deployment.

It left technician Waqas , driver Khalid, and guard Ashraf injured. They were rushed to the hospital where they succumbed to their wounds.

Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) with whome, the government is in war since several years. This banned organization has killed thousands of civillionas and law enforcement personels in Pakaistan. It has claimed the responsibility for the ‘deadly attack’ on media workers accusing the Express channel and others media outlets of supporting the government. TTP think that Pakistani media is ‘propegating agaisnt Islam and Taliban’ and also threatened further violence against media outlets.

Ehsanullah Ehsan, a former TTP spokesman, told Express TV that the channel had been attacked, as taliban considered its coverage biased.They will continue attacking journalists whome they disagree. The Express television quoted Ehsan as saying, "Channels should give coverage to our ideology. Otherwise we will continue attacking the media."

The television station was attacked twice last year, with the TTP claiming responsibility for one of the incidents in December 2013. On August 16 last year, firing outside the Express media group in Karachi, two employees of the same group- a security guard and woman were killed.

“It is an attack on the entire journalist communinty of Pakistan,” journalists protesting in all over the country said. Three sacred professions including mediacal staff, worship places and journalists are under attack in Pakistan which had always been cared of even in war, they say.

The government’s reaction

Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif while condemning the attack on the media workers formed a two-member commiitee to immidiately cordinate with the media houses and asses the thretas they are facing.

Nawaz directed the committee to present ‘workable solutions’ soon as to quell the security fears of media groups. The committee comprises Interior Minister Chaudhry Nisar and Information and Broadcasting Minister Pervaiz Rashid.

Journalists, media outlets and civil society members held protests across the country to show solidarity with media. The information minister, speaking to Express News, said “Militancy was an issue for all Pakistanis and not just the media, as educational institutions and places of religious worship were also not safe.”

PEC Rep in Islamabad, Israr Khan

***14.01.2014. PEC ANNUAL REPORT FOR PAKISTAN, third deadliest country in 2013 after Syria and Iraq with high environment of impunity

ISLAMABAD/GENEVA, January 14 (PEC) The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) expressed grave concern on continuous unabated ‘violence and intimidation’ against media in Pakistan. An ‘high environment of impunity’ has been breeding violence against media and ultimately seriously affecting ability of journalists to exercise ‘freedom of expression’. 

During last several years, Pakistan has consecutively remained the third deadliest country for journalists on this globe. According to the list of the PEC, 11 journalists were murdered with impunity in 2011, it further roses to a dozen journalists’ casualties in 2012 and in 2013 it further inched up to 14. 
 
This appalling record is constantly drawing attention of world community and media defense groups including the PEC that are calling upon Pakistani government for greater journalist’s protection, and investigation and prosecution of the murderers of more than 100 journalists. 
 
Dozens of journalists have been intimidated, abducted, attacked and injured, but except a few, others ‘kept mum’ and did not report due to ‘high environment of impunity’ they are experiencing in other journalists’ cases who are either been killed or seriously injured in line of duty, the Swiss-based PEC notes. 
 
Threats to Journalists, Media Houses and Self-censorship 
 
Enormous threats are posed to the journalists’ safety in Pakistan, especially in conflict zones. Scores of journalists have been killed in these regions including Baluchistan and Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) that is bordering Afghanistan. Even in peaceful and settled areas including Karachi and Peshawar, journalists have been killed in last several years. Journalists who had been threatened with death have relocated themselves and their families to safe places or resorted to self-censorship. Many have been killed by militants, but sometime fingers are also raised at state agencies. 
 
Besides journalists’ killings, big private print and electronic media houses have been attacked in port city of Karachi. On August 16 last year, firing outside the Express media group in Karachi, two employees of the same group- a security guard and woman were killed. During this year, cases were registered against ARY television channel in trouble province of Baluchistan under Pakistan’s Anti-terrorist Act 1997. The television aired a video clip of the destruction of the residence of Pakistan’s founder, Muhammad Ali Jinnah where he spent his finals days in 1947 after Pak-India partition. The government claimed that the airing the footage can incite violence or glorify the crime and was in contravention of the Pakistan Electronic Media Regulatory Authority (PEMRA).
 
UNESCO campaign against impunity 
 
In March 2013, international media support groups, UN representatives, journalists trade unions, civil society and associations working on journalists’ safety and media freedom gathered in Islamabad in a two-day international conference and launched the United Nations Action Plan against Impunity, in Pakistan. The UNESCO has selected Pakistan as one of the five pilot countries where its Action Plan will be implemented to check the killing of journalists. The other pilot countries include Nepal, Iraq, South Sudan and Mexico. 
 
The PEC is one of the active supporters to the UN action plan and has been proactively making efforts for promoting security and safety of journalists in Pakistan. It is also striving for mobilizing the international community on the issue of impunity for violence against journalists which is of great importance for ‘democracy and respect for human rights’. 
 
Last year in the international conference, ‘The International Friends of Media Alliance on Safety’ was established that comprised of Press Emblem Campaign (PEC), Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Media Legal Defence Initiative (MLDI), Article 19, International Federation of Journalists (IFJ), Freedom House (FH), International News Safety Institute (INSI), Reporters Without Borders (RSF), International Media Support (IMS), UNESCO, International Press Institute (IPI), Internews Network, International Federation of Freedom of Expression (IFEX), Amnesty International (AI), World Association of Newspapers (WAN-IFRA) and Fojo Institute.
 
The PEC keeps a vigilant eye on the cases of violence against media in Pakistan and timely reporting on it and also conveys the message to the Pakistani high authorities and government over and over again to push it on ensuring journalists’ protection and freedom of expression. 
 
Progress on Local Media stakeholders’ Response
 
Keeping in view the high environment of impunity against Journalists, an international conference last year held in Pakistan and launched ‘Pakistan Coalition of Media on Safety (PCOMS)’ which is an alliance of media stakeholders seeking to promote a unified agenda of safety for journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country to take advantage of global UN plan against impunity in Pakistan. 
 
Currently, PCOMS is working on “National Charter on Media Safety” to outline priorities, collaborative and individual actions, develop resources, tools and mechanisms, to promote a unified agenda of safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments of Pakistan. Although not a concrete development has been made so far, however we are approaching to all stakeholders including the government, media houses, newspapers associations, broadcasting association, journalists trade unions and others as to bring them at a point for devising a ‘code of ethics’, the former secretary general of the Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ), Mazhar Abbas told the PEC. Mr. Abbas is also chairman of one of the subcommittees of the PCOMS. 
 
Mr. Adnan Rehmat, director media development of Civic Action Resources (CAR), who is also member of the PCOMS, told PEC, PCOMS was mandated to work for reducing impunity while coordinating with the media groups and the government. It has so far held three meetings in this regards and has formed two sub-committees under which one is headed by  Mr. Mazhar Abbas now working on gathering code of ethics regarding safety of journalists as to how the media houses themselves could work on this issue to reduce risks.
 
The other committee is working on the idea how the government could itself take steps to minimize the threats and reduce impunity. The PCOMS asked the government to appoint a  ‘special prosecutor’ having the authority equaling to a High Court’s judge to take up and pursue cases of attacks on media and its workers. It has also been asked to the government and political parties to develop a ‘Journalists Safety Bill’ and to be tabled in parliament for enactment into a law, Mr Rehmat said. 
 
The PCOMS’ Steering Committee that met on 8 October 2013 with the Pakistan’s federal information and broadcasting minister Perveez Rasheed endorsed the UN action plan and issued a comprehensive ‘Islamabad Declaration’ outlining a set of action items and recommendations for key stakeholders on combating impunity against journalists in the country. The declaration covers three main categories of stakeholders and their proposed action items which includes media sector actors; state institutions and political parties; and civil society. 
 
The PCOMS is going to hold its meeting at end-January and will assess the progress and also may add more steps for the protection of media and impunity reduction in Pakistan. 
 
The Government’s Response
 
This government of Mr. Nawaz Sharif came to power on the promise to provide security, justice and respect human rights, but on the ground the situation is different. Despite their claims of addressing the journalists’ killings, still the numbers of assassinations are higher than last years. 
 
Nawaz government’s information and broadcasting minister assured during first meeting of the PCOMS steering committee in October 2013 that the government of Pakistan will extend support for the implementation of the UN Action Plan with the help of the PCOMS. The government will fully support the efforts of the UN and its partners in Pakistan for combating impunity against journalists for keeping them safe.
 
PEC Rep in Islamabad
Israr Khan
 

***10.01.2014. REGIONAL ANNUAL REPORT FOR CENTRAL AMERICA AND MEXICO, one of the most dangerous regions with 12 killed last year - REPORTE DE CERIGUA PARA PEC - Síntesis anual de las violaciones a la libertad de expresión en México y Centroamérica enero – diciembre 2013.

Guatemala:

Durante el 2013 las violaciones a la libertad de expresión y las agresiones contra la prensa aumentaron considerablemente en Guatemala, en comparación con los años anteriores. Documentamos 55 violaciones contra miembros de la prensa, en comparación con 36 que registró durante el 2012 y 33 en el 2011.

La situación para la prensa a nivel departamental es sumamente peligrosa. Las acciones de grupos del crimen organizado y del narcotráfico, han implantado censura y autocensura en el gremio, violando así la libertad de prensa y el derecho a la información de la sociedad ya que hay temas riesgosos que no pueden ser cubiertos. Esto se remata con las acciones de políticos locales, alcaldes y diputados que han censurado o amenazado a reporteros y periodistas.

En la región Centroamericana, Guatemala es el país que más periodistas asesinados reporta este año, superando a Honduras, que ha sido catalogado, junto a México, como uno de los más peligrosos para ejercer el periodismo en el mundo, sin estar en guerra.
 
El Salvador 
 
Este país se ha caracterizado por no registrar agresiones contra la prensa. En este año la única violación que se cometió contra miembros de la prensa salvadoreña fue en Honduras. El 17 de septiembre soldados retuvieron a cinco periodistas salvadoreños en la Isla Conejo, mientras realizaban un reportaje sobre esa zona en disputa entre los dos países. 
 
Honduras 
 
Este país centroamericano, al igual que México, se ubica entre los más peligrosos para los comunicadores. En 2013 fueron asesinados tres periodistas, el último de ellos perdió la vida de forma violenta el 7 de diciembre. 
 
La situación para la prensa en Honduras se agravó después del golpe de Estado, en junio de 2009. Desde esa fecha más de 20 periodistas han perdido la vida de forma violenta. Entre las principales problemáticas que enfrentan los profesionales de la comunicación son las amenazas de muerte y la censura, aparentemente por las líneas críticas hacia el gobierno. 
 
Uno de los casos que más atención generó, además de los tres asesinatos, fue el atentado contra un equipo de prensa del canal “Hable como Habla” en la ciudad de La Ceiba, a manos de sicarios que se conducían en moto. Los individuos acertaron nueve balazos al vehículo en el viajaban el periodista Ramón Maldonado y su camarógrafo. Ninguno resultó herido.
 
Un día después de las elecciones, el 25 de noviembre, una delegación de FIDH, Federación Internacional de Derechos Humanos, encabezada por el juez español Baltazar Garzón y Luis Guillermo Pérez, secretario general de FIDH con sede en París, hizo público en Tegucigalpa, un listado de unos 20 hondureños que se encuentran en una lista de personas para ser asesinadas. Entre ellos cuatro periodistas:
 
David Romero Ellner, director de Radio Globo y un incansable enemigo a la corrupción que reina en la nación centroamericana.
 
Lidieth Díaz, periodista en el Canal 36 Cholusat Sur.

Félix Antonio Molina, director del programa “Resistencia”.
 
Héctor Longino Becerra, Director Ejecutivo de C-Libre, un organismo de vigilancia y protección de los derechos humanos de los periodistas de Honduras.

Al menos dos periodistas más recibieron amenazas de muerte por distintas vías en diciembre.

Nicaragua

En este país no existen muchos problemas de agresiones hacía la prensa, sin embargo en los últimos meses algunos comunicadores han denunciado violaciones a sus derechos por parte del gobierno. 
 
Citamos el caso del periodista Ismael López Ocampo, sobre presunta vigilancia y seguimiento por miembros de la Dirección de Información para la Defensa. A finales de julio, fue asesinado el periodista Edilberto Saavedra Oliva, por disparos realizados por desconocidos, que aparentemente buscaban robarle. En el lugar del crimen fue encontrado dinero en efectivo y un arma de fuego, que posiblemente pertenecía a los agresores. 
 
En mayo La periodista Martha Vásquez y el fotógrafo Manuel Esquivel, del diario “La Prensa” de Nicaragua, fueron víctimas de la policía en la sede de un complejo judicial. Los comunicadores denunciaron que la agresión se produjo al ingresar al lugar, sin embargo autoridades argumentaron que éstos no quisieron registrarse al entrar al edificio. 
 
Panamá 
 
En Panamá no se han dado conocer muchas violaciones a la libertad de prensa, sin embargo en la mayoría que se han documentado existe un denominador común, fuerzas de seguridad pública y autoridades como presuntos responsables. 
 
El lunes 8 de mayo agentes de la policía detuvieron arbitrariamente al periodista Rafael Jiménez, de El Siglo de Panamá, bajo la acusación de pertenecer a una pandilla. El periodista fue consignado pese a presentar su carné de prensa. 
 
En junio Elizabeth González y el camarógrafo Bolívar Jurado, de la Televisora TVN, fueron retenidos durante varias horas cuando filmaban en las oficinas del Consejo de Seguridad. Los oficiales argumentaron que se encontraban en una zona prohibida, sin embargo ellos negaron esto. 
 
Cuando Filemón Medina, secretario general del sindicato, se acercó para mediar en la situación, fue agredido físicamente por Alejandro Garúz, viceministro de seguridad.
 
México 
 
En México, considerado en los últimos años como uno de los países más riesgosos para ejercer el periodismo en el mundo, sin estar en guerra, han sido asesinados cinco profesionales de la comunicación. 

De enero a septiembre se registraron 225 agresiones contra la prensa, entre ellas, amenazas y agresiones físicas. Además se han documentado varios ataques con explosivos y armas de fuego, contra sedes de medios de comunicación. 
 
El crimen organizado, autoridades de gobierno, fuerzas de seguridad pública y maestros, que realizan manifestaciones contra la reforma educativa, han sido los actores que en mayor medida han agredido a la prensa.
 
El 2 de diciembre, el periodista Ildefonso Chávez, presidente y director del diario El Pueblo de Chihuahua, inició una huelga de hambre en reclamo por el retiro de la publicidad oficial de parte del gobierno estatal, en aparente represalia por su posición editorial crítica.

Para PEC - Ileana Alamilla
10 de enero de 2014.
 

Guatemala: Observatorio de los Periodistas refuta acciones penales contra Jose Rubén Zamora

El Observatorio de los Periodistas de CERIGUA manifiesta su preocupación por la situación creada en el ámbito de la libertad de expresión ante las acciones legales iniciadas en contra del periodista Jose Rubén Zamora, por parte del Presidente de la República, Otto Pérez Molina y de la Vice Presidenta Roxana Baldetti, y considera que las mismas violentan garantías Constitucionales con la pretensión de acallar una voz crítica.

El artículo 35 de la Constitución Política de la República establece claramente que “no constituyen delito o falta las publicaciones que contengan denuncias, críticas o imputaciones contra funcionarios o empleados públicos por actos efectuados en el ejercicio de sus funciones o con ocasión de ellas, aun y cuando hubieren cesado en dichos cargos al momento de hacérseles alguna imputación”.

La Ley de Emisión del Pensamiento, de rango Constitucional, indica el procedimiento a seguir cuando una persona se sienta agraviada por actos que “falten al respeto, a la vida privada o a la moral, o incurran en los delitos y faltas sancionados por esta ley”.

“Los delitos y faltas en la emisión del pensamiento por los medios de difusión serán juzgados privativamente por un jurado que declare, en cada caso, conforme a su leal saber y entender, si el hecho es constitutivo de delito o falta, o no lo es.”

Es decir, que los Periodistas tenemos el privilegio de contar con un mecanismo legal para dirimir si nuestras actuaciones en el ejercicio profesional están enmarcadas en la tipificación de un hecho delictivo. Este procedimiento, que no es opcional sino de obligatorio cumplimiento, no fue respetado por la figura presidencial lo que constituye
una acción inaceptable sobre todo por su investidura, sus funciones y representatividad.

Cuestionable también es la actitud de la Juez y del Juez que dieron trámite a dichas demandas pues su función exige absoluto respeto y apego a la Constitución Política de la República, no importa quienes estén promoviendo las acciones.

Es a todas luces inaceptable que el Presidente Pérez Molina y la Vicepresidenta Roxana Baldetti acudan a la vía penal para que cesen las críticas de Zamora para lo cual lo acusan de incurrir en violencia contra la mujer, coacción, extorsión, violación a la Constitución e incluso desacato a los presidentes de los organismos del Estado,
delito que fue expulsado de la legislación guatemalteca.

El Observatorio de los Periodistas no aprueba el léxico denigrante que en varias ocasiones se ha utilizado en espacios publicados en el medio del cual el señor Zamora es Presidente, sobre todo el estilo que priva en el llamado “ el peladero” que no puede ser considerado un periodismo serio, carece de fuente y no está calzado con firma
responsable alguna, lo que vulnera el ejercicio periodístico, la ética y la responsabilidad profesional, sin embargo considera que esto es parte de lo permisible en una democracia; en todo caso, la vía a la que se debió acudir es la que marca la Carta Magna que tiene prevalencia sobre cualquier otra ley. Esta vía es el Tribunal de Imprenta, cuya integración y procedimiento está claramente regulado en la Ley de Emisión del Pensamiento.

Asimismo, exhorta a las autoridades judiciales que den fiel cumplimiento a lo que la Constitución Política de la República y la Ley de Emisión del Pensamiento establecen para estos casos, actuación que es la que corresponde a su investidura y es lo que la ciudadanía espera de quienes tienen en sus manos la aplicación de la ley.

Finalmente, el Observatorio de los Periodistas hace un llamado a las altas autoridades del país para que rectifiquen, que recurran a la vía correspondiente que la Constitución establece y que eviten crear más problemas al gremio periodístico que ya está suficientemente afectado con el clima de violencia que rodea su ejercicio profesional,
con los 4 asesinatos ocurridos el año anterior, las reiteradas violaciones provocadas por distintos actores, incluyendo autoridades de distinto nivel; Insta al sistema de justicia para que aplique correctamente la ley y a nuestros colegas a cerrar filas en defensa de la libertad de expresión un derecho tutelado por la máxima ley del país, requisito
indispensable en la democracia.

Guatemala, 10 de enero de 2014.

***30.12.2013. PEC annual world report (French, Spanish and Arabic below after English) - 2013 another deadly year for journalists: 129 killed // 2013, une nouvelle année meurtrière pour les journalistes: 129 tués // 2013 otro año con muchas muertes de periodistas: 129 muertos // 2013 سنة أخرى قاتلة للصحفيين  - list of casualties on our page CASUALTIES

Most dangerous countries in 2013: Syria 17 killed, Iraq 16, Pakistan 14, Philippines 11, India 9, Somalia 8, Egypt 7, Brazil 6, Mexico 5, Guatemala 4, Afghanistan 3, Colombia 3, Honduras 3, Libya 3, Russia 3, Haiti 2, Kenya 2, Mali 2, Paraguay 2


The journalists covering the Middle East were the hardest hit 44, followed by Asia 37, then Latin America 27, Africa follows with 18 ahead of Europe 3.

2013 another deadly year for journalists 

Geneva,  30  December 2013 (PEC) – The year 2013 has been another deadly year for journalists because of the coverage of several armed conflicts. 129 journalists were killed in the line of duty in 28 countries, a decrease of 8 percent as compared to the figures of the PEC report 2012.
 
Last year 141 journalists were killed, a record figure due to the deadly Syrian conflict. The number of journalists killed in Syria this year has decreased however abductions of foreign journalists have increased: 15 so far are still in captivity in Syria or have disappeared.

Using the same yardstick, 107 journalists were killed in 2011, 110 in 2010 and 122 in 2009 - a total of 609 journalists during the past 5 years, on average 122 per year and 2.3 per week, one every three days. 
 
Among the 129 journalists killed this year around 90 (70%) were killed in conflict zones or in violent unrest. Three quarter of them were intentionally targeted, others were killed mostly accidentally in bomb attacks. 
 
Syria ranks first as the deadliest country for media work for the second year with 17 journalists killed. Iraq comes second with 16 killed, then Pakistan with 14 killed, the Philippines 11 killed and India with nine killed.  
 
Unprecedented kidnapping 
 
In Syria, the number of journalists killed has drastically diminished (-20) however the number of journalists kidnapped has risen dramatically. At least 15 foreign journalists are in captivity: Didier François (France), Edouard Elias (France), Nicolas Hénin (France), Peter Torres (France),  Basher Fahmi (Jordanian/Palestinian), James Foley (USA), Austin Tice (USA), Ishak Mostar (Mauritania), Samir Kassab (Lebanon), Bunyamin Aygun (Turkey),  Marc Marginedas (Spain), Javier Espinosa Robles (Spain), Ricardo García Vilanova (Spain), Magnus Falkehed (Sweden), Niclas Hammarström  (Sweden).

At least another 15 foreign journalists were freed or were successful in fleeing captivity, marking the total to a high of 30 kidnapped or disappeared this year.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen has commented by saying that those kidnappings in Syria by armed groups are unprecedented, even in Iraq between 2003 and 2006 this high figure was not common which renders the coverage of the ongoing war in this country extremely dangerous for journalists. Those armed groups only seek financing of their armed struggle which places them on the level of criminal groups.

PEC calls for the release of all journalists detained before the international conference Geneva 2 on Syria in Switzerland 22 January.

According to the PEC end of year report the situation has unfortunately deteriorated again in Iraq particularly in Mosul after an improvement last year. So far 16 journalists were killed this year against 3 in 2012.

Somalia comes in 6th place with 8 killed against 19 last year. Egypt follows with 7 killed, a marked deterioration following the 30 of June revolution that led to the ousting of former President Morsi.

Brazil ranks in 8th position with 6 journalists killed (against 11 in 2012), and Mexico 5 (against 11), Guatemala follows with 4 journalists killed.

Afghanistan, Columbia, Honduras, Libya and Russia witnessed the killing of 3 journalists in each country. Two journalists were killed in Haiti, Kenya, Mali, Paraguay. And one in each of the following countries: Cote d’Ivoire, Central African Republic, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ecuador, Nigeria, Peru, Uganda, Tanzania and Yemen. 

The journalists covering the Middle East were the hardest hit 44 (34%), followed by Asia 37 (29%), then Latin America 27 (21%), Africa follows with 18 (14%) ahead of Europe 3 (2%).

Progress at the international level 

Lempen noted that good progress has occurred while mobilizing the international community, the Security Council has convened two meetings on the protection of journalists,  the UN General Assembly has adopted a resolution and the Human Rights Council decides to convene a debate on the same issue, while UNESCO continues the implementation of its plan of action. 

He added that this awakening is a great success for organizations that defend journalists, when years ago governments ignored the problem or gave a blind eye. Now the question is not if we have to do something, but what we have to do to protect journalists in conflict zones.

For the PEC, he stressed, there is however a lot to be done for concrete changes in the field, especially in the struggle against impunity.

PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi said that the world is now moving in the right direction to bring justice to journalists who have lost their lives in defense of their profession and human rights. 

Rapport annuel de la PEC
2013, une nouvelle année meurtrière pour les journalistes

Genève, 30 décembre 2013 (PEC) L'année 2013 a été encore une année très meurtrière pour les journalistes, en raison de la poursuite de plusieurs conflits armés. De janvier à décembre, 129 travailleurs des médias ont été tués dans leurs fonctions dans 28 pays, en baisse de 8% par rapport à 2012, selon le rapport annuel de la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC).
 
L'an dernier, un record de 141 journalistes avaient péri, une augmentation provoquée surtout par la guerre en Syrie. Cette année, le nombre de journalistes tués en Syrie a diminué, mais par contre un nouveau phénomène est apparu avec l'enlèvement de très nombreux journalistes étrangers, dont au moins 15 sont encore détenus ou disparus en Syrie.
 
Comparativement, et selon les mêmes critères, 107 journalistes avaient été tués en 2011, 110 en 2010 et 122 en 2009 - soit au cours des cinq dernières années un total de 609 victimes, une moyenne de 122 par année, 2.3 par semaine, un tous les trois jours.
 
Sur les 129 journalistes tués, environ 90 (70%) l'ont été dans des régions en conflit ou ayant connu des troubles internes cette année. Le trois quart des victimes a été intentionnellement visé, le reste ayant péri de manière accidentelle (pour la plupart lors d'attentats à la bombe).
 
La Syrie arrive en tête de la liste des victimes pour la deuxième année consécutive, avec 17 journalistes tués. L’Irak est en 2e position avec 16 tués, devant le Pakistan avec 14 tués, les Philippines avec 11 tués et l'Inde (9).
 
Enlèvements sans précédent

En Syrie, le nombre de journalistes tués a fortement diminué (-20), par contre le nombre de journalistes enlevés a connu une très forte hausse. Au moins 15 journalistes étrangers sont actuellement détenus ou disparus: les Français Didier François, Edouard Elias, Nicolas Hénin, Peter Torres; les Américains James Foley et Austin Tice; les Espagnols Marc Marginedas, Javier Espinosa Robles, Ricardo García Vilanova ; les Suédois Magnus Falkehed et Niclas Hammarström ;  Basher Fahmi (Jord/Palestinien),  Ishak Mostar (Mauritanie), Samir Kassab (Liban), Bunyamin Aygun (Turquie).

 Au moins 15 autres journalistes étrangers ont été détenus et libérés ou ont réussi à s'enfuir cette année, soit au total 30 enlèvements/disparitions. "Ces enlèvements systématiques par des groupes armés sont sans précédent. Même en Irak pendant la guerre de 2003 à 2006, jamais autant de journalistes n'avaient été enlevés. Cela rend extrêmement périlleuse la couverture de la guerre dans ce pays", a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen. Ces groupes armés cherchent à financer leur lutte armée en se livrant à une activité qui les assimile à des groupes criminels.

La PEC lance un appel à la libération de tous les journalistes détenus avant la conférence internationale Genève 2 sur la Syrie le 22 janvier en Suisse.

La PEC constate malheureusement que la situation s'est à nouveau détériorée en Irak, en particulier à Mossoul, après une amélioration l'an dernier (16 tués cette année contre 3 en 2012).

Au 6e rang des pays les plus dangereux, la Somalie connaît un répit relatif avec 8 tués contre 19 l'année précédente. Suit  l'Egypte, avec 7 tués, une détérioration marquée provoquée par le renversement du président Morsi le 30 juin.

Au 8e rang, le Brésil a connu moins de victimes (6 contre 11 en 2012), de même que le Mexique (5 contre 11). Avec quatre tués, le Guatemala entre dans la liste des dix pays les plus dangereux.

Suivent l’Afghanistan, la Colombie, le Honduras, la Libye et la Russie, avec trois tués dans chaque pays. Deux journalistes ont été tués en Haïti, au Kenya, Mali et Paraguay. Enfin un journaliste a été tué en Côte d'ivoire, Centrafrique, Equateur, Nigéria, Ouganda, Pérou, République démocratique du Congo, Tanzanie et Yémen.

Par région, le Moyen-orient et l'Afrique du Nord arrivent en tête avec 44 tués (34%), devant l'Asie 37 (29%) et l'Amérique latine 27 tués (21%). L'Afrique vient en 4e position avec 18 tués (14%), devant l'Europe 3 tués (2%).

Progrès sur le plan international

"Un grand progrès a eu lieu cette année sur le plan de la mobilisation de la communauté internationale", a souligné Blaise Lempen. Le Conseil de sécurité de l'ONU a tenu deux réunions sur la protection des journalistes, l'Assemblée générale de l'ONU a adopté une résolution, le Conseil des droits de l'homme a décidé d'organiser un débat et l’UNESCO a poursuivi de son côté l'application de son plan d'action.

"Cette prise de conscience est un immense succès pour les organisations de défense des journalistes. Il y a quelques années, les gouvernements ignoraient le problème ou fermaient les yeux. Aujourd'hui, la question n'est plus de savoir s'il faut faire davantage pour protéger les journalistes dans les zones de conflit, mais ce qu'il faut faire concrètement", a dit Blaise Lempen. Pour la PEC, il reste cependant beaucoup à faire pour des changements concrets sur le terrain, en particulier dans la lutte contre l'impunité.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi a affirmé que la communauté internationale va dans la bonne direction pour rendre justice aux journalistes qui ont perdu la vie dans la défense de leur profession et des droits de l’homme.

PEC informe anual
2013 otro año con muchas muertes de periodistas

Ginebra, 30 de diciembre 2013 (PEC) – El año 2013 ha sido otro año de muertes para los periodistas debido a la continuación de conflictos armados en varias partes del mundo. En 28 países 129 profesionales de la prensa fueron muertos en el ejercicio de su profesión, según el informe anual de la Campana Emblema de Prensa (PEC).
 
Una baja de 8% comparado con 2012,  año récord en que 141 periodistas murieron, debido esencialmente a la guerra en Siria. Este año, a pesar de que el número de periodistas muertos en este país disminuyó, es el secuestro de muchos profesionales de la prensa extranjera que ha predominado; 15 de ellos siguen detenidos o desaparecidos. 
 
A título de comparación, cabe recordar que en 2011, 107 periodistas fueron asesinados, 110 en 2010 y 122 en 2009, totalizando 609 víctimas en cinco años, lo que representa un promedio de 122 por año, 2,3 por semana, uno cada tres días.
 
En lo que se refiere a los 129 periodistas que perecieron este año, aproximadamente 90 (70%) fueron muertos en las regiones en conflicto o en enfrentamientos internos. Cabe destacar que la mayoría de las víctimas fueron intencionalmente asesinadas, el resto murió de manera accidental (muchos en atentados con bomba).
 
Siria encabeza, por segundo año consecutivo, la lista de países con más periodistas víctimas, con 17 profesionales de la prensa asesinados. Sigue Irak con 16, Pakistán 14, Filipinas 11, y la India con 9 muertos. 

Secuestros sin precedentes

A pesar de que en Siria la cifra de los periodistas muertos disminuyó (-20),  la cifra de periodistas secuestrados aumentó considerablemente.  Por lo menos 15 profesionales de la prensa extranjera se encuentran actualmente detenidos o desaparecidos.
 
Entre ellos los franceses Didier François, Edouard Elias, Nicolas Hénin, y Peter Torres.  A la lista se agregan los estadoudinenses James Foley y Austin Tice; Basher Fahmi (Jordano-Palestino), Ishak Mostar (Mauritania), Samir Kassab (Líbano), Benyamin Aygun (Turquía), los suecos Magnus Falkehed y Niclas Hammarström, y los españoles Marc Marginedas, Javier Espinosa Robles, y Ricardo Garcia Vilanova.
 
Por lo menos 15 otros periodistas extranjeros fueron detenidos y liberados o lograron escaparse este año, lo que suma un total de 30 secuestros/desapariciones.
 
« Estos secuestros sistemáticos por grupos armados son un hecho sin precedente. Ni siquiera durante la guerra en Irak de 2003-2006, tantos periodistas fueron secuestrados. Eso significa que cubrir la guerra en ese país es muy peligroso », declaró el Secretario general de la PEC Blaise Lempen. Esos grupos armados solo buscan recursos para financiar su lucha armada llevando acabo una actividad que los asimila a grupos criminales. 
 
La PEC lanza un llamado para que todos los periodistas detenidos sean liberados antes de la conferencia internacional llamada Ginebra 2, que tendrá lugar el 22 de enero en Suiza.

Desafortunadamente la situación se ha deteriorado nuevamente en Irak, en particular en Mosul después de una mejora el año pasado (16 periodistas muertos este año contra 3 en 2012), constata la PEC.
 
En el sexto rango de los países mas peligrosos se encuentra Somalia, que conoce una tregua relativa con 8 periodistas muertos contra 19 el año precedente. Sigue Egipto, con 7; deterioración debida al derrocamiento del presidente Morsi el 30 de junio pasado.
 
En el octavo rango se sitúa, Brasil, con menos víctimas (6 contra 11 en 2012), así como México (5 contra 11). Guatemala, con cuatro periodistas asesinados, entra en la lista de los diez países más peligrosos para la profesión.
 
Sigue Afganistán, Colombia, Honduras, Libia y Rusia, con tres periodistas muertos. Dos periodistas murieron en Haití, Kenia, Mali y Paraguay. Un periodista muerto en Costa de Marfil, República Centroafricana, Ecuador, Nigeria, Uganda, Perú, República Democrática del Congo, Tanzania y Yemen.
 
Por región, Medio oriente y África del Norte encabezan la lista con 44 periodistas muertos (34%), sigue Asia 37 (29%), América Latina 27 (21%), África 18 (14%) y Europa 3 (2%).

Avances en el ámbito internacional
 
« Un gran avance registró este año la movilización de la comunidad internacional », subrayó Blaise Lempen. El Consejo de Seguridad de la ONU llevó a cabo dos reuniones sobre la protección de los periodistas, la Asamblea General de la ONU adoptó una resolución, el Consejo de los Derechos Humanos decidió organizar un debate y la UNESCO sigue aplicando su plan de acción.
 
« Esta toma de conciencia es un gran éxito para las organizaciones de defensa de los periodistas. Hace algunos años, los gobiernos ignoraban el problema o cerraban los ojos. Hoy, ya no se trata de saber si hay que hacer algo para proteger a los periodistas en las zonas de conflicto, sino que es lo que hay que hacer concretamente », añadió Lempen.
 
Para la PEC, mucho queda por hacer para que hayan cambios concretos en el terreno, en particular en lo que se refiere a la lucha contra la impunidad.
 
La Presidenta de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi destacó que la comunidad internacional avanza en el camino correcto para rendir justicia a los periodistas que han perdido la vida en la defensa de su profesión y de los derechos humanos.

2013 سنة أخرى قاتلة للصحفيين 

جنيف – القاهرة  30 ديسمبر 2013 (حملة الشارة) –أعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي تقريرها لنهاية العام أوضحت فيه أن سنة 2013 سنة أخرى قاتلة للصحفيين بسبب قيامهم بتغطية عدد من النزاعات المسلحة فقد قتل 129 صحفياً و صحفية و هم يمارسون مهنتهم في 28 دولة، و هو رقم يمثل نقصانا بنسبة 8 بالمائة عن رصد الحملة في 2012.

ففي العام الماضي قتل141 صحفياً و صحفية بسبب النزاع الدموي في سوريا، غير أن عدد القتلى من الصحفيين في سوريا قد انخفض هذا العام بالمقارنة بالعام الماضي إلا أن عمليات الاختطاف قد زادت فمازال 15 صحفياً مختطفاً أو قد اختفوا في سوريا.  

و قد قتل 107 صحفيين في 2011، و 110 في 2010 و 122 في 2009 و بلغ اجمالي من قتل في السنوات الخمس الماضية 609 صحفياً و صحفية، بمتوسط 120 في السنة و ما بين 2 و 3 في الأسبوع، و واحد كل 3 أيام.

من بين الـ 119 الذين قتلوا هذا العام لقي 25 منهم مصرعه في مناطق خارج نطاق النزاع المسلح و 82 بالمائة في مناطق النزاع المسلح. 

تأتي سوريا في مقدمة الدول الخطيرة للعمل الصحفي للسنة الثانية على التوال بمقتل 17 صحفياً، ثم العراق بمقتل 16 صحفياً فباكستان بمقتل 14، ثم الفلبين 11، و الهند 9.

تعد طاهرة اختطاف الصحفيين في سوريا من حيث الحجم ظاهرة غير مسبوقة و هم بأسمائهم باللغة الانجليزية 

Didier François (France), Edouard Elias (France), Nicolas Hénin (France), Peter Torres (France),  Basher Fahmi (Jordanian/Palestinian),  Marc Marginedas (Spain), James Foley (USA), Austin Tice (USA), Ishak Mostar (Mauritania), Samir Kassab (Lebanon), Bunyamin Aygun (Turkey),  Javier Espinosa Robles (Spain), Ricardo García Vilanova (Spain), Magnus Falkehed (Sweden), Niclas Hammarström  (Sweden).

و تم تحرير على الأقل 15 صحفيا أجنبيا مما يعني أن العدد وصل إلى 29 ما بين مختطف أو مختفي.

و صرح سكرتير عام حملة الشارة بليز ليمبان بأن عمليات الاختطاف في سوريا غير مسبوقة حتى بالمقارنة بالعراق في الفترة ما بين 2003 و 2006 فلم تشهد مثل هذه الارقام العالية مما يجعل تغطية الحرب في سوريا في غاية الخطورة.

و طالب ليمبان بضرورة الافراج عن الصحفيين المختطفين تزامناً مع مؤتمر جنيف 2 الذي يعقد 22  يناير القادم لمناقشة الأزمة السورية.  

و أعرب ليمبان عن أسفه من أن هذه المجموعات تستخدم وسيلة الاختطاف لجلب الفدية لتمويل نزاعهم المسلح مما يضعهم في مصاف الجماعات الاجرامية.

و طبقاً لتقرير الحملة فإن الاوضاع قد تدهورت أيضاً في العراق و بصفة خاصة في الموصل بعد تحسن نسبي في العام الماضي. 

و تأتي الصومال في المرتبة السادسة حيث قتل 8 صحفيين في مقابل 19 في السنة الماضية و مصر في المرتبة السابعة بمقتل 7 صحفيين عقب أحداث ما بعد 30 يونيو 2013 و عزل الرئيس السابق محمد مرسي.

و تأتي البرازيل في المرتبة الثامنة بمقتل 6 صحفيين في مقابل 11 في السنة الماضية ثم المكسيك 5 مقابل 11 في السنة الماضية ثم 4 في جواتيمالا. 

و قتل 3 صحفيين في كل من هندوراس و كولومبيا و ليبيا و 2 في كل من مالي و كينيا و كوت ديفوار و أفغانستان، و جمهورية إفريقيا الوسطى، و أكوادور و نيجيريا و أوغندا و بيرو و جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية و تنزان

و قتل (44)  صحفياً و صحفية في منطقة الشرق الأوسط، (37) في آسيا (27) في أمريكا اللاتينية (18) في إفريقيا و 3 في أوروبا.  

اكد ليمبان أن التقدم قد تحقق من قبل المجتمع الدولي الذي شارك في تعبئة العالم للنظر في هذه القضية المهمة حيث اجتمع مجلس الأمن مرتين للنظر في قضية حماية الصحفيين و اقرت الجمعية العامة للأمم المتحدة قراراً من أجل مناقشة هذه القضية و يستكمل اليونسكو العمل بتطبيق خطنه لحماية و سلامة الصحفيين.

و أوضح أن هذه الصحوة صحوة نجتح كبير بعدما عكفت الدول لسنوات طويلة عن مواجهة هذه المشكلة بأعين مغلقة.

و بالنسبة للحملة أضاف موضحاً فإن أمامنا الكثير لا نجازه لتحقيق التغيير الملموس في الميدان و بصفة خاصة في مكافحة الافلات من العقاب.

بينما أكدت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي أننا نتجه إلى الطريق الصحيح من أجل تحقيق العدالة للصحفيين الذين فقدوا حيالتهم دفاعاً عن مهنتهم و دفاعاً عن حقوق الانسان.

للمزيد من المعلومات تصفح
 

***17.12.2013. PAKISTAN: interview with a senior journalist Mudassar Shah reporting from troubled Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA): "To be a journalist in this region is the most dangerous job"

by Israr Khan, PEC Representative in Islamabad

Pakistani Journalists who are doing journalism in the world’s most troubled Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) and Baluchistan on the sensitive international border with Afghanistan are in a great danger. They are at the mercy of Taliban and military forces, as it has become too much dangerous for them to report from these armed conflict areas and bring the truth to the world.
In FATA, Pakistan, since 2004, about 150 thousand Pakistani military force is stationed fighting with Taliban militants to flush them out of the area. Since the US and NATO coalition forces poured in in Afghanistan to hunt down Al-Qaida and Taliban, domestic insurgency popped up on this side of the border, now reporting on these warring groups is grave risky for journalists.
The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) in its effort to mobilize the world community to stand by journalists in conflicts zones and dangerous situations has attempted to interview a senior Pakistani freelance journalist Mr. Mudassar Shah (photo) 38, who has been reporting regularly from FATA region, including Waziristan, the Swat Valley, Islamabad and Afghanistan since 1998.
Mr. Shah files news stories regularly for the US Free Speech Radio News, Asia Calling, and various other radio including DW and print media organizations. His reporting focuses on militancy and other socioeconomic issues that affect Pakistanis and Afghans, such as music, the conditions in refugee camps, the effects of Sharia law on tribal communities, the collapse of Pakistani’s judicial system and health related issues including AIDS.

PEC: What is your experience of the conflict zone as a reporter?
SHAH: Since the US and NATO forces entered into Afghanistan, it introduced a new dimension to reporting in the Pakistan, namely conflict reporting. It also put much responsibility on journalists and media covering stories in these troubled areas including Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, tribal areas and in Baluchistan province where security and safety situation is worse.

PEC: What dangers and difficulties you face while covering this area?
SHAH: To be a journalist in this region is the most dangerous job, as you can’t differentiate between enemy and friend. Intimidation to journalists by the unknown people is a common custom. In view of the increasingly complex nature of conflict situations, we are stuck between devil and deep sea while reporting on various sensitive issues. These militants are considering journalists the ‘enemy and western spies’. They think us as anti-Islamic if we report against them. Reporting on the military is also ‘to be careful’ topic.

"You cannot report on women rights"

PEC: Can you pinpoint those sensitive issues which need a great care for you to report on?
SHAH: Well, for example you cannot report on female education and women rights, and if you do so, then unknown threatening calls will not only make your life miserable but they could also anytime hit you badly. In most cases reporters face with threats and harassments from the military, police and militants. Journalists reporting on the Taliban’s activities, military operations and other security-related issues often incur the wrath of the warring sides and sandwiched between them. Journalists from these areas increasingly report threats, coercion, kidnapping and targeted killings by both militants and the military, and many self-censor to avoid retribution.

PEC: Why they [militants] are against reporting on these issues?
SHAH: Militants think that reporting on female education is an effort to encourage girls for becoming another Malal Yousafzai who was been targeted and injured in Swat valley by Taliban. There is a hill of issues in FATA education sector, but if you report on them, they will threat you for dire consequences. Females are still playing a proactive role in this region in education sector and without taking the danger in account, they are still ready to get education, but the facilities are meager.

PEC: Apart from these gender issues, what are topics that are almost untouchable for you?
SHAH: Smuggling of goods and drugs on Pak-Afghan border is another topic which is much dangerous to be reported on, if you want to stay safe then keep quite. If you report on such issues, you will every time feel that you could be detained or targeted at any moment.
As, there is no access of foreign journalists to this region and for local journalists even doing independent investigation and reporting on the US drone attacks is also not possible. However, still we take the risk and try to report on these issues.

"We are always a soft target"

PEC: What is the level of support of the government in protecting journalists in the conflict zone?
SHAH: Unfortunately, there is no media law in Pakistan that provides for complete protection to the journalist community facing threats and violence. Several tribal Pakistani journalists had been killed, many other injured and harassed through the hands of unknown enemy while performing their duties. No culprit has been so far brought to justice. We are always a soft target, as no government is protecting us.

PEC: How does it feel to almost get you arrested or targeted?
SHAH: As, I am reporting in conflict zone for the international print and electronic media, I have been receiving threats, sometimes life threats from both sides. It is painful when you feel that an unknown enemy is every time chasing you and you are helpless.
Three week back, when I was working on the smuggling issue on Pak-Afghan border, I was detained for several hours my camera and voice recorder were been broken by levies [the force recruited indigenously on a tribal basis, fall under the federal government’s control, and are appointed by the political agent who is also their commanding officer]. Recalling another incident happened to me in December 2011, while I was going for interviewing somebody, on the way suddenly some unknown peoples attacked on me. There was intense firing, I escaped but my nephew got injured and was put in custody. The next day, I went to Assistant Political Agent [APA] Jamrud, khyber agency but he was reluctant to listen to me. During that meeting, a phone call came to APA and I was harshly beaten and put behind bars. Latter, I developed abdominal pain and infection. I was put in cell with known Taliban militants among whom most were involved in NATO containers cases. Mentally and physically, I was in extremely bad condition for nothing.
Later, I was released, but when I started work on another story “NATO OIL TANKER JOCKEYS”, life threatening phone calls started coming to me. The story was on tribal children of under 18 who were supposed to sit at the back of the oil tanker when they reach the difficult areas of Khyber Agency. It seemed like camel jockeys while those helper got very less amount for all this and most of them did not know of human rights and its violation. After threats, I left this area for some weeks and went to other cities, but was spotted. At last, again came to this area where I had family and home.

PEC: How do you manage your relationship with your family? (I mean how you deal with it when every time you work in danger zone and sometime get life threats. How you convince it.)
SHAH: Yes, my family is always worried about my safety. Since my family is residing in tribal area, so when I am under threats, my family also gets the threatening calls which are always much hurting. However, I try to convince my family that if journalists are not telling the true picture to the world, then who will come to help us. In such areas when situation becomes intense, even the volunteer organizations leave, still journalists will be there on the scene covering news for readers.

PEC: What are your suggestions to improve the access to the conflict zones?
SHAH: Direct access of foreign media and journalists is almost impossible to these areas, however by well equipping and well training the local journalists, they can access to the area. Even some time, we local journalists are presumed as agents of any foreign country by the local people. Safety trainings are required there and the journalists’ defense groups and organization should play their proactive role in this regards. No government or media organization for which the reporter is working are not ready to well equip them or train them to cope and face with such difficult situation in conflict zones.
END

***04.12.2013. REPORTE DE CERIGUA PARA PEC - Violaciones a la libertad de prensa en México y Centroamérica durante noviembre del 2013.

Guatemala: Durante noviembre se documentaron ocho violaciones contra la prensa, siendo estas: una agresión física y detención arbitraria; cuatro agresiones físicas; una amenaza; el cierre de una radio comunitaria y una agresión física y amenazas.

El periodista Jorge Guillermo Lemus Alvarado denunció que el 1 de noviembre policías lo golpearon y arrestaron arbitrariamente, implantándole pruebas, en las afueras de su negocio, en la zona 1 capitalina. De acuerdo con el afectado, esto se debe a su trabajo como periodista.
 
El sábado 9 de noviembre agentes policiales lanzaron gas pimienta a varios periodistas, que esperaban la llegada de un reo a la torre de tribunales de la ciudad de Guatemala. La agresión se repitió nuevamente el miércoles 13, cuando esperaban que el reo saliera de brindar declaración ante un juez.
 
Ese mismo día, la periodista Verónica Alonso resultó golpeada, cuando con otros compañeros evitó la detención de un Bombero Voluntario. El 17 de noviembre Óscar Rivas, fotógrafo de Prensa Libre, fue golpeado por aficionados de un club deportivo.
 
El sábado 21 de noviembre, autoridades allanaron la radio comunitaria “Damasco”, ubicada en San Marcos, departamento fronterizo con México, arrestando a Víctor Ángel, quien se encontraba en cabina en ese momento.
 
La última semana de noviembre César Pérez Méndez, director editorial de elQuetzalteco, recibió amenazas vía telefónica y mensajes de texto, donde lo intimidaron para que deje de publicar información “que no le importa”. Esa misma semana Edgar Trigueros, reportero de una página en línea, fue golpeado por el jefe de servicios de la municipalidad de Jalapa, aparentemente por críticas hacía su trabajo.
 
Honduras: En el marco de las elecciones presidenciales, celebradas el 24 de noviembre, el periodista radial César Obando Flores, de la emisora Libre Estéreo, fue advertido de que en caso diera cobertura a los comicios, sufriría las consecuencias. 
 
Durante las elecciones, varios periodistas denunciaron que militares con pasamontañas y fuertemente armados custodiaban las antenas de transmisión de Canal 11, Canal 13, Canal 36, Radio Globo y TV Globo.
 
El 11 de noviembre Nery Adalberto Recarte, periodista y propietario de Canal 34 y radio La Popularísima, sufrió un atentando armado junto con su chofer. Recarte subía a su vehículo, cuando dos desconocidos lo atacaron con armas de fuego. Ambos resultaron ilesos.
 
Jorge Cabrera Alfaro, corresponsal de Reuter, fue agredido verbal y físicamente por guardias de un centro médico, cuando estacionaba su vehículo. El afectado indicó que el incidente se dio cuando los guardias le dijeron que no se podía estacionar, a lo que él les respondió que siempre que llega al lugar y nunca ha tenido inconvenientes.
 
México: El lunes 4 de noviembre en Estado de Sonora fue asesinado a tiros el periodista Alberto Angulo Gerardo, cuando se transportaba junto a familiares en un vehículo.
 
A inicios de mes voceadores de Chiapas dejaron de vender las ediciones del diario “Contrapoder en Chiapas”, argumentando que tenían órdenes de autoridades para no distribuirlo.
 
El 12 de noviembre, desconocidos ingresaron a las instalaciones del taller donde se imprime el diario Notivisión, dañando equipo utilizado para la impresión del rotativo.
 
Silvia Núñez, del portal de noticias AGN Veracruz, denunció ser vigilada por la Agencia Veracruzana de Información (AGN). La periodista afirmó que el jueves 7 de noviembre notó la presencia de una unidad de la agencia, cerca de su vivienda, lo que catalogó como posible hostigamiento a su trabajo, ya que es consideraba por autoridades como incomoda.

Ileana Alamilla
Guatemala, 4 de diciembre de 2013. 

***27.11.2013. PEC welcomes heartily the creation of an International Day to End Impunity for crimes against journalists on November 2 (read the text of the UN resolution on safety of journalists and impunity below)

Geneva, November 27 (PEC) – The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes heartily the decision of the UN Third Committee of the United Nations General Assembly in a consensus resolution creating an international Day to End Impunity for crimes against journalists, the day will be celebrated each year on November 2.

PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi noted that this resolution is a great step forward for all media workers who are living the trauma of acute danger in the field, a danger that is growing daily and changing in character.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen said that the overwhelming majority of crimes against journalists are committed with impunity.

Lempen added that so far this year 108 journalists were killed, and noted that the PEC is also very concerned by the fate of a dozen foreign journalists kidnapped in Syria, among them 2 Swedish journalists, abducted last week-end. 

He thanked France for this important initiative co-sponsored by more than 70 countries and expressed hope that other initiatives to protect journalists will follow in the right direction which the PEC adheres to since 2006. 

The resolution unequivocally condemns all attacks, intimidation and violence against journalists and media workers, and calls on all Member States to protect them, to ensure that all crimes against them are investigated and brought to justice, and to promote an environment in which journalists and media workers can work independently and without interference.

It also expresses support for the United Nations Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity, an unprecedented step in the promotion of freedom of expression.

The PEC, since launching its campaign ten years ago further developed it in December 2007 to include draft convention to protect journalists in conflict zones and dangerous situations, among the many provisions of the draft is to hold the perpetrators of crimes against journalists accountable.

The Geneva based NGO initiated this year interviews with journalists who were abducted such as Francois Aubenas of France and Giuliana Sgrena of Italy in order to mobilize the world community to stand by journalists in conflicts zones and dangerous situations.

The resolution which passed 26 November pays homage to French journalists of Radio France Internationale, Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon, killed in Mali on 2 November this year.

Abdel Nabi and Lempen expressed hope that more steps will be taken in 2014 to strengthen the legal aspects of protection for journalists. 

TEXT OF THE RESOLUTION: United Nations - General Assembly - A/C.3/68/L.40/Rev.1

Sixty-eighth session
Third Committee
Agenda item 69 (b)

Promotion and protection of human rights: human

rights questions, including alternative approaches for
improving the effective enjoyment of human rights and
fundamental freedoms
 
Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belgium, Bosnia
and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia,
Cyprus, Czech Republic, El Salvador, Estonia, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Luxembourg, Mali, Malta, Netherlands,
Nigeria, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Republic of Korea,
Romania, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Tunisia, Turkey, United States of
America and Uruguay: revised draft resolution
 
Safety of journalists and the issue of impunity

The General Assembly,

Guided by the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations,

Reaffirming the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and recalling

relevant international human rights treaties, including the International Covenant on

Civil and Political Rights and the International Convention for the Protection of All

Persons from Enforced Disappearance, as well as the Geneva Conventions of

1949 and the Additional Protocols thereto,

Recalling the United Nations Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and

the Issue of Impunity, endorsed by the United Nations System Chief Executives

Board for Coordination on 12 April 2012, in which United Nations agencies, funds

and programmes were invited to work with Member States towards a free and safe

environment for journalists and media workers in both conflict and non-conflict

situations, with a view to strengthening peace, democracy and development worldwide

Recalling also Human Rights Council resolutions 21/12 of 27 September 2012

on the safety of journalists, 20/8 of 5 July 2012 on the promotion, protection and

enjoyment of human rights on the Internet and 24/15 of 27 September 2012 on the

World Programme for Human Rights Education and Human Rights Council decision

24/116 of 26 September 2013 on a panel discussion on the safety of journalists, as

well as Security Council resolution 1738 (2006) of 23 December 2006,

Taking note of the reports of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and

protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and the Special

Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, submitted to the

Human Rights Council at its twentieth session,

Commending the role and the activities of the Office of the United Nations

High Commissioner for Human Rights and the United Nations Educational,

Scientific and Cultural Organization with regard to the safety of journalists and the

issue of impunity,

Taking note with appreciation of the report of the Office of the United Nations

High Commissioner for Human Rights on good practices on the safety of

journalists, submitted to the Human Rights Council at its twenty-fourth session,

Noting with appreciation the international conference on the safety of

journalists held in Warsaw on 23 and 24 April 2013 and its specific

recommendations,

Acknowledging that journalism is continuously evolving to include inputs from

media institutions, private individuals and a range of organizations that seek, receive

and impart information and ideas of all kinds, online as well as offline, in the

exercise of freedom of opinion and expression, in accordance with article 19 of the

International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, thus contributing to shape

public debate,

Recognizing the relevance of freedom of expression and of free media in

building knowledge-inclusive societies and democracies and in fostering

intercultural dialogue, peace and good governance,

Recognizing also that the work of journalists often puts them at specific risk of

intimidation, harassment and violence,

Taking note of the good practices of different countries aimed at the protection

of journalists, as well as, inter alia, those designed for the protection of human

rights defenders that can, where applicable, be relevant to the protection of

journalists,

Recognizing that the number of people whose lives are influenced by the way

information is presented is significant and that journalism influences public opinion,

Bearing in mind that impunity for attacks against journalists constitutes one

of the main challenges to strengthening the protection of journalists,

Recalling in this regard that journalists, media professionals and associated

personnel engaged in dangerous professional missions in areas of armed conflict

shall be considered as civilians and shall be respected and protected as such,

provided that they take no action adversely affecting their status as civilians,

Expressing concern at the threat to the safety of journalists posed by non-State

actors, including terrorist groups and criminal organizations,

Acknowledging the specific risks faced by women journalists in the exercise of

their work, and underlining, in this context, the importance of taking a gendersensitive

approach when considering measures to address the safety of journalists,

1. Takes note with appreciation of the United Nations Plan of Action on the

Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity;

2. Condemns unequivocally all attacks and violence against journalists and

media workers, such as torture, extrajudicial killings, enforced disappearances and

arbitrary detention, as well as intimidation and harassment in both conflict and

non-conflict situations;

3. Decides to proclaim 2 November as the International Day to End

Impunity for Crimes against Journalists;

4. Requests the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural

Organization, in consultation with relevant entities of the United Nations system,

and mindful of the provisions of the annex to Economic and Social Council

resolution 1980/67 of 25 July 1980, to facilitate the implementation of the

International Day in collaboration with Governments and relevant stakeholders;

5. Urges Member States to do their utmost to prevent violence against

journalists and media workers, to ensure accountability through the conduct of

impartial, speedy and effective investigations into all alleged violence against

journalists and media workers falling within their jurisdiction, and to bring the

perpetrators of such crimes to justice and to ensure that victims have access to

appropriate remedies;

6. Calls upon States to promote a safe and enabling environment for

journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference,

including by means of: (a) legislative measures; (b) awareness-raising in the

judiciary and among law enforcement officers and military personnel, as well as

among journalists and in civil society, regarding international human rights and

humanitarian law obligations and commitments relating to the safety of journalists;

(c) the monitoring and reporting of attacks against journalists; (d) publicly

condemning attacks; and (e) dedicating the resources necessary to investigate and prosecute such attacks

7. Invites the relevant agencies, organizations, funds and programmes of the

United Nations system to consider identifying focal points for the exchange of

information about the implementation of the United Nations Plan of Action on the

Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity, in cooperation with Member States

and under the overall coordination of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and

Cultural Organization;

8. Requests the Secretary-General to report to the General Assembly at its

sixty-ninth session on the implementation of the present resolution.

END 

***22.11.2013. Journée internationale contre l’impunité - Interview de Giuliana Sgrena par Luisa Ballin: « Enlever des journalistes : arme de guerre et business »

Giuliana Sgrena, journaliste italienne et envoyée spéciale de Il Manifesto, enlevée en Irak en 2005, était de passage à Genève à l’occasion de la présentation du film « Voix de reportages », consacré à sa consœur genevoise Laurence Deonna. Luisa Ballin l’a interviewée pour la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) sur les conditions tragiques de sa libération et la protection des professionnels de l’information dans les zones dangereuses en vue de la Journée internationale contre l'impunité le 23 novembre. Un témoignage plein d'enseignements. Giuliana Sgrena fait plusieurs suggestions pour améliorer la protection des journalistes et dénonce l'impunité dans le cas de la mort de celui qui lui a sauvé la vie - à cause de "la coutume du drapeau". Lire aussi la reprise de l'interview dans la "Tribune de Genève" (édition du 25 novembre):

http://www.tdg.ch/geneve/actu-genevoise/informer-devenu-metier-tres-dangereux/story/14671987

Luisa Ballin. Que pensez-vous de ce qui s’est passé au Mali avec la mort des deux journalistes français de RFI, Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon?

Giuliana Sgrena. Je pense que le métier de journaliste est devenu très dangereux. Je me demande souvent quelles pourraient être les mesures pour éviter que cette profession soit aussi périlleuse, car je suis convaincue que nous ne pouvons pas renoncer à faire notre métier qui est d’informer y compris dans les zones difficiles. De nos jours ce qui prévaut dans les zones de conflit ce sont les reporters embedded, embarqués avec les militaires et je pense que ce n’est pas la vraie façon de faire du journalisme. Il faut aller chercher les informations, les vérifier et les écrire ou les transmettre. Pour continuer de le faire, il faudrait un minimum de protection.

Q. De quelle manière pourrait-on protéger les professionnels de l’information au Mali, en Irak, pays où vous êtes rendue à plusieurs reprises et où vous avez été enlevée, et en Syrie, où il est pratiquement impossible de travailler comme journaliste?

- Il devrait y avoir un réseau international indépendant, au service des représentants des médias. Grâce aux nouvelles technologies de l’information, nous avons de nombreuses possibilités de suivre tous les mouvements. Nous sommes d’ailleurs sans cesse espionnés ! Tout le monde sait où nous allons et ce que nous faisons. Pourquoi ne pas utiliser ces technologies de façon positive pour vérifier si tout va bien pour un journaliste qui se trouve dans une zone difficile ? Nous pourrions être épaulés par des personnes fiables qui s’engageraient à suivent notre parcours et qui seraient capables d’intervenir en cas de difficulté. Certes, une telle structure n’est pas facile à mettre en place, mais nous devrions pouvoir y parvenir.

Q. Pensez-vous à une structure composée uniquement de journalistes ou également de représentants d’organisations non gouvernementales?

- Nous pourrions associer des ONG à cette structure parce nous nous sommes souvent trouvés dans des situations similaires. Mais il faudrait que ces organisations non gouvernementales soient indépendantes, car dans le cas contraire, d’autres intérêts pourraient prévaloir. 

Q. Après la publication de votre livre intitulé « Fuoco amico » (« Feu ami », paru chez Bianca Feltrinelli) et avec le recul, comment analysez-vous ce qui vous est arrivé lorsque vous avez été enlevée en 2005, pendant un mois en Irak?

- J’avais tenté de prendre toutes les précautions pour éviter d’être enlevée, mais à l’évidence cela n’a pas suffi. Je ne pense pas que mes ravisseurs m’aient choisie comme cible de l’enlèvement, je me suis trouvée à un endroit où je ne devais pas être à ce moment-là. D’autres personnes ont été enlevées à cet endroit, mais je ne le savais pas. En tant que journalistes, nous prenons des risques lorsque nous sommes dans certaines situations et malheureusement le tribut à payer est très lourd. Mais nous ne pouvons pas renoncer à exercer notre métier (photo: Giuliana Sgrena lors de son enlèvement en 2005).

Q. De plus en plus de professionnels de l’information sont enlevés dans plusieurs pays. Est-ce devenu un business ?

- C’est devenu une arme de guerre. Mes ravisseurs m’ont dit : nous utilisons toutes les armes dont nous disposons y compris toi !  De fait, je me suis sentie utilisée comme une arme. Sans oublier l’aspect business. Les ravisseurs ne sont pas partout pareils, ils peuvent avoir des objectifs différents.

Q. Contre qui vos ravisseurs vous ont-ils utilisée ?

- Ils voulaient m’utiliser pour obtenir des résultats précis. Mes ravisseurs faisaient partie d’un groupe qui luttait contre l’occupation de leur pays. Ils exigeaient le retrait des troupes d’occupation y compris italiennes. Je ne pense pas qu’ils s’imaginaient qu’un enlèvement suffirait à obtenir un retrait. Ils demandaient un résultat politique qui était la réinsertion des Sunnites dans le panorama politique irakien, parce que mon enlèvement est intervenu après les élections de la fin janvier 2005. Seuls quelques Sunnites avaient participé à ces élections puisque la grande majorité d’entre eux les avaient boycottées affirmant qu’il ne fallait pas voter sous occupation. Les Kurdes et les Chiites ayant voté, les Sunnites se sont trouvés en difficulté. Ils étaient hors du jeu politique et des affaires, pouvoir et business allant souvent de pair. Ils cherchaient ainsi à se réinsérer. Mes ravisseurs ont donc aussi demandé de l’argent.

Q. Le paiement d’une rançon est tabou. Que pouvez-vous en dire ?

- Lorsqu’il s’agit d’enlèvements qui ont lieu dans des pays en guerre, où plus aucune légalité ne prévaut, on ne peut pas avoir la même attitude que lorsqu’il s’agit de pays où la légalité existe. Dans une guerre, tous sont hors la loi : ceux qui font la guerre, ceux qui occupent un pays et ceux qui enlèvent des personnes. Dans les cas où des professionnels se trouvent dans ces pays pour faire leur travail, dans des situations qui ne sont pas normales, et qu’ensuite il y a une demande de rançon pour les libérer, il faut payer pour sauver des vies humaines.

Q. Dans votre cas, outre votre enlèvement, il y a eu la mort de celui qui vous a libérée. Où en est l’enquête sur la mort de Nicola Calipari ?

- Malheureusement, l’enquête n’avance pas. Nous nous sommes battus pour qu’il y ait un procès en Italie à l’encontre de Mario Lozano, le soldat de l’armée américaine qui a tiré contre notre voiture. Nous n’y sommes pas parvenus malgré un procès préliminaire lors duquel le juge avait décidé d’envoyer Mario Lozano devant la justice pour l’homicide politique volontaire de Nicola Calipari, le numéro deux du SISMI (les services italiens de la sûreté de l’Etat, ndlr) et pour la tentative d’homicide contre moi et contre l’autre agent du SISMI Andrea Carpani. Nous sommes allés en Cour d’assises. Lors du procès préliminaire, Lozano était introuvable. Il n’avait pas d’avocat de confiance mais disposait d’un avocat commis d’office. Puis le procès en Cour d’assises a commencé, Lozano a nommé un avocat et ne s’est jamais présenté. Son avocat a demandé de revoir les questions dont nous avions discuté lors du procès préliminaire, comme la possibilité de juger Lozano. La veuve de Nicola Calipari et moi avons accepté de discuter. Malheureusement, la Cour d’assises est arrivée à la conclusion opposée à celle que le juge avait prononcée lors du procès préliminaire. A la Cour d’assises, il y avait un jury populaire. Le juge a conclu que nous n’avions pas le droit de juger Mario Lozano en se basant sur « la coutume du drapeau ».  

Q. De quoi s’agit-il ?

- D’une pratique obsolète utilisée il y a très longtemps lors de conflits en mer, qui décrétait qu’un soldat répondait uniquement au drapeau du pays qu’il portait dans son sac à dos. Dans le cas de Lozano, celui des Etats-Unis. Après cette sentence, le Ministère public, l’avocat de l’Etat italien - qui s’était constitué partie civile - et moi, avons fait recours à la Cour de cassation. Le Procureur général a jugé la sentence de la Cour d’assises sans fondement, la « coutume du drapeau » étant obsolète. Mais notre recours a été rejeté car le juge a conclu qu’il ne s’agissait pas de crimes de guerre parce qu’il n’y avait eu qu’un mort ! Après avoir été blessée tout comme le deuxième agent du SISMI par les tirs de Lozano lorsque nous étions à 900 mètres de l’aéroport pour rentrer à Rome, j’ai été condamnée à payer les frais de justice.  S’il s’était agi d’un crime de guerre nous aurions pu avoir ce procès. Le résultat ? Pour l’Italie, il n’y a plus aucune possibilité que Mario Lozano soit jugé. Et nous ne pouvons pas faire recours auprès d’une cour internationale puisque ni l’Irak, ni les Etats-Unis ne reconnaissent la Cour pénale internationale.

Q. Après avoir beaucoup œuvré pour vous libérer, le gouvernement italien vous a-t-il soutenue?

- Il y a eu plusieurs changements de gouvernement en Italie. Lorsque j’ai été libérée, Silvio Berlusconi était Premier Ministre, lorsque le procès en Cour d’assises a débuté, le Premier Ministre était Romano Prodi – dont le gouvernement s’était constitué partie civile – et lorsque nous sommes allés en cassation, Silvio Berlusconi était revenu au pouvoir. Pendant l’intervention de l’avocat de l’Etat italien, un appel téléphonique est arrivé de Palazzo Chigi (siège de la Présidence du Conseil des ministres italien, ndlr) disant qu’il fallait tout arrêter. Le Gouvernement italien a ainsi décidé qu’il valait mieux ne pas avoir de procès. Avec tous les gouvernements qui se sont succédé en Italie, il n’y a jamais eu de pressions particulières sur les Etats-Unis pour que ce procès ait lieu. Les Etats-Unis avaient fait une enquête militaire qui avait conclu que ce genre de chose arrive en guerre et qu’il n’y avait pas de motif pour juger Lozano. Et aujourd’hui en Italie, on ne parle plus de Nicola Calipari.

Q. Que peuvent faire les journalistes ?

- Ils peuvent sensibiliser l’opinion pour défendre leurs consœurs  et leurs confrères et toutes les personnes qui se trouvent dans une zone difficile pour faire leur travail. Je rappelle que Nicola Calipari avait déjà libéré les deux Simone (Simona Torretta et Simona Pari, ndlr). Nicola était un homme au service de l’Etat. Il n’était pas au service du gouvernement mais au service des citoyens italiens. J’estime qu’il faut protéger ceux qui défendent les personnes qui font leur travail, journalistes et volontaires.

Q. Lors du retour de la dépouille de Nicola Calipari en Italie, le pays entier lui avait pourtant rendu hommage. N’est-il pas considéré un héros national ?

- Avant de libérer des personnes enlevées, Nicola Calipari avait lutté contre la ndrangheta (la mafia calabraise, ndlr), lorsqu’il travaillait à l’Office des migrations. C’était un homme bien que tout le monde a célébré comme un héros et que beaucoup préfèrent oublier.

Q. Pourquoi ?

- Je pense que le meurtre de Nicola Calipari n’était pas seulement dû aux Américains, mais qu’il y avait aussi une complicité italienne. Lorsque Calipari a été tué, il y avait un affrontement au sein des services italiens, structure composée d’une aile très pro-américaine estimant qu’il ne fallait pas traiter pour libérer les personnes séquestrées et qu’en tant qu’alliés des Américains, l’Italie devait suivre la même ligne qu’eux. L’autre aile, non pas anti-américaine, mais un peu plus indépendante pour une question de souveraineté nationale, estimait qu’il fallait tout faire pour ramener ses concitoyens à la maison. Après la mort de Calipari, cette aile a été laminée et la composante très pro-américaine a prévalu. Lorsque Nicolas Calipari se trouvait à Bagdad pour venir me chercher, il a reçu un appel. Des gens voulaient l’envoyer ailleurs. S’il était allé là où la personne qui était au bout du fil voulait qu’il aille, il aurait certainement fini dans une embuscade. Il ne m’aurait jamais libérée et il serait mort de toute façon...Je lui dois deux fois la vie. Non seulement il m’a libérée, mais il m’a aussi protégée avec son corps lorsqu’ils nous ont tiré dessus.

Q. Etes-vous retournée en Irak ?

- Oui, j’y suis retournée deux fois, à la recherche des lieux de cette tragédie et pour retrouver un sentiment de sécurité que je n’avais plus.

Q. Quelle est la première chose que vous avez faite après votre enlèvement ?

- Après mon enlèvement en 2005, je suis allée en Afghanistan pour suivre les élections. Si  je n’avais pas recommencé tout de suite à travailler dans des zones difficiles, je ne l’aurais sans doute plus jamais fait.   

Interview réalisée par Luisa Ballin, membre du comité directeur de la PEC 

***08.11.2013. REPORTE DE CERIGUA PARA PEC. Violaciones contra la libertad de expresión y de prensa en México y Centroamérica durante el mes de octubre de 2013.

Guatemala: El sábado 19 de octubre fue asesinado Viltor García, miembro de la seguridad de Karina Rottman, periodista y co-propietaria de Vea Canal; García recibió varios impactos de bala por desconocidos, en cercanías de la vivienda de la comunicadora. Dos semanas antes de este ataque, otros dos guardaespaldas de Rottman fueron agredidos físicamente, en la zona 10 capitalina, luego de que sostuvo una reunión con personal del Ministerio Público (MP).

Rottman dijo que los atacantes tienen relación con transportistas del departamento de El Progreso. Previo a estos hechos, Otto Rottman, esposo de de la señora Rottman y directivo del medio, denunció que en varias empresas de cable han bloqueado la señala de Vea Canal, aparentemente por su contenido crítico.
 
Honduras: El 24 de octubre en la ciudad de Tegucigalpa fue muerto a tiros el camarógrafo de Globo TV, Manuel Murillo Varela, quien desde el 2010 contaba con medidas cautelares por parte de la Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos (CIDH). En 2010 el comunicador fue secuestrado y torturado por policías vestidos de civil.
 
El 16 de octubre Rigoberto Mendoza denunció amenazas de muerte por parte de un dirigente campesino, debido a unas declaraciones que dio respecto a un paro en el departamento de Colón, donde participaba el dirigente Vitalino Álvarez.
 
Adolfo Hernández, conductor del programa “No se Deje”, transmitido en Telered 21, denunció que su espacio al aire había sido censurado, por parte de directivos del medio el día 28 de octubre, aparentemente por presión de autoridades, luego de dar a conocer anomalías en hospitales públicos.
 
El jueves 31, Ariela Cáceres periodistas del programa “Hable Como Hable”, denunció amenazas en su contra y señaló que ese día, antes de salir de su hogar, sospechosos estaban en su automóvil.
 
México: El 2 de octubre, en el marco de la marcha por la masacre de Tlatelolco, más de 30 periodistas sufrieron violaciones por parte de autoridades y manifestantes, entre estas agresiones físicas, verbales y amenazas.

El 20 de octubre oficiales del Estado de Baja California arrestaron arbitrariamente al periodista Jorge Nieto, cuando daba cobertura a un incidente de tránsito, en el que estaban involucrados elementos de la policía.
 
La madrugada del 28 de octubre las emisoras hermanas “La FM Maya” y “La Estrella Maya que Habla”, en Quintana Roo, fueron atacadas con una bomba molotov, por sujetos encapuchados que ingresaron a las instalaciones del medio. Ningún trabajador resulto lesionado.

Ileana Alamilla
PEC Rep in Guatemala
8 de Noviembre 2013.
 

15.11.2013. Cerigua rechaza utilización de gas pimienta contra la prensa y exige a las autoridades investigar a los responsables

El Observatorio de los Periodistas de Cerigua repudia la agresión cometida por agentes de la Policía Nacional Civil (PNC) contra miembros de la prensa, a quienes lanzaron gas pimienta cuando trasladaban a un reo hacia el sótano de tribunales.  
 
Es inaceptable que nuevamente miembros de las fuerzas públicas agredan a reporteros y periodistas, que realizan su labor profesional, con el agravante que  los hechos hayan tenido lugar en la sede del Organismo Judicial (OJ).
 
La mañana del miércoles 13 de noviembre agentes de la PNC rociaron gas pimienta a reporteros y periodistas de varios medios de comunicación que intentaban obtener declaraciones de Roberto Barreda, señalado de ser el presunto asesino de su esposa Cristina Siekavizza y a quien se imputan otros delitos, el detenido era escoltado por el pasillo del piso 14 de Torre de Tribunales por fuerzas de seguridad y miembros del SP.
 
De acuerdo con Siglo 21, el oficial encargado de ordenar que se lanzara el químico contra los comunicadores fue Edín Santizo, de la Subdirección General de Investigación Criminal (SGIC). Los reporteros Wilder López, de Siglo 21, Ivan Quiñónez, de TV Azteca y Karla Mejía, de Nueve Mundo, requirieron asistencia médica.
 
Este fue el segundo incidente que se registró en menos de una semana contra miembros de la prensa por parte de fuerzas de seguridad. El sábado 9 noviembre cuando Barreda era trasladado a tribunales, la policía también utilizó ese gas contra los reporteros que buscaban acercarse para formular preguntas al detenido. 
 
Ileana Alamilla, coordinadora del Observatorio de los Periodistas, mostró su repudió ante estas acciones y aseguró que violan la Constitución Política de la República  así como los derechos humanos, tanto de los periodistas como de las demás personas que resultaron afectadas por los gases.
 
Alamilla recordó que estas violaciones se suman a una larga lista de hechos que han ocurrido contra la prensa en lo que va del 2013, entre ellos  los asesinatos de 4 profesionales de la comunicación, que hasta la fecha no han sido esclarecidos y el atentado contra la vida de otro periodista.
 
Otro de los casos que aun no se resuelven y en el que está involucrada la fuerza pública, fue la amenaza de muerte y la detención, por parte del subinspector de San Marcos, José Reginaldo de la Cruz,  contra dos reporteros la última semana de agosto, acto en el que colocó esposas a los afectados.

 Autoridades del Ministerio de Gobernación anunciaron que de la Cruz sería dado de baja de la institución tras haber encontrado que había cometido una falta, sin embargo, según informaciones,  hasta la fecha el subinspector continúa trabajando en las filas de la PNC.

El Observatorio de los Periodistas de la Agencia Cerigua demanda:

a)     Del Ministro de Gobernación y demás autoridades involucradas el acatamiento y sujeción al orden jurídico, respeto al trabajo de la prensa y someter a los tribunales a quienes han violentado la Constitución y las leyes. Si como ha dicho el funcionario tienen protocolos para estos casos, debe deducir responsabilidades administrativas a quienes los están incumpliendo.

b)    Exige al Ministerio Público su pronta intervención en el caso y que las investigaciones sean prontas y que presenten resultados;

c)    Pone en conocimiento de la Relatora de la Libertad de Expresión de la OEA, Doctora Catalina Botero; las  entidades de la Red IFEX, de Reporteros sin Fronteras, del Comité de Protección al Periodista y de la SIP este caso para que exijan al gobierno respeto al derecho humano de libertad de expresión, de información y de prensa.

d)    Presenta su solidaridad con los colegas periodistas víctimas de las autoridades.
 
Guatemala, 14 de noviembre 2013.

***06.11.2013. MALI. La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) appuie la demande de trois syndicats français de journalistes de création d'une commission d'enquête parlementaire sur l'assassinat des deux journalistes dans le nord-est du Mali. De nombreuses questions restent sans réponse et leur mort ne peut rester impunie. Lire la lettre ci-dessous:

Paris, le 5 novembre 2013

A l’attention de M. Le président du Sénat, Jean-Pierre BEL

Monsieur le Président,

Les syndicats français de journalistes (SNJ, SNJ-CGT, CFDT-journalistes), membres de la Fédération européenne des journalistes (FEJ 300.000 membres), appellent à la formation urgente d’une commission d’enquête parlementaire suite au lâche assassinat commis samedi contre nos deux confrères de RFI en mission au nord Mali.

Nous voulons symboliquement en faire la demande officielle au moment où est célébrée la traditionnelle journée européenne des journalistes sous l’égide de la FEJ (Stand up with journalism) le 5 novembre.

En effet, une fois l’émotion et l’indignation exprimées avec force par tous après l’annonce de la mort tragique de Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon, de nombreuses questions restent, à nos yeux, sans réponse.

Pourquoi la force Serval en place au Mali ne les a pas protégés et a refusé de les transporter ?

Est-il exact qu’un appareil militaire (hélicoptère et ou avion) a survolé la zone sans trouver leur trace ?

Quels sont les commanditaires de l’assassinat des deux salariés de RFI ?

Comment ont-ils pu être kidnappés à Kidal, sans réaction immédiate des forces présentes ?

Nous devons aussi rappeler que des otages français sont toujours détenus quelque part au Sahel, malgré la libération de quatre de nos compatriotes. Mais là encore les conditions de leur élargissement restent sur de nombreux points énigmatiques. Quel est le rôle d’Areva dans cette zone ? Quid des réseaux de la Françafrique ? Y a-t-il un lien avec la mort des journalistes français ?

La disparition brutale de nos deux collègues de RFI témoigne de la difficulté des journalistes et des techniciens des medias à faire leur travail. 120 journalistes de par le monde ont été tués dans l’exercice de leur mission l’an dernier, selon les chiffres de la Fédération internationale des Journalistes.

Un constat dramatique qui montre qu’à l’instar de nos deux confrères de RFI, s’il n’y avait pas de journalistes sur le terrain en Syrie, comme en Afghanistan, au Mali, ou dans des pays où le droit d’expression est baillonné (Iran, Irak, Pakistan, Russie, Turquie etc), l’information serait totalement inexistante.

Les « saigneurs » de la guerre et leurs commanditaires de tous ordres kidnappent et tuent les journalistes pour faire peur, intimider. Mais surtout au-delà du symbole que représentent les journalistes, ils commettent ces crimes pour continuer à imposer la loi du silence et exercer leur pouvoir de nuisance sans témoins.

Cette impunité doit cesser une fois pour toute.

Ne doit-on pas enfin faire vivre les résolutions de l’ONU sur la protection des journalistes, comme le demande la FIJ ? Par exemple en exigeant une protection des journalistes dans les zones de conflit. Mais aussi en entrainant pour les preneurs d’otages et pour ceux qui tuent et embastillent les journalistes une condamnation pour crimes passibles de la CPI?

Nous nous adressons donc solennellement aux présidents de l’Assemblée et du Sénat et aux groupes parlementaires pour leur demander de mettre en place urgemment une commission d’enquête parlementaire après la mort de Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon.

Leur mort ne peut rester impunie.

SNJ, SNJ-CGT, CFDT Journalistes

***03.11.2013. MALI. La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) est consternée par l'enlèvement et l'assassinat de deux journalistes français de Radio France Internationale Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon près de Kidal / The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is appalled by the abduction and murder of two French journalists, Ghislaine Dupont and Claude Verlon, near the northern city of Kidal. They worked for Radio France Internationale

PEC press release (French below)

The PEC condemns in the strongest possible manner the summary executions of Ghislaine Dupont and Claude Verlon in the north of Mali 
 
Geneva, November 3 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns in the strongest possible manner the summary executions of French journalists working for Radio France Internationale Ghislaine Dupont (57) and Claude Verlon (55). 
 
PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen described the horrendous crime as unprecedented. The journalists were kidnapped and shot after conducting an interview in Kidal, Mali. Their bodies were found about 10 km from the town centre. 
 
“The profession of journalism has become more and more dangerous. Some armed groups do not respect any more the independence of media, as we can see recently in countries like Syria, Iraq, Pakistan and now Mali”, said Lempen.  
 
Other dramatic incidents but not in the same circumstances led to decapitation of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl, by his abductors in Pakistan in 2002, and Italian journalist Enzo Baldoni, kidnapped and executed in Iraq in 2004. 
 
More than 100 journalists were killed during their media assignments from the beginning of this year, according to the PEC. And the toll is growing every week.

The PEC calls upon the media community to revolt against this heinous act and cowardly conduct, they must rise worldwide to defend their fallen courageous colleagues by calling for an urgent investigation and bringing the perpetrators of this horrible crime to justice. 

La PEC condamne de la manière la plus ferme les exécutions sommaires des journalistes français Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon dans le nord du Mali.

Genève, 3 novembre (PEC) La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) condamne de la manière la plus ferme les exécutions sommaires des journalistes français de Radio France Internationale Ghislaine Dupont et Claude Verlon.

Le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen a affirmé que ce crime horrible est sans précédent. Les deux journalistes ont été enlevés et tués après avoir mené une interview à Kidal, dans le nord du Mali. Leurs corps ont été découverts à environ dix kilomètres du centre de la ville.

« La profession de journaliste est devenue de plus en plus dangereuse. Des groupes armés ne respectent plus l’indépendance des médias, comme nous avons pu le constater récemment dans des pays comme la Syrie, l’Irak, le Pakistan et maintenant le Mali », a affirmé Lempen.

D’autres incidents dramatiques, mais dans des circonstances différentes, avaient conduit à la décapitation du correspondant du Wall Street Journal Daniel Pearl en 2002 au Pakistan et à l’exécution du journaliste italien Enzo Baldoni en Irak en 2004.

Plus de 100 journalistes ont été tués dans leurs fonctions depuis le début de l’année, selon le décompte de la PEC. Et le bilan s’alourdit chaque semaine.

La PEC lance un appel à la communauté des médias pour qu’elle se révolte contre cet acte odieux et lâche et défende des collègues courageux en demandant d’urgence une enquête et la poursuite des responsables de ce crime horrible en justice.  

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes and supports the UN SECURITY COUNCIL statement: SECURITY COUNCIL  STRONGLY CONDEMNS KILLING OF FRENCH JOURNALISTS IN MALI

New York, Nov 3 2013
The United Nations Security Council has strongly condemned the kidnapping and assassinations of two French journalists in northern Mali, and called on the Government to bring the perpetrators to justice.

Armed gunmen reportedly abducted the two journalists, working for Radio France Internationale (RFI), on Saturday in Kidal.

In a <"http://www.un.org/en/sc/documents/press/2013.shtml">statement to the media late last night, the 15-member Council expressed its condolences to the family of the victims, as well as to the French Government.

"In accordance with international humanitarian law, journalists, media professionals and associated personnel engaged in dangerous professional missions in areas of armed conflict are generally considered as civilians and shall be respected and protected as such," the statement reiterated.

The Council members demanded that "all parties to an armed conflict comply fully with the obligations applicable to them under international humanitarian law, including as related to the protection of civilians in armed conflict."

They called on the Government of Mali to "swiftly investigate the case" and to hold those responsible to account.

In its statement, the Council also reaffirmed that any acts of terrorism are "criminal and unjustifiable, regardless of their motivation, wherever, whenever and by whomsoever committed".

The Members also reiterated their full support to the UN Mission in Mali and the French forces, and called on all parties to cooperate fully with the Mission.

The Security Council set up the UN Multidimensional Integrated Stabilization Mission in Mali (MINUSMA) in April to support the West African country's recovery from a coup and the occupation of its north by Islamist fundamentalists, its transition back to stability and democratic governance, and the promotion of human rights and provision of humanitarian aid.
 

***01.11.2013. PAKISTAN. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) while expressing serious concern on the increased violence against media in Pakistan said that the killing of journalists has continued unabated in the country and impunity is completely enjoyed by the predators of press freedom

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) while expressing serious concern on the increased violence against media in Pakistan said that the killing of journalists has continued unabated in the country and impunity is completely enjoyed by the predators of press freedom. Condemning the killing of another journalist on October 11 in northern Pakistan, the watchdog noted that Pakistani journalists’ death toll has reached ‘global high’ and feared that the trend is much dangerous than previous year.

The campaign has also pointed finger towards rising ‘ethnic polarization’ in Pakistan that is putting media in a danger zone. Journalists who cover sensitive issues are feeling insecure and fear that these ethnic groups can give a negative connotation to their single spoken or written word. In Pakistan, violence against journalists has become a cheapest and effective way of silencing the media while reaction from the government has been a few words of condemnation and superficial inquiry.

During October this year, a journalist has been killed, another was brutally attacked and one was kidnapped.

A senior journalist Ayub Khan Khattak was shot dead on 11 October by unidentified gunmen in district Karak of Khyber Pakhtunkwa. He had been associated with GEO television network covering the tribal areas, where the unrest is on the rise due to Taliban and Pakistan’s military operation against them. Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) and Baluchistan bordering Afghanistan are among the most dangerous for journalists and dozen of them had been killed in the last few years.

His murder was linked to his professional work, as he has filed a story on drug mafia operating in the region, local journalists told PEC. He was covering crimes and after exposing criminal elements, he used to receive threats. Later, he was killed by two gunmen riding on motorbikes waiting outside his resident.

In another case that happened on October 12, a senior journalist Sardar Shafiq and former secretary general of the Abbottabad Union of Journalist (AUJ) was been seriously injured when unknown people attacked on him late night in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province of Pakistan. He worked for a local Urdu language daily. As he left his office late in the night, three men intercepted him and thrashed with iron rods. He was then taken to the hospital in serious condition and remained there under treatment for more than a week.

Niaz Chandio, a local Sindhi television journalist was kidnapped on 15 October 2013, in Jacobabad district of Sindh province, Pakistan. Police have not yet found any trace of the whereabouts of him.

According to the PEC’s media ticking clock, Pakistani journalists’ death toll has reached 13 and also the same number of journalists killed in Syria since January 2013. Somalia and India was also at the second place with eight journalists dead each. Globally, 101 journalists and media staff lost their lives in targeted attacks, bomb blasts or cross-fire incidents since January 2013 to date. In 2012, the number was 141 with Syria at the top with 37, Somalia 19 and Pakistan with 12 journalists killed.

Current trend of Journalists’ killing is far high than last several year. This is a serious matter of concern for Pakistan and its democratic government. It should take serious measures for the protection of journalists, take serious steps against the killers of journalists and bring the culprits to justice as to fizzle out the high environment of impunity in the country, the PEC asked the government.

Former Secretary General of the Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) Mr. Mazhar Abbas said that Pakistan has been ranked among the three most dangerous countries in the world for journalists. Despite repeated demands and appeal the government failed in protecting the life of journalist while media houses are not ready to adopt any policy for training and safety of journalist. Concrete measures are needed both for safety and ethical journalism in Pakistan.

ISRAR KHAN, PEC Rep in Pakistan 

***01.11.2013. EGYPT. Freedoms and the new constitution. Egypt’s draft constitution is worryingly ambiguous on freedoms of expression and information, the time being now to reach clarity in the guarantee of fundamental rights, writes PEC President Hedayat Abdel-Nabi - published by Al-Ahram Weekly on Friday 01 November 2013

As a human rights activist since 2004, when a group of journalists and myself launched a non-governmental organisation from Geneva — the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) — geared to defend journalists in conflicts zones, my eyes followed other rights organisations in the field, among them Article 19 based in London, for whom I hold a great deal of respect for its work and contribution in the field of freedom of opinion and expression. A few days ago a new report issued by Article 19 came to my attention, concerning the new Egyptian constitution.

If you may allow me, I will share parts of the analysis with the readership of Al-Ahram Weekly without interfering in its flow.

Article 19 noted that in October 2013 it analysed the Draft Proposed Amendments to the 2012 constitution, dated 20 August 2013 (Draft Constitution), in light of international standards on the right to freedom of expression and information.

An expert committee prepared the draft constitution pursuant to Article 28 of the Constitutional Declaration dated 8 July 2013. It is now under consideration by the 50-Member Committee, which will present its own amendments in November 2013.

Article 19 welcomes that the Draft Constitution includes positive references to a rights-based language throughout, including a dedicated Bill of Rights that sets out the right to freedom of expression and many important related rights.

However, in almost every case, the scope afforded to each fundamental right, including the right to freedom of expression and information is too narrow. At the same time, there is a lack of guidance on how rights may be legitimately restricted to protect other rights, or collective interests, in compliance with international law. In several instances, fundamental rights are qualified in ambiguous terms that give the authorities substantial discretion and that may lead to abuse.

Article 19 calls upon the 50-member committee to ensure that the constitution fully protects the right to freedom of expression and information and related rights. The recommendations that should be considered by the assembly are summarised below.

PREAMBLE: The preamble should stress as a priority the universality of human rights for all people, without limiting this on the basis of citizenship. This could include reference to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and other instruments, such as the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.

Principle 7 of the preamble should be revised to reflect that while the right to express oneself freely in public is important, private expression is also protected.

Principles 4-6 should be revised to make clear that national unity and security are not a condition for the enjoyment of human rights, but that these ends can only be achieved through respect for universal human rights.

The preamble should not make the acceptance of the constitution, or a person’s willingness to uphold it, conditional on religious faith or any other belief system.

STATUS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW: The constitution should include a dedicated provision on the status of international law.

International law should have primacy over domestic law, with the exception of the constitution. Domestic law may not be invoked to justify violations of international law.

The requirement that treaties infringing on “sovereignty” should be subject to referenda should be clarified, and this should not be an obstacle to the ratification of human rights instruments.

Treaties should only be repealed, modified or suspended in the manner provided for in the treaties themselves.

RIGHT TO EQUALITY: The right to equality should be guaranteed to all people, regardless of citizenship status.

All of the rights in the constitution should be guaranteed without distinction of any kind.

The protected characteristics in Article 38 should be extended to include: national origin, race and colour, property, birth, political or other opinion, sexual orientation and gender identity.

Articles 10 and 11 should be removed from the constitution because they promote harmful gender-based stereotypes. They should be replaced by a provision explicitly stating the obligation on the state to achieve the elimination of prejudices and customary and all other practices that are based on the idea of the inferiority or the superiority of either of the sexes, or on stereotyped roles for men and women, as per Article 5 of the Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women.

FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION AND OPINION: The title to Article 48 should reference both the right to freedom of opinion and the right to freedom of expression.

The right to freedom of expression should encompass the right to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers.

Consideration should be given to specifying the right to freedom of expression through electronic and Internet-based modes of communication.

ACCESS TO INFORMATION: The right of access to information should be guaranteed to all people, regardless of citizenship status.

The constitution should provide the positive obligation on public bodies to proactively disclose information and recognise the principle of maximum disclosure.

The right of access to information should apply to all information held by public bodies, and also to private bodies where that information is required for the exercise or protection of any rights.

Limitations on the right of access to information must comply with Article 19 (3) of the ICCPR, and limitations must be justified on the basis of “harm” and “public interest” tests.

PEACEFUL ASSEMBLY: Article 53 should protect the right to freedom of peaceful assembly, and references to “quiet” assemblies should be removed.

The right to organise and participate in peaceful assemblies should be guaranteed.

Article 53 should place a positive obligation on the state to facilitate the exercise of the right to freedom of peaceful assembly.

The right to freedom of peaceful assembly should not be restricted on the basis of citizenship status.

Restrictions on the right to freedom of peaceful assembly, including notification requirements, must comply with the three-part test under Article 22 of the ICCPR.

The right to freedom of peaceful assembly in private does not require separate protection. The right to privacy should be protected comprehensively in a separate provision.

LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS: The constitution should specify which rights cannot be qualified or limited, including the right to freedom of opinion, as protected by Article 19 (1) of the ICCPR.

The constitution should provide guidance on the limitation of rights that are not absolute, and in relation to the right to freedom of expression and information, and the right to freedom of peaceful assembly, these should comply with Article 19 (3) of the ICCPR and Article 22 respectively.

MEDIA FREEDOM: The new constitution should provide explicit protection for freedom of the media and specifically protect the following elements of media freedom:

There should be no prior censorship.

There should be no licensing or registration system for print media.

There should be no licensing of individual journalists or entry requirements for practising the profession.

The independence of all bodies with regulatory powers over the media, including governing bodies of public media, should be guaranteed.

The right of journalists to protect their confidential sources of information should be guaranteed.

Journalists should be free to associate in professional bodies of their choice.

In a nutshell (and now I go back to my own words), this is how others who have a long-standing record of contributing to the positive protection of human rights view with hope the upcoming Egyptian constitution. I join the prestigious NGO Article 19 in hoping that the 50-member committee will take these recommendations seriously.

Hedayat Abdel Nabi

Furthermore, the PEC calls for the immediate release of 24 media workers arrested and detained in Egypt:

Arrested Journalists in Egypt:
1. Altayeb Abdoulla Alfakharaney - 25.08.2013
2. Abdoullah Alshamey - Aljazeera - 14.08.2013
3. Ahmad Sobei – Aqssa TV - 04.10.2013
4. Ahmad Abou-Deraa 06.09.2013
5. Amany Kamal – Radio Misr – 03.10.2013
6. Ebrahim Al-Drawey - Palestinian Centre - 16.08.2013
7. Hassan Khodary
8. Hebah Kamal – Turkish News Agency – 18.08.2013
9. Karim Sobhy
10. Khaled Alshareef – Islam today Online - 22.08.2013
11. Mohaamd Aladely
12. Mahmoud Mohammd Abdel Nabey - Rasd News Network - 3.07.2013
13. Ebraheem Mohamman AbdoulNabey - Rasd News Network - 03.07.2013
14. Mohammad Badr - Aljazeera - 18.07.2013
15. Mohesn Radey - 06.09.2013
16. Mohmmad Rabie
17. Saif Alderawey – 15.08.2013
18. Samhey Mostafa - 25.08.2013
19. Sayed Moussa - 06.09.2013
20. Sherif Heshmat – 18.08.2013
21. Sherif Mansour – Ahrara 25 TV – 17.08.2013
22. Taher Othman - Turkish News Agency 20.08.2013
23. Usamah Shaker - Ahrara 25 TV - 17.08.2013
24. Wael Aly - Islam today - 24.08.2013

***31.10.2013. RUSSIA. International petition for the boycott of the Winter Olympic Games to free the 30 Greenpeace activists imprisoned in Russia

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) decided to sign and support the petition for the boycott of the winter Olympic Games to free the 30 Greenpeace activists imprisoned in Russia for two reasons: 1) among them are one journalist and one photographer - the PEC calls for their immediate release 2) Russia is the main support of the Assad regime in Syria which has killed, detained, tortured many journalists. Here is the link to the petition:

https://www.change.org/fr/p%C3%A9titions/boycott-des-jeux-olympiques-d-hiver-en-faveur-de-la-lib%C3%A9ration-des-30-militants-de-greenpeace-boycott-of-the-winter-olympic-games-to-free-the-30-greenpeace-activists-imprisoned-in-russia

http://terresacree.org/boycootolympicsgames.htm


***31.10.2013. SYRIA. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is relieved. Polish photographer kidnapped in Syria back home after escape - at least 11 other journalists detained or missing in Syria

Polish photojournalist Marcin Suder, who was kidnapped in Syria in July, has managed to escape his captors and is back home, Poland's foreign ministry announced on Thursday.

"Marcin Suder is already back home," Radoslaw Sikorski said on his official Twitter account.

"He was very lucky, he managed to escape," foreign ministry spokesperson Marcin Wojciechowski told AFP without elaborating.

Suder, a 34-year-old freelancer who worked for the Corbis agency and other outlets, was abducted by masked gunmen on July 24 during a raid on a media center in Saraqeb, in the northwestern province of Idlib.

No reason was given for his kidnapping and no one had publicly claimed responsibility for the abduction.

Suder's mother, Krystyna Jarosz, told radio RMF FM that he felt well, though he was thin and had some marks on his body which she did not explain. She said Suder had been held in a dark basement, initially without food.

The PEC is relieved by this good news. The NGO based in Geneva calls for the immediate release of all other journalists detained in Syria, at least 11 (see below).

***16.10.2013. SYRIA. Two more journalists missing in Syria: Abu Dhabi-based Sky News Arabia said it lost contact on Tuesday Oct 15 with reporter Ishak Moctar, a Mauritanian national, cameraman Samir Kassab, a Lebanese national, and their Syrian driver.

Sky News Arabia chief Nart Bouran said the crew was on assignment primarily to focus on the humanitarian aspects of the conflict in Aleppo. The PEC joins the channel's appeal for any information on the team's whereabouts and for help to ensure the journalists' safe return.

Since August 2012, at least 25 foreign journalists have been kidnapped or are missing in Syria (see the list below). Today, at least 12 journalists are still detained or are missing.

PEC renews ist call to all sides involved in the war in Syria to cease the targeting of journalists, to respect media freedom and to immediately release all journalists currently under detention.

Provisional list of foreign journalists held in Syria (freed and still in detention since August 2012) (by country) (Oct 16):

at least 12 still detained or disappeared: Didier François (France), Edouard Elias (France), Nicolas Hénin (France), Peter Torres (France), Armin Wertz (Germany), Basher Fahmi (Jord/Palestinian), Marcin Suder (Poland), Marc Marginedas (Spain), James Foley (USA), Austin Tice (USA), Ishak Mostar (Mauritania), Samir Kassab (Lebanon) 

13 journalists kidnapped and freed: Jonathan Alpeyrie (France), Bolint Szlanko (Hungary), Domenico Quirico (Italy), Amedeo Ricucci (Italy), Andrea Viganli (Italy), Elio Calavolpe (Italy), Susan Dabbous (Italy), Temoris Grecko (Mexico), Andoni Lubaki (Spain), Aziz Akyavas (Turkey), Ankhar Kochneva (Ukraine), Richard Engel (USA), Matthew Schrier (USA).

***07.10.2013. PAKISTAN. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) strongly condemned the killing of a Journalist in yet another act of violence against media in Pakistan and asked the authorities to thoroughly investigate the murder case and bring the culprits to justice

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has strongly condemned the killing of a Journalist with impunity in yet another act of violence against media in Pakistan and asked the authorities to thoroughly investigate the murder case and bring the culprits to justice.

Mr. Zaheerullah Mujahid 35, who was working as a reporter with a local Urdu language newspaper daily Subah, On September 29, his bullet ridden dead body was found in fields in Oghi subdivision of Mansehra of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province. No clear motive has yet been established behind this murder.

This journalists’ protection watchdog has asked the Nawaz Sharif’s government to step up efforts for reversing the terrible high environment of impunity, as the country’s track record is not good in protecting journalists from abducting, killing and harassment.

Since January 2013, a dozen of journalists (including Mujahid) have been killed in Pakistan.

Environment of impunity 

But, probably worse than these deaths, killings and murders of journalists is the much higher environment of impunity in Pakistan. Scores of journalists have been killed in Pakistan during last two decades, but the killer of no one of these journalists has been indicted, prosecuted and convicted except one and that was of Wall Street Journal’s reporter Daniel Pearl.

The PEC has waged a global campaign against impunity. It is focusing on of the very important countries, Pakistan where violence against media and environment of impunity is also much high than others. The campaign has also pinpointed the government’s unserious attitude to properly investigate the extrajudicial killings of journalists taken place with impunity over the years. Besides, journalists are intimidated, abducted and tortured in the tribal areas.

Under Taliban threat

In another case, a senior journalist Mr. Sami Paracha of daily Dawn is under Taliban threat in Kohat district of northwestern Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. He got life threatening calls from Taliban militants after he publish a report on September 7 in which he unearthed the news that the banned militant group Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) had set up ‘Shariah courts’ in Darra Adamkhel tribal region about 14 miles north of Kohat to dispense “speedy justice” to the people of the area. This region was stronghold of the TTP-linked militants until 2009 before the military moved to take back the area establishing the writ of the federal government.

Paracha has been asked by the TTP to be ready for dire consequences or disclose the source of the news item to it, while the reporter is not ready to do so. The PEC asked the authorities to protect the reporter against any harm from the TTP.

Pakistan’s already tattered reputation for journalists’ safety has been further damaged after journalists were abducted and beaten and their cases have not so far been thoroughly investigated.

Ali Chishti who works for The Friday Times and writes on national security and counter terrorism was abducted in port city of Karachi by armed men in police uniform on August 30. He was tortured and beaten by the captors and was then released the next day, but the authorities did not investigate it to identify the abductors and their motive behind this act of violence.

Another tribal journalist Mr. Lal Wazir who works for a local newspaper in the South Waziristan town of Azam Warsak, bordering Afghanistan was taken from a shop by six masked gunmen on September 4. The next day, Wazir was released by dropping him near Azam Warsak bazaar.

Though nobody claimed the responsibility, yet the family sources of the Wazir said that he has just returned from Islamabad, as he also works for an Islamabad-based think tank specializing in tribal affairs, the FATA Research Center. Though, he was not harmed, yet these kind of incidents signals towards insecurity of journalists in the country, especially in tribal areas.

Israr Khan, PEC Rep in Islamabad

***05.10.2013. EGYPT. PEC condemns the attack on Egyptian journalist Khaled Daoud

Geneva, October 5 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns the heinous attack that took place Friday against Egyptian journalist Khaled Daoud (photo), a member of the Dostour party (Constitution) and a loyal defender of former Egyptian Vice-President Dr. Mohammed El Baradei.

Khaled Daoud said Saturday that he was passing with his car amidst a pro-Muslim Brotherhood demonstration Friday when he was attacked, that he was on his way to visit his uncle in the district of Maadi and that he was not on assignment.

He suffered several stabs on his left arm and left side, his face suffers bruises everywhere.
So far the perpetrators of this heinous crime have not been yet identified.
Daoud escaped death as the stabs missed essential organs of his body.
The well-known Egyptian journalist was vocal in his statements against the Muslim brotherhood during their one-year rule and following their demise. Khaled was also against the Coup in Egypt after the massacres of Radia and Nahda on 14th and 15th of August
Furthermore there are in Egypt about 13 journalists arrested - all of them are extrajudicial arrests.

حملة الشارة تدين الاعتداء الغادر على خالد داود
 
جنيف-القاهرة (5 أكتوبر) حملة الشارة – دانت حملة الشارة الدولية و مقرها جنيف الاعتداء الغادر على الصحفي المصري خالد داود عضو حزب الدستور و من أقوى المدافعين عن نائب رئيس الجمهورية السابق الدكتور محمد البرادعي.
 
و لم تحدد التحقيقات بعد مرتكبي هذه الجريمة التي كادت أن تودي بحياته لولا أن الطعنات لم تصب الأجهزة الأساسية في جسده.
 
يذكر أن الصحفي المصري المعروف كان من أشد المعارضين لحكم الاخوان المسلمين و ما زال.

و قد صرح خالد داود السبت بانه لم يكن يقوم بتغطية مظاهرة الإخوان المسلمين و كان في سيارته و في طريقه لزيارة خاله بضاحية المعادي عندما تم الاعتداء عليه من قبل أشخاص في مظاهرة مؤيدة للإخوان المسلمين.

لمزيد من المعلومات
 

***03.10.2013. PEC report. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns kidnapping of journalists by armed groups in Syria - 90 journalists killed in 26 countries in 9 months (scroll down for French, Spanish and Arabic) (updated list of casualties on Ticking clock) (special report on Central America below)

The PEC condemns kidnapping of journalists by armed groups in Syria

Geneva, October 2 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is extremely concerned by the growing number of journalists kidnapped in the ongoing Syrian conflict the majority of which by armed groups. 

The PEC condemns in the strongest possible manner the unacceptable practice of hostage taking of journalists and demands the immediate release without conditions of people arbitrarily detained. 
 
The list of foreign journalists kidnapped in Syria has increased during the past year to reach a total of 22 media workers of some eleven nationalities: France 3, Germany 2, Hungary 1, Italy 5, Mexico 1, Palestine 1, Poland 1, Spain 2, Turkey 1, Ukraine 1, the United States 4. 
 
Some have been liberated: Italian journalist Domenico Quirico was liberated on 8 September after spending 5 months in captivity, Ukranian journalist Ankhar Kochneva on 12 March after spending 150 days in captivity, Italian journalist Amedeo Ricucci and his three colleagues, French-American Jonathan Alpeyrie, American Matthew Schreier.

However, the PEC is extremely worried at the fate of American journalist Austin Tice, Jordanian-Palestinian journalist Bashar Fahmi, kidnapped since a year ago, American journalist James Foley, who disappeared since 22 November, German journalist Armin Wertz kidnapped on 13 May, French journalists Francois Didier Francois and Edward Elias kidnapped on 7 June, Polish journalist Marcin Suder, kidnapped on the 24 of July and Spanish journalist Marc Marginedas kidnapped on 4 September 2013.*
 
PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen stressed that the majority of kidnappings of journalists is done by armed rebels in exchange for a ransom.

Lempen noted that those practices cannot be tolerated, calling upon the Syrian opposition as well as commanders on the ground to take action against the perpetrators of such crimes, which tarnish in a dramatic way the image of the Syrian opposition.
 
Up to date 90 journalists killed in 9 months 
 
According to the PEC, in 9 months from January to September 2013, the number of journalists killed reached a figure of 90 in 26 countries across the globe. During the third quarter of 2013 the situation has particularly deteriorated in Egypt, the Philippines and Guatemala. 

Syria remains the most dangerous countries for media work in 2013 with 13 journalists killed, before Pakistan (11 killed). India and the Philippines follow with 8 journalists killed in each country. Egypt and Somalia rank consecutively 5th in line with 7 journalists killed in each country. 
 
In Brazil 5 journalists were killed in the reporting period, followed by Guatemala and Mexico with 4 journalists killed in each. Two journalists were killed in the following countries: Colombia, Haiti, Iraq, Kenya, Paraguay and Russia. One journalist was killed in Afghanistan, Central African Republic, Ecuador, Honduras, Libya, Nigeria, Uganda, Peru, Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Tanzania and Yemen. 
 
Good news 
 
Lempen welcomed the growing support from the international community to the global issue of the protection of journalists. The good news is that the global community is more aware of the problem of the security of journalists in dangerous situations, he said. 
 
"The PEC applauds the strong support rendered to the Austrian initiative expressed in the Human Rights Council when more then 100 nations endorsed on 26 September a decision to convene a special event in June next year on the issue", said Lempen. 

Lempen added that this effort is a welcomed follow-up to the adoption by consensus of a resolution last year on the safety of journalists. "This mobilization and this growing awareness is a success. This consensus must be translated into better conditions for journalists in the field," added Lempen. 
 
PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi hailed the movement by UN Member States which shows without doubt that the killing of one journalist is no longer an issue of a body count, it is an issue of the respect of everybody's basic rights. 
 
Abdel Nabi noted with a lot of hope that the international community is coming closer towards achieving the PEC initiative to reach new legal binding international laws that would add further protection to the journalists facing the most difficult circumstances in conflict situations and civil unrest. 

*Provisional list of foreign journalists held in Syria (freed and still in detention since August 2012) (by country): still detained or disappeared: Didier François (France), Edouard Elias (France), Armin Wertz (Germany), Basher Fahmi (Jord/Palestinian), Marcin Suder (Poland), Marc Marginedas (Spain), James Foley (USA), Austin Tice (USA)  - journalists kidnapped and freed: Jonathan Alpeyrie (France), Bolint Szlanko (Hungary), Domenico Quirico (Italy), Amedeo Ricucci (Italy), Andrea Viganli (Italy), Elio Calavolpe (Italy), Susan Dabbous (Italy), Temoris Grecko (Mexico), Andoni Lubaki (Spain), Aziz Akyavas (Turkey), Ankhar Kochneva (Ukraine), Richard Engel (USA), Matthew Schrier (USA). More are unidentified (at least 1)

La PEC condamne la pratique du kidnapping de journalistes par des groupes armés en Syrie
 
Genève (PEC, 2 octobre 2013) La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) est consternée par le grand nombre de journalistes kidnappés en Syrie, la plupart par des groupes armés rebelles. Elle condamne des prises d'otages inacceptables et demande la libération sans conditions des personnes arbitrairement détenues.
 
La liste des journalistes étrangers enlevés en Syrie ne fait que s'allonger. Depuis un an, la PEC a relevé au total 22 travailleurs des médias enlevés appartenant à 11 nationalités différentes: Allemagne (2), Etats-Unis (4), Espagne (2), France (3), Hongrie (1), Italie (5), Mexique (1), Palestine (1), Pologne (1), Turquie (1), Ukraine (1). 
 
Des libérations ont eu lieu: l'Italien Domenico Quirico a retrouvé la liberté le 8 septembre après 5 mois de captivité éprouvante, l'Ukrainienne Ankhar Kochneva le 12 mars après 150 jours de détention, l'Italien Amedeo Ricucci et ses trois collègues, le Franco-américain Jonathan Alpeyrie, l'Américain Matthew Schreier ont également été libérés. 
 
Mais la PEC est très inquiète du sort de l'Américain Austin Tice, du Jordano-palestinien Bashar Fahmi, enlevés depuis plus d'un an, de l'Américain James Foley, disparu le 22 novembre, de l'Allemand Armin Wertz enlevé le 13 mai, des Français Didier François et Edouard Elias, enlevés le 7 juin, du Polonais Marcin Suder, enlevé le 24 juillet, de
l'Espagnol Marc Marginedas, disparu le 4 septembre.

"La grande majorité de ces enlèvements sont le fait de groupes armés rebelles qui utilisent leurs otages comme monnaie d'échange", a affirmé le secrétaire général de la PEC. "Cette pratique est intolérable et les responsables de l'opposition syrienne ainsi que les commandants sur le terrain doivent sévir contre les auteurs de ces enlèvements qui nuisent considérablement à l'image de l'opposition", a-t-il ajouté.
 
90 journalistes tués dans 26 pays en 9 mois

Après neuf mois, de janvier à fin septembre, 90 journalistes ont été tués dans 26 pays dans le monde, selon le décompte de la PEC. Au cours des trois derniers mois, la situation s'est en particulier aggravée en Egypte, aux Philippines et au Guatemala.
 
La Syrie est le pays le plus dangereux cette année, avec 13 tués depuis janvier, devant le Pakistan (11 tués). Suivent l'Inde et les Philippines, avec huit tués dans chaque pays. Au 5e rang viennent l'Egypte et la Somalie avec 7 tués. 

Au Brésil, la PEC a recensé cinq tués, au Guatemala et au Mexique 4 tués dans chacun de ces pays. Deux journalistes ont en outre été tués dans les pays suivants: Colombie, Haïti, Irak, Kenya, Paraguay et Russie. Un journaliste a été tué enfin en Afghanistan, Centrafrique, Equateur, Honduras,  Libye, Nigéria, Ouganda, Pérou, République démocratique du Congo, Tanzanie et Yémen. 
 
Bonne nouvelle
 
"La bonne nouvelle", a affirmé Blaise Lempen, "est que la communauté internationale est de plus consciente du problème posé par la sécurité des journalistes dans les zones dangereuses". La PEC salue le fort soutien à l'initiative autrichienne manifesté par plus de 100 pays le 26 septembre au Conseil des droits de l'homme, pour convoquer une réunion spéciale à la session de juin 2014, un soutien qui avait déjà permis il y a un an l'adoption par consensus d'une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes. 
 
"Cette mobilisation et cette sensibilisation nouvelles sont un succès. Ce large consensus doit se traduire par des améliorations sur le terrain", a conclu le secrétaire général de la PEC.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi s'est félicitée de l'attitude des Etats membres de l'ONU qui démontre que l'assassinat d'un journaliste n'est pas une question de la mort d'un individu, mais bien une question du respect des droits fondamentaux de tous.
 
Abdel Nabi a relevé avec espoir que la communauté internationale se rapproche du but de la PEC qui est de renforcer la protection des journalistes dans les circonstances les plus dangereuses dans les zones de conflit et de troubles internes par l'adoption d'un instrument légalement contraignant. 

La PEC condena la practica de los secuestros de periodistas por grupos armados en Siria

Ginebra (PEC, 2 de octubre de 2013). La Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC) está horrorizada por el numero de periodistas secuestrados en Siria, en su mayoría por grupos armados rebeldes. Para la PEC el secuestro de rehenes es inaceptable. La ONG con sede en Ginebra pide la liberación sin condición de las personas arbitrariamente detenidas.
 
La lista de periodistas extranjeros secuestrados en Siria es cada vez más larga. Desde hace un año, la PEC reseña un total de 22 trabajadores de medios de comunicación secuestrados, de once nacionalidades: Alemania (2), Estados Unidos (4), España (2), Francia (3), Hungría (1), Italia (5), México (1), Palestina (1), Polonia (1), Turquia (1) y Ucrania (1).
 
Algunos secuestrados han sido liberados: el italiano Domenico Quirico recobró la libertad el 8 de septiembre después de cinco meses de duro cautivo, la ucraniana Ankhsar Kochneva el 12 de marzo después de 150 días de haber sido detenida, el italiano Amedeo Ricucci y sus tres colegas, el franco-estadounidense Jonathan Alpeyrie y el estadounidense Matthew Schreier también fueron liberados.
 
Sin embargo, la PEC está muy preocupada por la situación del  estadounidense Austin Tice, del jordano-palestino Bashar Fahmi, secuestrados desde hace más de un año; por la suerte  del estadounidense James Foley, desaparecido el 22 de noviembre, del alemán Armin Wertz secuestrado el 13 de mayo, por la situación de los franceses Didier François  y Edouard Elias, secuestrados el 7 de junio, del polaco Marcin Suder, secuestrado el 24 de Julio y del español Marc Marginedas, desaparecido el 4 de Septiembre.
 
“La gran mayoría de esos secuestros se debe a grupos armados rebeldes que utilizan los rehenes como moneda de cambio”, dijo el Secretario General de la PEC, Blaise Lempen. “Esa practica es intolerable y los responsables de la oposición siria así como los comandantes en el terreno deben castigar a los autores de esos secuestros que perjudican considerablemente la imagen de la oposición”, agregó Lempen. 
 
90 periodistas asesinados en 26 países en 9 meses
 
De enero a septiembre de este año, 90 periodistas han sido asesinados en 26 países, según las cifras de la PEC. En el transcurso de los tres últimos meses, la situación se ha deteriorado particularmente en Egipto, en Filipinas y en Guatemala.
 
Siria es el país el más peligroso este año, con 13 periodistas asesinados, seguido por Pakistán (11 muertos). Siguen la India y las Filipinas (8). En el quinto rango se encuentran Egipto y Somalia (7). 
 
En Brasil, según la PEC, han habido cinco muertos y en Guatemala y México cuatro. Dos periodistas han sido asesinados en los siguientes países: Colombia, Haití, Irak, Kenia, Paraguay y Rusia.  
 
Un periodista ha perdido la vida en Afganistán, República Centroafricana, Ecuador, Honduras, Libia, Nigeria, Uganda, Perú, República democrática del Congo, Tanzania y Yemen.
 
Buenas noticias
 
“La buena noticia – declaró Blaise Lempen - es que la comunidad internacional esta cada vez más consciente del problema de la seguridad de los periodistas en  zonas peligrosas”. 
 
La PEC saluda el fuerte apoyo a la iniciativa austriaca sostenida por más de cien países el 26 de septiembre en el Consejo de los Derechos Humanos de la ONU, para convocar una reunión especial en la sesión de junio de 2014. Apoyo que permitió hace un año adoptar por consenso una resolución sobre la seguridad de los periodistas. “Estas nuevas movilización y sensibilización constituyen un éxito. Ahora ese largo consenso debe traducirse en mejoras en el terreno”, concluyo el Secretario General de la PEC.
 
Por su parte, la Presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdel Nabi, se alegró por la actitud de los Estados Miembros de la ONU que demuestra que el asesinato de un periodista no solo significa la muerte de un individuo sino también es una cuestión de respeto de los derechos fundamentales de todos.
   
Abdel Nabi tomó nota con la esperanza que la comunidad internacional se acerque al objetivo de la PEC que significa reforzar la protección de los periodistas en las circunstancias más peligrosas tanto en las zonas de conflictos como de violencias internas, adoptando un instrumento legalmente apremiante.  

حملة الشارة تدين اختطاف الصحفيين في سوريا من قبل جماعات مسلحة 

جنيف – 2 أكتوبر (حملة الشارة) – اعربت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي من جنيف عن بالغ قلقها من زيادة عدد المختطفين من الصحفيين في النزاع الحالي في سوريا من قبل في غالبية الحالات جماعات مسلحة.

و تدين حملة الشارة الدولية بأقصى عزمها هذا الاجراء غير المقبول و هو اختطاف الصحفيين و تطالب بإطلاق سراحهم فوراً دون قيد أو شرط لمن تم اعتقالهم و اختطافهم بشكل عشوائي.

لقد ارتفع عدد الصحفيين الأجانب الذين تم اختطافهم في سوريا خلال السنة الماضية حيث بلغ عددهم 22 من العاملين في الصحافة و الاعلام من عشرة جنسيات. (راجع قائمة الأسماء في النص الإنجليزي).

أكد سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان أن معظم حالات اختطاف الصحفيين وقعت من قبل جماعات مسلحة من أجل الحصول على فدية موضحاً بانه لا يمككن قبول هذه العمليات صد الصحفيين و مطالبا المعارضة السورية هي و الجيش السوري باتحاد الاجراءات المناسبة ضد مرتكبي هذه الجرائم و هي جرائم تلقي طلالا سلبية على المعارضة السورية.

يذكر أنه طبقا لرصد الحملة فإن 90 من العاملين في الصحافة و الاعلام قد قتلوا في 9 أشهر من يناير إلى سبتمبر 2013 في 26 دولة. و تدهورت الأوضاع في الجزء الثالث من السنة في كل من مصر و الفلبين و جواتيمالا. 

و تأتي سوريا في مقدمة الدول الأكثر خطرا للعمل الصحفي بمقتل 13 صحفيا تليها باكستان 11، و الهند و الفلبين 8 صحفيين في كل منهم. فقدت مصر و الصومال 7 صحفيين في كل دولة على حدى. و قتل 5 صحفيين في البرازيل و 4 في جواتيمالا و المكسيك في كل دولة منهما، و قتل صحفيا في الدول التالية: كولومبيا، هايتي، العراق، باراجواي و روسيا و كينيا. و قتل صحفي واحد في كل من أفغانستان و جمهورية إفريقيا الوسطى، و اكوادور و هندوراس و ليبيا و نيجيريا و أوغندا و جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية و تنزانيا و اليمن.  

  لكن ليمبان أشار إلى أخبار جديدة جيدة من قبل المجتمع الدولي ازاء قضية الصحفيين العالمية و هي أن المجتمع الدولي قد أصبح أكثر ادراكا لهذه القضية التي تتعلق بأمن و حماية الصحفيين في مناطق الخطرة و  النزاع المسلح و الظروف الخطرة مشيرا بأعجاب إلى موقف النمسا  و مبادرته التي أيدتها مائة دولة في مجلس حقوق الأنسان بجنيف في 26 سبتمبر الماضي لعقد جلسة خاصة في يونيو القادم حول هذه القضية، و مضيفا إلى أن المبادرة النمساوية هي استكمال لتبيني قرار في العام الماضي حول أمن الصحفيين، و مؤكدا أن هذه التعبئة و الادراك المتزايد من المجتمع الدولي يمثل نجاحا مؤكداً.

إلا أنه أضاف أن هذه الخطوات يجب أن تترجم إلى تحركات ملموسة في الميدان. 

و رحبت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي و بقوة تحرك أعضاء  الدول أعضاء الأمم المتحدة في هذا الاتجاه و هو ما يؤكد و لا يدع مجالا للشك أن قتل صحفي واحد بمثابة قتل لقتل الصحفيين و لم يعد قضية رصد أعداد الجثامين، أنها بالتأكيد قضية احترام لحقوق الإنسان الرئيسية و أهمها الحق في الحياة.

و أعربت في نفس الوقت عن أن أملها في أن يقترب هذا التحرك الدولي من بمادرات حملة الشارة بوضع بنود قانونية لحماية أمن و سلامة الصحفيين في مناطق النزاع المسلح و في الظروف الخطرة.

لمزيد من المعلومات 
 

Monthly report on Central America and Mexico (Cerigua)

Violaciones a la libertad de expresión en México y Centroamérica durante el mes de Septiembre.

Guatemala

En Guatemala se registraron tres agresiones contra la prensa, una restricción a la fuente, la retención de cuatro reporteros y la compra masiva de un diario de circulación nacional con la supuesta intención de restringir el acceso a información.

El 12 de septiembre en Asunción Mita, Jutiapa, varias personas impidieron a reporteros documentar la captura de varios sindicados de pertenecer al narcotráfico.

La madrugada del sábado 21 de septiembre, desconocidos compraron la mayoría de ejemplares de Prensa Libre en la ciudad de Quetzaltenango, al occidente del país,  aparentemente para bloquear la noticia sobre una denuncia por supuesta estafa.
 
El 30 de septiembre pobladores retuvieron a Hugo Alvarado y Érick Ávila, de Prensa Libre, así como Keneth Monzón y René Ruano, de Nuestro Diario, cuando se dirigían a Santa Cruz Barrillas a dar cobertura a los incidentes en el área.
 
México
 
Durante las manifestaciones que han protagonizado maestro en este país han resultado por lo menos cinco periodistas detenidos y alrededor de cuatro agredidos.
 
El 1 de septiembre en Ciudad de México, agentes de policía detuvieron a Gustavo Ruíz Lizárraga, Pável Alejandro Primo Noriega, Estela Morales y Alejandro Amado Fraustro, en tanto a Daniel Cruz lo agredieron físicamente.
 
El martes 3 de septiembre maestros en Veracruz agredieron a los periodistas Edgar Pucheta y Viridiana Reyes, debido a que el vehículo donde éstos se movilizaban, para dar cobertura a la visita de un ex funcionario, sufrió desperfectos mecánicos cerca de la movilización de los catedráticos.
 
El 14 de septiembre en Veracruz, oficiales detuvieron al fotógrafo Juan Alberto Orellana y agredieron a los reporteros Melina Zurita, Roger Martínez, Óscar Martínez y Rubén Espinoza.

Honduras
 
El martes 17 de septiembre soldados de Honduras retuvieron a cinco reporteros de El Salvador identificados como Roxana Ruiz y Mario Gil, de Canal 21; Luis Samayoa, de Canal 19; Inés Cetino y Mauricio Barrientos, de Canal 9 La Unión.

Los comunicadores se encontraban realizando un reportaje en la Isla Conejo, en el Golfo de Fonseca, en la Unión, sobre la disputa entre El Salvador y Honduras por este espacio.

Ileana Alamilla
Cerigua
 
Guatemala, 3 de octubre 2013
 

***01.10.2013. SYRIE. Entretien exclusif pour la PEC de l'otage italien libéré Domenico Quirico: "Il faut être sur le terrain pour raconter ce qui se passe"

Libéré le 8 septembre après cinq mois de captivité en Syrie, le journaliste italien de 62 ans Domenico Quirico, envoyé spécial de "La Stampa", témoigne de son enlèvement par un groupe de djihadistes (photo: les combattants de Jabhat al-Nosra JAN). Malgré les risques, il affirme:  "La seule manière de faire mon métier est d’être sur le terrain et de raconter ce que je vois. Si je ne peux pas aller sur le terrain et faire cela, je peux changer de métier !"


« Il faut être sur le terrain pour raconter ce qui se passe en Syrie ! »

Domenico Quirico, l’envoyé spécial du quotidien italien La Stampa, a été détenu pendant cinq mois en Syrie dans des conditions très dures. Dans un entretien téléphonique réalisé pour la PEC par Luisa Ballin, il analyse les difficultés rencontrées par les journalistes en Syrie, pays où il souhaite retourner malgré le calvaire qu’il a vécu. 

L. B. -Vous avez été retenu pendant cinq mois en Syrie. Quelles étaient les revendications de vos ravisseurs et qui étaient-ils?

D.Q. - C’étaient des bandits qui avaient choisi de s’habiller comme des révolutionnaires djihadistes pour faire leur business. En réalité, ils n’étaient ni djihadistes ni révolutionnaires. Ils voulaient de l’argent.

Q. La question du paiement d’une rançon pour faire libérer des otages est toujours un tabou. En savez-vous quelque chose pour ce qui est de votre cas ?

- Il y a une enquête judiciaire en Italie sur cette affaire et je suis lié au secret de l’enquête. Je ne peux donc rien vous dire à ce propos. Je pense que l’avidité est derrière ce qui m’est arrivé et vous pouvez comprendre ce que cela veut dire.

"Pas des djihadistes, mais des bandits"

Q. Vous nous avez confié qu’aller en Syrie en ce moment est presque un suicide. Pouvez-vous en dire plus ?

- Oui, parce que personne n’est ce qu’il dit être. Il y a des mouvements djihadistes qui ne sont pas des djihadistes mais des bandits. Certains mouvements se disent proches de l’Armée syrienne libre alors qu’en réalité ce sont de petits seigneurs de la guerre qui contrôlent une partie du territoire syrien pour faire leurs affaires et qui rançonnent tous les jours la population. Ils font du racket sur les marchandises qui viennent du Liban et de la Turquie. Personne, pas même le régime syrien, ne peut garantir aujourd’hui que l’on peut aller en Syrie sans avoir de problèmes, qui vont de l’enlèvement à la mort sous un bombardement.
 
Q. Malgré ce qui vous est arrivé et le manque total de sécurité, vous voulez retourner en Syrie, pays où vous vous êtes rendu à cinq reprises. Pourquoi ce choix?

- Parce que la Syrie est un problème crucial pour le monde. En ce moment, elle est la question la plus importante pour la géopolitique internationale. Si la Syrie devient un califat islamiste au cœur du Moyen-Orient, les problèmes pour l’Occident, et pas seulement pour l’Occident d’ailleurs, peuvent être terribles. En outre, c’est, je crois, le lieu dans le monde où la souffrance humaine, celle des femmes, des enfants, des personnes âgées et des gens qui n’ont pas d’arme dans les mains, est la plus atroce : 100'000 morts est un chiffre terrible ! Il faut être sur le terrain pour raconter ce qui se passe et ne pas oublier la Syrie ! Car je constate que dans les médias internationaux il y a une tendance à oublier la Syrie ou à écrire sur la Syrie depuis l’extérieur, ce qui n’est pas honnête.

"Avoir des contacts fiables"
 
Q. Les journalistes ne peuvent pratiquement plus travailler en Syrie, comment tenter de les protéger? 

- Pour aller en Syrie, il faut avoir des contacts fiables. Et encore…J’avais des contacts fiables, avec le résultat que vous connaissez…

Il faut avoir beaucoup de courage et ne pas renoncer à décrire ce qui se passe en Syrie. Mais depuis la Syrie et non pas depuis l’extérieur. Il est primordial d’être sur place et non pas utiliser ce que disent les réfugiés ou ceux qui fuient la Syrie, parce que l’on n’est jamais sûrs que tout ce que l’on vous raconte soit la vérité.

Les ONG peuvent aider à contacter des fixeurs fiables. Il est conseillé de ne pas engager des fixeurs ou des interprètes au dernier moment, parce que par les temps qui courent, beaucoup de personnes ne sont pas fiables. 
 
Q. Est-il encore possible d’aller en Syrie ?

- Il est possible d’aller à Alep, car l’Armée syrienne libre est encore l’Armée syrienne libre et elle contrôle le territoire libéré. Dans les autres parties du pays, notamment à la frontière avec l’Irak et près de la frontière libanaise, où j’ai été enlevé, il est impossible d’y aller car personne n’est fiable. 

Q. S’agissant des ONG à l’extérieur de la Syrie, comme la PEC, comment peuvent-elles agir pour soutenir le travail des reporters qui vont sur place?

- C’est une question difficile. Elles peuvent donner l’adresse de fixeurs fiables aux journalistes désireux de se rendre en Syrie. C’est une manière d’aider la presse internationale à faire son travail. 
 
Q. Et pour ce qui est des gouvernements ?

- Il vaut mieux que les gouvernements ne fassent rien et que les journalistes n’aient pas de contact avec les gouvernements s'ils veulent aller en Syrie, afin d’être complètement libres. Parce que les gouvernements ont des politiques liées à la situation en Syrie et se mêler à cela est très dangereux.
 
Q. Pourtant, lorsque vous avez été libéré, vous étiez en compagnie de la ministre des Affaires étrangères italienne Emma Bonino ?

- Oui. Le gouvernement italien a très bien opéré et je le remercie car si je suis ici maintenant à parler avec vous c’est grâce à son intervention. Mais pour organiser un voyage en Syrie, il faut être libre. D’ailleurs, aucun gouvernement occidental ne vous donne aujourd’hui le feu vert pour aller en Syrie. Les journalistes doivent être d’autant plus attentifs. Je dois dire que certains gouvernements n’ont pas fait pour leurs citoyens ce que le gouvernement italien a fait pour moi. Dans de nombreux cas, si vous êtes enlevé, vous restez là-bas. Je pense au gouvernement des Etats-Unis, au gouvernement anglais ou même au gouvernement de la Belgique.

"Gesticulations médiatiques"

Q. Que vous inspire la réunion qui a eu lieu à Genève entre John Kerry et Serguei Lavrov, en présence de l'envoyé spécial du Secrétaire général des Nations Unies Lakhdar Brahimi ?

- Je suis très prudent à ce propos. Je crois qu’il s’agit de gesticulations médiatiques. Les Etats-Unis avaient un problème, après avoir dit qu’ils voulaient bombarder l’armée du régime syrien. Ils ont ensuite compris que c’était fou. Ils ne savaient pas quoi faire. La Russie a donné aux Etats-Unis un rôle pour sortir de cette situation. Je ne suis pas optimiste. Le problème syrien est compliqué, parce que il y a des acteurs que ni la Russie ni les Etats-Unis, ni l’Iran ne contrôlent. Ce sont des djihadistes qui ont des projets politiques sur lesquels ces gouvernements n’ont aucune chance de faire pression ou de les faire changer d’avis.
 
Q. Les djihadistes sont-ils le vrai problème en Syrie aujourd’hui?

- Oui, le problème est le projet politique du djihadisme international, car les djihadistes veulent créer un califat en Syrie pour perturber et faire exploser tout le Moyen-Orient.
 
Q. Qui est derrière ces djihadistes ?

- Pour l’argent il y a l’Arabie saoudite. Je ne sais pas si les Saoudiens ont des projets politiques plus grands. Le Qatar s’est un peu défilé après ce qui s’est passé. Les pays qui sont derrière les révolutions dans les pays qui ont connu le « printemps arabe » sont très présents en Syrie en ce moment.

"De nouveaux conflits et de nouveaux acteurs" 

Q. La PEC organisera une table-ronde à Genève sur la protection des journalistes, dans le cadre de son 10e anniversaire. Vous êtes d’ores et déjà invité à débattre avec d'autres confrères. Quel est le thème clé à aborder?

- Il faut se pencher sur la manière de comprendre et de couvrir les nouveaux conflits par rapport aux guerres d’avant. J’ai connu des guerres révolutionnaires, des guerres civiles et des confrontations idéologiques. A l’époque, on pouvait avoir des contacts et des échanges avec les révolutionnaires parce que leur milieu était le même. En ce temps-là, on pouvait aussi parler avec les marxistes ou les maoïstes qui étaient derrière les guerres civiles ou les guerres révolutionnaires. Aujourd’hui, tout a changé, les nouveaux acteurs sont des fanatiques religieux ou des bandits et il n’y a aucune manière de communiquer avec les fanatiques et les bandits. Les journalistes sont complètement seuls, sans aucune protection. C’est le vrai danger.

Q. Les chefs religieux peuvent-ils aider au dialogue en faisant des appels à la paix ?

- La prière et les appels à la paix sont toujours bienvenus, mais cela ne va pas changer la situation sur le terrain. Un exemple ? Vous pouvez aller en Syrie avec un katiba de Jabat al-Nusra, l’équivalent d’al-Qaida en Syrie, vous pourrez croiser des Syriens et des personnes modérées, dialoguer avec eux, comme je l’ai fait. Vous pouvez même suivre le combat d’un katiba de djihadistes, avec lequel il n’y aura aucun problème. Mais vous pouvez aussi rencontrer un katiba de Tchétchènes, de Tatars de l’Asie centrale ou de Libyens, plus fanatiques et vous risquez d’être enlevés ou tués. C’est très difficile de savoir ce qui se passe avec ces gens.

"La Russie a la clé"

Q. Que pensez-vous du président syrien Bachar al-Assad et quelle est aujourd’hui sa marge de manœuvre ?

- Le président Bachar al-Assad est le premier responsable de ce qui se passe en Syrie aujourd’hui, parce qu’il avait fait croire qu’il voulait libéraliser son régime après un demi siècle de répression et de gestion mafieuse, mais c’était du cinéma. Les élections étaient une  farce et après cela la révolution est venue. La marge de manœuvre de Bachar al-Assad est la Russie qui détient les clés de ce que peut faire ou ne pas faire le régime syrien. Si la Russie continue à aider le régime, Barchar al-Assad restera. En revanche, si la Russie décidait de changer de politique…Mais je ne crois pas que cela soit possible pour la Russie de changer de politique, parce que la Syrie est le dernier morceau de sa politique mondiale et de sa présence en Méditerranée. La Russie ne peut donc pas reculer. Si la Russie ne change pas de position, Bachar al-Assad a des chances de rester au pouvoir encore longtemps.

Q. Pensez-vous que le moment soit propice pour une nouvelle conférence sur la Syrie, afin de mettre tout le monde autour d’une table de négociation ? L’amorce de dialogue entre l’Iran et les Etats-Unis peut-elle aider dans ce contexte ?

- Ce n’est pas l’Iran qui a les clés de ce qui se passe en Syrie, c’est la Russie. Certes, il y a eu un appel téléphonique (entre le nouveau président iranien Hassan Rohani et le président des Etats-Unis Barak Obama, ndlr), mais ce n’est pas beaucoup. Un appel téléphonique n’est pas un changement de politique, c’est juste un appel téléphonique…

Q. Mais il est important et symbolique…

- Il est symbolique, mais après les symboles il faut des actes politiques. Et pour l’instant je ne vois rien venir.   

Q. Après ce que vous avez vécu en Syrie, quels sont vos projets ?

- Mon projet est d’aller en Afghanistan parce je ne suis jamais allé dans ce pays qui a une histoire à la fois terrible et très intéressante. Je voudrais écrire des reportages sur l’Afghanistan et j’espère y aller dans les prochains mois.

Q. Ne craignez-vous pas le contrecoup de ce qui vous est arrivé ? 

- La seule manière de faire mon métier est d’être sur le terrain et de raconter ce que je vois. Si je ne peux pas aller sur le terrain et faire cela, je peux changer de métier !

Entretien réalisé pour la PEC par Luisa Ballin
 

***24.09.2013. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) expresses its deepest appreciation for the initiatives taken in the last two years by the Austrian Government - statement delivered by Gianfranco Fattorini - read below the decision of the HRC on the safety of journalists, adopted by consensus with the support of more than 100 countries

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
24th session

Item 8 -     Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action

General debate

Mr. President,

In celebrating the twentieth anniversary of the adoption of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action[1], the Press Emblem Campaign expresses its deepest appreciation for the initiatives taken in the last two years by the Austrian Government in order to fulfil the commitment to guarantee freedom and protection for the media.

It is worthy to remember that, in the last 20 years, more than a thousand journalists have been killed around the world. The great majority of them in the context of war, civil unrest, war against organized crime, war against terrorism or land disputes; in less than 5% of the cases those responsible have been brought to justice and convicted.

The PEC extends its appreciation to the members of the “core group” that support Austrian efforts and invites them to do everything possible to guarantee freedom and protection for the media in their own country. The PEC expresses its concern about the penal and administrative measures taken against journalists and media outlet criticizing the King of Morocco policy in general or, in particular, in relation to the Western Sahara issue. The PEC expresses its concern about the increasing number of journalists arrested in the last weeks in Tunisia and calls on the Government to listen sympathetically the legitimate claims of the media workers, expressed through a general strike last week, for freedom of expression.

Journalists and media workers are too often targeted by the security forces when accomplishing their duty in reporting peaceful assembly and public manifestation. The PEC is particularly concerned about the dozens of journalists jailed in Turkey for many months and those who were sacked or forced to resign since last summer manifestations and calls on the Turkish government, member of the core group of resolution A/HRC/RES/21/16 on «The rights to freedom of peaceful assembly» to respect freedom of assembly and freedom of expression.

The PEC calls equally, on the Israeli authorities and those of the State of Palestine, to guarantee the freedom of movement and of expression to local and international journalists and media workers covering the longest conflict in the world.

The PEC is looking forward to actively participate at the Panel that will take place in The Council next June, hoping that it will be an important step forward for the realization of the pledge made in 1993 regarding the media, as well as for the fight against the impunity linked to the killings of journalists.

I thank you for your attention.

23rd September 2013
[1] A/CONF.157/23

DECISION A/HRC/24/L.13
Submitted by Austria, Brazil, Morocco, Tunisia, Switzerland - adopted by consensus with the support of more than 100 countries on September 26th, 2013

Human Rights Council
Twenty-fourth session

Agenda item 3

Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil,
political, economic, social and cultural rights,
including the right to development


                         Australia*, Austria, Belgium*, Benin, Botswana, Brazil, Bulgaria*, Chile, Colombia*, Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia*, Cyprus*, Czech Republic, Denmark*, Djibouti*, Egypt*, Equatorial Guinea*, Estonia, Finland*, France*, Georgia*, Germany, Greece*, Guatemala, Honduras*, Hungary*, Iceland*, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Jordan* Kazakhstan, Latvia*, Libya, Liechtenstein*, Lithuania*, Luxembourg*, Maldives, Malta*, Mexico*, Montenegro, Morocco*, Netherlands*, New Zealand*, Nigeria*, Norway*, Paraguay*, Peru, Poland, Portugal*, Qatar, Romania, Saudi Arabia*, Sierra Leone, Slovakia*, Slovenia*, Spain, State of Palestine*, Sweden*, Switzerland, Timor-Leste*, Tunisia*, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland*, United States of America, Uruguay*, Yemen*: decision

                   24/…  Panel discussion on the safety of journalists

The Human Rights Council,

Guided by the Charter of the United Nations, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenants on Human Rights and other relevant international human rights instruments,

Recalling Human Rights Council resolution 21/12 of 27 September 2012 on the safety of journalists,

Recalling also all relevant resolutions of the Commission on Human Rights and the Human Rights Council, in particular Council resolution 12/16 of 2 October 2009 and all other resolutions on the right to freedom of opinion and expression, Council resolution 13/24 of 26 March 2010 on the protection of journalists in situations of armed conflict, and Council resolution 20/8 of 5 July 2012, on the promotion, protection and enjoyment of human rights on the Internet,

Recalling further all relevant reports by the special procedures of the Human Rights Council with regard to the safety of journalists, in particular the reports of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression[1] and the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions,[2] presented to the Human Rights Council at its twentieth session, and the interactive dialogue thereon,

Deeply concerned at the frequent violations and abuses of the human rights of journalists, including through killing, torture, enforced disappearance, arbitrary detention, expulsion, intimidation, harassment, threats and acts of other forms of violence, as well as through measures, such as surveillance, search and seizure, when aimed at hampering the work of journalists,

Taking note with appreciation of the report of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights on the safety of journalists[3] presented to the Human Rights Council at its twenty-fourth session,

Acknowledging in particular the recommendation made in the report to continue to promote the issue of safety of journalists through the Human Rights Council and related panel discussions,

1.      Decides to convene, at its twenty-sixth session, a panel discussion on the issue of the safety of journalists, with a particular focus on discussing the findings made in the report of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights,3 identifying challenges and further developing good practices for ensuring the safety of journalist by sharing information on initiatives undertaken to protect them;

2.      Requests the Office of the High Commissioner to organize the panel discussion from within existing resources, in consultation with States, relevant United Nations bodies, funds and programmes, in particular the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, treaty bodies, special procedures and regional human rights mechanisms, as well as with civil society, non-governmental organizations and national human rights institutions, with a view to ensuring their participation in the panel discussion;

3.      Also requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare and submit a summary report on the panel discussion to the Human Rights Council at its twenty-seventh session.

                                *    Non-member State of the Human Rights Council.  
[1]   A/HRC/20/17 and Add.1–3.                    
[2]   A/HRC/20/22, Corr.1 and Add.1–4.                    
[3]   A/HRC/24/23.

***17.09.2013. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL.  EGYPT. The Press Emblem Campaign expresses its concern about the crackdown by the Egyptian authorities on media outlets and the arrest of staff members, which violate international obligations - PEC statement delivered by Gianfranco Fattorini.

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
24th session 

Item 4  -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

General debate

Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign is particularly concerned about the situation of the journalists and media workers in Egypt where 5 journalists were killed last August, while many others were attacked, beaten or detained, being targeted by pro and anti-government supporters.

During Mubarak’s presidency, the media faced substantial legal and regulatory challenges that limited their independence and ability to criticize and hold the government to account. These controls remained largely in place under the Morsi presidency.

Today, the Press Emblem Campaign expresses its concern about the crackdown by the Egyptian authorities on media outlets and the arrest of staff members, which violate international obligations. Egyptian security forces are continuing to detain and harass journalists working for news outlets critical of Egypt's interim government and in support of the protests organized by the Muslim Brothers, particularly Al Jazeera and its affiliates, while there have been raids on media offices and TV channels have been forced to close.

On August 14, while covering the clearance of pro-Morsi sit-ins and the clashes which erupted nationwide afterwards, the journalists had to face the precarious and dangerous environment where they were under fire from both sides, the ordinary protesters and the security forces. Since then, several testimonies denounce the abuses suffered by journalists, including by Moslem Brotherhood supporters.

While Egypt's Prosecutor-General Hisham Barakat has reportedly opened an investigation into the killing of journalists, the trend of attacking, shooting and/or confiscating journalists' equipment carrying out their work will likely to be continued in the future.

Journalists in Egypt believe that there is no official body in the country to protect them from being intimidated or harassed by security forces or even angry protesters while trying to carry out their work. The PEC calls on the Egyptian authorities to change the present laws on the media and to adopt a clear policy within the security forces in order to respect journalists and provide them protection.

I thank you for your attention.

17 September 2013

Challenges of Media Coverage of the Crisis in Egypt
Palais des Nations – Room XXVII
Thursday 19th September 2013

See the video of the event:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eivv1szmBlw&feature=c4-verview&list=UUCv1Pd24oPErw5S7zJWltnQ

Speech delivered by Gianfranco Fattorini PEC Permanent Representative at the UN

Like in any country experiencing unrest, political instability or civil war, media workers in today Egypt are confronted to different challenges due to the mistrust and even hostility of the authorities in power. Depending on whether media workers are more favorable, or are considered more favorable, to one side or the other, or according to their origin, they could be targeted by the ruling power or the opposition.

In fact, throughout the “revolutionary period” which started in late January 2011 and led to the dismissal of Hosni Moubarak, the election of Mohamed Morsi and his destitution, a great number of journalists and media workers had to face seizure of their material, harassment, assault, rape, degrading treatment, arbitrary arrest; several were shot at firearms and 11 of them have lost their lives.

Even if one can assume that critical observation and analysis of current events are never appreciated by the actors of a violent confrontation, we cannot forget that for decades the independence of the media and their ability to criticize and hold the government to account were limited in Egypt. Media were subject to criminal sanctions under the Penal Code, onerous licensing requirements and significant government control over state-owned media outlets. It has to be clarified here that if the actors’ discontent is understandable, it cannot justify violence against media workers.

During the short period of Morsi presidency some expectations were raised when some key individuals associated with the repressive functions of the Mubarak regime have been forced to leave their positions, including the Minister of Information. But substantially the legal framework has not changed and probably this question was not at the top of the priorities for the Morsi’s government.

Here is the first role of International Human Rights Organizations in the field of media: the advocacy for a legal framework conducive to a culture of acceptance of freedom of expression and freedom of the media. The establishment of a democratic society requires, inter alia, the acceptance of the confrontation of different ideas and analyzes and a legal framework which complies with international standards and obligations in this regard.

Obviously, even in the well established and recognized democracies, where the legal framework ensure freedom of expression, it happens that State agents violate the law and some very fundamental human rights, as we are witnessing in present days. This, of course, is even more the case when the legal framework does not comply with the international standards and obligations.

Here is the second role of International Human Rights Organizations in the field of media: collect reliable information and activate the relevant mechanisms at the national, regional and international level.

In the context of the UN Human Rights system, according to the nature and the severity of the violations of the fundamental rights different mechanisms and procedures of the Human Rights Council can be alerted and activated. The most relevant, with respect to the violations suffered by media workers in conflict zones, are the Working Group on Arbitrary detention, the Working Group on Enforced or Involuntary Disappearances, the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights while countering terrorism, the Special Rapporteur on torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment and the Special Rapporteur on violence against women.

We wish to stress here that the greatest challenge media workers have to face in conflict zones is impunity that protects the violators of the human rights and, of course, impunity protecting the responsible of the killing of media workers. According to the widely accepted figures, in less than 10% of the more than a thousand cases of killing of media workers around the world in the last 20 years the responsible have been brought to justice and convicted. Those suggesting that the mechanisms currently in place are ineffective in combating impunity.

Here is the third role of International Human Rights Organizations: the reflection on how to improve the protection of media workers’ rights and lives and eventually how to better combat impunity.

The Press Emblem Campaign is convinced that in third millennium, called the Information Millennium, it is not only the rights in general or those specific of the media workers that need to be protected, but also the physical integrity of the media workers. In order to effectively promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference, as desired by the UN Human Rights Council[1], the PEC has launched the reflection on the adoption of a set of international binding rules, whose application would be ensured by an independent mechanism endowed with investigatory powers.

The PEC welcomes the opening of an investigation into the killing of journalists by the Egyptian Prosecutor-General Hisham Barakat and hopes that the responsible will be identified, judged and duly sentenced but this will not be sufficient to create a safe and enabling environment for journalists and media workers.

********
[1] Human Rights Council resolution A/HRC/RES/21/12

***16.09.2013. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. COMMISSION OF INQUIRY ON SYRIA. PEC statement delivered by Gianfranco Fattorini - The PEC is particularly concerned about the growing phenomenon of abduction and vigorously denounces the inhuman or degrading treatment imposed on journalists, including fake executions. The PEC calls on all factions involved in the Syrian conflict to release all the journalists and media workers

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
24th session

Item 4  -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
 
Report of the Independent international commission of inquiry on the situation
in the Syrian Arab Republic (A/HRC/24/46)

Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign thanks the members of the Independent international commission of inquiry for having integrated in the report a specific section on the particular situation journalists have to face in the Syrian Arab Republic. We hope that this section will be flagged in the future report of the Commission.

Indeed, Syria was the deadliest country in the world for media workers in 2012 with 37 media workers killed in the country, 13 of them working for foreign media. This year, so far, Syria is again the deadliest country in the world with 11 media workers killed.

We wish to point out here that PEC statistics counts only journalists and media workers. In light of the reflection going on in the Human Rights Council, as well as in the Security Council and UNESCO about the security and protection of journalists we wish to suggest the Independent international commission of inquiry to split the statistics between journalists and media workers on one side and others actors on the other side so as to eventually not mix the human rights violations suffered by the Syrian population and human rights defenders with the crimes committed against journalists and media workers exercising their profession.

The PEC is particularly concerned about the growing phenomenon of abduction and vigorously denounces the inhuman or degrading treatment imposed on journalists, including fake executions. The PEC calls on all factions involved in the Syrian conflict to release all the journalists and media workers.

Finally the PEC is still very concerned about the fate of Mazen Darwish, Director of the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression, who was arrested in February 2012. Darwish and his two colleagues Hani Zitani and Hussein Al Ghurair are still held in arbitrary detention. The PEC calls on the Commission of Inquiry to investigate and to report to the Council on this particular case.

The PEC wishes to ask the members of the Commission what would be, in their view, the best way to combat impunity for the killing of 49 journalists in the Syrian Arab Republic?

I thank you for your attention.

16 September 2013 

***13.09.2013. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. PRESENTATION OF THE REPORT OF THE OHCHR ON THE SAFETY OF JOURNALISTS. Read below the PEC oral statement, the Joint statement by Austria supported by 70 countries, the IFJ statement on the OHCHR report

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
24th session

Item 3  -  Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights, including the right to development

General debate

Mr. President,

The adoption of the resolution on “Safety of journalists” in September last year was an important step forward for the protection of journalists. The study presented at this session by the Office of the High Commissioner, as requested by the Council in resolution 21/12, clearly shows that the protection of journalists and media workers is closely related to the political will.

As we illustrate in the written contribution submitted to the attention of the Council, published under symbol A/HRC/24/NGO/47, the majority of the killing of journalists occurs in situation of wars, whether across the borders or within the borders, civil unrest or economic wars. In this context, the PEC believes that this process should remain focused on the physical and material protection of journalists and media workers and it should avoid enlarging the subject or the scope of the discussion to matters that are already covered by existing mandates.

Effective protection of journalists and media workers requires a comprehensive set of measures that covers prevention, safety in the field and a prompt, independent and thorough investigation into the attacks against journalists and media workers as well as the effective prosecution of the perpetrators of crimes against journalists.

The impunity in more than 90% of the cases of the more than thousand journalists killed around the world in the last 20 years clearly shows that there is a gap in international law and that no actual mechanism can combat such impunity; it also advocates for an access to effective remedy for the families of the victims when journalists and media professionals are killed.

The PEC hopes that the draft decision presented by the core group will be widely supported and that the Panel discussion to be held at the twenty-sixth session would be the opportunity to better apprehend the existing gaps in the protection of journalists and media workers.

I thank you for your attention.

16 September 2013

Item 3 – General Debate
Joint Statement in response to the presentation of the
report of the OHCHR on the safety of journalists

Mr. President,

I have the honor to address the Human Rights Council on behalf of Austria, Brazil, Morocco, Switzerland, Tunisia,…(72 countries)

Mr. President, 

Last year marks the most dramatic year on record regarding the killings of journalists. More than 100 violent deaths have been recorded in 2012.  Not only is the killing of journalists of great concern, but the exercise of their work also often exposes journalists at a whole range of other human rights violations, such as torture, enforced disappearance, arbitrary arrest and detention, as well as legal and physical harassment. The report of the OHCHR on the safety of journalists presented at this session indicates that in 2012 around 900 journalists were arrested, 2000 were threatened or physically attacked and 40 were kidnapped. This year as well, more than 50 journalists have already been killed because of their profession. What is most worrying is that in more than 90% of the reported cases, no investigations or legal procedures have been undertaken; perpetrators act with impunity. 

The adoption by consensus of the first resolution on the safety of journalists by the Human Rights Council last September has sent a strong political signal and can be regarded as an important milestone. The unanimous support that the resolution has received from states of all regions was indeed very encouraging. However, the disquieting evidence of the scale and number of attacks against the physical safety of journalists as well as of incidents affecting their ability to exercise freedom of expression clearly demonstrate that much more needs to be done. 

Freedom of expression is a fundamental right in any democratic society. Therefore, each state has the obligation to provide the conditions for a safe environment which enables journalists to perform their work independently and without any interference. The good practices presented in the report of the OHCHR on the safety of journalists indicate that unequivocal political commitment supported by clear and effective legislative and practical safeguards to prevent attacks and threats against journalists are the key elements of an effective approach to the protection of journalists. 

The ability of the state to protect journalists is inextricably linked to the extent to whether there is general appreciation of the importance of freedom and expression, online as well as offline, the enabling legislation is in place, the rule of law prevails and the political will to protect journalists exists. We share the view of the OHCHR that a clear public position should be taken at the highest levels of government regarding the important role of journalists in society and the need to prevent and sanction violations of their rights. It is incumbent on states to ensure the safety of journalists through the implementation and enforcement of the existing international norms and standards.

The report also emphasizes again the serious and pervasive problem of impunity for attacks against journalists. Ensuring accountability is a key element in preventing future attacks, and states have an obligation to do so in international law. There is a need for swift and independent investigations into any allegation in accordance with international standards. 

Mr. President,

We believe that this Council has an important role to play in promoting and protecting the safety of journalists. The report of the OHCHR also recommends the continued promotion of the issue through the Human Rights Council and related panel discussions as well as side events. We therefore believe that, as a next step, a panel discussion should be organized with a particular focus on elaborating the findings of the report of the OHCHR, identifying challenges and further developing good practices for the safety of journalists by sharing information on initiatives undertaken to protect them.  

I thank you!  

Press Release
13.09.13

I
FJ Joins Call for Action on New UN Report on Media Protection

The United Nations Human Rights Council today debated a new report on the importance of the protection of journalists, the prevention of attacks and the fight against impunity for attacks against journalists.

The Report of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, which was prepared by the Office of the UN High Commission of Human Rights, argues that political commitment, backed by clear and effective legislative and practical safeguards to prevent attacks and threats to journalists, are the key elements of an effective approach to the protection of journalists.

It features a contribution from the IFJ focusing on the Federation’s work on the safety of journalists such as safety training, emergency assistance from the International Safety Fund and monitoring the violations of media rights.

The new report proposes a wide range of proposals which states can implement to achieve a secure environment for safe journalism.

They include the suggestion that violence against journalists should be considered an aggravating circumstance, leading to harsher sentences against journalists’ attackers. This idea is supported by academics for its deterrence potential. The report expands on this by suggesting that investigations into attack on media should look into any link between the suspected attack and the journalist’s professional activity.

The report further advocates the creation of special units within the national legal systems to investigate attacks on journalists, an early warning system to facilitate timely intervention, and a rapid response mechanism to provide journalists with access to the authorities and protective measures.

During the debate on the report, members of the Human Rights Council were overwhelmingly positive and welcomed the measures proposed in the report.

However, in a strongly worded statement on behalf of over 70 countries, Austria warned that concrete steps are needed to translate the strong support to the report in reality. The statement specifically called for governments to take a public position at the highest level about the important role of journalists. It also suggested organising a separate event for a detailed debate on the reports’ recommendations.

The IFJ joined the call for an uncompromising implementation of the conclusions and recommendations made in the report. In a statement on the report, the Federation argues that the establishment of special investigative units dedicated to tackle the violence targeting media could contribute to greater accountability and offer genuine deterrence.

However, the Federation cautioned against any failure to act, saying that the current safety media crisis required drastic measures in order to address the pervasive culture of impunity.

It further called on the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to set up a mechanism to monitor and report to extent to which governments abide by international laws and standards concerning the safety of journalists and keep the situation under review.

Finally, the IFJ appealed for governments and the United Nations High Commission for Refugees t to assist journalists whose lives are at risk by considering issuing them with emergency visas and laisser to safety.

Read the full OHCHR’s report here

***08.09.2013. Entretien exclusif de la PEC avec Florence Aubenas: « La Syrie est aujourd’hui un cimetière pour les journalistes et pour l’information »

Par Luisa Ballin, membre du comité directeur de la PEC

Florence Aubenas co-préside le Comité de soutien aux deux journalistes de la radio Europe 1, Didier François et Edouard Elias, enlevés en Syrie il y trois mois. Ancienne otage en Irak pendant cinq mois en 2005, la journaliste et grand reporter au quotidien Le Monde, nous a accordé un entretien quelques jours avant son départ pour l’Egypte et au sortir d’une réunion au siège de Reporters sans frontières à Paris, pour préparer un rassemblement de solidarité avec les deux journalistes français.

Comment mobiliser l’opinion publique et les dirigeants politiques sur le sort de Didier François et Edouard Elias  enlevés en Syrie ?

En tant que journalistes, nous essayons de ne pas faire seulement de la communication sur le sort des otages mais aussi de produire de l’information sur leur enlèvement. C’est intéressant, passionnant et difficile, car les enlèvements sont devenus une affaire d’Etat. Ce n’est pas simple de donner de l’information sur ce que l’on ne peut pas raconter : qui détient les otages ? Combien faut-il payer pour leur libération ? Qu’est-ce qui se tracte ? Quels sont les dessous des choses ? Nous sommes au cœur d’un problème complexe.

Comment parler de la Syrie alors que les reporters ne peuvent plus y aller ?

Nous avons justement eu un débat sur cette question et sur le fait que nous parlons de l’enlèvement de deux journalistes français alors qu’il y a cent mille morts en Syrie. Sommes-nous à côté de la plaque ? Nous sommes au cœur d’un problème qui touche à l’autocensure, en l’occurrence la nôtre. Nous avons beau jeu de dire : regardez ces pays à presse unique ! N’est-ce pas un peu ce que nous faisons avec notre autocensure ? Certes le contexte est différent, mais cette situation démontre toute la difficulté de la pratique journalistique, qui est dangereuse, compte tenu de l’immixtion de dirigeants politiques, des services secrets, du danger sur le terrain, du sort des gens et du sens de notre travail de journaliste.

Qu’est-ce qui se joue en Syrie aujourd’hui? La vie des journalistes ? La liberté d’expression ?

Les deux ! La Syrie est aujourd’hui un cimetière pour les journalistes et pour l’information. Il y va des droits fondamentaux et la liberté d’expression devrait nous tenir à cœur. Mais, force est de constater que nous, les journalistes, y compris au journal Le Monde, nous faisons des Unes qui vendent le plus, comme tous les journaux d’ailleurs. Et ce qui vend le plus aujourd’hui en France ce sont les affaires financières, un peu de sexe et un peu d’argent. La Une la plus catastrophique que Le Monde ai faite en terme de ventes a été celle sur la Syrie, alors que Le Monde est un grand journal qui traite les informations internationales en profondeur. Nous allons sur le terrain, je pars en Egypte, il y a donc un engagement physique de la part des journalistes et à la fin ce sont les Unes qui se vendent le moins ! 

C’est frustrant ?

Ce n’est pas grave, mais tous ces éléments donnent le vertige lorsqu’on les met bout à bout. On se demande où l’on va. Nous sommes fiers de décrire ce qui se passe dans des pays come la Syrie ou l’Egypte, mais lorsque l’on voit les chiffres, on s’interroge. C’est intéressant car cela en dit long sur une époque et sur les gens car la presse se fait à deux : entre les lecteurs et les journalistes. Le cœur de mon métier, mon domaine de prédilection reste le reportage sur le terrain. Le fait d’avoir été enlevée m’a projetée dans ce milieux-là. Pour caricaturer les choses et les dire aussi, avant j’estimais qu’être grand reporter était un luxe ! 

Vous avez été des deux côtés de la barrière : otage et grand reporter. Cela a-t-il changé votre façon de voir la presse ?

Aujourd’hui, il y a une crise de la presse qui n’est pas seulement économique et il faut se demander : qu’est-ce que l’on met dans la presse ? Qui est journaliste et qui ne l’est pas ? Qui transmet une image à partir de son portable ? Qui twitte une information ? Avec les nouvelles technologies, il y a une redistribution des cartes. Qu’est ce qu’une information ? Qu’et-ce que cela signifie d’être journaliste ? Qu’est ce que le fait de savoir nous apporte ? Nous vivons au milieu de ces questions. C’est à la fois angoissant et passionnant de vivre une refondation complète de son métier.

Ce qui a impressionné lorsque vous avez été libérée c’était votre énergie. Comment avez-vous vécu cette libération ?

C’était un beau jour ! C’était drôle. Vous n’avez pas changé et tout ce qui est autour de vous a changé et notamment le regard des autres. Et vous n’êtes pas sûre d’aimer ce changement, car j’étais bien aussi avant. Au moment de ma libération, il y avait un côté délirant. C’était marrant pendant une semaine et heureusement cela s’est arrêté. Les gens et mes amis m’appelaient en me demandant comment j’allais. Je répondais que j’allais bien. Les gens et mes amis étaient contents tout en m’avertissant qu’il allait y avoir le contrecoup. Puis, lorsqu’ils voyaient qu’il n’y avait pas de oontrecoup, ils s’étonnaient. C’était devenu un réflexe : lorsqu’on me demandait comment j’allais, je répondais : toujours pas de contrecoup ! Mais je l’attend, et ce jour-là ce sera terrible.

Est-ce pour fuir ce contrecoup potentiel que vous partez en Egypte ou dans d’autres pays qui vivent des situations difficiles ?

Non, je pars parce que c’est mon métier et que je ne me vois pas changer de profession. J’étais un peu angoissée, en me demandant si j’allais avoir peur de repartir. Je m’étais donné deux ans, pour ne pas être odieuse avec la famille. Je suis partie en Turquie et ailleurs en Europe, j’ai écrit un livre, puis je suis partie en Afghanistan, pour en avoir le cœur net. Ma famille a été très stoïque. Puis je suis allée en Syrie, en leur disant que j’allais en Turquie. Et maintenant je pars en Egypte.

Comment peut-on informer aujourd’hui en Syrie et en Egypte ?

C’est très dur. Parce qu’aujourd’hui, le journaliste n’est plus un observateur du conflit, il est un acteur d’un conflit ou d’une situation violente. Il est considéré comme quelqu’un de très partisan, d’un côté comme de l’autre d’ailleurs. Il n’est pas considéré comme une personne qui vient objectivement expliquer et raconter ce qui se passe dans un pays, mais comme celui qu’on aime haïr, le méchant de l’affaire. 

Faut-il un emblème pour que l’on puisse reconnaître les journalistes ?

Pendant longtemps nous avons mis sur le pare-brise de nos voitures, notamment dans la région des Grands Lacs, le mot presse en grandes lettres et cela nous protégeait. Maintenant si on écrit le mot presse, vous êtes sûr d’avoir des ennuis. Avant nous avions aussi des brassards, des gilets avec le mot presse, mais tout cela est bien loin. Pendant longtemps, des agents de différents services, français ou autres, se faisaient passer pour des journalistes comme couverture, maintenant ce sont les journalistes qui vont se faire passer pour agents secrets ! Cela s’est inversé.

C’est votre cas ?

Non, je reste journaliste. Mais c’est compliqué, car le journaliste est pris à partie. Avant de commencer à travailler, avant de commencer ses interviews, le journaliste doit expliquer pourquoi il est là et pour qui il travaille. Nous ne sommes plus considérés comme des observateurs neutres.    

Que faire alors ?

Il faut refroidir les choses, mais je ne sais pas comment le faire. C’est très difficile pour les journalistes d’être hors du conflit. Je le dis comme un triste constat. La majorité des envoyés spéciaux sur le terrain sont de bonne foi. Certes, on vient avec ses à priori et sa culture. L’objectivité passe par une subjectivité. C’est moi, une Française, qui observe un conflit qui n’est pas le mien. C’est pareil pour un journaliste iranien ou d’une autre nationalité qui vient à Paris. Il faut expliquer et accepter que les autres portent sur vous un regard qui n’est pas le vôtre et que le miroir que l’on vous tend n’est pas forcément celui que vous voulez. J’ai fais souvent des interview et depuis l’Irak il m’arrive de répondre à des interviews. Lorsque je les relis, je me retrouve bizarrement de l’autre côté en me disant : ah, c’est ce que j’ai dit ? Mais jamais je n’oserais demander un droit de réponse, jamais je ne demande à relire le papier. Si on me le demande, je dis non et je ne le demanderai pas non plus.

La personne qui en interroge une autre le fait avec ses références, sa façon de voir l’autre, avec  l’envie d’en savoir plus à son sujet…

Si vous m’interviewez vous allez garder certaines choses alors que j’en aurais gardé d’autres. C’est ainsi et il faut l’accepter. La façon de défendre notre métier est de dire : je suis une Française, je viens au Caire, je ne parle pas arabe et j’aurai certainement un point de vue de Candide sur votre pays dans lequel une partie d’entre vous ne se reconnaître pas.

La personne qui va en Egypte et en Syrie a des à priori et des attentes par rapport au « printemps arabe »...

Certainement ! Le printemps arabe n’a pas la tête que l’on voulait.  

Les médias sont-ils prêts à l’entendre, à trouver autre chose que ce que leurs envoyés spéciaux vont chercher ?

Le problème clé est d’accepter de penser contre soi. Je me souviens qu’au moment de l’arrivée des Américains à Kabul en 2001, après le 11 septembre, j’ai reçu coup de fil de ma rédaction – je travaillais à Libération -. Un confrère  se demandait pourquoi il y avait des femmes voilées à l’écran alors que les Américains étaient entrés à Kabul et pourquoi les femmes n’enlèvent pas le voile.. C’était pour lui une réelle incompréhension.

En allant au Caire, sur la place Tahrir, vous savez que de plus en plus de femmes journalistes, égyptiennes et occidentales, se font harceler et même violer. Comment abordez-vous ce risque?

Dans mon métier, je suis quelqu’un de très pragmatique, à la fois dans mes articles et dans la manière dont j’aborde mon travail. La chose qui me gouverne est la réalité. Je suis une femme, je suis journaliste, la liberté d’informer est quelque chose de fondamental. Le fait que les femmes voyagent et qu’elles aillent partout, en Egypte et dans les pays où cela est compliqué pour les femmes est crucial. C’est cela le féminisme pour moi. Pas de faire des déclarations ou des manifestations dans des endroits où il ne se passe rien. Il faut y aller pour couvrir ce qui se passe, c’set, à ce prix là. Je ferai tout pour ne pas me faire violer et j’espère que cela va bien se passer. S’il faut courir ce risque, plutôt que de faire du desk à Paris, j’e l’accepte. Cela a l’air va-t-en-guerre, mais je pense qu’il faut faire son métier au risque de. Vous prenez un taxi au risque d’avoir un accident. Sinon on reste là à faire des dépêches. C’est aussi une option. Chacun pratique son métier comme il veut. Il n’y a de leçon à donner à personne. Ce « au risque de » est pour moi fondamental. Cela en vaut la peine.

Le métier de reporter de guerre n’est-ce pas aussi une question d’adrénaline ?

Non, ce n’est pas une adrénaline. Car l’idée que je pourrais me faire violer ne me fait pas plaisir. 

A l’époque de la guerre au Liban, une correspondante de guerre confiait avoir fait une dépression après être rentrée en Suisse, pays où elle était pourtant en sécurité…

Cela me fait penser à la lettre d’une journaliste free lance italienne, qui disait que son salaire était misérable, que ses conditions de travail étaient horribles, sans parler de son rédacteur en chef ! Et pourtant, écrivait-elle, je reste. Ce n’était pas une lettre syndicale car elle ne revendiquait pas une augmentation de salaire, ce n’était pas une lettre de démission, c’était une lettre où elle décrivait une situation terrible, mais elle disait qu’elle allait rester dans sa cave à Alep et continuer son travail. Cette lettre parle d’une passion pour un métier. C’est une chose difficile à expliquer et que je peux la comprendre.

Pourquoi avez-vous choisi d’être journaliste ?

Parce que j’aime mon travail, j’aime aller sur le terrain, rencontrer des gens qui vivent le moment le plus extraordinaire de leur vie, extraordinaire au sens tragique du terme. L’histoire de gens qui vivent à Alep. Que peut-il leur arriver de pire que ce qui leur arrive en ce moment ? Et lorsque je suis ici à Paris et que je vais suivre l’affaire d’Outreau qu’est-ce qu’il peut arriver de pire à ces gens du Pas-de-Calais que d’être traînés sur la place publique et d’être traités de pédophiles ? Dans mon métier de reporter, s’il y a quelque chose pour laquelle j’ai une addiction c'est le fait de partager avec des gens ordinaires le moment le plus extraordinaire dans lequel ils sont plongés. Et j’aime partager ce moment avec mes frères humains. C’est ma passion pour ce métier qui fait que j’aurais beaucoup de mal à en décrocher.     

Entretien réalisé pour la PEC par Luisa Ballin à Paris.

***07.09.2013. Violaciones a la libertad de expresión en México y Centroamérica durante el mes de agosto.

Guatemala: Durante este periodo se documentaron ocho agresiones contra periodistas y comunicadores sociales, de las cuales dos fueron asesinatos, un intento de asesinato, una agresión física, un supuesto intento de allanamiento a la vivienda de un periodista, un caso de obstrucción a la fuente, un caso de amenazas y el allanamiento a una radio.

El 6 de agosto fue asesinado a tiros el periodista y locutor Luis de Jesús Lima, en la cabecera departamental de Zacapa. El 12 de agosto Fredy Rodas, corresponsal de Radio Sonora en el departamento de Retalhuleu, fue atacado con arma de fuego por un desconocido, que le acertó cinco tiros. Pese a la gravedad de las heridas, el comunicador sobrevivió.

La mañana del 19 de agosto fue encontrado el cadáver del locutor y periodista Carlos Alberto Orellana Chávez, con dos disparos en el cráneo. De acuerdo con las investigaciones el periodista fue secuestrado y posteriormente asesinado.

Otro hecho fue la amenaza contra los periodistas Aroldo Marroquín y Esner Guzmán. Ambos fueron esposados, por alrededor de 15 minutos y amenazados de muerte por el suboficial de PNC José Reginaldo de la Cruz García, cuando tomaban imágenes sobre el arresto de dos jóvenes.

México: En agosto se registraron al menos 20 agresiones contra la prensa (según datos de la Casa de los Derechos de los Periodistas). Entre estos resalta la agresión física que sufrieron Torivio Bueno y Luis Pérez Meza, del diario El Debate en Sinaloa, por parte de oficiales de policía, durante la detención de dos supuestos delincuentes.

El 8 de agosto en el Estado de Michoacán, pobladores del municipio de San Miguel agredieron físicamente a Ángel Elías Méndez, de la agencia Quadratín, cuando daba cobertura a un operativo militar para detener a miembros de un grupo armado.

El 23 de agosto en Baja California, José Luis Camarillo, del diario Lindero Norte, fue agredido físicamente por agentes policiales, durante el desalojo de varias familias, que además le arrebataron su grabadora y cámara fotográfica.

Honduras: A principios de mes Jhony Lagos, propietario del diario “El Libertador” denunció que el personal y el inmueble son objeto de una vigilancia encubierta, por parte de una persona sospechosa de tener vínculos con el ejército.

José Rivas, dueño de Multicalbe, señaló que la empresa ha sufrido boicot y sabotaje en la transmisión de Canal 10, en el departamento de Cortés, debido al corte del cable de fibra, necesario para la transmisión.

Aunado a ello, Alex Sabillón, del programa Hecho de Choloma, fue citado a un juzgado, para conciliar una audiencia por el delito de Injurias Leves, en perjurio del presidente de patronato local.

Ileana Alamilla
Cerigua (el Observatorio de los Periodistas)

Guatemala, 6 de septiembre 2013

***03.09.2013. INSECURITY GROWING IN PAKISTAN: Pakistani media fear that government could muzzle them

PAKISTAN: Under the newly elected political set up, Pakistani media is sensing fear that the government might attempt to ‘muzzle the media’, as it done in its previous tenures in 1990’s and interestingly some recent acts taken by the government have bolster this apprehension that the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has termed annoying and asked the Nawaz Sharif government to respect the freedom of expression.

In Pakistan, there are enormous threats posed to the safety of journalists, especially those in conflict zones of the country where Pakistani military is fighting against militants. Though, in many cases militants had killed journalists with impunity and claimed the responsibility, yet sometime fingers are also raised at the role of state agencies. In such a situation when a journalist do not know that who is threatening them ultimately compelling them on self-censorship.

During last two months (July-August 2013), a journalist was killed, others were threatened to deaths, harassed and even a big private print and electronic media house was attacked in the port city of Karachi and a case was registered against another private TV channel in trouble province of Balochistan. This indicates a resident threat of insecurity posed to journalists and media practitioners in Pakistan. It was the reason that various media defense groups including PEC have termed Pakistan as the most dangerous country for journalists on this planet.

Dead body found so decomposed

Mr. Abdul Raziq Baloch who was missing from Karachi since March 24, his dead body was found on August 21 from Mangopir area of Karachi city. His body was so decomposed that the relatives could not identify the body but the police said that a slip was found with the body with his name and address, too.

Razzaq, 42, was an ethnic Baloch and worked as a subeditor at Balochi language daily Tawar (Voice). He had gone missing from Karachi Since March 24. After his missing, Journalist bodies had demanded his recovery and family has also approached the court but the authorities denied any knowledge.

Recent statements by the government functionaries hinting that this new political set up is in no mood to tolerate the free media and has suggested some curbs on live coverage of events, like that lone gunman standoff in Islamabad on August 15. The Supreme Court had also earlier reprimanded Pakistan Electronic Media Regulatory Authority (PEMRA) for allowing hours-at-a-stretch blanket coverage of such events. It feared that the state-run PEMRA might be given powers to pull the plug on television networks.

Draconian powers

This will be nothing, but giving powers in the hand of a regulator which will be at the same time arbiter, an adjudicator, an appellate forum and an executive authority, which in itself is nothing short of handing it draconian powers.

The move was strongly resisted by the country’s top Journalists’ body Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) and its affiliate Karachi Union of Journalists (KUJ) by passing a resolution against it in its annual general meeting. It was said that they will resist every sort of attempt from government, the PEMRA or from any other quarter to put ban on electronic media.

At the incident of firing outside the office of the Express media group in Karachi, on August 16, the PEC also expressed dismay and asked the government to ensure the security of media houses that are working hard to make the masses know about facts. In this attack, two employees of the same media group, a security guard and a woman were killed.

The Balochistan government, registered a case against a private news channel ARY Television on August 26 under Pakistan's Anti-Terrorist Act of 1997, after the television aired a video clip of the destruction of the residence of Pakistan’s founder, Muhammad Ali Jinnah where he spent his finals days in 1947 after Pak-India partition. The government claimed that the airing the footage can incite violence or glorify the crime and is in contravention of the PEMRA.

Protests

The Baloch Liberation Army (BLA), a separatist, militant outfit claimed the responsibility of the bombing. The state had initially said that the heritage building had been targeted remotely. The video, however, showed masked men on the premises wreaking havoc even before the flames were lit. It was this last aspect that agitated the Supreme Court when it took suo motu notice on the airing of these clips.

Journalists took to the streets in protest the following day in various cities across the country. The PFUJ and the Baloch Union of Journalists strongly condemned the move. The same day, members of Pakistan's opposition parties walked out of the Senate over the issue. It worked and the case was withdrawn two days after it was submitted. Balochistan's chief minister stated that the report had been lodged "due to some misunderstanding."

PEC Rep in Islamabad, Israr Khan

***23.08.2013. PEC statement on the new report published by the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights on the safety of Journalists A/HRC/24/23 - Protection of journalists: the actual good practices are not sufficient, nor effective enough in combating impunity

United Nations A/HRC/24/NGO/X
General Assembly Distr.: General

English only
Human Rights Council

Twenty-fourth session

Agenda item 2

Annual report of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights and reports of the Office of the High Commissioner and the Secretary-General

 Written statement submitted by Press Emblem Campaign,  a non-governmental organization in special consultative status

The Secretary-General has received the following written statement which is circulated in accordance with Economic and Social Council resolution 1996/31.

[22 August 2013]

Protection of journalists: the actual good practices are not sufficient, nor effective enough in combating impunity

I.         Introduction

The report presented by the Office of the High commissioner for human rights (A/HRC/24/23) rightly underlines the essential role journalists and other media professionals play by ensuring transparency and accountability in the conduct of public affairs. It also points out that, in the last two decades, in less than 10% of the cases perpetrators of crimes against journalists, have been brought to justice, convicted and sentenced for their crime.

One can have a different opinion on the situations in which journalists have been murdered. In a large number of cases, journalist’s murder are related to coverage of territorial disputes, be it political disputes -at the national or international level- or economic –opposing minorities or social movements to their central government or to transnational corporations-, they often culminate in violent clashes or longstanding low intensity conflicts.

Many analysts have recently proved and the international community has admitted, in most of the cases, that the demarcation line between revolutionary/liberation/opposition armed movements and organized criminal structures can be intangible; sometimes the criminal activities are carried out by those movements in order to finance themselves.

From this perspective, political issues, crime and corruption cases may be included very often in the category of “war” (against terrorism, against crime, over disputed territories); consequently one can consider that the majority of the murder of journalists occurs in situation of war, political instability, civil unrest or economic war.

II.      Applicable international law

As correctly highlighted in the above mentioned report, international human rights law and international humanitarian law establish an array of norms and standards that provide normative protection to journalists and other media professional (par.10). Considering the insignificant rate of cases of journalists’ murder solved in the past twenty years, it must be admitted that, as of today, the said protection is ineffective and not sufficient.

An accurate analysis of the cases permits to realize that in a great number of cases states are directly or indirectly involved in the crimes and consequently it would be surprisingly if the judiciary would be able to promptly, thoroughly, independently and impartially investigate. Although the obligation to protect journalists and other media professional rests on the State, it would be advisable for those cases to be investigated by an independent international mechanism.

If it can be considered that attacks against journalists in times of conflict constitutes a war crime, in practice, neither the cases of murder of journalists in time of conflict have been deferred to the International Criminal Court, nor has the Prosecutor General taken the initiative to investigate into them. Moreover, as illustrated in the introductory part, a great number of journalists’ murder occurs in situations that are not covered by the international humanitarian law, thus precluding today any possible independent investigation.

It must also be noted that for the protection to be more efficient, the right to effective remedy (notably the right to truth and compensation) should be extended to the families of the victims when journalists and media professionals are killed.

III.   Initiatives relating to the safety of journalists

The above mentioned report cites a very limited number of initiatives taken by a handful number of countries, which demonstrate that the political commitment leading to a clear and effective legislative and practical safeguard to prevent threats and attacks against journalists and to ensure accountability is limited at the national level.

At the regional level, the initiatives taken by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights as well as by the OSCE are certainly valuable, but they have a geographical limited effect and, even if prevention is part of the protection of journalists and media professionals, it cannot be considered as sufficient.

The steps taken in the 21st century at the international level, notably in the framework of the UN, including the Human Rights Council, the Human Rights Committee, the Security Council and UNESCO, plead in favour of further work in this context by continuing reflection in order to achieve effective protection of journalists and media professional worldwide.

In his report to the Human Rights Council (A/HRC/20/22) the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions « invites States and relevant United Nations bodies and agencies, in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, to explore the need for a specific United Nations instrument…».

IV.   Conclusions

The PEC considers the adoption of resolution 21/12 by the Human Rights Council as an important step in the realization of an effective protection of journalists and media workers which should lead to the promotion of a safe and enabling environment for journalists allowing them to perform their work independently and without undue interference.

The PEC considers that, in order to guarantee freedom and protection for the media, an international instrument mechanism should be adopted so that an international early warning and rapid response mechanism could effectively participate at the implementation of a “zero tolerance” culture towards any form of violence against journalists. A special international investigative unit should be set up as a mean to efficiently combat impunity, which is the main cause behind the large number of the journalists and media workers killed around the world.
END            
 

***20.08.2013. EGYPT. PEC condemns killing of journalists in Egypt and a setback for the freedom of the press

Tamer Abdel Raouf (photo)  is the fifth journalist killed in Egypt in one week. The Al-Ahram bureau chief in Damanhour, Beheira, was killed by soldiers through a military check point. Another journalist, Hamed Al Barbari, a reporter for the daily Al Gumhuria, who was travelling with him in the car, was also shot in the hand and leg and has beeen hospitalised. His version is that the car was asked to stop and bullets of warning were fired, the Ahram journalist went marche arriere and stopped, but the soldiers opened fire.

Several journalists working for foreign media said they were assaulted or briefly detained. The attacks and harassment came as Egyptian authorities publicly accused international journalists of distorting coverage of recent events.

Geneva, August 20 (PEC) -- The death toll among journalists covering the unfolding events in Egypt has risen to five when a fifth journalist was killed Monday night during the hours of the curfew while driving quickly through a military check point in the governorate of Beheira in Northern Egypt.
     Al-Ahram bureau chief in Damanhour, Beheira, Tamer ABdel Raouf, driving quickly through a military check poking during the curfew, led soldiers to open fire. The army statement stated that the journalist was accidentally killed because he did not follow the regulations of the curfew.
    The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns strongly the killing of the Egyptian colleague, which steps up the number of journalists killed since the dismantling of the Raba Al Adaweiya camp last Wednesday to five. Four other journalists were killed during the operation.
     In addition the PEC expresses extreme worry concerning the measures reported that Egyptian authorities are assaulting and detaining foreign journalists.
     The PEC calls upon Egyptian authorities to put aside interpretation of events as a pretext to lower the threshold of freedom of expression, and hence take action against media.
     The view of foreign media on unfolding events in Egypt has been a source of deep friction between Egyptian authorities and the media that reflects other opinion, that is the description of events whether it is a revolution or a military coup, whether Egyptian authorities have used excessive use of force in dismantling the two Moslem brotherhood sit ins, or was it done through maximum restraint as well as other issues.
     PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen denounces strongly measures taken in Egypt against foreign media which reflects a setback for the freedom of the media working in Egypt.
     The number of journalists killed so far worldwide since the beginning of the year stands at 75 journalists.
     In a separate press release, PEC condemns the death of a fourth journalist killed also Monday in Guatemala

حملة الشارة تدين مقتل مدير مكتب الاهرام في البحيرة 

 جنيف ٢٠ أغسطس - حملة الشارة - أدانت حملة الشارة الدولية مقتل مدير مكتب الاهرام في البحيرة تامر عبد الرؤوف و نقلت عن بيان الجيش انه قتل بسبب السرعة و هو يمر من نقطة تفتيش خلال حظر التجوال امس الاثنين مما أدى الى إطلاق النار على سيارته. 

 و قالت حملة الشارة أن مقتل مدير مكتب الاهرام في البحيرة يرفع عدد القتلى من الصحفيين الى خمسة بعد مقتل أربعة منهم أثناء فض اعتصام رابعة العدوية الأربعاء الماضي. 
 
و صرح بليز ليمبان، سكرتير عام الحملة من جنيف، ان الأنباء التي تتردد عن مضايقات تواجه الاعلام الأجنبي في عمله يعكس تراجعا في حرية العمل الصحفي للإعلام الأجنبي. 
 
يذكر أنه منذ بداية العام الحالي قتل ٧٥ صحفيا في كل أنحاء العالم. 

FYI - REPORT OF THE UNION OF ARAB JOURNALISTS ON EGYPT When treachery bullets assassin the "truth"

Arab Journalists Federation and its Permanent Committee for Freedom denounced the attacks against journalists, newspaper reporters and photographers, which increased in the past few days and went to the extent of murder and deliberately injuring the journalists and photographers during the performance of their work; despite the fact that they only went out carrying a pen and a camera memory to register what they see... They died with a bullet that we do not know where it came from, some of them were injured in their eyes and their bodies weakened by frequent pain that the nation is suffering. Furthermore, journalist writer Mohamed Hassanein Heikal's house was assaulted and its garden was damaged from unknown persons believed to be supporters of the Muslim Brotherhood.

This is any journalist's mission who always seeks to find the truth armed only by his pen or camera, a person who no one can deny his peacefulness; his blood is a sin that will be in the hands of his assassins.

In the recent period, there were many victims of our colleagues who put their lives on their hands and go out to practice their work, regardless of their political trends.

Arab Journalists Federation monitored number of these cases in which our colleagues were shot and killed while doing their job, the most important on August 14th during evacuating the Rabeaa and Nahda sit-in where four journalists were killed, including:

• Habiba Abdul Aziz, a reporter and photographer of "Gulf News" Emirati newspaper, who was killed by a bullet in the head in the field during the evacuation of Rabaa sit-in.

• Michael Dean, photographer of "Sky News" channel, a British national, who was killed in Rabaa, according to a report of the Health Insurance Hospital in Nasr City, proved that he died after being shot in the heart.

• Ahmed Abdel Gawad, journalist of Akhbar Newspaper, was shot near the area of Rabaa and he works in the news section of Misr 25 Channel.

• Musab al-Shamy, cameraman of Rasd Network who was shot and killed by Cartouche Bullet in the vicinity of Rabaa.              

Arab Journalists Federation and the Freedom Committee's report condemn the injuries of a large number of journalists, including:

• Ahmed Najjar, photographer of Almasry Elyoum who was shot and wounded by a Cartouche Bullet and his Camera was confiscated by a Public Committee of people.

• Tarek Abbass, editor of Watan Newspaper, who was wounded by Cartouche Bullet below his eye in Rabaa Adaweya.

• Asmaa Wageih, Photographer of Reuters, who was hit by a bullet in the foot and a surgery operation was conducted in a private hospital.

• Mohamed Kamal, of Dostor newspaper was shot.

• Alaa Kamhawi, Photographer of Almasry Elyoum, a surgery operation was performed to extract the bullet he received in his foot.

• Assault on photographer Omar Saher "Almasry Elyoum" inside Rabaa Sit- in after threatening by knives and his camera and press card were confiscated.

• Eman Helal of Watan Newspaper was assaulted by civilians "inside Rabaa Sit- in after threatening by knives and her camera and press card were confiscated, she was rescued by people from within the sit-in itself.

• Mahmoud Kulaid. Cameraman of Nahar TV was injured and his camera was smashed, while he was covering events in Mohandseen area in front of Mustafa Mahmoud Mosque.

• Mohammed Shannah, Reporter of Watan Newspaper, he was assaulted while performing his work in covering the evacuation of Rabaa sit-in.

In Aswan Governorate, the report monitored many of the attacks on journalists and press offices managers in the governorate, including: 

• Abdullah Mashaly, Journalist of Watan newspaper office in Aswan, was assaulted by supporters of President Mohamed Mursi, using batons.

• Mohamed Awad, director of the Office of the Middle East News Agency, who has been surrounded by supporters of the ousted President Mursi while covering the repercussions of the events taking place in the city of Aswan.

• Hamada Baazk, Director of the office of Shorouk newspaper in Aswan who was beaten by Mursi supporters and he was wounding in the head that required 10 stitches.

• Mahmoud Al Mulla, Director of the Office of Almasry Alyoum in Aswan who was wounded in the foot and his mobile phone was stolen.

• Prevention of the Director of the Office of Veto Newspaper in Aswan, Doaa Ibrahim Mahmoud of photographing and she was expelled from the place of the events.

• Assault on photographer of "Almasry Alyoum", Hamada Al Rassam and his colleague Ahmed Tarana. 

 Detention and confiscation of equipments: 
 
• Arab Journalists Federation and Freedoms Committee condemned the Journalists detention, confiscating their cameras and capture them; they asked for their release and protection, the report monitored the following:

• Arrest of "Tom Fin" a reporter of "Reuters" and two others by the security forces; they were released after deleting everything that they filmed.

• Security forces has also detained Amr Diab a photographer of Watan near " Tiba Mall "in front of Rabaa sit-in and arrested Ahmed Tariq, a  freelance photographer.

• Arrest of Ali Mohamed Hawary, Journalist in Sada El Balad Web site for 16 hours in front of the Tiba Mall next to Rabaa sit-in; Security forces also seized Khaled El Feki's camera, a photographer of German Agency. 

• Voicemail of cell phones of Diaa Rashwan, Head of Egyptian Journalists Syndicate, and Ahmed Muslamani, Media advisor of the Egyptian President, and journalist in Ahram Newspaper, were hacked by aggressive and hostile messages, came to read that " the owner of this number is a criminal and a murderer with a bloody hands as well as a liar, a hypocrite and everyone who will call him is an associate, God is our defender and supporter".
 
Events & Attacks:

Many events are happening in the homeland and attacks that are specifically targeting the Journalists, started long ago and increased after June 30th and the second wave of the Egyptian revolution which the report monitored and a question is raised: who is responsible for the intimidation of journalists during the performance of their work?  What is the threat that they represent while they are only carrying a camera and a pen!!! Nevertheless increasing the number of attacks on them in clashes between supporters and opponents of Mursi.

The reports added that some journalists have paid their lives to cover the clashes such as journalist Ahmed Essam, who was killed in the events of the Republican Guard also photojournalist Mohamed Badr of Al-Jazeera Channel is still detained on charges of hooliganism and possession of weapons.  That is rejected by everyone despite our disagreement with the biased coverage of the channel.

It was reported that the journalist Menna Alaa was assaulted by supporters of Mursi and journalist Nada ElKhouly of Sherouk Newspaper by Mursi opponents at Zeitoun neighborhood. Gehan Nasr, the Photographer of Sherouk Newspaper was assaulted by Mursi supporters during her coverage of Nahda sit-in days before the evacuation. • In July 2nd our colleague the photojournalist Mustafa Shimi, was attacked by protests of Nahda sit-in, supporters of President Mursi, during performing his work to cover the sit-in. Mustafa was surprised by four men who grabbed him and assaulted him severely as well as confiscating his camera and laptop and smashed them. He miraculously managed to escape and went to Dokki Police station to file a report on the incident.

• On July 19th  2013,  a number of Rabaa sit-in security responsible assaulted our colleague Hatem Zuhairi, Journalist of Sada El Balad Website by batons, he was held inside one of the building's entrance in Tayaran Street before the residents of the building intervened to release him and evacuate him from the place,  security responsible in Rabaa sit-in at the entrance of Tayaran street have seized his press ID card  during the personal inspection when he entered the place and once they know that he is a journalist in Sada El Balad News website, they arrested him, and held him in the entrance of one of the buildings in Tayaran Street. They assaulted him with batons causing bruises in various parts of his body, before the residents of the building intervened to persuade them to release him.

The report presented a living testimony of the editor of Almasry Alyoum News Gate "Menna Alaa" who suffered last July from attacks that she registered, she wrote: "Before I start to write what happened to me, I hesitated wondering, am I going to cite today's incident or shall I only satisfy with my morning tweets... but I decided that I must write what I experienced after I read the shameful Comments of my attack news  on Almasry Alyoum news Gate, commentators suggested that I fabricated the story to hide my failure to cover the event. Who know me well is sure how many times I put my life at risk whenever insisting on covering events and Islamists demonstrations.... I'm not a hero and no one will be crowned a hero….

 But I decided to do what I was taught by my parents, "Show the truth, and nothing but the truth." Whenever I headed to Islamists demonstrations, I acknowledged to myself that they have the right to be listened to as they are a human being... On July 19th (10th Ramadan), there were calls for massive demonstrations for supporters of Mohamed Mursi, after Friday prayers. I talked with my manager at 3:30 PM to tell him that I will not head to the headquarters of the newspaper Street in Kasr Al-Aini and I will go to the Republican Guard House in Salah Salem Street to report the events of supporters' demonstrations before they return to Rabaa Adawiya.  My manager was hesitant to let me go and when I arrived there were demonstrators on the other side of the house next to the building of the Ministry of Planning. They were trapped as the army closed all surrounding roads. I brought my camera and started filming talks between the army and demonstrators, chants were raised "They betrayed and killed our brothers, in the dawn prayer" (referring to what some called the massacre of the Republican Guard).
 
One of the demonstrators began to shout "what are you filming?" I assured him that I am a journalist and I am covering the event, another protester came to me apologizing for misunderstanding. The Republican Guard ignored them, so they decided to return to Rabaa Adawiya using a shortcut road next to the Ministry of Planning (Street Salah Salem). I decided to go with the marches to fully cover the event and go back to the headquarters of the newspaper. The protesters completed their march with the utmost peaceful until we reached Asmaa Zaghloul Street. I saw a car speeding toward the march, protesters began to curse saying '"Son of the ****." I saw demonstrators carrying police batons and what similar and even worse... they jumped on the car, broke its glass, as they were on the verge of killing three men in the car who had started to shout for help…I was filming all of this with my camera when one of the protestors who were smashing the car came to me and take me by force saying "whom you are working with? He cursed, O daughter of the dog."I decided to deal with the situation quietly and left my camera thinking only in the safe exit. My camera vanished and I think it was immediately destroyed, suddenly, a man came carrying a two-year old son and slapped me saying, "Hey daughter of the dog, who sent you??? The army?"
 I started to scream and cry, the number of demonstrators around me increased and they were asking "Who is she?" the man replied, saying, "She is from the car that  attacked us," I cried, saying, "God never, I have been with your marches since the morning" one of them shouted at me "What a liar." I realized that this is the end and I said to myself, "Lord if I'm going to die please let me die quickly." One of the protesters came to me shouting, "She is not with them, let her go" surrounding me with his hands, a veiled woman came to me saying "they are not with us they are from the army and police".

They insisted that I go with them to Rabaa Adaweya; I asked them to leave me and to try to regain my camera.

People of the territory came down to us and asked, "what happened?" one of the protestors replied, "an army officer hit her" I went to the resident and told him, "Take me to the Republican Guard House," Mursi supporters insisted "she will go with us to Rabaa" His insistence was strange and the resident took me and completely exit me from the place.

I walked with one of the residents till I saw a Military Solider who asked me to approach and have already approached him, he had seen how stressful I was and how I was not fully conscious, he said, "You were filming in front of us a while ago, what happened??" I told him, "yes, he asked for my press ID and said to me, "Sorry, I have nothing to do to help you but I hope you can reveal their truth and show their true image for the whole world." I left him and went to Salah Salem Street again with volunteers from the residents. I received a call from my friend Haitham Taabi'i, (Correspondent of AFP), who decided to take me to the headquarters of the newspaper. I came back to the headquarters in down town and the nightmare had finished.

Horror series

Series of horror experienced by all of workers in this profession whom decided to reveal the truth whatever it was, which provoked the continuous attacks on him, as happened with our colleague Ahmed Mahmoud,  reporter of Watan newspaper- according to the report of the Federation - when a number of young Muslim Brotherhood surrounding the group's place in Sharqia assaulted him. On 22 / 07 / 2013, Mohammed Heza Bazaid, a journalist member of Welad El Balad - Mansoura Edition was kidnapped and tortured during his coverage of the clashes between supporters and opponents of the Muslim Brotherhood and the nameless  kidnappers tortured "Bazaid" blindfolded in an unknown location and electrical shocked him.

• On July 27th, 2013, Video Journalist Halim Chaarani was attacked in the events of the Unknown Soldier platform.

• On July 28th, 2013, Photojournalist of Sherouk Newspaper, Sabri Khalid was beaten inside Rabaa Sit-in on glare from Jihad Haddad Brotherhood spokesman.

• On July 30th, 2013, The report monitored the assault on journalist Ismail Refaat correspondent of Youm 7 newspaper in the vicinity of Rabaa Adaweya after being held by people claiming to be from the security responsible, he has been taken to the media center of the sit-in, he filed a report in the police station under the number 1348 in which he accused the journalist Hassan Kabbani who was the only one who know him from attackers.

• On August 1st 2013, Tarek Wageih, photographer of Almasry Alyoum was assaulted while filming the fortifications made by Mursi supporters in Rabaa Adaweya where he was arrested and driven to the press center and one of the supporters "Ahmed Moghir" seized his own camera.

• On August 2nd, 2013, one fellow of the brotherhood members attacked our colleague "Mustafa Muhammad" photographer of Watan newspaper, he was beaten on his face, during the coverage of the Mustafa Mahmoud march organized by the Muslim Brotherhood, broke his own camera. They also tried to assault "Aya Fathy" photographer of Dostor newspaper, who documented the hit incident of her colleague on video.

• On the same day, the vicinity of media production city witnessed clashes between supporters of ousted President Mohamed Mursi, and the security forces after the supporters threw stones on the security forces stationed in front of the Media Production City as well as firing them with cartouche which led to the destroy of the security room as well as dozens of cars and ten members of the police forces were injured, after thwarting their attempt to close the oasis road with bricks.• On August 9th, 2013, our fellow journalist Mohammed Momtaz in  "Veto Newspaper"  was assaulted, tortured and photographed naked by  the members of the group, its allies and supporters of  Mohamed Mursi in Nahda Square as he was assigned to cover the supporting marches from Mostafa Mahmoud Mosque, but during the performance of his work, he was surprised by two persons asking him about the reason for his presence in the field, they forced him into a car after blindfolding  him and took him to Nahda field to complete the questioning, they broke his cell phone and ensure that what he filmed will never come out to the light, then they beat him and threw him in front of the Security Directorate in Giza, Some citizens took him to Alsalam hospital.

• On August 10th, 2013, Journalists Syndicate filed a report against the attack on Mohammed Momtaz and Aya Hassan editor in video department of Youm 7 website.

Signed by: Head of Freedom Committee: Abdel Wahab El Zoghaylat

General Secretary: Hatem Zakaryia

Head of Federation: Ahmed Youssef Bahbahani

Date: 18/08/2013  .     

***20.08.2013. Otro periodista asesinado en Guatemala; cuarto en lo que va del año

La Organización Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC) condena de forma enérgica el asesinato del periodista Carlos Alberto Orellana Chávez, de 66 años, cuyo cadáver, con un tiro en la cabeza fue localizado en San Bernardino, departamento de Suchitepéquez a 159 kilómetros al suroccidente de la capital guatemalteca.

De acuerdo con las primeras informaciones hechas llegar al PEC por el Observatorio de los Periodistas de CERIGUA, el periodista habría sido previamente secuestrado y posteriormente asesinado; su cuerpo fue encontrado en un sector de la finca Villa Linda, con un disparo en la cabeza.
 
Orellana Chávez fue director de Radio Victoria “La Venadita” durante 25 años y actualmente conducía el programa “Noticias y Más” en “Óptimo 23”, un canal de televisión por cable. En el período 2000 – 2004 se desempeñó como alcalde del departamento de Mazatenango.
 
PEC manifiesta su alarma y preocupación por las muertes violentas de periodistas en Guatemala, que ascienden a cuatro en lo que va del 2013; otro periodista, Fredy Rodas, se recupera en un centro asistencial, luego de haber recibido cinco disparos en distintas partes del cuerpo. Rodas ha manifestado su decisión de abandonar el país ante la ola de criminalidad que afecta a los comunicadores.
 
PEC y el Observatorio de los Periodistas de Cerigua saludan  la captura este fin de semana, de Marvin Cruz Ordóñez Carpizo, presunto responsable de haber disparado a Rodas; sin embargo, consideran precipitadas las declaraciones del Ministro de Gobernación, Mauricio López Bonilla, quien declaró que los últimos ataques contra periodistas son de tipo personal y no tienen relación con la actividad periodística.
 
Las entidades defensoras de la libertad de expresión exigen a las autoridades guatemaltecas, especialmente al Ministerio Público, que profundicen las investigaciones para dar con los responsables materiales e intelectuales de estos hechos delictivos, capturarlos y someterlos a los Tribunales para que sean juzgados y castigados; también es necesario determinar, a la brevedad, si estos hechos de violencia en contra de los profesionales de la información tienen o no relación con el periodismo.
 
En lo que va del año en Guatemala han sido asesinados cuatro periodistas, todos ellos en el interior del país; el primer caso se registró el 20 de marzo en Ciudad Pedro de Alvarado, departamento de Jutiapa, al oriente del país cuando desconocidos asesinaron en una calle al periodista Jaime Napoleón Jarquín Duarte, colaborador de Nuestro Diario.

El segundo hecho sucedió igualmente en Jutiapa el 7 de abril, cuando fue asesinado el vicepresidente de la Asociación de Periodistas Jutiapanecos (APJ) Luis Alberto Lemus Ruano; el tercero ocurrió el 6 de agosto en la cabecera del departamento de  Zacapa, cuando dos desconocidos acribillaron al periodista y locutor Luis de Jesús Lima, en las afueras de la radio “La Sultana”; Orellana Chávez se convierte en el cuarto caso.
 
El Observatorio de los periodistas de CERIGUA registra que del 2003 a la fecha han sido asesinados 22 periodistas en Guatemala, ocho durante el gobierno de Álvaro Colom, 2008 – 2012 y cuatro en lo que va del 2013.

***19.08.2013. EGYPT. Egypt Lashes Out at Foreign News Media’s Coverage - PEC deeply regrets and condemns recent developments against egyptian and foreign media in Cairo - PEC calls the egyptian authorities to respect freedom of the press and the right of foreign journalsits to work freely and safely

Special report by DAVID D. KIRKPATRICK ( Published: August 18, 2013 in the New York Times)

Amid an international outcry over a bloody crackdown, the new government installed by Gen. Abdul-Fattah el-Sisi is putting concerted pressure on the only remaining news outlets in Egypt covering criticism of the violence: the foreign news media.

The military had already shut down all the Egyptian television networks that supported President Mohamed Morsi on the night the general ousted him. Now, in the last four days, the new authorities have raided and shut down the offices of the pan-Arab Al Jazeera network, taken steps to deny its Egyptian license and, on Sunday, arrested its correspondent Abdullah El-Shamy on charges of inciting murder and sectarian violence. Al Jazeera, based in Qatar, was the only big Arabic-language network considered sympathetic to the Muslim Brotherhood. Senior government officials, meanwhile, publicly scolded Western correspondents in two news conferences and a public statement for failing to portray the crackdown in the government’s terms: as a war against violent terrorists. On Sunday, even General Sisi joined the chorus, criticizing foreign news media for failing to appreciate his mandate to fight terrorism. The criticisms echoed incessantly through the state and private media, and, in an apparent response, vigilante supporters of General Sisi have attacked or detained at least a dozen foreign journalists, a vast majority on the same day that an adviser to the president delivered the first diatribe against Western news coverage.

“One could be forgiven for saying that there is a coordinated campaign against the foreign journalists,” Matt Bradley, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal, said Sunday in an interview with Al Jazeera’s English-language sister network. He described being pulled into an armored personnel carrier by soldiers rescuing him after a mob tackled him, tore at his clothes and took his notebook.

Coming at the end of a week when security forces killed more than 1,000 Morsi supporters in the streets, the push to control how the news media portray the violence is the latest sign of the government’s authoritarian turn, which its officials have justified as emergency measures to save Egypt from a coordinated campaign of violence by the Islamists of the Muslim Brotherhood.

Scholars and human rights activists say they see signs of broad coordination between Egypt’s state and private media to drive home the same messages. After the first mass shooting following the military takeover killed more than 60 Morsi supporters at a sit-in, for example, television talk shows across the state and private media seemed to suggest that the Islamists might have deliberately provoked the violence to tarnish the military. Later, all seemed to discover that even Prime Minister David Cameron of Britain had argued for limiting human rights in the interest of protecting national security.

“There is very clear coordination,” said Heba Morayef, a researcher in Egypt for Human Rights Watch. “Forgetting what is true or not, it is interesting that you hear the same thing from everybody.”

Prominent human rights activists whose criticism of the former government made them a staple of Egypt’s nightly talk shows for the last two years say invitations have dried up as they have continued to criticize the police’s disproportionate violence since General Sisi’s takeover on July 3.

The scholars say the sudden pro-government unanimity of the Egyptian news media, following the cacophonous explosion of news media freedom after the ouster of President Hosni Mubarak two years ago, is a throwback not just to the Mubarak era but much further — to the pre-satellite era when the government ran all Egyptian media. Some said the chorus of criticisms of the Islamists as “terrorists” — relatively seldom heard here until July — recalled the years of the early 1950s, when Col. Gamal Abdel Nasser consolidated his power by cracking down on the Muslim Brotherhood.

Even some of the headlines were almost the same, said Prof. Mona el-Ghobashy, a political scientist at Barnard who has tracked the Egyptian news media over the last eight months.

“It is the same hyper-nationalist discourse about how the Islamists are terrorists, that these people represent a transnational Islamism or some kind of foreign import, so they are not real Egyptians.” Officials now charge, without evidence, that many protesters are Syrian or Palestinian.

She noted a pattern of “dehumanizing” the Islamists across the state and private media that began shortly after General Sisi removed Mr. Morsi, when the Islamists established a tent-city protest camp. Talk-show hosts said participants of the sit-in had scurvy. Other media outlets gleefully repeated an allegation by a government-sponsored women’s group that the Islamists there were conducting “sexual jihad” with women at the protests.

To support the crackdown, “you have to dehumanize them,” Professor Ghobashy said.

The core of the government’s complaint with Western news media coverage is what it considers an excessive focus on the hundreds of Morsi supporters killed by police violence and an insufficient attention to the acts of violence by Morsi supporters. Angry Morsi supporters around the country have attacked and burned churches since his ouster and the crackdown; on Sunday, the government distributed a Christian newspaper’s tally of 26 churches attacked, though the number could not be confirmed independently.

In the relatively lawless Sinai, a haven for Islamist militants, deadly attacks on soldiers and police officers have spiked since Mr. Morsi’s ouster. And, in the days since Wednesday’s sit-in, several Morsi supporters have been seen in Cairo carrying or firing guns in clashes with the police or their civilian backers, including during the sit-in assault. Some of the civilians fighting them were also armed.

At a news conference on Sunday with the interim foreign minister, Nabil Fahmy, the government showed video footage and passed out a few photographs of Islamists in different scenes wielding guns in the clashes, and one man who wrapped a weapon in paper to hide it before he ran through the battle at the breakup of the sit-in.

As the police closed in with tear gas, birdshot and sharp-point ammunition, many Morsi supporters tried to fight back by throwing rocks and Molotov cocktails. The government has said more than 40 security officers were killed that day in violence around the country. Some Islamists had predicted or threatened violence over Mr. Morsi’s ouster and the crackdown.

But there remains no evidence that the Muslim Brotherhood has systematically plotted violence or that the sit-ins posed a threat to other civilians. And critics of the deadly crackdown say it was disproportionate no matter who shot first.

But the message from the government and news media here over the weekend was that Egyptians feel “severe bitterness” toward Western news because it is “biased toward the Muslim Brotherhood,” the government said in a printed statement summing up the news conferences.

The clearing of the Islamist sit-in may have killed more than 600 people. But Mustafa Hegazy, a government spokesman, said at a news conference on Saturday that, in the face of the Brotherhood’s violence, security forces had exercised “a huge amount of self-restraint and self-control.”

Mayy El Sheikh and Asmaa Al Zohairy contributed reporting.

***14.08.2013. EGYPT. FOUR JOURNALISTS KILLED - Mick Deane killed in Egypt, Habiba Abdelaziz shot in the head, PEC condemns

August 14 Geneva, (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns in the strongest possible manner the killing of Mick Deane, Sky News' experienced cameraman and photographer Habiba Abdelaziz today during their coverage of the break in by police and security forces at Raba Al Adawiya camp, a stronghold of pro-Morsi protestors.

Egyptian journalist Ahmed Abdel Gawad, who wrote for the state-run newspaper Al Akhbar and a suspended Moslem brotherhood TV station Misr25, was also killed while covering the crackdown at Taba Al Adawiya, according to the Egyptian Press Syndicate. Another photographer Mosab El Shami with Rasd Internet news media (pro-Islamist) is reported killed while covering the massacre.

Habiba Abdulaziz, the Gulf News photographer, was killed with a gun shot in the head during her coverage of the dismantling of the sit-in.

Deane and Habiba were killed during the cross fire between the security forces and the protestors supporting the deposed president Mohammed Morsy.

Sky News, according to its statement, did not name so far the perpetrators.

Mick, 61, had worked for Sky for 15 years, based in Washington and then Jerusalem.

The married father of two was part of the team covering the violence in Cairo. The rest of the team is unhurt.

The Head of Sky News John Ryley described Mick as the very best of cameramen, a brilliant journalist and an inspiring mentor to many at Sky.

PEC calls on Egyptian security forces to respect the right of journalists to work freely and safely while covering events in Cairo and the rest of the country.

Up to date 72 journalists were killed around the world since the beginning of this year, and at least 8 are kidnapped in Syria. Six were killed in Egypt, now the third most dangerous country after Pakistan and Syria.

Habiba Ahmed Abd Elaziz (photo) was 26. She was a reporter for XPress, a newspaper based in the United Arab Emirates. Gulf News, which published XPress, said she had been killed by sniper fire. Other  journalists were injured: they included Reuters photographer Asma Wadi, who was hit in the leg by a shot fired from an AK-47 rifle, Tarek Abbas, a reporter for the Egyptian newspaper Al-Watan, who sustained gunshot injuries to an eye and a leg, Iman Hilal, a photographer for the Egyptian daily Al-Masry Al-Youm, threatened with a knife and photographer Ahmad Najjar who sustained a gunshot injury to the arm during the clashes in Mostafa Mahmoud Square. Most of the media victims were photographers because their greater visibility exposed them to targeted shooting.

***07.08.2013. GUATEMALA. PEC condena asesinato de periodista guatemalteco // La PEC condamne l'assassinat d'un journaliste au Guatemala, le troisième cette année (en français ci-dessous)

La Organización Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC), basada en Ginebra, condenó el asesinato del periodista y locutor guatemalteco Luis de Jesús Lima y exigió a las autoridades realizar una pronta y efectiva investigación para dar cuanto antes con los autores materiales e intelectuales del crimen.

PEC mostró su preocupación porque en lo que va del 2013 han sido asesinados en Guatemala tres profesionales de la comunicación, por lo que consideró necesario que las autoridades agilicen las pesquisas en todos los casos y los resuelvan en apego a la ley.
 
Luis Lima fue asesinado por dos sujetos armados la madrugada del 6 de agosto en el oriental departamento de Zacapa (a 156 kilómetros de la capital) cuando se disponía a ingresar a la radio “La Sultana”, donde dirigía un segmento musical.
 
Los criminales atacaron al periodista antes de que bajara de su automóvil; cuando elementos de bomberos se apersonaron al lugar, ya había fallecido. El ataque se produjo a 300 metros de una estación policial.
 
El crimen provocó indignación y repudio en el gremio de prensa de Zacapa, que exigió a las autoridades  dar con los responsables del asesinato y llevarlos ante la justicia.
 
El director de radio “La Sultana”, Fredy García, condenó el hecho y pidió que sea esclarecido cuanto antes. De acuerdo con García, el locutor no había recibido ninguna amenaza de muerte y descartó que el móvil del crimen se deba la profesión de la víctima.

El Observatorio de los Periodistas de Cerigua condenó este hecho de sangre que nuevamente enluta al gremio de la prensa en Guatemala, sobre todo a la departamental, que es la que se encuentra en mayores condiciones de riesgo, tal como se ha evidenciado en estos meses.
 
Cerigua solicitó una vez más al Presidente de la República, Otto Pérez Molina, firmar el documento que daría inicio al Programa de Protección a Periodistas, que fue anunciado por un representante del Mandatario en el Palacio Nacional de la cultura el 3 de mayo del 2012 y reiterado en octubre del mismo año en Ginebra.

Cerigua ha trabajado en la elaboración de este programa desde hace más de año y medio. Dicho mecanismo, de carácter preventivo se constituiría en el tercero de su tipo en América Latina, luego de los programas implementados en Colombia y México.

Cerigua en los espacios en los que participa por su trabajo de promoción y protección de la libertad de expresión y de prensa mostró su preocupación por este nuevo caso que enluta al gremio periodístico guatemalteco al Fiscal de Derechos Humanos del Ministerio Público (MP), Licenciado Orlando López, al Fiscal de la Unidad de Delitos Contra Periodistas, Licenciado Elmer Yat, y al Asesor de la Unidad de Derechos Humanos del Ministerio de Gobernación, Licenciado Oswaldo Enríquez, con la solicitud de que sean agilizadas las  investigaciones y que se esclarezca este deleznable crimen.

Guatemala, 6 de agosto de 2013.

***14.08.2013. PEC condena atentado contra periodista Fredy Rodas

La Organización Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC), con base en Ginebra, Suiza, condena enérgicamente el grave atentado que sufriera el periodista guatemalteco Fredy Rodas en Mazatenango, cabecera departamental de Suchitepéquez (a 167 kilómetros de la capital), que lo dejó seriamente herido.

Fredy Rodas, quien se desempeña como reportero de “Radio Sonora” y de otros medios  en Suchitepéquez, se dirigía de un canal local a su hogar cuando fue atacado a tiros por un desconocido, que lo esperaba en cercanías de su hogar.

El atacante logró acertarle tres disparos. Rodas fue llevado a un centro médico local donde fue estabilizado pero debido a la gravedad de las heridas, fue trasladado a un hospital en la capital guatemalteca.

Uno de los médicos que atendió al profesional de la prensa señaló que uno de los proyectiles le causó daño en el ojo derecho al reportero, sin embargo dijo que su estado es estable.

Trascendió que previo al ataque, Rodas recibió una llamada intimidatoria en la que afirmaban textualmente: “lamentamos lo que le ocurriría”.

PEC expresa su gran preocupación porque en Guatemala las agresiones contra miembros de la prensa se estén incrementando considerablemente durante lo que va del año, prueba de ello son los tres asesinatos registrados hasta la fecha, el más reciente ocurrido el pasado 6 de agosto.

PEC exige a las autoridades del Ministerio de Gobernación y de la Policía Nacional Civil (PNC) y del Ministerio Público, investigar a fondo este atentado y brindar seguridad al periodista y a su familia; dos de sus hermanos también se desempeñan como periodistas.

El Observatorio de los Periodistas de Cerigua ve con preocupación que durante estos ocho meses del 2013, se han registrado ya 28 casos contra la libertad de expresión y de prensa.

Ante esto, alerta a las autoridades gubernamentales a redoblar sus esfuerzos para proteger el papel de la prensa, sobre todo en los departamentos ante los constantes ataques y amenazas que sufre.

La entidad guatemalteca reitera su llamado al Presidente de la República, Otto Pérez Molina, a firmar a la brevedad el documento que dará vida al Programa de Protección a Periodistas, en el que Cerigua ha trabajado desde hace año y medio y el Ejecutivo se comprometió a implementar.

Guatemala, 14 de agosto 2013
 

La PEC condamne l’assassinat d’un journaliste guatémaltèque, le troisième cette année

La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC), organisation non gouvernementale basée à Genève, condamne l’assassinat du journaliste et présentateur de radio  guatémaltèque Luis de Jesús Lima. Elle demande instamment aux autorités d’ouvrir immédiatement une enquête pour identifier au plus vite les auteurs matériels et les mandants de ce crime.

La PEC exprime sa vive préoccupation quant aux trois assassinats de professionnels de la communication qui ont eu lieu au Guatemala depuis le début de l’année 2013. Elle estime qu’il est du devoir des autorités d’activer les recherches dans ces trois cas pour qu’ils soient éllucidés conformément à la loi. 

Luis Lima a été assassiné par deux individus armés, à l’aube du 6 août, dans le département oriental de Zacapa (situé à 156 kilomètres de la capitale), lorsqu’il s’apprêtait à entrer dans le bâtiment de la radio “La Sultana”, où il dirigeait un programme musical.

Les auteurs de ce crime ont attaqué le journaliste avant qu’il descende de sa voiture. Lorsque les pompiers sont arrivés sur les lieux il était déjà décédé. L’attaque a eu lieu à 300 mètres d’un poste de police. 
 
Ce crime a provoqué une vague d’indignation et de rejet dans le milieu de la presse de Zacapa, qui a exigé que les autorités trouvent les responsables de l’assassinat et les présentent à la justice.
 
Le directeur de la radio “La Sultana”, Fredy García, a condamné cet acte et demandé qu’il soit éclairci au plus vite. Selon Fredy Garcia, le présentateur n’avait reçu aucune menace de mort. Il a aussi rejeté le fait que le mobile du crime ait un rapport avec la profession de la victime.
 
L’Observatoire des journalistes de Cerigua a également condamné cet acte sanglant qui endeuille à nouveau le milieu de la presse au Guatemala et plus particulière la presse départementale qui court les plus grands risques, comme cela a été le cas ces derniers mois.
 
Cerigua a demandé une fois de plus au Président de la République du Guatemala, M. Otto Pérez Molina, de signer le document qui mettrait en œuvre le Programme de protection des journalistes, annoncé par un représentant du Chef de l’Etat au Palais National de la culture, le 3 mai 2012 et réitéré en octobre de la même année à Genève.

Cerigua œuvre à l’élaboration de ce programme depuis une année et demie. Ce mécanisme préventif serait le troisième de ce type en Amérique latine, après les programmes adopté en Colombie et au Mexique.

Cerigua a fait part de sa préoccupation pour ce nouveau cas qui endeuille la presse au Guatemala, lors de tous les événements auquel cette organisation a participé dans le cadre de son travail de promotion et de protection de la liberté d’expression et de la presse, auprès de l’avocat général des Droits de l’homme du Ministère public (MP), M. Orlando Lopez, de l’avocat général de l’Unité des délits contre les journalistes, M. Elmer Yat, du conseiller de l’Unité des droits de l’homme du gouvernement, M. Oswaldo Enríquez, avec la requête que les recherches soient activées et que ce crime soit élucidé au plus vite. 

***14.08.2013. La PEC condamne l’attentat contre le journaliste Fredy Rodas

L’organisation non gouvernementale Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC), basée à Genève (Suisse), condamne fermement le grave attentat dont a été victime le journaliste guatémaltèque Fredy Rodas à Mazatenango, chef-lieu du département de Suchitepéquez (situé à 167 kilomètres de la capitale Guatemla City) et qui l’a gravement blessé.

Fredy Rodas, reporter à la “Radio Sonora” et d’autres médias à Suchitepéquez, rentrait chez lui, après avoir quitté les locaux d’une chaîne locale, lorsqu’il a essuyé des tirs de la part d’un inconnu qui l’attendait près de son domicile.
 
L’auteur de l’attentat a tiré trois coups de feu. Rodas a été emmené dans un centre médical local, mais compte tenu de la gravité de ses blessures, il a été transporté dans un hôpital de la capitale du Guatemala.

Un des médecins qui a soigné le journaliste a expliqué qu’un des projectiles a touché l’œil droit du reporter, tout en ajoutant que son état était stable. 

Des informations indiquent qu’avant l’attentat, Rodas a reçu un appel menaçant qui affirmait textuellement “Nous regrettons ce qui va se passer”.
 
La PEC exprime sa profonde préoccupation concernant le fait qu’au Guatemala les agressions contre des professionnels de la presse ont considérablement augmenté depuis le début de l’année, preuve en est le troisième assassinat enregistré à ce jour, le plus récent ayant eu lieu le 6 août.

La PEC prie instamment les autorités du Ministère gouvernement concerné et celui de la Police Nationale Civile (PNC), ainsi que le Ministère public, de diligenter une enquête sur cet attentat et d’assurer la sécurité du journaliste et de sa famille; deux de ses frères étant également journalistes.
 
L’Observatoire des journalistes de Cerigua constate avec inquiétude que pendant les huit mois de l’année 2013, 28 cas de violations contre la liberté d’expression et de la presse ont eu lieu. 
 
Face à cette situation, elle alerte les autorités gouvernementales pour que ces dernières redoublent d’efforts afin de protéger le rôle de la presse, notamment dans les différents départements du pays, face aux attaques et menaces constantes dont elle est victime. 
 
L’entité guatémaltèque réitère son appel au Président de la République, M. Otto Perez Molina, pour qu’il signe au plus vite le document qui concrétisera le Programme de Protection des Journalistes auquel Cerigua travaille depuis une année et demie et que l’Exécutif s’est engagé à mettre en œuvre. 

***15.07.2013. Violaciones a la libertad de prensa en Centroamérica y México durante el primer semestre del 2013.

Por Ileana Alamilla (Cerigua). Representante Regional PEC.

Guatemala: En el primer semestre del año se reportaron dos asesinatos de periodistas entre marzo y abril, en el departamento de Jutiapa:.el corresponsal de Nuestro Diario, Jaime Napoleón Jarquín Duarte, quién fue atacado por desconocidos en una de las calles del lugar y Luis Alberto Lemus Ruano, vicepresidente de la Asociación de Periodistas Jutiapanecos (APJ) atacado a tiros en un negocio de su propiedad, falleciendo momentos después en un hospital local.

 Se registraron dos agresiones físicas y verbales, una amenaza y agresión física, el allanamiento a una radio comunitaria y seis amenazas. Además se reportaron tres obstrucciones a la fuente, una agresión verbal, un caso de robo, dos obstrucciones a la fuente y amenazas, y el hackeo a la página digital de un diario.
 
Los mayores agresores a la prensa durante este periodo fueron las autoridades gubernamentales, en cinco casos. 
 
México: Considerado uno de los países más riesgosos para la libertad de expresión, registró 150 violaciones a la libertad de expresión y de prensa, en los primeros seis meses del año. De estos 151 casos sobresalen dos asesinatos, una desaparición, cuatro ataques a medios, 26 amenazas y siete privaciones ilegales de la libertad.

El 31 de marzo fue asesinado a tiros en Chihuahua Jaime Guadalupe González, director del sitio Ojinaga Noticias, por desconocidos que además robaron una cámara fotográfica del  periodista (Los datos de asesinatos varían según las entidades de prensa)

En abril autoridades mexicanas encontraron el cuerpo descuartizado de Daniel Alejandro Martínez Baldúa, fotógrafo de la revista “Vanguardia”.

Ricardo Chávez, director del diario “El Ciudadano” fue encontrado muerto en junio en el Estado de Tamaulipas; el periodista había sido secuestrado dos semanas antes. 
 
Honduras: El periodista Aníbal Barrow fue secuestrado la tarde del 24 de junio en ciudad de San Pedro Sula y su cuerpo descuartizado y con señalas de quemaduras fue encontrado el 9 de julio. El primer comunicador asesinado en Honduras en este año fue el cronista deportivo Celín Orlando Acosta Zelaya, asesinado a tiros el 31 de enero.
 
En  junio el periodista Antonio Quintero sobrevivió a un atentado con arma de fuego; desconocidos a bordo de un taxi le pasaron disparando.  El profesional de la prensa sobrevivió al atentado y fue llevado a un hospital local. 
 
Nicaragua: El 24 de mayo la periodista Martha Vásquez y el fotógrafo Manuel Esquivel, del diario  “La Prensa”, fueron desalojados violentamente por policías de un Complejo Judicial cuando daban cobertura a un caso, con el argumento de no haber registrado su ingreso en la oficina de prensa, lo que fue desmentido por los afectados.
 
Panamá: En  junio Elizabeth González y Bolívar Jurado, de la televisora TVN, fueron retenidos arbitrariamente por autoridades en las afueras del Consejo de Seguridad, argumentando que no podían filmar ahí.

Cuando el secretario general del Sindicato de Periodistas de Panamá, Filemón Medina, llego al lugar con el fin de mediar en la situación, fue retenido por un agente y posteriormente agredido físicamente por Alejandro Garuz, viceministro de de seguridad, junto a otros oficiales.

***03.07.2013. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) in its report covering the first half of 2013 says that fewer journalists were killed as compared to the same period last year, but that more journalists were kidnapped: 56 journalists killed in 6 months in 23 countries (scroll down for French, Spanish, Arabic - click left on TICKING CLOCK for the list of casualties)

PEC report: first half of 2013
Fewer journalists killed - more abducted

Geneva (PEC) 3 July 2013 - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) in its report covering the first half of 2013 says that fewer journalists were killed as compared to the same period last year, but that more journalists were kidnapped.

In six months, since January, 56 journalists were killed in 23 countries as compared to 75 during the same period last year, representing a reduction of 25 percent.

"This decrease in casualties is a source of satisfaction", said PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen. He hopes that this trend will continue thanks to the efforts of NGOs, media organizations, the United Nations and governments.

Last year, a record number of journalists were killed: 141.

“There is an improvement compared to 2012, but if we compare the statistics with the first six months of 2011: 54 killed, 2010 : 59 killed and 2009 : 53 killed, we notice a stability of two journalists killed per week”, added Lempen. "It is too much and we need to continue fighting for more security and access in zones of conflict and less impunity".  

The latest casualty is from Egypt during an anti-regime protest. The PEC condemns this killing and calls upon Egyptian security forces to provide additional safety measures for journalists during the difficult times of reporting.  
     
Hostage taking in Syria

Abductions have increased dramatically. Hostage taking has become the norm in Syria similar to Iraq between 2003 and 2006. At least 7 foreign journalists have been abducted or have disappeared in Syria : Didier François and Edouard Elias (France, since June 6), Armin Wertz (Germany, since May 5), Domenico Quirico (Italy, since April 9), James Foley (United States, since November 22), Austin Tice (United States, since August 13), and Bashar Fahmi Al-Kadumi (Palestine, since August 20). Other journalists have been abducted recently in Honduras and Yemen.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi called for their immediate release.

Journalists are neutral witnesses who through their work show public opinion the suffering of the victims whoever they are and independent of their affiliations. They should not be used as targets or become a tool for collecting money.

Pakistan: the most dangerous country

According to the PEC figures Pakistan with ten journalists killed remains the most dangerous country for media work ahead of Syria : 8, Somalia and Brazil with 5 journalists killed in each country.

India comes in 5th rank with 4 media workers killed, two journalists were killed in the following countries: Guatemala, Haiti, Iraq, Mexico, Paraguay and the Philippines.

The PEC also condemns the killing of one journalist in the following countries: Afghanistan, Central Africa, Ecuador, Egypt, Kenya, Nigeria, Uganda, Peru, Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Russia, Tanzania and Yemen.

Compared to the same period last year, an improvement has taken place in Syria - 8 killed against 21 last year during the reporting period, and in Mexico 2 against 8 last year.

However, the situation has worsened in Pakistan - 10 killed against 6 last year, and the situation has not improved in Somalia, 5 killed against 6 last year, and the same for Brazil.

Because of Pakistan Asia is the leading casualty continent with 17 journalists killed ahead of Latin America: 15, the Middle East: 12, Africa: 11 and Europe 1. 

 Rapport de la PEC pour les six premiers mois de 2013

Moins de journalistes tués, plus de journalistes enlevés

Genève (PEC), 3 juillet 2013 - Moins de journalistes ont été tués au cours du premier semestre 2013 par rapport à la même période de l'an dernier, mais davantage de journalistes ont été kidnappés, a affirmé mercredi la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC). En six mois, depuis janvier, 56 journalistes ont été tués dans 23 pays, soit une baisse de 25% par rapport à 2012 (75 tués en 6 mois).

"Cette baisse d'un quart du nombre de victimes en six mois est un motif de satisfaction. Nous espérons que cette tendance va se poursuivre, grâce aux efforts des ONG, des associations de journalistes, de l'ONU et des gouvernements", a affirmé le secrétaire général de la PEC. L'an dernier, un record de 141 journalistes ont été tués.

Toutefois, a nuancé Lempen, si l'on compare la statistique avec les six premiers mois des années 2011 (54 tués), 2010 (59 tués), et 2009 (53 tués), l'on constate une quasi-stabilité, avec deux journalistes tués par semaine dans le monde. "C'est beaucoup trop. Il faut continuer à lutter pour davantage de sécurité, d'accès dans les zones de conflit et lutter contre une impunité beaucoup trop répandue", a déclaré Blaise Lempen.

La victime la plus récente a été recensée en Egypte lors des manifestations contre le régime. La PEC condamne ce meurtre et demande aux forces de sécurité de prendre des mesures supplémentaires pour garantir la sécurité des journalistes en cette période difficile pour la couverture des événements.

Prises d'otages en Syrie

Les kidnappings ont fortement augmenté. La pratique des prises d'otages est devenue courante en Syrie, comme dans les années 2003 à 2006 en Irak. Au moins sept journalistes étrangers sont actuellement détenus ou disparus en Syrie: Didier François et Edouard Elias (France, depuis le 6 juin), Armin Wertz (Allemagne, depuis le 5 mai), Domenico Quirico (Italie, depuis le 9 avril), James Foley (Etats-Unis, depuis le 22 novembre), Austin Tice (Etats-Unis, depuis le 13 août) et Bashar Fahmi Al-Kadumi (Palestine, depuis le 20 août). D’autres journalistes ont été kidnappés récemment au Honduras et au Yémen.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi a demandé leur libération immédiate. Les journalistes sont des témoins neutres qui sensibilisent l'opinion aux souffrances endurées par les victimes, quelle que soit leur appartenance, et ils ne doivent pas être pris pour cibles ni servir de monnaie d'échange.

Pakistan pays le plus dangereux

Selon le décompte de la PEC, depuis le début de l'année, le Pakistan est le pays le plus dangereux, avec 10 victimes, devant la Syrie (8 tués). La Somalie et le Brésil suivent au 3e rang avec cinq tués chacun.

L'Inde vient au 5e rang, avec 4 employés des medias tués. Deux journalistes ont été tués dans chacun de ces pays: Guatemala, Haïti, Irak, Mexique, Paraguay et Philippines.

La PEC condamne aussi l'assassinat d'un journaliste dans chacun des pays suivants: Afghanistan, Centrafrique, Equateur, Egypte, Kenya, Nigeria, Ouganda, Pérou, République démocratique du Congo, Russie, Tanzanie, Yémen.

Par rapport à la même période de l'an dernier, l'on note une amélioration en Syrie (8 tués contre 21 au premier semestre de 2012) et au Mexique (2 contre 8). Par contre, la situation s'est aggravée au Pakistan (10 victimes contre 6), et elle ne s'est pas améliorée sensiblement en Somalie (5 tués contre 6 l'an dernier) et au Brésil (5 tués contre 6 également).

A cause du Pakistan, l'Asie est le continent où les journalistes sont le plus exposé (17 victimes), devant l'Amérique latine (15), le Moyen-Orient (12), l’Afrique (11) et l'Europe (1). 

Informe de la PEC sobre los seis primeros meses de este ano

Menos periodistas muertos en 2013 pero aumentan los secuestros

Ginebra (PEC), 3 de julio de 2013. Menos periodistas han sido asesinados en el curso del primer semestre de 2013 en relacion con el mismo periodo del ano pasado, pero han aumentado los secuestros, segun el nuevo informe de la Campana Emblema de Prensa (PEC).

De enero hasta la fecha, 56 periodistas han sido asesinados en 23 paeses, una disminucion de 25% en relacion a 2012 (75 muertos). « Esta reduccion de  un cuarto del numero de victimas en seis meses es un motivo de satisfaccion. Esperamos que esta tendencia siga, gracias a los esfuerzos de las asociaciones de periodistas, de ONG, de la ONU y de los gobiernos », declaro el Secretario general de la PEC, Blaise Lempen.

El ano pasado, 141 periodistas habian perdido la vida, cifra record. « Pero - agrego Lempen - si comparamos las estadisticas con los seis primeros meses de los anos 2011 (54 muertos), 2010 (59 muertos) y 2009 (53 muertos), notamos una media de dos periodistas asesinados por semana en el mundo. Es demasiado. Hay que seguir luchando por mas seguridad, mas acceso a las zonas de conflictos para los periodistas y contra la impunidada ».

Secuestros de periodistas en Siria

Por otro lado, los raptos de periodistas han aumentado enormemente. La practica del secuestro se ha vuelto un acto corriente en Siria, como entre los anos 2003-2006 en Irak.

Al menos siete periodistas extranjeros siguen detenidos o desaparecidos en Siria: Didier François y Edouard Elias (Francia, desde el 6 de junio), Armin Wertz (Alemania, desde el 5 de mayo), Domenico Quirico (Italia, desde el 9 de abril), James Foley (Estados Unidos, desde el 22 de noviembre 2012), Austin Tice (Estados Unidos, desde el 13 de agosto 2012 ) y Bashar Fahmi Al-Kadumi (Palestino, desde el 20 de agosto 2012). Otros periodistas siguen detenidos en el Honduras y Yemen.

La Presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdelnabi pidie su liberacion inmediata. Los periodistas son testigos neutrales que sensibilizan a la opinion del sufrimiento de las victimas, sin tomar en cuenta su pertenencia, y no deben ser utilizados como blanco o servir de moneda de cambio.

Pakistan el pais mas peligroso

Segun las estadisticas de la PEC, desde el inicio de este ano, Pakistan ha sido el pais mas peligroso, con 10 victimas, seguido de Siria (8 periodistas muertos). Somalia y Brasil siguen en el tercer lugar, con cinco muertos cada uno. La India es quinta, con 4 profesionales de los medios de comunicacion asesinados. Dos periodistas han sido ejecutados en Guatemala, Haiti, Irak, Mexico, Paraguay y Filipinas.

La PEC condena tambien el asesinato de un periodista en Afganistan, Republica Centroafricana, Ecuador, Egipto, Kenia, Nigeria, Uganda, Peru, Republica Democratica del Congo, Rusia, Tanzania y Yemen.

Comparando con el mismo periodo del ano pasado, se registran progresos en Siria ocho muertos (21) y en Mexico dos (8 en 2012).

Sin embargo, la situacion se agrava en Pakistan con 10 victimas (6 en 2012). Tampoco ha mejorado mucho en Somalia y Brasil (5 muertos, 6 el ano pasado).

Por regiones, Asia, con Pakistan, es el continente mas expuesto (17 victimas), seguido de America Latina (15), Medio Oriente (12), Africa (11) y Europa (1).

حملة الشارة: التقرير النصف سنوي

تناقص عدد القتلى من الصحفيين، و المزيد من المختطفين

جنيف 3 يوليو (حملة الشارة) – اعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية اليوم، في تقريرها النصف سنوي لسنة 2013، أن النصف الأول من العام شهد تناقصاً في عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا بينما ازدادت عمليات الاختطاف. 

و أخر الضحايا هو الصحفي المصري صلاح عز الدين حسن الذي قتل اثناء تغطية مظاهرات المعارضة في بورسعيد يوم 28 يونيو الماضي.

و تدين حملة الشارة مقتل الصحفي المصري و تطالب السلطات الشرطية في مصر بالعمل على وضع اجراءات في الميدان تمنح حماية أكثر للصحفيين في أثناء الصراع السياسي الدائر حالياً. 

في الاشهر الستة من العام قتل 56 صحفياً في 23 دولة بالمقارنة لـ 75 في نفس الفترة من العام الماضي مما يعني أن العدد تناقص بنسبة 25 بالمائة. 

 و صرح سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان أن هذا الخفض مصدر رضاء لنا و معرباً عن امله في استمرار هذا الاتجاه مشيراً إلى أن هذا التطور يعود إلى جهود المنظمات غير الحكومية و منظمات الدفاع عن الصحفيين و الأمم المتحدة و الحكومات.

و يذكر أن عدد القتلى من الصحفيين في العام الماضي بلغ 141 صحفياً و هو رقم غير مسبوق.

و أضاف ليمبان أن هناك تحسناً بالمقارنة بـ 2102 و أنه اذا قارنا الإحصائيات فسوف نجد أنه في الستة أشهر الأولى من الأعوام السابقة 2011: قتل 54 صحفياً، 2010: 59 و 2009: 53 أي بمعدل ثابت بمقتل صحفيين في الأسبوع و مشيراً إلى أن هذا العدد كبير و علينا أن نبذل المزيد من الجهد للحماية و الوصول إلى مكان الحدث و مكافحة الافلات من العقاب. 

عمليات الاختطاف في سوريا

لقد ارتفعت عمليات اختطاف الصحفيين في سوريا بشكل كبير و أصبح مسألة اعتيادية فيما يشبه الوضع في العراق ما بين 2003 و 2006. و قد تم اختطاف 7 صحفيين على الأقل أو اختفوا في سوريا و أسمائهم باللاتينية:


Didier François and Edouard Elias (France, since June 6), Armin Wertz (Germany, since May 5), Dominico Quirico (Italy, since April 9), James Foley (United States, since November 22), Austin Tice (United States, since 13 August), and Bashar Fahmi Al-Kadumi (Palestine, since 20 August). 

و طالبت هدايت عبد النبي، رئيسة الحملة الدولية، بضرورة الافراج عنهم و فوراً.

و قال ليمبان أن الصحفيين يمثلون الحيادية كشهود و يقدمون للعالم و الرأي العام من خلال عملهم معاناة الضحايا بصرف النظر عن هويتهم أو انتماءاتهم، و من ثم فيجب ألا يتحولوا إلى أهداف او وسيلة لجلب الأموال في اطار فدية.

باكستان: أكثر الدول خطورة 

طبقاً لأرقام حملة الشارة  فإن باكستان هي أكثر الدول خطورة للعمل الصحفي حيث قتل منذ بداية هذا العام 10 صحفيين ثم ثأتي سوريا بعدها: 8، فالصومال و البرازيل: خمسة صحفيين في كل منهما، ثم الهند: 4، و قتل 2 من الصحفيين في كل من ججواتيمالا، هايتي، العراق،  المكسيك، باراجواي و الفلبين.

و هي تدين عمليات قتل الصحفيين في كل أنحاء العالم فإن الحملة تنوه أيضاً إلى مقتل صحفي في كل من أفغانستان، إفريقيا الوسطى، اكوادور، كينيا، نيجيريا، أوغندا، جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية، روسيا، تنزانيا و اليمن و مصر.     

و قد طرأ التحسن في سوريا حيث قتل 8 صحفيين بالمقارنة بـ 21 في نفس الفترة من العام الماضي، و 2 في المكسيك بالمقارنة بـ 8 في نفس الفترة الزمنية لعام 2012.

إلا أن الموقف قد ازداد سوءاً في باكستان بمقتل 10 في مقابل 6 في العام الماضي، بينما قتل 5 في مقابل 6 في العام الماضي في كل من الصومال و البرازيل.


و تصدرت قارة آسيا قارات العالم الخطرة بسبب باكستان و بلغ عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا في القارة 17 صحفياً، ثم جاءت أمريكا اللاتينية: 15، إفريقيا 12، الشرق الأوسط 12، و أوروبا 1.

للرجوع إلى قائمة الضحايا

***01.07.2013. SYRIE. QUI A TUE GILLES JACQUIER LE 11 JANVIER 2012 A HOMS ? TROIS JOURNALISTES ETAIENT SUR PLACE CE JOUR-LA ET TEMOIGNENT DANS UN LIVRE - interview exclusive de Patrick Vallélian par Luisa Ballin

Attentat Express (Seuil) est l'enquête de la compagne de Gilles Jacquier Caroline Poiron, et des deux journalistes suisses Sid Ahmed Hammouche et Patrick Vallélian. Caroline Poiron est photographe journaliste pour France Télévisions et Paris Match. Sid Ahmed Hammouche et Patrick Vallélian sont grands reporters respectivement à La Liberté et à L’Hebdo. Ils étaient tous présents à Homs le 11 janvier 2012, lors de l'assassinat de Gilles Jacquier. Dans leur livre, ils accusent...Un témoignage de première main sur les difficultés à couvrir les zones de conflit. 

Le mercredi 11 janvier 2012, le reporter de la chaine de télévision France 2, Gilles Jacquier, a été tué à Homs, ville symbole de la révolte contre le régime du président syrien Bachar al-Assad. Sa compagne, la photographe Caroline Poiron et deux journalistes suisses, Sid Ahmed Hammouche (La Liberté) et Patrick Vallélian (L’Hebdo) viennent de publier un ouvrage pour tenter de faire la lumière sur une mort qui n’a pas livré tous ses mystères. Entretien avec Patrick Vallélian. 

Pourquoi  avez-vous cosigné « Attentat express, qui a tué Gilles Jacquier ?» paru au Seuil ? 

Nous avons fait notre travail de journalistes et recherché la vérité, même si cette dernière est l’une des premières victimes de la guerre. Nous avons voulu témoigner et corriger d’innombrables erreurs dites au sujet de la mort de Gilles Jacquier. Lors de notre enquête, nous nous sommes rendus compte que des journalistes avaient raconté n’importe quoi sur la mort de notre confrère et ce faisant ont servi, volontairement ou non, la propagande du régime syrien. Ils ont refusé de corriger leurs erreurs factuelles flagrantes à la différence de Nick Robertson, envoyé spécial de CNN, qui a reconnu s’être trompé et qui s’en est excusé.

Qui a commis les erreurs dont vous parlez ?

Nous pensons notamment à Mohamed Ballout, reporter à la BBC, qui a prétendu nous avoir vus à Homs avant la mort de Gilles Jacquier alors qu’il se trouvait dans un bus se rendant de Homs à Damas à l’heure du crime. Et à Georges Malbrunot, du Figaro. Malgré mes appels et ceux de Sid Ahmed Hammouche, ce dernier n’a jamais voulu corriger le premier article écrit sur le décès de Gilles, le 11 janvier 2012. Un article truffé d’erreurs, qui reprenait la thèse du régime syrien sur la mort du reporter de France 2. Malbrunot  a commis deux autres articles prétendant que les rebelles avaient tué Gilles Jacquier, en se basant sur un rapport biaisé de la Ligue arabe.

Depuis la sortie de votre livre, en mai 2013, y a-t-il eu une nouvelle enquête sur la mort du reporter de France 2 ?

Pas à ma connaissance.

Le Représentant spécial du Secrétaire général de l’ONU et de la Ligue arabe, Lakhdar Brahimi, était mardi dernier à Genève pour tenter de préparer une comnférence de paix sur la Syrie "Genève 2". Avez-vous pu le rencontrer dans le cadre de votre enquête ou après la sortie du livre ?

Non, mais nous avons rencontré des dizaines de personnes directement concernées par la mort de Gilles Jacquier, qui est un crime. Nous avons interrogé des personnes au sein du régime syrien, de la Ligue arabe, dans les rangs de l’opposition à Bacher al-Assad et dans les milieux de la diplomatie internationale. Notre livre se base sur des centaines d’heures d’entretiens effectués dans de nombreux pays ainsi que sur des documents audiovisuels inédits.

Qu’attendez-vous de l’ONU et de la communauté internationale ?

Outre l’enquête que mène la justice française, nous demandons une enquête internationale et impartiale sur l’assassinat de Gilles Jacquier. Plus généralement, nous attendons que les tueurs de journalistes soient poursuivis et condamnés pour de tels crimes. Trop souvent, ils s’en sortent sans être inquiétés alors que s’attaquer à des reporters revient à s’attaquer à un des droits fondamentaux: celui d’être informé de manière neutre et objective. C’est une des bases de notre démocratie.

 Et qu’attendez-vous des Syriens ?

Je n’attends pas grand-chose du régime syrien sachant qu’il est responsable de la mort de Gilles Jacquier. C’est le régime qui a commandité son exécution et qui l’a abattu dans l’exercice de son métier. Des dizaines de milliers de Syriens ont perdu la vie dans ce conflit. Nous ne les oublions pas. Notre livre entend également leur rendre hommage en décryptant l’essence mafieuse du régime syrien. A travers « l’affaire Gilles Jacquier », nous avons tenté de comprendre comment cette machine à tuer fonctionne. Nous voulons expliquer que cette guerre durera encore longtemps si la communauté internationale ne prend pas ses responsabilités et n’impose pas une vraie solution politique.

Retournerez-vous un jour en Syrie ?

Bien sûr.

Comment assurer la sécurité des professionnels de l’information dans les zones de conflit et les régions dangereuses ? 

Nos gouvernements doivent prendre leurs responsabilités dans ce domaine. Trop souvent, ils se retranchent derrière la liberté d’expression ou l’indépendance des médias pour ne pas taper du poing sur la table à l’encontre des régimes qui lancent de véritables chasses à l’homme pour empêcher les observateurs que nous sommes de faire notre travail.

J’ai rencontré d’anciens militaires de l’armée syrienne, dont certains sont passés dans les rangs de l’armée syrienne libre. Ils affirment qu’une de leurs missions était de traquer les reporters étrangers entrés illégalement en Syrie et de les ramener mort ou vif à Damas. C’est la preuve de l’enjeu que représente l’absence de journalistes sur le terrain.

La guerre civile syrienne est devenue une guerre sans images et trop souvent nous dépendons des sources diffusées par un camp ou l’autre pour comprendre ce qui se passe sur place. S’agissant de nos gouvernements, nous attendons un véritable soutien de leur part en cas de problème et surtout un suivi lors du retour au pays. Il n’est pas normal qu’un pays comme la Suisse ne soit pas intervenu auprès de la Syrie après que nos vies ont été mises en danger. Aucune enquête n’a été ouverte par la justice helvétique. Comme si la vie de deux ressortissants suisses ne l’intéressait pas.

Que pensez-vous de la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC)?

L’association défend une cause noble et nécessaire. Malheureusement, on ne l’entend et on ne la voit pas assez. En tant que journaliste de terrain, je n’ai pas non plus reçu son soutien après mon retour de Syrie, soutien qui était et qui est encore essentiel. En tant que partie civile dans l’enquête en cours en France sur la mort de Gilles Jacquier, j’ai reçu un appui de mon journal et d’Impressum, mais je serai seul à assumer les frais d’un procès, si procès il y a. Or je ne me bats pas pour moi seulement, je me bats pour défendre les journalistes sur les terrains de guerre. Est-ce normal que je doive l’assumer seul ? 

Propos recueillis par Luisa Ballin
membre du comité de la PEC
 

PS. Remarque de la PEC. Par rapport à la dernière réponse ci-dessus de notre confrère, la PEC tient à souligner qu'elle milite pour un cadre juridique destiné à renforcer la protection des journalistes, y compris pour prévoir des mécanismes d'indemnisation et de protection légale pour les journalistes. Ce que Patrick Vallélian demande, soit une protection légale, serait inclus dans la Convention que la PEC souhaite faire adopter. La Convention obligerait les gouvernements à enquêter et a agir sur le plan juridique. En l'absence d'une telle obligation, la PEC n'a malheureusement les moyens ni financiers ni juridiques pour enquêter et intervenir devant les tribunaux. Raison pour laquelle il faut militer pour l'adoption d'une Convention contraignante sur la protection des journalistes en zones dangereuses !

***30.06.2013. PAKISTAN. Pakistan is becoming a “NO” country for foreign journalists

Pakistan is becoming a “NO” country for foreign journalists, as during last two months two foreign journalists have been expelled by not renewing or extending their visas, on which the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has expressed its concern and asked the new government of Nawaz Sharif to recognize ‘media freedom’ as integral for strengthening of democracy and its functioning.

Although in Pakistan during June 2013 no visible violence has been seen against journalists, yet media reporting from troubled tribal areas and Balochistan province is still under a persistent fear and threats which calls for the government to take tangible steps for the protection of journalists, the PEC noted.

After the expulsion of Declan Walsh of The New York Times bureau chief in Islamabad in May, an Indian Journalist Rezaul Hasan Lashkar who was reporting on Pakistan and lived in Islamabad for five and a half years was also asked in June to leave the country and his visa was not extended or renewed. And he had to pack up and leave in just a little over two weeks.

Walsh was ordered by the Pakistan’s Interior Ministry on the eve of national elections through the hands of police officers in form of two sentences letter reads, “It is informed that your visa is hereby canceled in view of your undesirable activities,” the order stated. “You are therefore advised to leave the country within 72 hours.”

In Indian journalist case, on June 13, he was informed that his presence was no longer acceptable to someone, somewhere – through a phone call and a letter. In the letter, he was informed that he should leave by June 23. As he had already applied for visa extension, after getting the letter he panicked as he had no valid visa by then, without which he could not even leave. However, after his much efforts, he was given a ‘generous’ extension till June 29.

The tradition is that the journalist is allowed a short overlap with his successor for a smooth transition. But both Rezaul Hasan and Anita Joshua, the second Indian journalist in Pakistan, who were scheduled to leave in any case and were only waiting for their successors to show up, were denied this in recent months.

Indeed, Hasan’s abrupt departure came hot on the heels of the return of his counterpart – Anita Joshua of The Hindu – who was asked to leave shortly after the elections (but before the new government took charge). Both Joshua and Hasan were told to leave after Nawaz Sharif – the political leader who wanted and wants peace with India.

Local journalists are threatened, bribed, abducted or killed, but in foreign journalists cases the government apply these types of tactics of denying visas or expulsions which is not acceptable in a civilized world, the campaign said.

Israr Khan, PEC Representative in Islamabad

***15.06.2013. ISRAEL. THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) PROTESTS AGAINST DOUBLE STANDARDS AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL and deeply regrets personal attacks against the Special rapporteur on human rights in the palestinian territories Richard Falk - STATEMENT DELIVERED BY GIANFRANCO FATTORINI ON BEHALF OF 19 NGOs, INCLUDING PEC 

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
23rd session

Item 1 -  Organizational and procedural mattersQui a tué Gilles Jacquier ?

Concluding remarks[1]

Mr. President,

I speak on behalf of 19 NGOs.

Mr. President,

We express our deepest concern about the way the Council acted on Item 7, or more precisely the way it didn’t act.  We note with regret a trend toward applying double standards in the decision-making processes in the Council.

While the Council expresses its concern in each of its sessions about the human rights violations committed in the Arab Republic of Syria in the past 2 years, with 4 special sessions convened on the issue in that period, it sometimes remains silent, as it did at this session, on the decennial, continuous war crimes and crimes against humanity committed by the Israeli colonial power in the occupied State of Palestine. This longstanding occupation, and the crimes related to it, justifies the retention of Item 7 on the Agenda of the Council.

We wish also to stress that we dissociate our organisations from the language used by some colleagues during the Interactive dialogue with the Special rapporteur, Mr. Richard Falk, and the General debate on Item 7 and we deeply regret that personal attacks against him have been allowed to be expressed in the room because this is not only an attempt to attack the integrity of Mr. Falk, but rather of the entire system of the Special Procedures of the Council.

Furthermore, the Council surprisingly failed to address in an effective manner the issue of the non-cooperation of the State of Israel with the Universal Periodic Review Mechanism. OP4 of Decision A/HRC/OM/7/1 states that the Council “Decides to consider at the session when the President’s final report will be considered, but at the latest at its 23rd session, any steps that may be deemed appropriate in light of the provisions of the UNGA resolution 60/251 of 15 March 2006 and the HRC resolution 5/1 of 18 June 2007”.

Finally, Mr. President,

We express here our profound dismay noting that a State may not only infringe with impunity the principles of the Charter and defy every UN resolution concerning its occupation policy, but on top of it be awarded for it by being granted the privilege to negotiate its participation in the work of the highest international body for the protection and promotion of Human Rights. By negotiating with, instead of condemning a longstanding colonial power, the UN Human Rights Council is losing its integrity and its credibility.

I thank you for your attention.

14 June 2013 

***10.06.2013. PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL 20 YEARS AFTER THE ADOPTION OF THE VIENNA DECLARATION

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Item 8 -     Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action
General debate
 
Mr. President,

Twenty years after the adoption of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action[1], more than a thousand journalists have been killed around the world. The great majority of them in the context of civil war or civil unrest; in less than 5% of the cases the responsible have been brought to justice and convicted.

Although the international community made the pledge in 1993 to guarantee freedom and protection for the media, the impunity prevails for the killers of media workers. Last year, in adopting Resolution A/HRC/RES/21/12, this very Council urged States to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference.

Nevertheless, too many States act inconsistently with the international commitments; therefore, journalists are confronted to a vicious climate created by the State’s authority that can ultimately lead to the killing of journalists and the establishment of a culture of impunity.

For instance, we refer here to the attack on Gezim Bimbashi, a reporter with public broadcaster RTK TV who was beaten on 22 April, while filming protests on Shumadia square in Mitrovica. We refer also to the attack last 1st May on Mufail Limani, the editor in chief of the public broadcaster, Radio Television of Kosovo (RTK) which is pointing to a developing trend of harassment and intimidation of journalist and media professionals in Kosovo. The PEC refers to the detention in Skopje of Tomislav Kezarovski, an investigative journalist at the daily Nova a journalist currently being detained for 30 days in relation to an article he wrote in 2008. We also express our concern about police treatment of the media covering demonstrations in Frankfurt last week.

The Islamic Republic of Iran continues to jail dozens of journalists. Iranian authorities are holding at least 40 journalists in prison as the June presidential election approaches, thus reflecting the government’s continuing determination to silence independent coverage of public affairs.

Too many other cases could be brought to your attention as examples of the breaches of the pledge made in 1993 regarding the guarantees for freedom and protection for the media. In order to effectively combat the impunity linked to the killings of journalists, a judicial binding mechanism should be implemented at the international level.

I thank you for your attention.

10th June 2013
[1] A/CONF.157/23

***10.06.2013. PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON PALESTINE

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
23rd session

Item 7 -    Human rights situation in Palestine and other occupied Arab territories
 
General debate
 
Mr. President,

The PEC expresses once again its deepest concern about the difficulties journalists have to face in carrying out their duty in the context of the longstanding conflict in the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Restriction imposed on the freedom to movement for journalists is the biggest challenge for journalists reporting on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Most Palestinian journalists are unable to enter Israel, and are subject to restrictions even within the West Bank, while Gaza residents have problems leaving the Strip. Israeli journalists, for their part, are unable to visit Gaza and may face new accreditation requirements in the West Bank.

The PEC wishes to remember that during eight days of fighting with Hamas forces last November, Israel launched airstrikes that targeted two buildings in Gaza housing local and international news outlets, injuring at least nine journalists. Separate missile attacks killed at least two other journalists. No independent inquiry has been conducted yet on this events.

The periodic reports of the Palestinian Center for Development & Media Freedom[1] (MADA), the first recipient of the PEC Award in 2009, corroborate what the Special Rapporteur on Freedom of opinion and expression, Mr. La Rue, highlighted in his Mission report presented at the 20th session of the Human Rights Council[2]: the State of Israel continues to abuse Palestinian journalists posing a threat on their lives and preventing them from exercising their profession.

On 2nd April 2013, the Israeli Occupation Forces attacked a group of journalists during their coverage of a peaceful protest in Jerusalem on the death of prisoner Maysara Abu Hameda, they are: Quds Net Correspondent Diala Jweihan, Wafa Agency Photographer Afef Omera, French Agency Photographer Jamil Qudmani, Al Quds Newspaper Photographer Mahmoud Alian, and Ranwa Agency Photographer Saeed Alqaq.

On 8th April 2013 an Israeli soldier deliberately shot a rubber bullet on the Palestinian  News Network PNN cameraman Mohammad Waleed Alaza (23 years old), during his coverage of the clashes between Palestinian youth and Israeli Occupation Forces in Aida Refugee Camp in Bethlehem. Alaza was hit in the face beneath his eye.

The editor in chief of the Hona Alquds Network for the local media at Alquds University Mazen Awad was beaten by three Israeli Occupation soldiers while trying to Pass Beit Eil Checkpoint On 17th April 2013 and his journalism I.D was confiscated as well.

On the Palestinian side, the number of journalists prosecuted and harassed is too high and the State of Palestine should promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference.

In light of the essential role journalists play in providing independent information to the public, the PEC calls on the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in the Palestinian Territories Occupied since 1967 to dedicate a section in his report to the violations of the fundamental freedoms and rights of the media workers in the OPT.

I thank you for your attention.

10th June 2013
[1] www.madacenter.org[2] A/HRC/20/17/Add.2

***07.06.2013. PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON TURKEY

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
23rd session
 
Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
 
General debate
 
Mr. President,

PEC would like to draw the Council’s attention to press freedom and the situation for journalists in Turkey. Turkish Medias are too often under assault, facing prosecutions, frequent police raids, and politically motivated arrests. 47 journalists are currently imprisoned for carrying out their professional work; thousands more are facing punitive lawsuits for reporting on politically sensitive issues – ranging from corruption to ethnic conflict.

In the events of the recent “Occupy Gezi Park” protests in Istanbul, reporters and journalists have been victims of both targeted attacks and indiscriminate violence used by police to disperse demonstrators. Among them are well-known freelance journalist Ahmet Sik, who suffered from serious injuries after being hit in the head by a tear gas canister on 31 May 2013, while photographing clashes between police and protesters. The brutal and disproportionate force repeatedly used by the police affected other journalists as well; following reporters were treated for their injuries: Hüseyin Özdemir from Milliyet, Emrah Gürel from Hürriyet Daily News, Osman Örsal from Reuters, and Bora Bayraktar from Euronews.

Furthermore, Internet censorship and limited bandwidth have been reported during the clashes between police and protesters. According to some of those reports, social media sites like Facebook and Twitter were blocked on ISPs - in particular the two major ones TTNet and Superonline.

The majority of the journalists currently in jail in Turkey are being prosecuted under the country's sweeping anti-terror law, passed in 1991 and updated in 2006. Most journalists have not been convicted of crimes, but are being held for extended periods in pre-trial detention.

Last April 26, two journalists prosecuted in the “media committee case” which is a part of the KCK trials were provisionally released. While welcoming this step, the PEC expresses its concern for the 24 Kurdish media employees and journalists held on procedural grounds.

The PEC is also deeply concerned about the ban imposed by the Reyhanli Penal Court of Peace on all news outlets from covering the Reyhanli bombings that killed 51 Turkish citizens on 11 May 2013. As justification, the court cited, in part, Article 3 of Turkey's Press Law, which allows for restrictions on news media when the "public health and morals, national security, public order, public safety, and the unity of the land" are at stake. This is a clear abuse of the right of the State to restrict the freedom of expression.

The PEC calls upon Turkey, co-sponsor of the Council’s resolution 21/12, adopted by consensus last September, to ensure accountability on attacks against journalists and to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists.

I thank you for your attention.

Gianfranco Fattorini
PEC Permanent Representative to the United Nations

***06.06.2013. FOR THE PEC AWARD CEREMONY, CLICK LEFT ON PEC AWARD

***04.06.2013. PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON THE OCCASION OF THE PRESENTATION OF THE REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION OF INQUIRY ON SYRIA

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
23rd session

Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

Report of the Independent international commission of inquiry on the situation
in the Syrian Arab Republic (A/HRC/23/58)

Mr. President,

The PEC wishes to call the attention on the particularly difficult conditions in which journalists and media workers have to carry out their duty. In this conflict, where a growing number of actors are present in the field, killing of journalists are granted with impunity.

According to PEC figures, 49 media workers have lost their lives since the beginning of the clashes that followed the first public demonstrations; some of them were killed by the governmental forces, some by the anti-governmental groups. Since you presented the report to this very Council last March, three journalists were killed in Syria (Ahmed Khaled Shehadeh, Abdul Raheem Kour Hassan and Yara Abbas).

Dozens of journalists are detained, among them Mazen Darwish and his colleagues Hussein Gharir and Hani Zaitani from the Syrian Centre for Media and Freedom of Expression (SCM) arrested in February 2012 and charged with terrorism activities while acting as journalists. The PEC calls for their immediate release and the withdrawal of the charges pending on them.

The PEC denounces once again the practice of arresting media workers and keeping them incommunicado, as well as the practice of kidnapping to which you refer in your report (par. 70). We are particularly concerned by the fate and the whereabouts of Armin Wertz, a German journalist, who told on May 5 by SMS that he was being held by Syrian police in Aleppo. The German reporter is at least the fifth foreign journalist detained or missing in Syria with two Americans (Austin Tice and James Foley) and a Palestinian (Bashar Fahmi Al-Kadumi) since August 2012, and an Italian (Dominico Quirico) since April 2013.

The PEC urges the Commission of inquiry to investigate on the emprisonment, kidnapping and killings of media workers and to include in the future reports a standing section dedicated to this very particular matter.

I thank you for your attention.

4th June 2013

Please note that in his concluding remarks, Paulo Sergio Pinheiro, chairperson of the commission of inquiry,  thanked non-governmental organizations for their contribution during the elaboration of the report, especially for their reports on behalf of victims, and said that the next report would deal with the very serious killings of journalists and stress how conflict affected media workers.

***03.06.2013. PEC STATEMENT AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON THE OCCASION OF THE PRESENTATION OF THE REPORT OF THE SPECIAL RAPPORTEUR ON FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION FRANK LA RUE

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
23rd session

Item 3 - Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social
and cultural rights, including the right to development

Report of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to
freedom of opinion and expression (A/HRC/23/40)

Mr. President,

The PEC praises Mr. La Rue for his detailed report on the implications of States’ surveillance of communications on the exercise of the human rights to privacy and to freedom of opinion and expression and we thank him for having kept a constant attention on the implication of the matter concerning journalists.

From the outset, he rightly points out that while innovations in technology have increased the possibilities for communication and protections of free expression and opinion, technological changes have concurrently increased opportunities for State surveillance and interventions into individuals’ private communications.

In his report, Mr. La Rue recalls that CCPR General Comment No. 34 recommends that States parties respect the protection of privacy of the right of freedom of expression that embraces the limited journalistic privilege not to disclose information sources[1]. He further correctly stresses that without strong legal protections in place, journalists risk being subjected to arbitrary surveillance activities[2].

More warring is the fact that, in fact, journalists are also particularly vulnerable and could become target of communications surveillance because of their reliance on online communication[3] and here the problem is not only related to the right to privacy, but even to right to life. As documented also during the current civil war in the Arab Republic of Syria, technological means have been used to localize journalists in the field in order to target them and kill them.

In this context, Mr. La Rue, how do you think journalists and media workers in general could be better protected in accomplishing their duty in dangerous situations, like war or civil unrest?

I thank you for your attention.

3rd June 2013
[1] A/HRC723/40, par.26[2] A/HRC723/40, par. 51[3] A/HRC723/40, par 52

***31.05.2013. PAKISTAN - one journalist killed in May - high environment of impunity in Pakistan

Israr Khan - PEC Repr. Islamabad

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has expressed serious concern on the poor security of journalists and high environment of impunity in Pakistan and has asked the new government to thoroughly investigate journalists’ killing cases and take firm actions against the offenders and bring them to justice.

During the month of May 2013, a journalist was killed, others were threatened to deaths and some were physically attacked.

Interestingly, it is worth mentioning that these happening took place not in federally administered tribal area (FATA) or in Baluchistan where the writ of the government is not so strong, but in very settled areas including in the Punjab province and in Karachi, the capital city of Sindh province.

On May 24, a Pakistani journalist Mr. Ahmad Ali Joiya in Bahawalnagar district of Punjab province was killed by the unidentified miscreants. Mr. Joiya 25, had been working for local newspapers and magazines. On the day of this incident, when he was in a market of Bhangrana village, some unidentified men shot him and he died on the spot.

He was apparently targeted for helping police in investigation and exposing the criminals. According to police, Joiya had been working on a crime story, and owing to which he also got several threats from the criminal gang run by Maqbool alias Kooli Sassi in that area.

Police said Joiya had reported receiving death threats from Maqbool alias Kooli Sassi, a wanted criminal, for reporting on the latter’s gang. Police said they suspected Maqbool to have killed Joiya. Maqbool was wanted in more than 150 murder, robbery and kidnappings across Punjab.

Joiya had been writing about crime and narcotics control, particularly smuggling from India. His stories had helped the police in several cases and had been awarded a prize by the regional police in 2012. He is survived by a wife and two children.

The Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) President, Pervaiz Shaukat while condemning the killing said, “Joiya was a brave journalist who was working on exposing criminals. He has been killed in the line of duty”. He also called on the law enforcement agencies to arrest the culprits immediately and bring them to justice.

As, May was the month of general polls in Pakistan, and after the polls held several journalists and senior television anchors were seriously threatened for speaking against the rigging and exposing the involvement of a political party workers.

Altaf Hussain, chief of the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) in Karachi in a telephonic address from London during a sit-in warned the media to quit playing games with the MQM and said, “If the MQM ran out of patience, then neither the anchors nor the owners of the media houses would find a place to hide.”

The threat came after the journalists and anchors successively exposed various rigging cases in the country’s general polls held on May 11. Earlier, he warned the media that if they did not mend their ways, somebody from his organization of millions of people might lose his cool. “If that person does something bad to one of you, don’t blame the MQM or Altaf Hussain,” he had said.

After these threats, a senior television anchor Absar Alam had had to publicly announce that his family would register a murder case against chairman of the MQM Altaf Hussain, if anything were happened to him. This public announcement comes after a direct threat by Altaf Hussain to him from London in a telephonic address to the participants of a sit-in organized by the MQM in port city of Karachi on Wednesday against re-polling in NA-250 constituency of the same city.

The PEC will side with the Pakistani journalists’ community for exposing the realities at a time when media have a crucial role for the consolidation of democracy. Pakistani political leaders must respect media, as it is an independent watchdog of democratic process.

In another incident, last night unidentified people attacked on the president of the Punjab Union of Journalists (PUJ) Rana Muhammad Azeem and another senior journalist Ashraf Majeed in Lahore, capital of Punjab and home city of the incoming Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif. At 10:00 pm at night, when both journalists were on way to home from office, some unknown people fired at them, however fortunately they survived and stayed un-harm. Mr. Azeem had been receiving threats for the last many months which he reported to police and PFUJ.

The PEC demanded of the government to take urgent steps to check the increasing trend of targeting of journalists by various elements and adopt stringent measures to enhance security of media persons.

***29.05.2013. PEC STATEMENT AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON THE OCCASION OF THE URGENT DEBATE ON THE RECENT KILLINGS IN AL QUSAYR, delivered by the PEC Representative Gianfranco Fattorini

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Urgent debate on
"The deteriorating situation of human rights in the Syrian Arab Republic, and the recent killings in Al Qusayr"

Mr. President,

The PEC follows with grave concern the evolution of the civil war in the Syrian Arab Republic, notably concerning the access to the territory to media workers.

According to PEC figures, 49 media workers have lost their lives since the beginning of the clashes that followed the first public demonstrations, including Yara Abbas, a journalist of the Syrian TV, killed last Monday near Al Qusayr. As we pointed out in our interventions in previous sessions, some of them were killed by governmental troops and some by anti-governmental forces.

The PEC denounces also the practices of arresting or kidnapping media workers. Actually, five foreign journalists are still detained or kidnapped by one or another actor to the conflict, among them, 2 are from the USA, one from Germany, one from Italy and one is Palestinian.

Since the beginning of the clashes, more than two years ago, our organization called on the Syrian Government to provide international media workers with entry visa in order to have a variety of sources of information which is the only guarantee to get a reliable picture of the different aspects and events of what has become a civil war.

A civil war that does not see anymore only two opponents, rather a growing number of actors whose objectives are not always transparent and that are fighting, alternatively, against governmental troops and anti governmental forces.

In this context, the PEC wishes to draw to the attention of the Council on the urgent need for an international set of binding rules which could effectively combat impunity and provide media workers with some minimum safeguards in the accomplishment of their duty, particularly when a large number of non-state actors are involved in fighting. We wish here to pay a particular tribute to the two journalists from “Le Monde” who spent two months in Syria and brought to the public evidences of the use of chemical weapons.

The PEC renews its appeal to the Syrian Government for granting international media workers with professional entry visa.

I thank you for your attention.

29th May 2013

**23.05.2013. PEC says in Amman no return to handcuffs on media work in the Middle East 

Amman-Jordan 18-22 May 2013 - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) represented by its president Hedayat Abdel Nabi attended the second forum of the Center for Defending Freedom of Journalists (CDFJ) held between 18-19 May and the International Press Institute (IPI) World Congress 20-21 May in Amman, Jordan. 

Abdel Nabi spoke in a panel organized by the CDFJ on strategies for defending Media Freedoms in the Arab World 2013-2015, where she stressed that no regime was toppled because of a talk show or a critical published article and hence no return to handcuffs on the media in the Middle East after the Arab Spring. 
 
She advocated freedom of the media where the sky is the limit since media freedoms leads to self-corrections in the society. 

Abdel Nabi added that the introduction of the Internet led to the shut down of many printed papers in the West, however it did not affect the publication of newspapers in the Middle East because political partisans have the feeling that they are stronger when their views are presented in a newspaper, this sense of ownership of a printed media allows them to believe that their influence on public opinion is vast and that the printed media can change the positions of the general public. 
 
The meeting concluded by issuing the Amman Declaration establishing a Black List for the worst violators of freedom of opinion and expression in the Arab world whether it be countries or figures. 
 
Before concluding its work the forum issued the first report of its kind, Freedom under Batons, prepared by the Network of Media Freedom Defenders in the Arab World (SANAD). The report registered 1690 media violations across the Arab countries in 2012. 

Following the conclusion of the Forum, Nedal Mansour, Executive Director of  CDFJ, launched a coalition of rights organizations from the Arab region to allow better connectivity between them. 
 
Two countries were in core discussions of the sessions: Syria and Egypt. The discussions centered around strong supporters for the Syrian rebellion, while others vocally supported the Syrian regime. And again concerning Egypt the participants from the Egyptian opposition attacked the current regime led by President Morsi, while others from the floor regarded many of the remarks in this respect as overboard. 

Opening the International Press Institute (IPI) World Congress on 20 May, Jordanian Prime Minister Dr. Abdullah Ensour said that journalists eyes are the world's eyes noting that Jordan is on a reform path which includes a vibrant media sector. 
 
"We have put in place a national media strategy and are firmly committed to its implementation thus creating an environment that supports independent media," he added. 
 
Ensour talking about the Press and Publications Law of Jordan said it is open to debate. 

He noted that the press is too often the target of those who resist and obstruct change. 
 
"Too many journalists have lost their lives in war and crisis zones," he stressed. 

Alison Bethel Mckenzie, IPI Executive Director, said that the Middle East is a region where we see free media emerge from decades of police state rule.
 
Mckenzie concluded by saluting the courage of journalists throughout the Middle East who have documented change, momentous change and many of them have paid the ultimate price. 

She asked all participants to pay tribute to media colleagues across the world who have lost their lives because of their job. 

What was extremely gratifying for the PEC is honoring journalists killed in the Line of duty,
McKenzie handed the World Press Freedom Hero to a colleague of American lead reporter Marie Colvin, and to a partner of japanese photojournalist Mika Yamamato, for their bravery and professionalism while covering the ongoing conflict in Syria as well as other conflicts before.

Marie Colvin and Mika Yamamoto were both among 39 journalists killed in 2012 while covering the Syrian conflict. Most of the journalists killed were local ones.
 
The IPI General Assembly voted on a resolution calling for Freedom of Movement of Journalists between Israel, the West Bank and Gaza.  

***13.05.2013. TURKEY. In a written contribution, the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) calls again on the Human Rights Council’s attention to the situation of journalists’ rights, and the severe conditions Kurdish journalists have to face in their country. Almost three-quarter out of the more than 200 journalists imprisoned in Turkey are from the medias that criticize the governmental policy towards the Kurdish people.

Press Emblem Campaign calls on again the Human Rights Council’s attention to the situation of journalists’ rights, and the freedom of press and information in Turkey. Our organization already alerted the Council at its 21st and 22nd sessions[1], during the general debate on Agenda item 4, on the severe conditions Kurdish journalists have to face in their country. Almost three-quarter out of the more than 200 journalists imprisoned in Turkey are from the Medias that criticize the governmental policy towards the Kurdish people.

While last February the 15th Chamber of the Istanbul Appeal Court ordered the release of seven employees of Kurdish media, "given the time already spent in detention" and "the state of evidence", in 2012, seventeen cases were opened against Ibrahim Güvenç, the editor of the only Kurdish daily newspaper, Azadiya Welat. Mr. Güvenç had to resign from his post and is now threatened, like his predecessors, Mr. Vedat Kursun and Mr. Ozan Kilinç, with imprisonment for his coverage of the Kurdish question.

According to different sources, 72 journalists, including six chief-editors and co-owners are still in detention. Among them are at least 48 Kurdish journalists including 18 reporters from news agency DIHA, 13 journalists from Azadiya Welat eight of Özgür Gündem, two of Demokratik magazine Modernity and the news agency Firat. Freedom of expression and rights of journalists to freely investigate, report and criticize government policies are excessively restricted in Turkey.

It has to be highlighted here that from 1959 to 2011, out of 479 cases brought to the European court of human rights under freedom of expression, 207 originated from Turkey.

Despite the recent opening of negotiations between the Turkish government and representatives of the PKK, last April a trial was held in Silivri (80 km. west from Istanbul) against 44 Kurdish journalists, prosecuted for membership of an alleged “media committee” created by the outlawed Union of Communities in Kurdistan (KCK), a Kurdish non-governmental organization accused of backing the Kurdish Workers Party (PKK).

Surprisingly, after a short introduction of the President of the Court, the reading of the indictment (more than 800 pages) was made by a Turkish well-known television announcer. Finally, only two journalists (Zeynep Ceren Kuray of the Firat news agency and Sadik Topaloglu of the Diha news agency) were released. The Court will hold its next session of hearings from 17 to 19 June and will take decisions on other requests for provisional release. At the same time other arrest warrants have been issued against Kurdish journalists.

Mrs. Kuray criticized the court board for ordering the release of only two journalists, adding that, “KCK operations and trials are targeting not only Kurdish journalists but also Kurdish identity. Journalists working for the mainstream media can go to Kandil for interviews but we are standing trial for doing the same work. Namık Durukan (journalist working for Milliyet daily) has been awarded for his report on the so called Imrali Protocols, while we have been criminalized because of the similar reports we wrote”[2].

In this context it is interesting to note that the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe (PACE), in adopting a resolution on 23rd April 2013, decided not to consider PKK as a terrorist organization. In the same resolution, PACE spells out the steps Turkey still needs to take if it is to successfully complete its reform program, such as further reform of the Constitution and continuing revision of the Criminal Code, as well as progress on freedom of expression, pre-trial detentions, local and regional decentralization and resolving the Kurdish question[3].

It is always fundamental to recall that the Commission on Human Rights, in its resolution 2003/42 on the right to freedom of opinion and expression, adopted without a vote, « mindful of the need to ensure that unjustified invocation of national security, including counter-terrorism, to restrict the right to freedom of expression and information does not take place », urged States « to refrain from using counter-terrorism as a pretext to restrict the right to freedom of expression in ways which are contrary to their obligations under international law. »

Mr. Martin Scheinin, Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism, in his report on the visit to Turkey[1] (16 to 23 February 2006), among other recommendations, already stressed «… that only full definitional clarity with regard to what acts constitute terrorist crimes can ensure that the crimes of membership, aiding and abetting and what certain authorities referred to as “crimes of opinion” are not abused for other purposes than fighting terrorism…»

The Human Rights Council, in adopting by consensus Resolution A/HRC/RES/21/12 on “Safety of journalists” acknowledged the particular role played by journalists in matters of public interest, including by raising awareness of human rights and recognized that the work of journalists often puts them at specific risk of intimidation, harassment and violence. At the same time, the Human Rights Council condemned in the strongest term all attacks and violence against journalists, such as arbitrary detention, as well as intimidation and harassment.

Recently, the Turkish Parliament discussed changes in the legislation known as the Fourth Legislative Package, but apparently the governmental proposal falls short to the expectations and the definition for the term "terrorist" needs a more clear-cut. On the other hand, in early March, the Constitutional Court granted the prime minister's office authority to order temporary media censorship in extraordinary circumstances and situations in which national security makes the ban a must. The law allows the Prime minister to stop news broadcasting on issues regarding national security such as war and terrorist attacks when it is strongly possible that the public order is to be seriously disrupted.

In light of the above elements, the Press Emblem Campaign calls on the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism, the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and the Special Rapporteur on the independence of judges and lawyers to monitor the proceedings of the collective trial against the Kurdish journalists in Turkey and to report to Human Rights Council.

[1] E/CN.4/2006/98/Add.2
[1] See also PEC written contribution A/HRC/22/NGO/90[2] http://en.firatnews.com/news/news/zeynep-kuray-kck-trials-target-kurdish-identity.htm[3] Doc. 13160 - Report of the Committee on the Honouring of Obligations and Commitments by Member States of the Council of Europe (Monitoring Committee)

***06.05.2013. MEXICO. PEC strongly condemns the murder of two children of journalists on Sunday in the city of Chihuahua 

Gunmen executed the sons of two prominent Mexican journalists in the northern city of Chihuahua, a spokesman for the state attorney general's office said Sunday..

Brothers Alfredo Paramo, 20, and Diego Paramo, 21, were shot dead Saturday in Chihuahua after being chased through the streets by gunmen in a car, said spokesman Carlos Gonzalez.

They are the sons of well-known Mexican financial journalist David Paramo, who hosts a radio show, appears on TV Azteca and has a national newspaper column, and Martha Gonzalez, editor of the local El Peso newspaper.

PEC condemns these appalling murders and calls for a full investigation to clarify the circumstances and prosecute the authors. 

On April 28, hundreds of journalists and human rights defenders staged marches in 14 Mexican states at the request of many NGOs to demand an end to the barbarity that targets them, and an end to impunity. The date chosen was the first anniversary of the murder of Regina Martínez, the newsweekly Proceso’s correspondent in the eastern state of Veracruz. Just four days before the marches, the dismembered body of Daniel Martínez Bazaldúa, a photographer for the newspaper Vanguardia, was found in the northern state of Coahuila. Another journalist, Gerardo Blanquet of the Radio Grande group, went missing in Coahuila on 30 April.

A law approved by the Mexican congress on 25 April, making it easier for crimes against freedom of information to be addressed by the federal authorities, is a step forward but is not enough. 

Spanish: La PEC condenó el asesinato de los jóvenes y exigió justicia y una pronta investigación para llevar a los responsables de sus muertes ante la justicia.

Dos jóvenes que eran hijos del periodista mexicano David Páramo y su pareja, también comunicadora, fueron asesinados a tiros por sicarios la madrugada del domingo en la ciudad de Chihuahua, en el norte de México, informaron las autoridades locales. Las víctimas del crimen fueron identificadas como Alfredo David y Diego Alejandro Páramo González, de 20 y 21 años, informó la Procuraduría General de Justicia de Chihuahua.

Las primeras versiones de los hechos apuntan a que ambos fueron atacados a tiros cuando circulaban a bordo de su automóvil por la colonia Arboledas de la capital de Chihuahua, explicó a Efe Carlos González, portavoz de la Fiscalía General de Chihuahua.

Explicó que los jóvenes son hijos de la editora del diario El Peso, Martha González Nicholson, y de David Páramo, titular del espacio radiofónico “No tires tu dinero”, del Grupo Imagen, del programa “Poder financiero” en Proyecto 40, y de la columna “Personajes de renombre” del diario Excelsior.

El portavoz aseguró que el asesinato no está relacionado con la actividad profesional de sus padres. Tras conocerse la noticia el presidente de México, Enrique Peña Nieto, expresó su pésame a la pareja de periodistas, vía Twitter.

***02.05.2013. On World Press Freedom Day, PEC honors the media workers killed in the line of duty (French and Arabic versions below) (for SYRIA see more on OTHER NEWS)

Geneva, May 2 (PEC) – On World Press Freedom Day, the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) honors all media workers killed in the line of duty because they were performing their profession.

According to the PEC figures the number of journalists killed from the beginning of 2013 stands at 39.

Pakistan leads the tally with 9 journalists killed in four months, followed by Somalia 5, Syria 4  and 4 in Brazil.

Two journalists were shot to death in Guatemala, 2 in Mexico and 2 in Paraguay. One journalist was killed in the following countries: Ecuador,  Haiti, India, Kenya, Nigeria, Peru, Philippines, Central African Republic, Russia, Tanzania and Yemen.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen noted that progress has been made last year when the UNESCO action plan was adopted, and a resolution on the safety of journalists was also adopted by the UN Human Rights Council.

He added that in a number of countries, killings and intimidation of journalists decreased and serious enquiries have been launched.

Lempen said that regrettably, the situation remains grim in other countries. Problems of access to zones of conflict and of impunity are major challenges.

Syria has been for two years a permanent dilemma for media across the globe where journalists take the risks to go in order to witness the massive human sufferings, thus endangering their lives, or they cover from the borders and give up on informing directly the general public.

At least 4 brave foreign journalists are missing in Syria and the worst is feared. PEC calls for their immediate release if they have faced the fate of abduction.

The situation has dramatically deteriorated in Pakistan from one year to the other ahead of the general polls.

In Latin America the situation is very worrying for journalists in countries like Brazil, Cuba, Mexico, Paraguay, Ecuador, Guatemala and Honduras.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi, said there is still no concrete and efficient action by the international community though many members of which have lost journalists in conflict zones.

She hopes that the forthcoming report prepared by the UN Office for Human Rights (OHCHR) for the September session of the Human Rights Council in Geneva will establish best practices and that the international community will be able to work on this basis  to move forward on the issue of the protection of journalists.

According to the PEC tally, 2012 was a record year for journalists killed: 141 for the whole year. 

Journée mondiale de la liberté de la presse: la PEC rend hommage aux travailleurs des medias tués dans l'exercice de leur fonction

Genève (PEC), 2 mai - A l'occasion de la Journée mondiale de la liberté de la presse, la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) rend hommage aux travailleurs des médias tués dans l'exercice de leur fonction. Selon les recherches de la PEC, 39 journalistes ont été tués depuis le début de cette année.

Le Pakistan est le pays le plus dangereux avec 9 journalistes tués depuis janvier, suivi par la Somalie (5 victimes), la Syrie (4) et le Brésil (4 également).

Deux journalistes ont été mortellement visés au Guatemala, 2 au Mexique et 2 au Paraguay. Un journaliste a été tué dans chacun de ces pays: Equateur, Haïti, Inde, Kenya, Nigeria, Pérou, Philippines, République centrafricaine, Russie, Tanzanie et Yémen.

Le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen a relevé que des progrès ont été réalisés l'an dernier avec l'adoption d'un plan d'action par l'UNESCO et d'une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes par le Conseil des droits de l'homme.

Il a ajouté que dans quelques pays, les meurtres et menaces à l'encontre des journalistes ont diminué et que des enquêtes sérieuses ont été lancées.

Blaise Lempen a en même temps déploré que la situation reste sombre dans d'autres pays. Les problèmes d'accès aux zones de conflit et d'impunité sont des défis majeurs.

La Syrie représente depuis deux ans un dilemme permanent pour les medias du monde entier: soit les journalistes prennent le risque d'aller y témoigner des terribles souffrances humaines endurées par la population, au risque de leur vie, soit ils observent l'évolution du conflit de l'autre côté de la frontière en renonçant à informer directement l'opinion publique.

Au moins 4 journalistes étrangers courageux sont portés disparus en Syrie. Le pire est à craindre. La PEC lance un appel pressant pour leur libération immédiate s'ils ont été enlevés..

La situation s'est gravement détériorée d'une année sur l'autre au Pakistan avant des élections générales. En Amérique latine, la situation des journalistes est très préoccupante dans des pays comme le Brésil, Cuba, l'Equateur, le Guatemala, le Honduras, le Mexique et le Paraguay.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi a souligné qu'il n'y a toujours pas d'action concrète efficace de la communauté internationale bien que beaucoup d'Etats déplorent la perte de leurs journalistes dans des zones de conflit.

Hedayat Abdelnabi a émis l'espoir que le rapport préparé par le Haut Commissariat aux droits de l'homme à la demande du Conseil pour le mois de septembre va établir de meilleures pratiques et que la communauté internationale va pouvoir utiliser cette base pour avancer sur la question de la protection des journalistes.

Selon le décompte de la PEC, 141 journalistes ont été tués l'an dernier dans le monde, un record.

 
قبيل يوم الصحافة العالمي: حملة الشارة الدولية تحي ذكري من سقطوا و هو يؤدون عملهم 

 
جنيف 2 مايو (حملة الشارة) – قبيل الاحتفال الجمعة بيوم الصحافة العالمي فإن حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي تحي ذكرى من سقطوا من الصحفيين لأنهم يؤدون عملهم. 
 
طبقاً لأرقام حملة الشارة فإن عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا منذ بداية العام 39 صحفياً. 9 في باكستان، و 5 في الصومال و 4 في سوريا و 4 في البرازيل. 

و قتل صحفيان رمياً بالرصاص في جواتيمالا و 2 في المكسيك و 2 في باراجواي. 
 
كما قتل صحفي في كل من إكوادور و هايتي و الهند و كينيا و نيجيريا و بيرو و الفلبين و جمهورية افريقيا الوسطي و روسيا و تنزانيا و اليمن.

 أكد سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان أنه قد تحقق بعض التقدم بتبني برنامج عمل اليونسكو و كذلك تبني القرار الخاص بسلامة الصحفيين في مجلس حقوق الإنسان، مشيراً إلى أن التقدم انعكس أيضاً في خفض عدد القتلى من الصحفيين و من عمليات ترهيبهم، كما بدأت عمليات تحقيق جادة في مقتل البعض منهم. إلا أنه أضاف أن الوضع مازال رمادياً في دول أخرى كما تستمر مشاكل وجود الصحفي في بؤر النزاع كما تستمر ظاهرة الافلات من العقاب و كل هذه الأمور تمثل تحديات حقيقية.  
 
ظلت سوريا لمدة السنتين الماضيتين معضلة دائمة للإعلام في كل أنحاء العالم فبعض الصحفيين يخاطرون بالدخول من أجل تغطية معاناة إنسانية واسعة و من ثم تعريض حياتهم للخطر، أو يقومون بالتغطية من على الحدود و بالتالي يتخلون عن التغطية المباشرة لنقل المعلومات للرأي العام. 
 
حتى الآن يوجد على الأقل 4 صحفيين أجانب يتسمون بالشجاعة اختفوا و ما خفي كان أعظم. و تطالب حملة الشارة بالإفراج عنهم فوراً في حال تعرضهم للاختطاف.  
 
لقد تدهورت ظروف العمل الصحفي في باكستان سنة بعد أخرى و قبيل الانتخابات العامة. 
 
 و تدعو الحالة في أمريكا اللاتينية إلى قلق شديد بالنسبة للعمل الصحفي في البرازيل و كوبا و المكسيك و باراجواي و إكوادور و جواتيمالا و هندوراس.
 
وقالت هدايت عبد النبي، رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية، الأيام تمر و الشهور و السنوات و لا توجد خطوات ملموسة من قبل المجتمع الدولي على الرغم من أن صحفيين بارزين من دوله قد قتلوا في الميدان.  
 
و أضافت بأنها تأمل أن يؤدي تقرير مفوضية الأمم المتحدة لحقوق الإنسان و الذي يناقش في جلسة سبتمبر القادم من مجلس حقوق الإنسان في جنيف إلى التوصل لمبادئ لأفضل السبل للتعامل مع قضية حماية الصحفيين و أن يتمكن المجتمع الدولي من خلال نتائجه أن يحسن الموقف في قضية حماية الصحفيين. 

طبقاً لأرقام حملة الشارة فقد شهد العام الماضي أعلى رقم للقتلى بين الصحفيين و هو 141 صحفيا لعام 2012. 

 للاطلاع على قائمة الضحايا و أخر الأنباء برجاء الرجوع إلى  

***30.04.2013. Veteran Italian war correspondent missing in Syria

(PEC/Agencies) An Italian journalist has been missing in Syria for 20 days, his newspaper La Stampa says.
Domenico Quirico, 62, an experienced war reporter, entered Syria on 6 April.

The Turin newspaper's website on Tuesday said Domenico Quirico, an experienced war reporter, entered Syria on April 6 from Lebanon. La Stampa said it has been working with the Italian Foreign Ministry in an effort to find him, but so far with no results. Quirico planned to report on the Homs area. His last contact was a text message sent on April 9 to an Italian colleague from state TV, saying he was on the road to Homs.

Earlier this month, four Italian journalists were released after being detained in rebel-controlled northern Syria for about 10 days.

The conflict in Syria has made it one of the most dangerous places for journalists to work in.

La Stampa's editor-in-chief, Mario Calabresi, said the Turin-based paper decided to publicise Mr Quirico's disappearance after a search for the correspondent failed to turn up any leads.

"We had hoped that keeping quiet would help bring about a solution," said Mr Calabresi.

"Unfortunately this has not been the case, and for that reason we have decided to make his disappearance public."

The Italian foreign ministry has activated its crisis unit to try to trace Mr Quirico.

The journalist has reported on conflicts in Sudan, Uganda and Libya.

At least three other foreign journalists, including two Americans, are still missing in Syria. 

***29.04.2013. PAKISTAN. PEC worried by the death of a ninth journalist since January ahead of general polls

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) while condemning the killing of a Pakistani journalist Mr. Arif Shafi in a terrorists’ attack in Pakistan’s Northwestern city of Peshawar has expressed serious concern on the journalists’ poor safety in the country ahead of general polls scheduled on May 11.
 
In a motorbike blast on the busy University Road, at least 10 people including two afghan diplomats and the journalist killed while five dozens others sustained injuries on Monday morning. 
 
Arif Shafi, 35 hailing from Peshawar had been working on the English desk of the Afghan news agency ‘Pajhwok’ as assistant editor in Afghanistan capital Kabul for last several years. He was on leave and was to return in a few days to resume his duty.   

On April 29 in the morning, after dropping his son at school on 29 April, he was on his way to city cantonment area and as he stopped at University road to buy a newspaper from a stall in the meantime the incident occurred that took his life. He had three children including two daughters Maleeha (8), Yusra (3) and son Khizar (5).

Besides, Ayesha Ali, daughter of another Peshawar based journalist Gohar Ali and student of eleven-grade at a local college was among the injured, but now her condition is stable.

“As general polls are round the corner and scheduled to be held on 11th of May, in a situation when suicidal attacks on the political rallies are on the rise, in such a situation the government should take appropriate measures to provide security to journalists while covering these political activities” the PEC demanded. 

It is worth mentioning that this is the second journalist the provincial capital lost in last two-week time. Earlier on April 16, a journalist Tariq Aslam Durrani also lost his life in a suicide bomb attack on a political party rally in Peshawar.

In a statement, Peshawar Press Club (PCC) president Nasir Hussain and General Secretary Yousaf Ali condemned the attack and said that government fail to protect the life of journalist, adding that in Pakistan eight journalists were killed this year in which three journalist were from Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP) and Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA). They demanded of the government to provide security to the journalist and also announced Shaheed Package for the bereaved family of the journalist.

This was the 17th journalist from KP and FATA who fall victim to the ongoing wave of terrorism in the country.

A top police officer told the PEC that about five kilogram of explosives was used in this attack and which was planted on the back seat of the bike. The suicide bomber struck his motorbike into a police van, the moments after Police Commissioner Sahibzada Mohammad Anis drove past the road.

On the PEC ticking clock, this is the ninth Pakistani journalist killed since Jan 2013. This has jacked up the total casualties of journalists round the globe to 39.

Israr Khan, PEC Representative in Islamabad

***26.04.2013. PARAGUAY. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is worried by the second murder of a journalist in the north-east of Paraguay this year - an alarming trend

The PEC joins the Journalists' Union of Paraguay (Sindicato de Periodistas del Paraguay, SPP) who condemns the murder of journalist Carlos Artaza (photo), in Pedro Juan Caballero. Artaza worked for the press department in the Amambay governor's office and was targeted in a premeditated attack during which he was shot six times. On the morning of 25 April 2013 he was taken to hospital, where he was pronounced dead.

26 April is the national Day of the Journalist, commemorating the 1991 murder of journalist Santiago Leguizamón. SPP is saddened that on the eve of this day another journalist has been killed. The organisation offers its condolences to Artaza's family and calls for a rigorous investigation and exemplary punishment for those responsible for this terrible killing.

Artaza participated in a political event on the night of 24 April and when he returned home, was attacked by people driving a motorcycle.

This incident is the latest in a line of incidents, most recently the repeated death threats against journalist Aníbal Gómez Caballero. Cándido Figueredo, an ABC Color correspondent in Pedro Juan Caballero, has also received threats recently.

SPP calls on the local authorities to put more emphasis on the safety of journalists, with the aim of protecting them, especially in regions where there is unrest such as in towns near the border.

The organisation pledges that, for the sake of Artaza's wife and children, they will not let his murder go unpunished. To do this, SPP will take the necessary steps to punish those who are spreading this message of violence against journalists and the general population. SPP calls for an end to impunity and for justice for Carlos Artaza.

Carlos Artaza is the second journalist to be killed this year in Pedro Juan Caballero, a city on the Brazilian border that is the capital of Amambay department, following radio station owner and manager Marcelino Vazquez February 6.
Threats marked the campaign for the 21 April general election.

According to the PEC Ticking clock, 12 journalists were killed in Latin America since January this year, 5 only in April, an alarming trend.

***17.04.2013. PAKISTAN. THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) CONDEMNED THE SUICIDE BOMB ATTACK IN PESHAWAR WHICH KILLED A PAKISTANI JOURNALIST AND INJURED TWO OTHERS

PAKISTAN: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC), which is fighting for the protection of journalists has strongly condemned the suicide bomb attack on a political party rally in Pakistan’s Northwestern city of Peshawar in which among others, a Pakistani print journalist was killed and two other media persons sustained injuries.

The incident took place on April 16 late evening in Yakatoot, a crowded neighbor of Peshawar city soon after the party senior leader Ghulam Ahmed Bilour came to the gathering, however he escaped. In this happening, two children, and six police officials among 16 people killed and dozen more including women and children were injured.       
 
Mr. Tariq Aslam Durrani (photo), 46 a sub-editor with Urdu language ‘the Daily Pakistan’ was killed while covering the rally of the Awami National Party (ANP) along with other media persons. Besides, a news editor of the same newspaper Mr. Azhar Ali Shah and Mr. Ehtisham Khan a reporter with the Express television sustained injuries who were shifted to hospital, however they are out of danger now, doctors said.  

The deceased has left four kids, a widow and was living in rented house, his close relatives told the PEC. 

Amid the country is preparing to hold general polls on May 11, this is the fourth deadly attack on politicians or political parties in last three days which is much alarming. 
 
In such a situation, doing journalism is becoming much difficult not only in terrorists hit tribal areas of Pakistan, but even in major urban centers. 
 
Latter, the spokesman of the outlawed Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) Ehsanullah Ehsan while talking to a private television channel on phone claimed the responsibility of the blast. 
 
It is worth mentioning that according to the PEC record, during Jan-March 2013, Pakistan remained the most ‘dangerous country’ for journalists to do journalism. During this period seven journalists were been killed with impunity followed by Syria with four journalists’ casualties and Somalia and Brazil with three each.

This quarterly report for 2013, number of journalists killed in the first three months of the year clocked at 28 in 15 countries, has gone down to near 10 percent as compared with the same period last year, however the situation still grim in most parts of the world.
 
During April 2012, so far three journalists have been killed including Mr. Durrani of Pakistan. This has led the total number on the PEC ticking clock to 31. Earlier this month, one each journalist was killed in Guatemala and Russia. 
 
ISRAR KHAN
PEC representative in Pakistan

***08.04.2013. THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) CONDEMNS EFFORT TO SILENCE NEWS COVERAGE IN SYRIA BY A SYRIAN BUSINESSMAN AND DETENTION OF FOUR ITALIAN JOURNALISTS BY A REBEL GROUP

(Agencies/PEC) A Kuwait-based Syrian businessman has announced a monetary reward for any individuals who capture and turn over to security forces journalists affiliated with the pan-Arab channels Al-Jazeera and Al-Arabiya, according to news reports. In a phone interview with Syrian state television on March 30, the pro-regime businessman Fahim Saqr accused international journalists of misleading the Syrian and Arab people and said he would offer 10 million Syrian liras (about US$95,000) to anyone who helped journalists from Al-Jazeera and Al-Arabiya get arrested, news reports said.

News accounts reported that Syrian rebels have also begun to demand that international journalists working in the country use translators and drivers provided by the rebels themselves. Local journalists said they have noticed increased attempts by the opposition to restrict unflattering coverage.

Al-Jazeera issued a statement (read below) in which it reported receiving increased threats in recent weeks, and filed a complaint to the Kuwaiti General Prosecutor's office accusing Saqr of "threatening and inciting against Al-Jazeera correspondents in Syria". Faisal Qenaei, secretary general of the Kuwaiti Journalists Association, expressed solidarity with Al-Jazeera and Al-Arabiya correspondents in Syria and urged Kuwaiti authorities to launch an investigation against the Syrian businessman.

Al Jazeera Media Network condemns threats against their staff posted on social media sites.
Doha – April 4, 2013

 
Al Jazeera Media Network denounces the threats made recently by some Syrian regime supporters against presenters and correspondents of Al Jazeera Channel and other Arab channels.
 
Threats levied against Al Jazeera staff on social media and other outlets in recent weeks were made to put pressure on the network to change its professional editorial line with regards to the conflict in Syria and other regions of conflicts. “Al Jazeera prides itself on honest and objective reporting, people who feel Al Jazeera does not reflect their point of view have no basis for any argument when they use threats of intimidation and violence through social media portals like Facebook and Twitter,” said Ibrahim Helal, Director of News for Al Jazeera Arabic.

“The fact that our staff have been targeted with messages of hate has no place in any plural society,” said Helal.

In the wake of recent incitement against its staff members, Al Jazeera Media Network emphasises that it has already initiated a legal case against those who made these threats. Furthermore, it will not save any efforts seeking all legitimate actions, regardless of the status of sources of threat, in order to protect its journalists, and correspondents, and employees.

Al Jazeera Media Network has stressed out that it stands behind all its employees in such confrontation to their personal and ethical wellbeing to these kinds of threats.

April 5. Four Italian journalists have been kidnapped in the north of Syria, on the border with Turkey, the Italian Foreign Ministry confirmed late Friday. 

The foreign ministry confirmed the report “indicating that it has followed the developments from the very beginning,” according to the ANSA news agency. It also called for “maximum discretion,” stressing that “the physical safety of the hostages remains the absolute priority.”

According to various reports, the abducted are three freelance journalists Andrea Vignali, Elio Colavolpe and Susan Dabbous and one reporter working for the Italian public broadcaster RAI Amedeo Ricucci.

The newspaper said the journalists were kidnapped “by a rebel group” while out filming.

In February, an Italian citizen and two Russians kidnapped on December 12 in the west of Syria were freed as part of an exchange for militants.

Last month, a Ukrainian journalist escaped from her kidnappers in Syria. Abductions for religious, political or purely financial reasons are becoming increasingly frequent in war-torn Syria.

PEC strongly condemns the kidnapping by any group in Syria and calls for the immediated release of the four italian journalists.

***03.04.2013. PEC report for the first 3 months of 2013: 28 journalists killed in 15 countries // rapport de la PEC pour les trois premiers mois de 2013: 28 journalistes tués dans 15 pays // desde el primero de enero, 28 periodistas fueron asesinados en 15 países (English, French, Spanish, Arabic)

Number of journalists killed down by near 10 percent in 3 months
 
Geneva, April 3 (PEC) – According to the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) quarterly report for 2013 published Wednesday the number of journalists killed in the first three months of the year, 28 in 15 countries, has gone down to near 10 percent as compared with the same period last year.

Pakistan leads the tally with 7 journalists killed in three months, followed by Syria 4 killed, Somalia 3 killed and three in Brazil.

One journalist was killed in the following countries: Guatemala, India, Haiti, Kenya, Mexico, Nigeria, Paraguay, Peru, Central African Republic, Tanzania and Yemen.

The difference between 2012 and 2013 is that in Syria 5 journalists less were killed in 2013.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen noted that unfortunately this improved statistics does not reflect a better security situation in the field for the media, but could be traced to less journalists taking the risk to go to Syria to witness the ongoing violence. Lempen adds that Syria is in agony in a massive indifference.

The latest from Syria is that Jörg Armbruster, a correspondent for the German public broadcaster ARD, was seriously injured by gunfire during a military clash in Aleppo on March 29, 2013. After emergency surgery inside Syria on the same day, Armbruster was transferred by ambulance to Turkey, where he was treated by an emergency medical team, he was evacuated to Stuttgart on Monday April 1.

The situation in Pakistan has deteriorated from one year to the other. Three of the killed journalists lost their lives in a bomb attack in Baluchistan and the others were targeted in the tribal zones where they are particularly threatened by secessionist groups and extreme militants.

The situation remained dangerous in Somalia and Brazil. They still are in the group of the four most dangerous countries for media work as they were last year.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi, said that though this decrease is welcome yet a lot has to be done. The PEC reiterates its call to UN member states to start the process of negotiations on new binding guidelines to protect journalists in conflict zones and dangerous situations. Last year, journalists were killed in a record number, 141 for the whole year. 

Baisse de 10% du nombre de journalistes tués en 3 mois en 2013

Genève, 3 avril 2013 (PEC) Le nombre de journalistes tués les trois premiers mois de 2013 a baissé de près de 10% par rapport à la même période de l'an dernier. Depuis le 1er janvier, 28 journalistes ont été tués dans 15 pays, a affirmé mercredi la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC).

Le Pakistan arrive en tête des pays les plus dangereux avec 7 journalistes tués en trois mois. Suivent la Syrie avec 4 journalistes tués, la Somalie (3 tués) et le Brésil (3 tués également).

Un journaliste a été tué dans chacun des pays suivants: Guatemala, Haïti, Inde, Kenya, Mexique, Nigeria, Paraguay, Pérou, République centrafricaine, Tanzanie et Yémen.

La différence entre 2012 et 2013 vient de la Syrie, où cinq journalistes de moins ont été tués cette année par rapport aux trois premiers mois de 2012.

"Malheureusement, cette embellie statistique ne vient pas d'une amélioration des conditions de sécurité sur le terrain quant à la protection des medias, mais probablement résulte du fait que beaucoup moins de journalistes ont pris le risque de se rendre en Syrie pour y témoigner des violences", a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen. "La Syrie agonise dans une indifférence croissante", a-t-il ajouté. Dernier épisode en date, le 29 mars, un reporter expérimenté de la chaîne publique allemande ARD Jörg Armbruster a été grièvement blessé par des tirs à Alep, opéré en urgence, puis évacué en Turquie et à Stuttgart le 1er avril. 

La situation s'est détériorée d'une année sur l'autre au Pakistan. Trois journalistes sont morts lors d'une attaque à la bombe au Baloutchistan et les autres ont été visés dans les zones tribales, où ils sont particulièrement menacés par des groupes sécessionnistes et militants extrémistes.

La situation est restée également périlleuse en Somalie et au Brésil, qui figurent parmi les quatre premiers pays les plus dangereux, comme l'an dernier.

Pour la présidente de la PEC, Hedayat Abdelnabi, la baisse du nombre de journalistes tués au premier trimestre est bienvenue, mais il y a encore beaucoup à faire avec en moyenne 2 journalistes tués chaque semaine. La PEC réitère son appel aux Etats membres de l’ONU d’entamer le processus de négociations sur des principes contraignants afin de mieux protéger les journalistes dans les zones dangereuses. L'an dernier, un record de 141 journalistes a été tué dans l'exercice de leurs fonctions.


Baja un 10% el número de periodistas asesinados en primer trimestre de 2013

Ginebra, 3 abril 2013 (PEC) El número de periodistas asesinados durante los tres primeros meses de 2013 se ha reducido en un 10% en relación con el mismo período del año anterior. Desde el primero de enero, 28 periodistas fueron asesinados en 15 países, ha afirmado el miércoles  la Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC).

El monitoreo realizado por la PEC refleja que en este primer trimestre Pakistán encabeza el grupo de países de mayor peligrosidad, con 7 periodistas asesinados en tres meses, seguido de Siria con cuatro, Somalia (3) y Brasil (igualmente tres).

En cada uno de los siguientes países, la PEC ha tenido conocimiento del asesinato de un periodista, a saber Guatemala, Haiti, India, Kenya, México, Nigeria, Paragua, Peru, República Centroafricana, Tanzania y Yemen.

La diferencia entre 2012 y 2013 está dada por la situación en Siria, donde se reportaron cinco periodistas menos en este trimestre en comparación con igual período del año 2012.

« Desafortunadamente, esta mejora en las estadísticas  no corresponde a una mejoría de las condiciones de seguridad sobre el terreno en cuanto a la protección de los medios, pero probablemente sea la resultante del hecho de que muchos menos periodistas han corrido el riesgo de trasladarse a Siria para dar testimonio de las violencias”, ha declarado el secretario general de la PEC, Blaise Lempen. “Siria agoniza en una creciente indiferencia », ha agregado Lempen.

La situación se ha deteriorado considerablemente de un año al otro en Pakistán. Tres periodistas han muerto durante un ataque con bombas en Balotchistan y otros  fueron atacados en zonas tribales, donde son particularmente amenazados por grupos secesionistas y militantes extremistas.

En Somalia y en Brasil la situación e mantiene igualmente peligrosa, por lo que ambos países figuran entre los cuatro primeros más peligrosos para el ejercicio de la profesión, al igual que en el año precedente.

Para la presidente de la PEC, Hedayat Abdelnabi, la cifra de 28 periodistas asesinados en tres meses, aún cuando sea inferior a la de 2012, es todavía sumamente elevada.  Esto corresponde a un promedio de dos por semana. El año pasado, se llegó a la cifra de 141 periodistas asesinados en el ejercicio de sus funciones.

انخفاض مقتل الصحفيين بنسبة تقترب من 10 بالمائة

جنيف 3 إبريل (حملة الشارة) – أعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي في تقريرها الربع السنوي عن انخفاض عدد القتلى بين الصحفيين بنسبة تقترب من 10 بالمائة في الفترة من أول يناير إلى 31 مارس 2013 حيث قتل 28 صحفياً في 15 دولة.

باكستان تتصدر الدول بمقتل 7 صحفيين، ثم سوريا 4، فالصومال 3 و 3 في البرازيل.

و قتل صحفي في كل من جواتيمالا و الهند و المكسيك و نيجيريا و باراجواي و بيرو و جمهورية إفريقيا الوسطى و تنزانيا و اليمن و هايتي و كينيا. 
 
و يذكر أن الفارق الوحيد بين أرقام السنة الماضية و الحالية هي انخفاض عدد الصحفيين القتلى في سوريا بـ 5 في 2013.
 
و صرح سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان بأنه و للأسف فإن التحسن في الإحصائيات لا يعكس وضع أمني أفضل في الميدان للصحفيين و لكنه يرجع إلى أنه ربما إلى صحفيين أقل يواجهون مخاطر الذهاب إلى سوريا و تغطية العنف الدامي هناك. و شدد ليبمان على أن سوريا تمثل ألماً بسبب الصمت و لامبالاة ضخمة.

 و طبقاً لأخر أنباء سوريا فقد أصيب الصحفي الالماني يورج أرمبروستر خلال تغطية للأحداث في حلب في 29 مارس و بعد جراحة في سوريا رحل إلى تركيا و بعد استقرار حالته عاد إلى شتوتجارت بألمانيا في أول إبريل.

و قالت حملة الشارة أن الوضع في باكستان قد تدهور من سنة إلى أخرى. فقد قتل ثلاثة صحفيين في تفجير في بالوشيستان و تم استهداف أخرين في المناطق القبلية حيث المخاطر و بصفة خاصة من قبل المجموعات الانفصالية و متطرفين. 
   
و ظلت الحالة خطرة في الصومال و البرازيل، و لازالوا في مجموعة الدول الأربع الأكثر خطراً للعمل الصحفي كما كان الحال في العام الماضي. 
 
و ترى حملة الشارة أن مقتل 28 صحفياً في 15 دولة - رغم أنه أقل عن العام الماضي في نفس الفترة - لكنه مازال مرتفعاً للغاية و هو بمعدل مقتل صحفيين في الأسبوع، بالمقارنة بـ 2011 التي قتل فيها 21 صحفياً أي أقل بخمسة عن العام الحالي، و وصل إجمالي الصحفيين الذين قتلوا في العام الماضي إلى 141 صحفيا و هم يقومون بمهام مهنتهم. 

أكدت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي بأننا نرحب بهذا الخفض إلا أن علينا أن ننجز الكثير و أعادت اطلاق نداء حملة الشارة الذي أطلق مراراً و تكراراً من قبل بأن تقوم الدول الأعضاء في الأمم المتحدة ببدء عملية صياغة خطوط عريضة ملزمة لحماية الصحفيين في مناطق النزاع المسلح و الأحداث و المناطق الخطرة. 

Twitter: PRESSEMBLEMCAMPAIGN

Facebook: Press Emblem Campaign 

***27.03.2013. RWANDA. Rwandan editor, jailed for opinion piece, fails in appeal - the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns targeting journalists in Rwanda

An appellate court judge in the Rwandan capital, Kigali, on Monday upheld the criminal conviction of an editor who is serving a one-year prison sentence in connection with an opinion column, according to local journalists.
A judge presiding in the Gasabo Intermediate Court said Stanley Gatera, (photo) editor of Kinyarwanda-language independent weekly Umusingi, should be held accountable for a June 2012 opinion piece that suggested that men might regret marrying an ethnic Tutsi woman solely for her beauty, according to local journalists.

Police arrested Gatera, 22, in August 2012 after they said they received complaints from Tutsi women's groups. In November 2012, a lower court convicted Gatera on charges of "inciting divisionism" and "gender discrimination." The author of the piece fled the country amid the controversy and was never charged.

Gatera's defense argued that the journalist should not be punished for a column he did not write, local journalists said. The defense also noted the journalist had published an apology in the following issue. It was not immediately clear whether Gatera's defense team will pursue its appeal to the Supreme Court, local journalists said.
"This opinion piece might have offended readers, but that should not constitute a criminal offense," . "This ruling sends the message that Rwandan journalists must censor opinions if they want to stay out of jail."

Authorities have routinely targeted Umusingi and its journalists in recent years. In early 2011, the country's sole printing house, which is government owned, refused to print an edition of the paper that carried an interview with a dissident former Rwandan colonel, according to news reports. The paper's founder and former managing director Nelson Gatsimbazi, fled the country in August 2011 after being told of his impending arrest on charges of divisionism based on a complaint filed by another journalist in 2008. In December 2010, the presidential security advisor publicly accused Gatsimbazi of working with "enemies of the state," according to news reports.

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns targeting journalists in Rwanda and calls for the immediate release of the journalist.

***19.03.2013. PEC statement delivered by the PEC UN Representative Gianfranco Fattorini at the Human Rights Council - Press Emblem Campaign said there were places in all regions of the world where journalists were confronted in a vicious climate created by States that ultimately led to the killing of journalists and the establishment of a culture of impunity.  Promoting the safety of journalists and fighting impunity must not be constrained to after-the-fact, but required prevention mechanisms to address the root causes of violence.  

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Item 8 -     Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action
 
General debate
 
Mr. President,

In adopting the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action[1], the international community as a whole and every single State made the pledge to guarantee freedom and protection for the media. In adopting Resolution A/HRC/RES/21/12 last September, this very Council condemned in the strongest term all attacks and violence against journalists, such as torture, extrajudicial killings, enforced disappearances and arbitrary detention, as well as intimidation and harassment.

Nevertheless, too many States act inconsistently with the international commitments. Besides the particular cases of Syria, Turkey and Palestine/Israel, about which we talked respectively during the interactive dialogue with the Commission of Inquiry on the Syrian Arab republic and the general debates on item 4 and 7, there are places, in all regions of the world, where journalists are confronted to a vicious climate created by the State’s authority that can ultimately lead to the killing of journalists and the establishment of a culture of impunity.

In our written contribution, published under symbol NGO/57, we highlight the very detrimental practices employed in Chile, Guatemala, Uganda, Somalia, Eritrea, Sudan, Libya, Lebanon, Nepal, Thailand and in the Islamic Republic of Iran. Unfortunately, the list is not exhaustive and we could also mention the case of Togo where, last week, the authorities violently dispersed a peaceful demonstration of the media workers against a new law which gives the power to a simple administrative authority[2] to suspend or even withdraw the license to a media without any possibility of appeal to the courts.

Mindful that promoting the safety of journalists and fighting impunity must not be constrained to after-the-fact action but requires prevention mechanisms to address some of the root causes of violence against journalists and of impunity, the Press Emblem Campaign is still convinced of the necessity to set up an international mechanism of inquiry to investigate crimes of attacks against journalists and bring the perpetrators to justice.

I thank you for your attention.

19th March 2013

[1] A/CONF.157/23[2] Haute autorité de l’audiovisuel et de la communication (HAAC)

***18.03.2013. PEC statement delivered at the Human Rights Council on Palestine. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is deeply concerned about the difficulties Palestinian journalists have to face in carrying out their duty

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Item 7 -    Human rights situation in Palestine and other occupied Arab territories

General debate
 
Mr. President,

The PEC is deeply concerned about the difficulties Palestinian journalists have to face in carrying out their duty. While the Israeli Occupation Forces pursue a repressive policy to prevent journalists from covering the events in different areas of the West Bank, the Hamas Internal Security Services (ISS) in Gaza, sometimes summon and arrest journalists.

In his Mission report presented at the 20th session of the Human Rights Council[1], the Special Rapporteur on Freedom of opinion and expression, Mr. La Rue, underlined that despite the provisions of articles 19 and 27 of the Palestinian Basic Law, providing freedom of opinion and expression and media freedom, provisions in the Press and Publications Law of 1995 unduly restrict the right to freedom of opinion and expression.

The PEC believes that there is a need for the enactment of a new Access to Information Law in Palestine as journalists have routinely faced great difficulties in accessing the necessary information so as to undertake their work adequately and efficiently.

Mr. La Rue highlighted that the work of journalists in the Occupied Palestinian Territory is particularly hindered by the restrictions to movement, as documenting and collecting information is central to their work. He further stated that local journalists in the occupied Palestinian territory face difficulties in undertaking their work due to arbitrary arrests and detention, physical attacks and raids of their offices by the security personnel of both Israel and the Palestinian Authority in the West Bank and the de facto authorities in Gaza.

In light of the essential role journalists play in providing independent information to the public, the PEC calls on the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in the Palestinian Territories Occupied since 1967 to dedicate a chapter of his annual report to the violations of the fundamental freedoms and rights of the media workers in the OPT.

I thank you for your attention.

18th March 2013
[1] A/HRC/20/17/Add.2

***14.03.2013. PEC statement delivered at the Human Rights Council on the Universal periodic review of Switzerland (en français ci-dessous)

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Item 6 -   Universal Periodic Review

Switzerland

Mr. President,

The PEC wishes to address the issue of the particular moral responsibility of Switzerland, as Depositary State of the Geneva Conventions, in ensuring respect for humanitarian law and in playing a proactive role in this regard. This responsibility goes beyond the obligation enshrined in Article I of the Conventions.

We are currently witnessing in Syria, but also in other contexts of violence, massive and almost daily violations of the Geneva Conventions.

The Press Emblem Campaign was created to strengthen the protection of journalists in conflict zones. In principle, journalists are protected by the Geneva Conventions as all other civilians and it is forbidden to attempt on their lives. But we note however that this obligation, which applies to all signatories of the Conventions, has repeatedly not been observed in recent years. Last year, a record number of 141 journalists have lost their lives in the exercise of their profession.

The PEC calls upon Switzerland, as Depositary State of the Geneva Conventions and Host Country of the Movement for the Red Cross and the Red Crescent, as well as of the Human Rights Council, to consult the High Contracting Parties before the submission of its next periodic report to the Council. The purpose of this consultation would be to identify means to strengthen the protection of journalists and media workers in conflict zones through concrete and effective mechanisms complementing the general provisions of the Geneva Conventions.

The presence on the field of independent witnesses is indispensable for documenting violations of humanitarian law, human rights as well as war crimes and crimes against humanity, so as to denounce and stop those heinous crimes.

I thank you for your attention.

14th March 2013

Déclaration de la PEC au Conseil des droits de l'homme à l'occasion de l'adoption du rapport de la Suisse pour l'examen périodique universel:

Monsieur le Président,

La PEC souhaite aborder la question de la responsabilité morale particulière de la Suisse, en tant qu'Etat dépositaire des Conventions de Genève, de faire respecter le droit international humanitaire et de jouer un rôle proactif à cet égard. Cette responsabilité va au-delà de l’obligation prévue à l’article premier des Conventions.

Nous assistons actuellement, en Syrie, mais aussi dans d'autres contextes de violences, à des violations massives et quasi-quotidiennes des Conventions de Genève.

La Presse Emblème Campagne a été créée pour renforcer la protection des journalistes dans les zones de conflit. En principe, les journalistes sont protégés par les Conventions de Genève comme tous les autres civils et il est interdit d'attenter à leur vie. Nous constatons cependant que cette obligation, qui s'applique à tous les Etats signataires des Conventions, n'a pas été respectée ces dernières années à plusieurs reprises. L'an dernier, 141 journalistes, un record, ont perdu la vie dans l'exercice de leur métier.

Nous demandons à la Suisse, en tant qu'Etat dépositaire des Conventions de Genève et Etat hôte du Mouvement de la Croix-Rouge et du Conseil des droits de l'homme, de consulter les Hautes Parties contractantes des Conventions de Genève, d'ici la présentation de son prochain rapport périodique devant le Conseil. Le but de cette consultation serait de déterminer les moyens de renforcer la protection des medias dans les zones de conflit par des mécanismes concrets et efficaces complétant les dispositions générales des Conventions de Genève.

La présence sur le terrain de témoins indépendants est en effet indispensable pour documenter les violations des droits de l'homme et du droit humanitaire, crimes de guerre et crimes contre l'humanité, les dénoncer et y mettre fin.

Je vous remercie de votre attention
14 mars 2013

***12.03.2013. PEC statement delivered at the Human Rights Council on detention of journalists in Turkey

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

General debate

Mr. President,

The PEC in referring to its written contribution published under symbol NGO/90, draws the attention of the Council on the severe restrictions on freedom of expression and the extremely difficult conditions in which some journalists can carry out their mission in Turkey, particularly those of Kurdish origin. According to all the professional organizations, Turkey has one of the largest numbers of journalists imprisoned (49) while more than one hundred are detained awaiting months for their trial; to which one can also add dozen of bloggers.

The persecution of journalists in Turkey began with the adoption of the Anti-terror law in 2005, which criminalizes the propaganda in the name of terrorist organizations; without defining the term of propaganda. The law was amended last year after it was subject to severe criticism at international level, but despite the reform, no significant changes have been observed in the practice.

In the month of January 2013, eleven journalists were imprisoned on charges of belonging to the banned Revolutionary People's Liberation Party-Front (DHKP-C). Evidences presented in court were not disclosed to their lawyers. Six members of PEN Turkey, a writers’ association, are currently being investigated for “insulting the state”[1].

The PEC welcomes the recent presentation by Prime Minister Erdogan of a reform of the Penal Code aiming at reducing the definition of “terrorist propaganda” and encourages the Turkish Parliament to adopt it in the speediest possible way.

Mr. President,

The Press Emblem Campaign calls on the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism, the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and the Special Rapporteur on the independence of judges and lawyers to monitor the proceedings of the collective trial against the Kurdish journalists in Turkey and to report to Human Rights Council.

I thank you for your attention.

11th March 2013
[1] A/HRC/22/NGO/144

***11.03.2013. SYRIA. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL 22nd session. Debate on the report of the independent international commission of inquiry. PEC statement delivered by the PEC UN Representative Gianfranco Fattorini

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
22nd session

Item 4 - Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

Report of the Independent international commission of inquiry on the situation in the
Syrian Arab Republic (A/HRC/22/59)

Mr. President,

First of all, we thank the Commission of Inquiry for dedicating a section of Annex XII to the violence against media workers. We wish to inform the Council that in 2012, 37 professional media workers were killed in the Syrian Arab Republic, while dozens of civilians providing information to the public, mainly through electronic means, have lost their lives. In 2013, as of today, 4 professional media workers have been killed. According to the Media Freedom Committee of the Syrian Journalists Association, a total of 29 professional and non-professional media workers have been killed in 2013.

As the Commission of Inquiry has stressed in its report, journalists have been treated as military objectives by both sides to the conflict and viewed in terms of strategic gain. Besides the killed ones, journalists are also kidnapped or arbitrarily detained either by the Governmental forces or the civilian militias. Today, at least 4 foreign journalists are arbitrarily detained or are missing: journalists have the duty to inform and denounce all human rights violations, particularly when they could constitute crimes of war or crimes against humanity. In the absence of any images of those atrocities it is very difficult to mobilize the public opinion in order to stop the massacres.

We wish to draw the Council’s attention to the case of Mazen Darwish, Director of the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression, who was arrested in February 2012. Darwish and his two colleagues Hani Zitani and Hussein Al Ghurair are still held in arbitrary detention. According to recent findings, they were transferred to Adra central prison near the capital Damascus.

Mr. President,

In the report it is rightly said that “Under international humanitarian law, attacks against journalists are prohibited. Journalists exercising their professional activities in relation to an armed conflict must be protected” and that “Investigations are on-going as to the deliberate targeting of journalists by Government forces and by anti-Government armed groups.”: could we know who is investigating? Could we be informed on the measures taken by the various parties to the conflict to protect media workers and to ensure that perpetrators are prosecuted and convicted? Which judicial procedure could be used in order to effectively insure that perpetrators are prosecuted and convicted?

I thank you for your attention.

11th March 2013

***08.03.2013. PAKISTAN. PEC appreciates and supports ‘the International Friends of Media Alliance on Safety’ and UN action Plan in Pakistan

PEC Representative in Pakistan and reporter Israr Khan (right), here in discussion with Abdul Basit, M&E Officer of Intermedia, took part in the two-day international conference in Islamabad (photo pec) 

ISLAMABAD (8 March 2013) - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) while fully endorsing the outcomes of the two-day international media conference in Islamabad, appreciated the effort of forming an ‘alliance’ by more than a dozen international media development and support organizations including itself to coordinate their efforts on media safety and protection in Pakistan. It also strongly resolved to do all our efforts for the protection and safety of journalists in Pakistan which is one of the most dangerous countries on the globe for journalists.  

The United Nations Action Plan Against Impunity in Pakistan was also launched, which seeks to support efforts to promote security and safety of journalists in the country. Pakistan is one of five pilot countries of the UN Action Plan with the objective of building the country’s capacity to deal with safety of journalists.

PEC is also one of its major advocators with the hope that it will definitely have an impact on the Pakistani society, political parties and governments in ending impunity against journalists.  

The organizations who established ‘the International Friends of Media Alliance on Safety’ at the end of the two-day international conference comprised of Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Media Legal Defence Initiative (MLDI), Article IX, International Federation of Journalists (IFJ), Freedom House (FH), International News Safety Institute (INSI), Reporters Without Borders (RSF), International Media Support (IMS), UNESCO, International Press Institute (IPI), Internews Network, International Federation of Freedom of Expression (IFEX), Amnesty International (AI), World Association of Newspapers (WAN-IFRA), Fojo Institute and Press Emblem Campaign (PEC).

The PEC which participated in this conference has also pledged for playing its vibrant role to support this international Alliance and the UN action plan to promote security and safety of journalists in Pakistan.

Guy Berger, the Head of the Freedom of Expression Division at the UNESCO headquarters in Paris launched the UN Action Plan elaborated by Director UNESCO-Pakistan Kozue Kay Nagata. The Action Plan will serve to support existing efforts to promote actions against impunity in Pakistan by facilitating coordination and collaborative actions by various national and international media support and defence groups.

The conference also resulted in launching the ‘Pakistan Coalition of Media on Safety (PCOMS)’, an alliance of media stakeholders in the country seeking to promote a unified agenda of safety for journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country to take advantage of global UN plan against impunity in Pakistan. Key associations representing media workers, managers and owners, as well as media development groups will be members of the Coalition.  

The PCOMS will develop a “National Charter on Media Safety”, adopting the outcomes of the national consultation conducted by UNESCO and national conference on impunity against journalists conducted by Intermedia Pakistan – both in November 2012 – to outline priorities, collaborative and individual actions, develop resources, tools and mechanisms, to promote a unified agenda of safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments of Pakistan.  

Head of Asia Programs of IMS Lars Bestle said while the state of impunity against journalists in Pakistan is high, it is also significant that there exist wide support within the media, government, political parties and civil society in the country representing a consensus that can deliver dividends by way of collaborative responses to threats. 

Head of Media Program for Open Society Foundation Asad Baig said that coordination among media defence groups can help improve the response to threats and reduce the framework of risks that exist. 

Executive Director Intermedia Pakistan Adnan Rehmat said democracy is not safe when journalists are unsafe, emphasizing the need for collaborative efforts to strengthen media defence strategies. He also said that we will also take the cases of journalists to the court of law and follow them to get justice. We also demand of the government for the appointment of a special prosecutor who will follow and investigate the attacks and killing of journalists.

Israr Khan
PEC Representative in Islamabad
Sr, Staff Reporter
+92 346 9322611
International The News

FYI, documents of the conference:

UN Action Plan on Impunity Against Journalists and international alliance of media groups launched to reduce threats to journalists in Pakistan

PRESS RELEASE

ISLAMABAD (March 7, 2013): A two-day international conference concluded in Islamabad on Thursday launching the United Nations Action Plan Against Impunity, in Pakistan, which seeks to support efforts to promote security and safety of journalists in the country. Pakistan is one of five pilot countries of the UN Action Plan Against Impunity.  
 
The UN Action Plan was launched by Guy Berger, the Head of the Freedom of Expression Division at the UNESCO headquarters in Paris and elaborated by Director UNESCO-Pakistan Kozue Kay Nagata. The Action Plan will serve to support existing efforts to promote actions against impunity against journalists in Pakistan by facilitating coordination and collaborative actions by various national and international media support and defence groups. 
 
The conference highlighted and raised awareness about the UN Action Plan Against Impunity in five pilot countries, including Pakistan, with the objective of building the country’s capacity to deal with safety of journalists.
 
The international conference was conducted by Intermedia Pakistan, a national media support and development group – with support from Open Society Foundation-Pakistan (OSF), International Media Support (IMS) and United Nations Educational, Scientific & Cultural Organization (UNESCO). 

Significantly, the conference resulted in setting up of the Pakistan Coalition of Media on Safety (PCOMS), an alliance of media stakeholders in the country seeking to promote a unified agenda of safety for journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country. Key associations representing media workers, managers and owners, as well as media development groups will be members of the Coalition.   
 
The conference also resulted in the establishment of the International Friends of Media Alliance on Safety, a group of over a dozen international media development and support organizations aiming to coordinate their efforts on media safety in Pakistan. The Alliance includes Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Media Legal Defence Initiative (MLDI), Article IX, International Federation of Journalists (IFJ), Freedom House (FH), International News Safety Institute (INSI), Reporters Without Borders (RSF), International Media Support (IMS), UNESCO, International Press Institute (IPI), Internews Network, International Federation of Freedom of Expression (IFEX), Amnesty International (AI), World Association of Newspapers (WAN-IFRA), Fojo Institute, Press Emblem Campaign (PEC).

Head of Asia Programs of IMS Lars Bestle said while the state of impunity against journalists in Pakistan is high, it is also significant that there exist wide support within the media, government, political parties and civil society in the country representing a consensus that can deliver dividends by way of collaborative responses to threats. 

Head of Media Program for Open Society Foundation Asad Baig said that coordination among media defence groups can help improve the response to threats and reduce the framework of risks that exist. 

Executive Director Intermedia Pakistan Adnan Rehmat said democracy is not safe when journalists are unsafe, emphasizing the need for collaborative efforts to strengthen media defence strategies. 

The conference was extended support by the Government of Pakistan, key political parties including Pakistan People’s Party, Pakistan Muslim League-N, Pakistan Muslim League-Q, Awami National Party, Muttahida Qaumi Movement and Pakistan Tehrik-e-Insaf. 

The conference brought together all key stakeholders from within Pakistan and key international media defence groups to discuss ways of combating the violence against media and journalists in the country and what best lessons from the world Pakistan can partly adopt. 

The conference noted with concern that over 90 journalists have been killed in Pakistan since 2000 and at least 70 journalists in the last five years alone and hundreds attacked, injured, kidnapped, arrested and intimidated in a variety of ways. From 2007 to 2013 the average of journalists killed every year is 13 – one every 28 days. There has been no prosecution and conviction of any attacker – the prevalence of impunity is huge. Despite recent efforts by a variety of actors to combat this trend, the scale of impunity hasn’t been dented. 

The international conference extended support to local efforts to raise the public profile of impunity against journalists by bringing together all key stakeholders from within Pakistan and key international media defence groups to discuss ways of combating the violence against media and journalists in the country and what best lessons from the world Pakistan can adopt.  

PAKISTAN COALITION ON MEDIA SAFETY (PCOMS)

Declaration by Media Stakeholders on Combating Impunity

International Conference on Safety & Security of Pakistani Journalists

Islamabad, March 7, 2013 

The “International Conference on Safety and Security of Pakistani Journalists: Promoting Collaborative Approaches to Combat Impunity”, held in Islamabad on March 6-7, 2013 by Intermedia Pakistan with support of International Media Support (IMS), Open Society Foundations (OSF) and UNESCO, attended by representatives of leading national and international media houses, associations, platforms and media development organizations, and which expressed solidarity with the Pakistani media on the issue of impunity against Pakistani journalists, declared the following:
 
1.      The level of threats facing Pakistani media and its practitioners is unacceptable that have, according to Intermedia Pakistan and Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists, killed over 90 journalists since 2000 and resulted in injuries, assaults, arrests, kidnapping and other forms of serious intimidation faced by over 2,000 journalists in the same period.
 
2.      Urgent and extraordinary measures need to be coordinated, endorsed and adopted by all stakeholders of the media sector in Pakistan, including media owners, managers, practitioners and workers, as well as the other various stakeholders of the media stakeholders, to reduce the range of threats that journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan face. 
 
3.      The “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” (PCOMS) is set up, in pursuance of the Declaration of the National Conference on Impunity Against Journalists held on November 8, 2012, that recommended setting up of such an alliance,  to serve as a platform for key stakeholders of the media sector in Pakistan to promote collaborative approaches, mechanisms and actions aimed at reducing risks, threats and attacks against the media and promoting safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country.

4.      “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” (PCOMS) welcomes and supports the UN Action Plan Against Impunity and its focus on Pakistan as one of the pilot countries of the Plan – and seeks to both benefit and contribute to it in the interests of safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan.  
 
5.      A ‘Working Group’ was set up to approach key media stakeholders in Pakistan to create a Steering Committee for the “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” (PCOMS) that can take ownership of the Coalition. The conference proposed Hamid Mir, Adnan Rehmat, Owais Aslam Ali, Iqbal Khattak and Mazhar Abbas as members of the Working Group.
 
6.      The “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” will develop a “National Charter on Media Safety”, adopting the outcomes of the national consultation conducted by UNESCO and national conference on impunity against journalists conducted by Intermedia Pakistan – both in November 2012 – to outline priorities, collaborative and individual actions, develop resources, tools and mechanisms, to promote a unified agenda of safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments of Pakistan.   
 
7.      The “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” welcomes the establishment of the “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety”, and seeks to interact with it in the interest of pushing forward an agenda of safety of journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country. 
 
8.      The “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” will seek to promote membership by all key stakeholders of the media sector in Pakistan to lend support to the cause of promoting safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan.

9.      The “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” will seek to establish networking, partnerships and collaborations with the international media community, including media development and support organizations, on the issue of promoting safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan. 
 
10. The “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” will develop a “Roadmap of Safety and Security” that outline a series of prioritised actions aimed at promoting safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan. 

INTERNATIONAL FRIENDS OF PAKISTAN MEDIA
ALLIANCE ON SAFETY

Declaration by International Media Groups on Combating Impunity Against Journalists in Pakistan

International Conference on Safety & Security of Pakistani Journalists 
Islamabad, March 7, 2013 

The “International Conference on Safety and Security of Pakistani Journalists: Promoting Collaborative Approaches to Combat Impunity”, held in Islamabad on March 6-7, 2013 by Intermedia Pakistan with support of International Media Support (IMS), Open Society Foundations (OSF) and UNESCO, attended by representatives of leading national and international media houses, associations, platforms and media development organizations, and which expressed solidarity with the Pakistani media on the issue of impunity against Pakistani journalists, declared the following:
 
1.      A free media and open communications policies are central to promoting a democratic Pakistan.
 
2.      The level of threats facing Pakistani media and its practitioners is unacceptable that have, according to Intermedia Pakistan and Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists, killed over 90 journalists since 2000 and have resulted in injuries, assaults, arrests, kidnapping and other forms of serious intimidation faced by over 2,000 journalists in the same period.
 
3.      Urgent and extraordinary measures need to be coordinated, endorsed and adopted by all stakeholders of the media sector in Pakistan, including support to these measures by their international counterparts, to reduce the range of threats that journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan face. 
 
4.      An “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety” is hereby set up to serve as a platform for international media support and development actors to promote collaborative approaches, mechanisms and actions aimed at reducing risks, threats and attacks against the media and promoting safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan. 
 
5.      The “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety” welcomes and supports the UN Action Plan Against Impunity and its focus on Pakistan as one of the pilot countries of the Plan – and seeks to both benefit and contribute to it in the interests of safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan.  
 
6.      The “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety” welcomes the establishment of the “Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety” (PCOMS) and supports its objectives of promoting a unified agenda of safety for journalists, media workers and media establishments in the country. 
 
7.      The “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety” agreed to coordinate and collaborate with groups and actors in Pakistan, including the Pakistan Coalition on Media Safety, collaboratively and individually, to support actions, development of resources, tools and mechanisms, to promote a unified agenda of safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments of Pakistan.   
 
8.      The “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety” will seek to coordinate networking, partnerships and collaborations, wherever possible, on their work in Pakistan to share support, experiences and resources, on the issue of promoting safety and security of journalists, media workers and media establishments in Pakistan, including among other things, sharing advocacy, research and trainings materials online, a strategy for which will be worked out later.  
 
9.      The “International Friends of Pakistan Media Alliance on Safety” will initially include as members Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Media Legal Defence Initiative (MLDI), Article IX, International Federation of Journalists (IFJ), Freedom House (FH), International News Safety Institute (INSI), Reporters Without Borders (RSF), International Media Support (IMS), UNESCO, International Press Institute (IPI), Internews Network, International Federation of Freedom of Expression (IFEX), Amnesty International (AI), World Association of Newspapers (WAN-IFRA), Fojo Institute, Press Emblem Campaign (PEC). Membership will be open to any media support organization or group working in Pakistan or seeking to work here. 

Media Defense groups voiced concern on the Pakistani government's weak resolve to combat impunity against journalists 

ISLAMABAD, March 6: International media support groups, representative from the UN organizations, Journalists unions and associations working on journalists’ safety and media freedom Wednesday gathered here in Islamabad and call upon Pakistani government for greater journalist’s protection and investigation and prosecution of the murderers of Journalists who had so far taken lives of more than 91 journalists in the country and hundreds are still under constant threats.
 
They also voiced concern on the government's weak resolve to combat impunity against journalists and urged it to act decisively to protect journalist, fight impunity and achieve justice. It was also noted that the high level of Impunity is the main cause encouraging crimes against media and putting the messengers’ lives in dangers. Unfortunately, so far, not a single journalist’s killer has been trialed and punished in Pakistan.

These were the apprehensions expressed by the media defense groups at the first day of the a two-day international conference conducted by Intermedia Pakistan, a national media support and development group—with the support from Foundation Open Society Foundation-Pakistan, International Media Support and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation.

The conference that was designed to highlight and raise awareness about a new UN Action Plan Against Impunity in five pilot countries including Pakistan, call for having a comprehensive approach towards safety, protection and combating impunity against journalists and also underlined the importance of safety trainings that focus on counter surveillance, movement and safety issues of journalists, especially in conflict areas.

Key international media support groups attended the conference include Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Media Legal Defence Initiative (MLDI), Article 19, International Federation of Journalists (IFJ), Freedom House (FH), International News Safety Institute (INSI), Reporters Without Borders (RSF), International Media Support (IMS), UNESCO, International Press Institute (IPI), Internews Network, International Federation of Freedom of Expression (IFEX), Amnesty International (AI),World Association of Newspapers (WAN), Freedom of the Press Foundation (FLIP), Fojo Institute, Press Emblem Campaign (PEC).

Writing and reporting about the warring groups in Balochistan, tribal areas and parts of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa has almost impaired journalism due to certain serious threats pose to media persons and where the enemy is always unknown, said a speaker.

Weaknesses among the Pakistani journalists unions were pinpointed by the former secretary general of the Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) Mazhar Abbas. He said, “We unions don’t follow the cases. Journalist Unions’ pressure on the government is also required, as most murder cases end up with the release of suspects.” He further said that militants in parts of Pakistan dictate what to cover and where to place the story even. We feel insecure in newsrooms and press clubs, because press cards are not being controlled. Citing a case, Abbas said that last year a terrorist was killed and a press card was recovered out of his pocket.

In Pakistan, prosecution failed to follow and solve the cases in which the suspects had been arrested, but latter freed due to weak prosecution.

Participants call for the systematic and long-term investigation into the journalists’ murder cases, as to bring the killers to task. The government should also put serious efforts behind this cause and also bring amendments to terrorism Act to protect media persons and address crimes against journalists. 
 
Completion among journalists for the breaking of the news is also one of the main reasons for the journalists’ deaths in Pakistan. Political parties having militant groups are also been termed as one of the major enemies of journalists. It was feared that in coming elections, we may see such incidents of party workers attacks on media.

Criminal Justice system is not strong enough in Pakistan to go with impunity; because of the impunity problem journalists are vulnerable as the criminals think that the law will not reach them.     
        
Guy Berger, Director for Freedom of Expression and Media Development at UNESCO said, “If a Journalist is killed, it is a very visible sign that rule of law is not there.” In Pakistan a staggering number of journalists and media workers killed while performing their professional duties.
 
According to the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) and other bodies striving for protecting journalists, Pakistan has been ranked third most dangerous place on the globe. This year three journalists killed in Quetta in January, another three in Sind, Balochistan and tribal areas very recently. Between 2007 and 2012, at least one journalist targeted every 28 days in Pakistan. 
 
Pakistani representative associations of media workers, owners and professionals and media defence groups such as Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ), Pakistan Broadcasters Association (PBA), Pakistan Council of Newspaper Editors (CPNE), All Pakistan Newspapers Society (APNS), Radio Broadcasters Association (RBA), Pakistan News Agencies Council (PNAC), among others; the government; security agencies and civil society representatives, etc.

For the PEC Israr Khan
  

***01.03.2013. PAKISTAN: PEC ALARMED - THREE JOURNALISTS KILLED IN SEPARATE INCIDENTS IN ONE WEEK

Pakistani journalists hold placards and banners during a protest rally against the killing of Mehmood Jan Afridi, who worked for the Urdu-language Intekhab daily in northwest Pakistan's Peshawar, on March 2, 2013. Unidentified gunmen shot dead a journalist on Friday in Balochistan - the third journalist killed in one week, PEC Representative in Islamabad Israr Khan reported

PAKISTAN, March 1, 2013: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has strongly condemned the killing of another Pakistani journalist Mr. Mehmood Jan Afridi in Southwestern Pakistan’s insurgency hit province of Balochistan on 1 March and expressed serious concern on the worse state of journalism in the country.

Mehmood Jan Afridi,
38, had worked for the Urdu-language The Daily Intekhab for the last two decades. He was also working with a television channel ‘News One’, According to Essa Tareen, President of the Balochistan who spoke to the PEC by phone.

Essa Tareen while condemning this incident and state of impunity told PEC, “Now, we are feeling shame to only condemn and demand for arrest of the killers of every journalist gets killed in the line of duty in the province, as we know the government is neither doing something for our protection nor even it had investigated a single case and brought the killers to justice.”

Tareen strongly condemned the incident and called on the government and law enforcement agencies to arrest the killers forthwith. Journalists are being targeted with impunity in Pakistan and the government has failed to check this “dangerous trend”.

According to police sources, Afridi was sitting in the evening at a Public Call Office in Kalat district which is about 145 kilometers south of provincial capital Quetta, when unidentified assailants fired at him and killed at the spot. Afridi was also president of the Kalat Press Club.

No one has claimed responsibility for the murder.

He was the third journalist killed in Pakistan in one week.

Since January 2013, 20 journalists have been killed round the world. In Pakistan, the number has reached 7 among which four have been killed in Balochistan province.

Pakistani Journalists are under threat, especially in terrorism-hit areas including Balochistan, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and Tribal areas bordering Afghanistan. Secessionist groups, religious militants and a weak government response have combined to make journalists in Pakistan victims of target killings.

“The government does just lip service and nothing else. We demand of the authorities to take concrete steps to curb the killings of journalists that are continuing unabated,” President of the Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) Pervaiz Shaukat said.

PFUJ Secretary-General Amin Yousuf said Kalat, Khuzdar and Turbat are particularly dangerous for journalists, and most of the media persons who have been killed in Balochistan were based in these districts. The provincial government has failed to maintain law and order in Balochistan. We demand immediate protection of journalists who are being targeted with impunity,” Yousuf added.

Previously, the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) strongly condemned two Pakistani journalists’ killings during last three days in separate incidents, one in lawless Northwestern tribal region and another in Karachi city.

The PEC also expressed its deep concern over the unfortunate incident in Swat valley where three journalists survived attempt on their life as they were fired at outside Swat Press Club Tuesday night. Journalists Fayyaz Zafar, Shahzad Alam and Murad Ali said that they were on way to the press club after dinner when armed men traveling in a white car opened fire on them.

Swat, which was once the stronghold of militants, has been though cleared of militant after a full-fledged military operation, yet the incidents of target killing are continuing.

The PEC that fights for the protection of journalists round the globe said that attacks on journalists in Pakistan is alarmingly increasing. This unabated violence against the media in Pakistan is due to a history of uninvestigated incidents of journalists’ killings and where no culprit has been so far brought to justice.  The watchdog urged the Pakistani government for an immediate investigation into these killings to identify the killers.

Malik Mumtaz, a senior journalist who was associated with the Jang group of newspapers and later with its Urdu language Geo television channel for the past two-decade was shot dead by unidentified attackers on Wednesday late afternoon in Miranshah, the main town of North Waziristan, bordering Afghanistan.  

So far, no group has claimed responsibility. The Pakistani Taliban condemned the killing of Mumtaz who was recently elected the Chairperson of the Miranshah Press Club. He survived by his wife, two sons and daughter.

In another incident late night Monday, a senior Journalist Mr. Khushnood Ali Shaikh, who was the Chief Reporter of the state-run news agency the Associated Press of Pakistan (APP) in its Karachi bureau was killed in a ‘dubious’ hit-and-run car accident when he was crossing a road near his home in Gulistan-e-Johar,Karachi.

The doubts shrouded Sheikh’s death because he got life threats from some extortionists that forced him to relocate himself and his family to Islamabad where he spent many weeks.

The PEC expressed it deep sorrow and grief over these killings of journalists and called the government for inquiry into these cases, as to bring culprits to task.

Meanwhile in a statement, the Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) secretary general Amin Yousuf and Chairman All Pakistan Newspapers Employees Confederation (ANPEC) Nasir Naqvi expressed its concern on this sad incident and demanded of the government, “A high-level committee should be set up to investigate Khushnood death so that the real cause could be established,”

In Karachi, extortion mafia has become so strong that even government and law enforcement agencies are helpless. Sheikh was also received a receipt of a million rupees (US$10,100) from this mafia. 

The relatives of the deceased journalist are terming his death in a road accident as “target killing”. They say that since he recently built a new house in Karachi, then he has been receiving receipts of extortion money and threats. Resultantly, the journalist got himself transferred to Islamabad, but the threats not stopped.

Sheik had come to Karachi these days and on Monday he came out of his car to purchase milk when a speeding vehicle ran him over. Eyewitnesses denied it was an accident and said that the car had deliberately hit him. According to the people living in Johar area, building a house in the area is an extremely difficult task as the owner of a house gets extortion receipt as soon as the construction work begins.

While condemning the killings of journalists, senior television anchors and journalists said, “In Pakistan, there is no media law that provides for complete protection to the journalist community, as the country has become one of the most dangerous places for journalists. The government had totally failed to provide safety and protection to journalists.” 

 Senior Jaournalist/anchor Hamid Mir while speaking to Geo news said, “Mumtaz had been receiving threats.” 

The PFUJ former secretary general Mazhar Abbas said, “The government’s performance in protecting journalists was regrettable.” President of the PFUJ, Pervaiz Shaukhat said, the government should find and punish those behind this attack. 

Israr Khan, PEC REP in Pakistan 

***25.02.2013. SYRIE. LA PEC EST CONSTERNEE PAR LA MORT DU PHOTOGRAPHE FRANçAIS OLIVIER VOISIN, GRIEVEMENT BLESSE EN SYRIE, ET REND HOMMAGE A SON COURAGE PROFESSIONNEL 

Un quatrième journaliste français a trouvé la mort sur le front syrien. Le reporter-photographe français indépendant, Olivier Voisin (photo), grièvement blessé en Syrie jeudi, a succombé à ses blessures dans un hôpital en Turquie, a indiqué dimanche une porte-parole du ministère des Affaires étrangères. Il avait 38 ans. Olivier Voisin avait été grièvement blessé à la tête et au bras droit par des éclats d'obus jeudi alors qu'il couvrait les opérations d'une katiba (groupe armé d'opposition) dans la région d'Idlib (nord de la Syrie). Transféré à l'hôpital international d'Antakya puis à Istanbul, son état était jugé critique malgré une intervention chirurgicale.

Né en mars 1974 en Corée, Olivier Voisin a été adopté par une famille française. Outre la Syrie, il avait réalisé de nombreux reportages en Libye, en Somalie ou encore au Brésil. Le photographe travaillait pour de nombreux journaux parmi lesquels Libération, Le Monde ou The Guardian. Il avait publié des photos pour l'AFP en janvier sur les combats dans la ville d'Alep et sur le camp de réfugiés syriens à Azaz, près de la frontière turque.

Le Huffingtonpost.fr publie le dernier mail d'Olivier voisin envoyé à une amie italienne, Mimosa Martini, la veille du jour où il a été blessé. Cette dernière a publié ces écrits sur le profil Facebook d'Olivier Voisin. Ce mail en dit long sur la guerre qui sévit en Syrie mais également sur les conditions du métier de photographe : "Putain, j'ai eu la trouille de me faire pincer et de faire le mauvais pas. Et puis d'un coup le copain syrien qui m'attend et que je retrouve comme une libération". Le photographe continue : "Les conditions de vie ici sont plus que précaires. C'est un peu dur!", avant d'ajouter : "Aujourd'hui je suis tombé sur des familles qui viennent de Hamah et qui ont perdu leur maison. Ils vivent sous terre ou dans des grottes. Ils ont tout perdu. Du coup ça relativise de suite les conditions de vie que j'ai au sein de cette compagnie".

Après Gilles Jacquier et Rémi Ochlik en 2012 puis Yves Debay le mois dernier, Olivier Voisin est le quatrième journaliste français à périr sur le sol syrien. La PEC rend hommage à son courage professionnel et adresse ses condoléances à la famille de la victime. Elle appelle encore une fois la communauté internationale, et en particulier dans ce cas la France, à prendre les mesures nécessaires pour faire en sorte que le droit à l'information du public soit respecté dans les situations de conflit et que les travailleurs des médias puissent informer, sans risquer leur vie, des terribles souffrances endurées par les civils.

La PEC, inquiète des conditions de travail des photographes dans les zones de guerre, partage le point de vue du SNJ-CGT et reproduit son communiqué ci-dessous pour information:

Olivier Voisin : mort pour vivre (SNJ-CGT)

Le reporter-photographe Olivier Voisin, grièvement blessé en Syrie, est décédé en Turquie où il avait été transporté.

Sa mort va allonger la trop longue liste des journalistes morts pour informer ; notamment dans les zones de conflit.

Mais, au-delà de la profonde émotion suscitée par la perte d’un collègue, soucieux d’aller au plus près de l’actualité pour informer complètement, ne faudrait-il pas s’interroger sur les conditions d’exercice de la profession, surtout en zone de guerre.

En effet, Olivier Voisin était indépendant. Pourquoi ?

Parce que les éditeurs n’embauchent plus de reporters-photographes permanents, s’en remettant de plus en plus à des journalistes dits indépendants parce que les employeurs se refusent à leur appliquer le statut, dont ils prétendent qu’il est exorbitant du droit commun. La réduction des frais rédactionnels et, corollaire, l’augmentation des profits sont à ce prix.

Assurance et achat d’un matériel de plus en plus sophistiqué (et donc cher) supportés par le reporter, rémunération (de plus en plus chiche) à la photo publiée, acquis sociaux non servis (le reporter n’étant pas reconnu comme salarié), mais exigences inouïes en matière de fourniture de photos de grande qualité et selon les besoins, etc., bref le quotidien du reporter-photographe est de plus en plus précaire. Aussi, pour s’assurer que les « clients » prendront les photos, le journaliste est amené à prendre de plus en plus de risque ; il ne va pas seulement là où sa conscience professionnelle lui dicte d’aller pour traquer l’information : il franchit fréquemment les limites.

La dernière lettre électronique d’Olivier Voisin à une amie italienne est, à cet égard, terriblement accusatrice ; il écrit, en effet :

« Je fais les photos et je suis même pas sûr que l'AFP les prennent. »

Puis, il ajoute :

« Je ne suis que le petit Olivier, qui crève la dalle avec eux (les insurgés, NDLR) et qui les emmerde car les combats directs se font attendre. Le problème, c'est ce que demande l'AFP. Moins j'en fais, moins je gagne aussi et ce que je gagne c'est déjà pas fabuleux et plus les jours passent c'est autant de photos qu'on me demande de faire que je ne fais pas. »

Le SNJ-CGT salue la mémoire d’Olivier Voisin.

Pour honorer sa mémoire et celle des autres journalistes morts en zone de conflit (et notamment, les reporters-photographes), le SNJ-CGT continuera à œuvrer pour la résorption de la précarité et l’application du statut de journaliste à tous, sans exception.

SNJ CGT 
Montreuil le 24/2/2013

***21.02.2013. SYRIA. REMEMBER - Mazen Darwish detained over a year - Marie Colvin and Remi Ochlik killed at Homs one year ago - PEC renews its call for the release of Mazen Darwish and his colleagues with immediate effect

The Press Emblem Campaign PEC condemns the methods of the Syrian regime curbing freedom of opinion and expression by killing journalists, abducting activists and torturing them, and calls for the release of Mazen Darwish and his colleagues with immediate effect.

Syria media and human rights activist Mazen Darwish has spent more than one year in solitary confinement by the Syrian regime with other members of his Center the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of expression.
16 February 2012, Mazen and 14 of his colleagues were abducted by Syrian security forces from the Center to Prison.

Two foreign journalists: Marie Colvin and Remi Ochlik were killed at Homs coincidental with the abduction of Mazen and his colleagues. 

Reports confirm that Mazen has been subjected to torture. Two other activists still remain abducted Hani Al Zeitani and Hussein Al Ghari. Twelve others were released. Another activist was killed under torture Moustafa Ghazoul.

Others activists were subject to arbitrary detention: Syrian writer Hussein Eissawi, media activist Shebl Ibrahim, film writer Adnan Zerai, and activist Ibrahim Hegi Al Halabi. All detained over a year ago except for Al Halabi who was detained on 12 May 2012.

Mazen Darwish was honored by the PEC Prize for the protection of journalists June 2012.

On the anniversary of Marie Colvin’s death, PEC supports a new campaign launched by journalists - please visit: www.adaywithoutnews.com

The purpose of this campaign is to draw sharper attention to the growing numbers of journalists who have been killed and injured in armed conflict, in some cases as a result of direct targeting by the belligerents; to develop a public diplomacy, institutional and legal agenda to combat this more effectively; and to investigate and collect evidence in support of prosecutable cases in this area.

***20.02.2013. HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) submitted two written statements to the attention of the 22nd session of HRC, under agenda item 4 and agenda item 8

Press Emblem Campaign calls on the Human Rights Council’s attention to the situation of journalists’ rights, and the freedom of press and information in Turkey. Our organization already alerted the Council at its 21st session, during the general debate on Agenda item 4, on the severe conditions Kurdish journalists have to face in this country.

According to different sources, as of December 2012, Turkey is the world's worst jailer of journalists with 49 journalists imprisoned. Freedom of expression, and rights of journalists to freely investigate, report and criticize government policies, have declined significantly during the last years.

In addition, the Human Rights Association in Diyarbakir reported about 33 legal cases against Kurdish journalists, carried out under the Koma Civakên Kurdistan[1] (KCK) operations file. Dozens of other journalists and columnists remain in pre-trial detention all around the country.

Most journalists are arrested and brought to trail under sweeping anti-terrorism laws by which they risk long imprisonment sentences. A number of court indictments against detained journalists, reviewed by civil society organizations, confirm state prosecutors regularly and systematically accuse journalists who express dissenting political views of being directed by, and linked to, terrorist groups. High government officials even accused international non-governmental organizations of having links to “terrorist activists”, when they released alarming reports on press freedom in Turkey.

The Commission on Human Rights, in its resolution 2003/42 on the right to freedom of opinion and expression, adopted without a vote, « mindful of the need to ensure that unjustified invocation of national security, including counter-terrorism, to restrict the right to freedom of expression and information does not take place », urged States « to refrain from using counter-terrorism as a pretext to restrict the right to freedom of expression in ways which are contrary to their obligations under international law. »

The Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism, Mr. Martin Scheinin, in his report on the visit to Turkey[2] (16 to 23 February 2006), among other recommendations, already stressed «… that only full definitional clarity with regard to what acts constitute terrorist crimes can ensure that the crimes of membership, aiding and abetting and what certain authorities referred to as “crimes of opinion” are not abused for other purposes than fighting terrorism…»

In his Addendum[3] to the report, the Special Rapporteur underlined that «…journalists and publishers continue to be prosecuted under articles related to terrorism. In the view of the Special Rapporteur, this large caseload related to terrorism may be a sign of the notion of terrorism having lost its distinctive force. » and added «Prosecutions against journalists, writers and publishers who publish information related to investigations linked to alleged terrorist crimes or who write material referring to the situation of various ethnic groups in Turkey also run a significant risk of being prosecuted. »

The Special Rapporteur on the right to freedom of opinion and expression (Mr. Ambeyi Ligabo), in his report[4] to the Commission on Human Rights in 2002 expressed his concern about «the recent trend among Governments to adopt, or to contemplate the adoption of, counter-terrorism and national security legislative or other measures that may infringe upon the effective exercise of the right to freedom of opinion and expression. As highlighted above, the arguments of national security and anti-terrorism are being increasingly resorted to in many countries all over the world, with the intended or indirect effect of restricting the right to freedom of opinion and expression, in particular for media professionals,… »In his report to the Human Rights Council[5], Mr. Ligabo underscored that «…Counter-terrorism and national security legislation approved in recent years have on many instances exceeded the bounds of what is permissible under international law and resulted in human rights violations. In this context, the right to freedom of opinion and expression is particularly vulnerable to legislation that de facto legitimates

limitations on the free circulation and expression of ideas and opinions, directly affecting the work of media professionals, human rights defenders, political groups and civil society more broadly. Journalists and media professionals have become common targets of unlawful attempts to restrict freedom of expression. »

Furthermore he highlighted the fact that «The restrictions brought about by counter-terrorism legislation on human rights in general, and the right to freedom of opinion and expression in particular, have taken many forms…banning the publication of information that is, without justification, defined as being threatening to national security;…»

The Human Rights Council, in adopting, by consensus, its resolution on “Safety of journalists” acknowledged the particular role played by journalists in matters of public interest, including by raising awareness of human rights and recognized that the work of journalists often puts them at specific risk of intimidation, harassment and violence. At the same time, the Human Rights Council condemned in the strongest term all attacks and violence against journalists, such as arbitrary detention, as well as intimidation and harassment.

In light of the above elements, the Press Emblem Campaign calls on the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism, the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and Special Rapporteur on the independence of judges and lawyers to monitor the proceedings of the collective trial against the Kurdish journalists in Turkey and to report to Human Rights Council.

[1] Union of Communities in Kurdistan[2] E/CN.4/2006/98/Add.2[3] A/HRC/4/26/Add.2[4] E/CN.4/2003/67[5] A/HRC/7/14

PEC WRITTEN STATEMENT SUBMITTED TO HRC UNDER AGENDA ITEM 8

In paragraph 39 of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action[1], the World Conference on Human Rights encouraged the increased involvement of the media, for whom freedom and protection should be guaranteed.

The World Conference also reaffirmed that the protection and promotion of human rights and fundamental freedoms is the first responsibility of Governments.

Today, in too many countries, notably those experiencing a war or troubled situation, journalists and media workers not only they do not enjoy the security and protection they should be entitled to, but they have to face a climate of suspicion, intimidation, repression and even violence created by the State authorities which is fundamentally inconsistent with the international commitments.

In Chile, throughout the year 2012, a wave of intimidation and violent acts falls on journalists investigating on the police and intelligence services role during the military dictatorship.

In Guatemala, the General Telecommunications Law adopted on 19th November 2012, creates a discriminatory system that penalize small radio stations, notably those of the indigenous communities, which fear to be confiscated or forced to close.

In Uganda, the recent crackdown on radio stations and newspapers due to an alleged excess of criticism to the governmental activities is worrying. The Minister in charge of the presidency, Frank Tumwebaze, argued that the government was out to monitor and restore sanity within the media. At the end of January, two journalists (Sulaiman Kakaire and David Tash Lumu) covering the Parliament debates were suspended by the Speaker of Parliament (Mrs.Rebecca Kadaga) who found “inaccurate and annoying” the stories the journalists wrote.

In Somalia, where journalists and media workers are too often targeted and killed, at the beginning of February a freelance journalist (Mr. Abdiaziz Abdinur Ibrahim) was sentenced to one year imprisonment because he interviewed an alleged raped woman, although he even did not publish the interview.

In Eritrea, the Government issued a decree on 1st February 2013 in order to forbid anyone to access to the Qatari TV Channel Al-Jazeera; public places, such as hotels and restaurants were particularly targeted. This governmental decision followed the broadcasting of reportage on the manifestation of Eritrean opponents in front of several Eritrean diplomatic missions around the world.

In Sudan, since 2012, the security and intelligence services have targeted media which have to face a disturbing practice leading to the seizure or the closure of the newspapers that are politically motivated.

In Libya, since the access to power of the new authorities last July, journalists and media workers are confronted with several barriers to the smooth running of their mission such as difficulties in obtaining entrance visa, filming bans, arbitrary arrest and deportation. The behaviour of the Supreme Security Committee it is certainly not adequate to a country that wishes to build a democratic society.

The incident occurred last February 1st in front of the National Congress, when a reporter (Salah Abu Za’tar), his cameraman (Mus’ab Ali Al-Harari) and his driver (Abdelfatah Mansour Mohammad Al-Danouni) were physically brutalized by some guards is just another example of the State sponsored climate of threat and violence against journalists and media workers. As of the submitting of this contribution, no concrete action has been taken to punish those responsible.

In Lebanon, a well known Lebanese journalist (Rami Aysha), who use to work with international paper press, has to face a trial in a martial court in Beirut on a charge of “purchasing firearms,” while he was researching for an illegal arms trafficking.

In Gaza, the Israeli army continues to target deliberately buildings hosting journalists and last November it has deliberately killed three Palestinian journalists under the pretext that they were from media close to Hamas.

In Turkey, the world's worst jailer of journalists with 49 journalists imprisoned at the end of the year 2012, the Government authorities enforces very broadly the anti-terrorism law against any Kurdish journalist who openly criticize government policy.

In the Islamic Republic of Iran, just at the beginning of 2013 the authorities visited several newspaper offices, arrested many journalists and issued warrants for many others apparently solely for having contacts with foreign media and non-governmental organisations. At least 40 journalists were already jailed in Iran before the last raid. The forthcoming legislative elections of June 2013 may incite the authorities to reinforce the repression against journalists and media workers.

In Nepal, although Prime Minister Baburam Bhattarai’s reaffirmed his commitment to freedom of the press at the 43rd annual meeting of the Press Council, more than 20 journalists were forced, at the end of January 2013, to leave Dailekh District due to the threats made by cadres of the ruling Unified Communist Party of Nepal (UCPN). This was because of the calls on prompt investigation and condemnation of those responsible for the kidnapping and killing of a journalist (Dekendra Raj Thapa). Members of the ruling party, publicly threatened journalists and warned some of them they could face the same fate as their colleague Thapa.

In Thailand, the sentence to 11 year jail on Somyot Prueksakasemsuk editor of the magazine “Voice of Thaksin” for publishing articles that supposedly defamed the King and the monarchy can be interpreted as a political move to censor any critic to the Government as the editor was affiliated to the United Front for Democracy against Dictatorship (UDD), the movement also known as the Red Shirts.

These few examples illustrate the many ways Governments have to silence the press and to undermine the safety and protection of journalists and media workers which are conducive to the culture of impunity in relation to journalists and media workers killing; this being fundamentally contrary to the spirit of the resolution the Council adopted by consensus at the 21st session[1] which calls “for States to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference”.

At the 2nd UN Inter-Agency Meeting on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity, held in Vienna (Austria) on 22-23 November 2012, UN agencies, Governments and NGOs finalized a concrete Implementation Strategy 2013-2014 for the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity that was endorsed by the UN Chief Executives Board in April 2012.

In its introductory remarks, the UN Plan of action[2] clearly recognize that without freedom of expression, and particularly freedom of the press, an informed, active and engaged citizenry is impossible and that the curtailment of their expression deprives society as a whole of their journalistic contribution and results in a wider impact on press freedom where a climate of intimidation and violence leads to self-censorship.

Mindful that the UN Plan of action is geared to the country level and that promoting the safety of journalists and fighting impunity must not be constrained to after-the fact action but requires prevention mechanisms and actions to address some of the root causes of violence against journalists and of impunity., the Press Emblem Campaign is still convinced of the necessity to set up an international mechanism of inquiry to investigate crimes of attacks against journalists and bring the perpetrators to justice.

[1] A/CONF.157/23[2] A/HRC/RES/21/12
[3) http://www.unesco.org/new/fileadmin/MULTIMEDIA/HQ/CI/CI/pdf/official_documents/un_plan_action_safety_en.pdf

***09.02.2013. PAKISTAN. A FOURTH JOURNALIST KILLED.  Adam Khan, Journalist killed at the spot after the terrorists’ planted remote control bomb went off on Friday 

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) has condemned the killing of another Pakistani Journalist Mr. Adam Khan in a remote control bomb attack planted by terrorists in a market in northwestern Pakistan that killed 12 people and injured more than two dozen others.

The incident took place on Friday (Feb 8) when people were leaving the mosque after Friday prayer in Kalaya, the major town of Orakzai Tribal area and where the Pakistani security forces have been battling with militant insurgency for about last three years.

Adam Khan 26, was a local journalist working as freelancer with various newspapers. He was not on the payroll of a specific media house; however he was the member of the Orakzai Union of Journalists (OUJ) and Orakzai Press Club.

President of the Orakzai Union of Journalists Mr. Saleh Din Orakzai told the PEC, “Adam Khan along with working as a freelancer was also running a grocery store situated close to the offices of the political administration and security forces in Kalaya, headquarter of Orakzai Agency. He had also been receiving various life threats from terrorists which he reported to the OUJ, but this time terrorists planted the bomb in his store that took his life.”

“Tribal journalists are playing a frontline role in this war on terror and so far 13 journalists have lost their lives in line of duty in the Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) region bordering Afghanistan. Unfortunately there is no security to us and we are providing news to the world on our own risk.” Journalists’ leader of the region said. He also complained that the government has also not provided any compensation or relief to these slain journalists.

A government administrative official in the area told the PEC on the condition of anonymity, “Yes, Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) has claimed the responsibility for the bomb attack in which the insurgents used about five kilogram of explosives.”

“Mr. Khan was the prime target of the TTP, as it had threatened him several times not to file stories against them. He was also working as a fixer with local and foreign non-governmental organizations (NGOs).” the official said.

This is the fourth casualty of a Pakistani journalist this year, as earlier last month in January Pakistan lost three journalists in twin successive terrorists bomb blasts in Quetta, the capital city of Balochistan. This latest sad demise of a journalist has raised the total Journalists casualties in the world to 13 on the PEC ticking clock during Jan-Feb 8, 2013.

Israr Khan PEC Rep in Pakistan

***08.02.2013. MEXICO. LLAMA PEC AL GOBIERNO MEXICANO DETENER MATANZA DE PERIODISTAS Y RESPALDAR LA LEY DE PROTECCION // PEC CALLS ON MEXICO’S NEW REGIME TO STOP PRESS KILLINGS AND HONOR THE NEW LAW TO PROTECT THEM (Spanish version below)

PEC CALLS ON MEXICO’S NEW REGIME TO STOP PRESS KILLINGS AND HONOR THE NEW LAW TO PROTECT THEM 

TERROR IN MEXICO: Martínez' body was found in her home in Xalapa, the capital of the Gulf Coast state of Veracruz, on 28 April 2012. She had been badly beaten around the face and ribs and had been strangled to death. Martínez (photo) had worked for the national magazine Proceso for more than 10 years and was known for her in-depth reporting on drug cartels and the links between organized crime and government officials. PEC welcomed the naming of “Regina Martinez Perez” to a street in Oviedo, Spain, on February 6 2013.

GENEVA, 8 February 2013 (PEC). The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes the Senate’ Special Commission to address violence against journalists and mass media in Mexico established yesterday, as a “due time” measure for Mexican institutions to halt criminality against communicators which registers 93 murders since 2000; Mexico is the most dangerous country for journalists in America and second of all in the world, says the watchdog for the protection of journalists based in Geneva.
 
The Special Commission will follow up aggressions which mount up to no less than 843 consigned ones since 1999; 81 per cent of this complains remain unresolved creating a context of impunity for criminality during last 12 years, said Javier Tapia Urbina, from the National Commission for Human Rights.
 
Complains addressed mainly to State’s institutions: the General Prosecutor, the Federal Police, the Army, among others.
 
PEC also welcomed the naming of “Regina Martinez Perez” to a street in Oviedo, Spain, on February 6, homage to the Mexican journalist murdered in Veracruz on April 28, 2012 “to vindicate her commitment to freedom”. She was an investigative journalist for the weekly Proceso on corruption and narcotraficking in the country.
 
On this occasion, PEC calls on the Mexican government to address the serious situation of murdering journalists and harassing media: it is “now” when journalists have to be protected in “real time” in Mexico. 79 of the 93 journalists killed happened since 2008.
 
President Enrique Peña Nieto has yet to come up with a renewed commitment to advance and respect last June 2012 Law for the Protection of Human Rights Defenders and Journalists. Right now when there is a “white bill” during the first two months of the new regime on massacring journalists it is the time to endorse the whole protection of communicators and avoid the new law –signed by his predecessor, from a different political party- to become “dead letter” with financial and human resources to comply with the task ahead to guarantee journalists, their families and colleagues physical integrity.
 
PEC believes that addressing impunity in Mexico and enhancing justice is one way to deal with the problem of press killings; eradicating corruptions is a must.
 
15 out of 32 States of Mexico are subjected to crimes against journalists: Veracruz, Tamaulipas, Guerrero, Nuevo León, Sonora, Estado de México, Sinaloa, Distrito Federal, Michoacán, Coahuila, Chiapas, Chihuahua, Oaxaca, Baja California, Tabasco. Press killings started February 1, 2000 and reached an overall 93 deaths in 2012; since the launching of the “war against organized crime” in 2008, no less than 70,000 people have died, 65 journalists murdered and 12 disappeared.
 
Journalists in Mexico are now caught in a macabre situation where there are targeted both by State institutions and the organized crime. 

LLAMA PEC AL GOBIERNO MEXICANO DETENER MATANZA DE PERIODISTAS Y RESPALDAR LA LEY DE PROTECCION
 
GINEBRA. Campaña Emblema de Prensa dio bienvenida a la nueva Comisión Especial del Senado de la República Mexicana, establecida ayer, que investigará agresiones a los periodistas, como “oportuna” medida para detener la criminalidad contra los comunicadores que registra desde 2000, 93 asesinatos; México es el país más peligroso para periodistas en toda América y segundo en el mundo, de acuerdo a estadísticas de esta organización no gubernamental con la misión de promover protección a periodistas.
 
81 por ciento de las 843 quejas registradas por la Comisión Nacional de Derechos Humanos desde 1999 siguen sin investigar; están dirigidas principalmente a la Procuraduría General de la República y a otras instituciones gubernamentales como la Secretaría de Seguridad Pública, el Ejército y las fiscalías en estados como Veracruz y Oaxaca. El contexto es de impunidad en los últimos 12 años, dijo Javier Tapia Urbina, Quinto Visitador de la CNDH.
 
Campaña Emblema de Prensa también hace reconocimiento a la decisión del 6 de febrero pasado, de la municipalidad de Oviedo, España, de nombrar “Regina Martínez Pérez” a una calle de la ciudad (hermanada con Veracruz, México) en homenaje a la periodista asesinada el 28 de abril de 2012 “para honrar su compromiso con la libertad”. La periodista veracruzana trabajaba para el semanario Proceso, investigando corrupción y narcotráfico en México. Su crimen no ha sido resuelto.
 
PEC (por sus siglas en ingles) llama al gobierno mexicano a enfrentar la seria situación de las matanzas de periodistas y de acoso a medios de información: es “ahora” cuando los periodistas deben ser protegidos, en “tiempo real”. De 93 asesinatos a sangre fría de comunicadores, 79 ocurrieron desde 2008.
 
El Presidente Enrique Peña Nieto debe refrendar el compromiso de respetar y hacer valer la Ley para la Protección de Personas Defensoras de Derechos Humanos y Periodistas promulgada en junio de 2012 . Ahora, a dos meses de su gobierno, cuando se tiene un “saldo blanco” de crímenes contra la prensa, es el mejor momento para endosar la protección total de todos los comunicadores y evitar que la ley sea “letra muerta” por falta de recursos financieros y humanos para llevar a cabo la tarea de proteger y prevenir crímenes y garantizar la integridad física de los periodistas, sus familiares y compañeros de trabajo.
 
Campaña Emblema de Prensa considera que enfrentar la impunidad y promover la justicia pondrá coto a los asesinatos de periodistas; erradicar la corrupción es esencial.
 
En 15 de los 32 estados de México han ocurrido asesinatos de prensa: Veracruz, Tamaulipas, Guerrero, Nuevo León, Sonora, Estado de México, Sinaloa, Distrito Federal, Michoacán, Coahuila, Chiapas, Chihuahua, Oaxaca, Baja California, Tabasco. El primero, el 1 de febrero de 2000; desde 2008 con la “Guerra contra el crimen organizado” se han registrado 70 mil muertos, 65 periodistas asesinados y 12 desaparecidos.
 
Los periodistas en México están en la macabra situación de ser blanco directo tanto de instituciones del Estado como del crimen organizado. PEC considera que es ahora cuando México debe dejar de ser el país más peligroso para los periodistas en el continente americano.
 
En 2012 ocurrieron 141 asesinatos de prensa en 29 países, cifra récord desde que PEC inició el dramático conteo con el Ticking Clock en 2008. Siria, Somalia y Pakistán encabezaron el año pasado la lista mundial seguidos por México.
 
Los diez países más peligrosos para los periodistas durante el periodo 2008-2012 son Filipinas, México, Pakistán, Iraq, Siria, Somalia, Honduras,  Brasil, Rusia y la India. En total 571 periodistas asesinados, un promedio de 114 por año o dos por semana. 

For the PEC, Kyra Nunez-Johnsson

***04.02.2013. PEC publishes its annual report on its activities in 2012 - introduction below. To receive the full report (32 pages), please send a request to this email: pressemblem@bluewin.ch - PEC launches today on its website a new page dedicated to the fight against impunity. This page "NO IMPUNITY" (click left) will be updated regularly with the latest news from various sources on prosecutions following murders and attacks of journalists. The idea is to add pressure on national authorities to bring the perpetrators to justice and to publicize the ongoing trials.

PEC REPORT ON ACTIVITIES IN 2012

INTRODUCTION


Dear Madame, Dear Sir, Friends and Colleagues,

On numerous occasions in 2012, the attention of the PEC executive committee was drawn to tumultuous current events, dominated by the Syrian conflict.

Last year, the Press Emblem Campaign:

-- issued 49 statements;

-- intervened 12 times in public sessions of the United Nations Human Rights Council in Geneva;

-- participated in the international conference on the protection of journalists in dangerous situations, held in Doha (Qatar) on 22 and 23 January;

-- participated in the meeting on the safety of journalists organized by UNESCO in Vienna on 22 and 23 November;

-- met with the president of the United Nations General Assembly in New York on 12 September;

-- was honored by receiving the 2012 Special Nicolas Bouvier Prize for Journalism on 28 November;

-- on 4 June at the Swiss Press Club awarded the annual prize for the protection of journalists to Mazen Darwish and Syrian militants imprisoned while fighting for press freedom;

-- issued three quarterly reports and an annual report on the number of victims among journalists, reports picked up several hundred times by media sites throughout the world in four languages (English, French, Spanish, Arabic);

-- registered at the end of the year over 19,000 different individual visits to the PEC internet site: www.pressemblem.ch - with an average of 200 contacts per day throughout the year;

-- reelected for two years its PEC Executive Committee, currently comprising 12 members, at a meeting of its general assembly on 4 June 2012.

The PEC's accounts are in order with a positive balance of CHF 12,130 as of 31 December 2012, in comparison with a year-end balance of CHF 11,411 as of 31 December 2011.

Established in 2004, enjoying special consultative status with the United Nations since 2010 and devoted to the protection of journalists in areas of conflict and internal violence, the PEC is deeply dismayed to have to report that the number of journalists killed continues to increase throughout the world.

Its mission, four-fold, is thus all the more necessary: alert and sensitize public opinion and governments; denounce the most serious violations of press freedom; bring pressure to incite governments to take measures to facilitate the work of the media in dangerous situations and to fight impunity; reinforce the protection of journalists through legal means, including through a specific international convention.

You will find in the following pages detailed information on our activities in 2012.

We warmly thank for their support governments, private and public entities, media organizations, NGOs and individuals.

The PEC General-Secretary,
Blaise Lempen

Geneva, 31 January 2013

***29.01.2013. PAKISTAN. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) expressed its solidarity with the Pakistani journalists and family members of the slain journalists who staged a sit-in outside the country’s parliament on Jan 28 demanding for the arrest of journalists’ killers and provision of compensation to their families.    

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC), an international watchdog striving for journalists’ protection round the globe has expressed its solidarity with the Pakistani journalists and family members of the slain journalists who staged a sit-in outside the country’s parliament on Jan 28 demanding for the arrest of journalists’ killers and provision of compensation to their families.    
 
It is worth mentioning that the PEC has ranked Pakistan as one of the most dangerous countries ranked third in the world for journalists where 12 were killed in 2012. This year already, two journalists and a cameraman have been killed in a bomb blast in Quetta on January 10.
 
The civil society members also participated in this sit-in with the journalists who came from across the country to the capital Islamabad to strive for their rights, however after getting assurance from the government that their major demands will be addressed in a week time, they differed their sit-in now to February 7, 2013.
 
President of Karachi Union of Journalists (KUJ) Mr. G.M. Jamali at this occasion said, “Though the government has been assuring the journalists and announcing compensations, yet not much has been materialized.” He added, “Apart from the Saleem Shazad commission, not a single enquiry has been made into the killings of journalists. Unfortunately, even the chief justice of Pakistan has not taken these issues seriously.”
 
The sit-in was organized by the Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) and demanded of the recompilation of the 8th Wage Award by including journalists working in the electronic media and insurance cover for media persons, bring reporters and camerapersons under insurance coverage, and pay compensation up to Rs2.5 million – equivalent to the amount being paid to the law enforcement officials killed in terror attacks – to journalists who lost their lives in the line of duty. They also demanded end of non-payment of salaries to journalists by various media houses.
 
It is a worst case that cameras and other equipment are insured, but the management of electronic media are least bothered to provide insurance cover to the camerapersons or the reporters standing in front of it,” said PFUJ president Mr. Pervaiz Shaukat.
 
Secretary General of the Rawalpindi-Islamabad Union of Journalists (RIUJ) Mr. Bilal Dar said, “Cameraman Israr was hit by a stray bullet while he was covering a gunfight between the law enforcement agencies and militants at Lal Masjid, Islamabad in 2007. Now after so many years when he has been restricted to a wheelchair, the announced compensation of Rs500,000 has not been paid to him.” Dar added, “When this is the case with a media person in the federal capital, we can only imagine what’s going on in remote parts of the country.”
 
Federal information minister Mr. Qamar Zaman Kaira while assuring the journalists said, their main demand – establishment of the 8th Wage Board – would be met within one week. He added, “It will take three to four days for the discussions and the board would be notified within this week.” He also assured that a revolving fund of Pakistani rupees 50 million for the welfare of journalists would be established soon and TORs of the fund have been finalized and it would be announced in a day or two to compensate the journalists and camerapersons killed in targeted or terror attacks.
 
Regarding the demand for compensation to journalists equal to those given to law enforcement personnel, the minister said the matter required legal consultations. “But for those channels and newspapers who delay salaries of their employees or where there is no insurance policy, I assure you that we will discuss these points with the managements of the media houses,” information Minister said.
 
After the minister’s speech, Secretary General of the PFUJ Mr. Amin Yousuf said, “This does not mean that we can be fooled by anyone. If the issues are not resolved as promised, we will come back to show our determination.”
 
He added: “If we can stay alert for 24 hours in the line of reporting and capturing footages in the worst kind of weather or insecure environment, we can also bear the cold weather of Islamabad for our cause.” 

Israr Khan, PEC Rep in Islamabad

***18.01.2013. SYRIA. TWO JOURNALISTS KILLED IN SYRIA - THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) SADDENED AND DISMAYED BY THE DEATHS OF BELGIAN-BORN FRENCH JOURNALIST YVES DEBAY IN ALEPPO, ONE YEAR AFTER THE KILLING OF GILLES JACQUIER IN HOMS, AND ANOTHER REPORTER AL-JAZEERA CORRESPONDENT

Geneva, January 19 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns in the strongest possible manner the heinous targeting of journalists in Syria while they are on duty covering the civil war. Two journalists were killed in 24 hours, Yves Debay, a French national was shot in the heart on Thursday in Aleppo, and Mohammed El Horani (Mohammed Al-Massalma)who works for aljazeera was shot at in Deraa, both by pro-government snipers.

The PEC joins hands with French President Francois Hollande in his condemnation of the killing of Debay. "France condemns this heinous act and expresses to the family and friends of Yves Debay its condolences, sympathy
and solidarity," Hollande said in a statement. Hollande added that "France pays tribute to Yves Debay and other
journalists who, in Syria, pay with their lives for their commitment to freedom of information."

It is the hope of the PEC that with the second French journalist killed in Syria, France, a P5 country, will endorse the PEC efforts.

The current tally for journalists in 2013 stands at 11 including the killing of a Shabelle Media Network radio and TV presenter Abdihared Osman Adan who was fatally shot three times by unidentified gunmen while on his way to work in Mogadishu. He died on Friday at the city’s Medina Hospital as doctors were about to operate.

Last year, 141 were killed in the line of duty, including 37 in Syria.

The only way forward, the PEC believes is a short cut to endorse the draft convention which is a legal instrument to save journalists and fight impunity.

Yves Debay (58) created the magazine Raids in 1986 and Assaut, another magazine specializing in military matters, in 2005. Yves Debay was covering clashes between rebels and forces loyal to President Bashar Assad when he was shot by a regime sniper on Thursday, according to the Aleppo Media Center, a network of anti-regime activists in the city. It said the sniper was positioned on the roof of the Aleppo central prison near the Museilmeh district.

Syrian rebels reportedly brought him across the border to Turkey, where a Foreign Ministry official said he was pronounced dead on arrival at the state hospital in the border province of Kilis early Friday. He had been shot in the heart, according to an initial autopsy report, the Turkish official said. 

Syria was the most dangerous country in the world to work in last year. Among the journalists killed while covering Syria are one year ago French TV reporter Gilles Jacquier, photographer Remi Ochlik and Britain's Sunday Times correspondent Marie Colvin. 

Al Jazeera freelance reporter Mohamed Al-Massalma, who used the pseudonym of Mohamed Al-Horani, was shot three times while covering the front lines in the town of Busra Al-Harir in the countryside of Daraa, the news channel said Friday. 

***17.01.2013. PEC participated in a live panel organized by Harvard University: Program on Humanitarian Policy and Conflict Research - Targeting the Truth: IHL and the Protection of Journalists in Conflict Zones

Invited as a panelist PEC President Hedayat Abdel Nabi walked through the process that led to highlighting the need for an international convention to protect journalists. Go to this link for the event:  

http://hpcrresearch.org/events/targeting-truth-ihl-and-protection-journalists-conflict-zones-live-web-seminar-50

***11.01.2013. PAKISTAN. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) strongly condemned the twin successive terrorists' bomb attacks in Southwestern Pakistan that have killed three journalists

ISLAMABAD: The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC), which fights for the protection of journalists, has strongly condemned the twin successive terrorists’ bomb attacks in Southwestern Pakistan that have killed at least 69 people including a private television channel cameraman, a journalist and a photographer of a news agency.

Quetta, the capital city of Balochistan province on Thursday evening rocked with two bomb blasts in which besides killings, 120 people also injured.

The first suicide bomber detonated his device inside a crowded snooker club and after receiving information about this happening, soon police and rescue team and media rushed to the blast site. As rescue work was underway and media persons were covering this event then another bomb planted outside the building went off which was sever than the first one, police sources said. The interval between these blasts was about 10 minutes. 

In this incident a SAMAA television cameraman Imran Sheikh and photographer Mohammad Iqbal of News Network International (NNI) a private news agency were killed, while photographer of another news agency Independent News Pakistan (INP) and Saifur Rehman, a senior reporter with SAMAA TV (photo), were seriously injured and the engineer of the same channel Jamil Ahmad also sustained minor injuries. Besides, a cameraman of another popular private channel GEO TV was also injured.  Saifur Rehman then died at a local hospital. 

These are the three first casualties of Pakistani journalists in 2013, which has raised the total casualties in entire world during this New Year to seven. 

Pakistan Federal Union of Journalists (PFUJ) president Pervaiz Shaukat in a statement said the ongoing violence in Balochistan was a matter of concern. The journalists were particularly at risk in the province and a number of journalists and media persons have lost their lives in the line of duty.

“We have particularly been focusing on training journalists in performing their duties during blasts. The aim of our trainings has always been how to report and cover disasters, blasts and conflicts,” Shaukat added.

PFUJ Secretary-General Amin Yousuf also condemned the twin blasts saying, “We will tolerate government’s continued apathy to the loss of precious lives. We demand immediate protection of journalists,” he added.

Independent media experts have term this incident as another terrorists attack on Pakistani media in the province, as earlier many journalists have been killed here in the line of their duties.  

It is worth mentioning that according to the latest PEC database, Pakistan has been the third most dangerous place for journalists on this planet. During last five years (Jan 2008 to Dec 2012) 571 journalists have been killed, with highest casualties in Philippines 62, followed by Mexico 59, Pakistan 53, Iraq 39, Syria 39, Somalia 37, Honduras 26, Brazil 22, Russia 20, India 17. 

Last year (2012), 141 journalists killed in which Syria was again most dangerous country for Journalists where 37 journalists killed, followed by Somalia 19 and Pakistan with 12 casualties.

This underlining the need for special safety precautions by media professionals in the light of this incident wants for safety training for journalists which should focus on the whole range of insurgent and extremist strategies and seek to impart the skills and knowledge to counteract all these.

(Israr Khan, PEC Representative in Pakistan)

***03.01.2013. UPDATE PEC report - Two more journalists killed, one in Syria, one in India - Record number of journalists killed in 2012: 141 in 29 countries - a fourth journalist missing in Syria

Most dangerous countries in 2012: Syria (37 journalists killed), Somalia (19), Pakistan (12), Mexico (11), Brazil (11), Philippines (6), Honduras (6), Bangladesh (4) and India (4). By region, the Middle East was severely hit in 2012 with 45 journalists killed, Latin America in second position with 35 victims. Asia 32, Africa 28. Only one casualty was registered in Europe.
Click left on our page Ticking Clock for the list of casualties with names and dates.

Geneva, January 3rd (PEC) -- According to the last figures compiled by the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) until December 31, 141 journalists in 29 countries were killed during the course of 2012, a record number. This figure represents a 31 percent increase as compared to the 2011 figures. 

At least 37 journalists, among them 13 working for foreign media, were killed since January of this year in Syria. This figure does not include media activists, pro-opposition citizens who occasionally inform the world of current developments. Four journalists are reported missing or detained: Ukrainian journalist Anhar Kochneva, Jordanian-Palestinian correspondent Bashar Fahmi, freelance U.S. reporter Austin Tice and another American reporter James Foley.

The situation in Somalia has deteriorated dramatically, where 19 were killed when targeted by military groups that oppose criticism. 

Pakistan comes third in the PEC ranking of most dangerous countries for media work, with 12 journalists killed. The tensions in Baluchistan and the tribal zones explain those numbers. 

Three Latin American countries follow among the most dangerous countries:

Mexico where 11 journalists were killed, due to clashes between the military and drug dealers. There are cases still unclear and therefore the figure could rise. 

Never before have so many journalists been killed in Brazil, 11, and 6 were killed in Honduras. 

The Philippines ranks number 7 with 6 killed, followed by Bangladesh with 4 killed and India (4). 

Three journalists were killed in the following countries: Eritrea (3 killed in prison), Iraq, Nigeria, and Gaza during the Israeli attacks. Two journalists were killed in each of the following countries: Afghanistan, Bolivia and Colombia. 

One journalist was killed in Bahrain, Cambodia, Ecuador, Egypt, Haiti, Indonesia, Nepal, Uganda, Panama, Russia, South Sudan, Tanzania and Thailand. 

By region, the Middle East was severely hit in 2012 with 45 journalists killed, Latin America in second position with 35 victims, Asia 32, Africa 28. Only one casualty was registered in Europe. 

Over five years, more than 2 journalists killed every week
 

Since January 2008 the number of journalists killed reached 571, on average 114 annually, or more than 2 per week.

The most ten dangerous countries for media work during the period 2008-2012 are in the following ranking: The Philippines 62 where 32 were killed in one shot in the Ampatuan massacre 23 November 2009, Mexico 59, Pakistan 53, Iraq 39, Syria 39, Somalia 37, Honduras 26, Brazil 22, Russia 20, and number 10, India where 17 journalists were killed. In those ten countries journalists killed represent two thirds of the total during the period 2008-2012.   

***17.12.2012. PEC report 2012 - Record number of journalists killed this year: 139 in 29 countries (French, Spanish and Arabic versions below) 

Most dangerous countries in 2012: Syria (36 journalists killed), Somalia (19), Pakistan (12), Mexico (11), Brazil (11), Philippines (6), Honduras (6), Bangladesh (4). By region, the Middle East was severely hit in 2012 with 44 journalists killed, Latin America in second position with 35 victims. Asia 31, Africa 28. Only one casualty was registered in Europe. 
Click left on our page Ticking Clock for the list of casualties with names and dates.

Geneva, December 17 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) announced Monday that 139 journalists in 29 countries were killed during the course of 2012, a record number. According to the PEC annual report this figure represents a 30 percent increase as compared to the 2011 figures. 

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen noted that 2012 was a terrible year for media casualties because of the Syrian crisis, it started with the death of Gilles Jacquier and Marie Colvin, and since a number of journalists have been targeted by both sides in this conflict, which is particularly difficult to cover due to the intensity of fighting in urban zones and the inability to distinguish between civilians and the military. After Iraq from 2003 to 2006, the conflict in Syria has become the bloodiest for journalists since the beginning of this century. 

At least 36 journalists, among them 13 working for foreign media, were killed since January of this year in Syria. This figure does not include media activists, pro-opposition citizens who occasionally inform the world of current developments. Three other journalists are reported missing or detained. 

The situation in Somalia has deteriorated dramatically, where 19 were killed when targeted by military groups that oppose criticism. 

Pakistan comes third in the PEC ranking of most dangerous countries for media work, with 12 journalists killed. The tensions in Baluchistan and the tribal zones explain those numbers. 

Three Latin American countries follow among the most dangerous countries:

Mexico where 11 journalists were killed, due to clashes between the military and drug dealers. There are cases still unclear and therefore the figure could rise. 

Never before have so many journalists been killed in Brazil, 11 so far, and 6 were killed in Honduras. 

The Philippines ranks number 7 with 6 killed, followed by Bangladesh with 4 killed. 

Three journalists were killed in the following countries: Eritrea (3 killed in prison), India, Iraq, Nigeria, and Gaza during the Israeli attacks. Two journalists were killed in each of the following countries: Afghanistan, Bolivia and Colombia. 

One journalist was killed in Bahrain, Cambodia, Ecuador, Egypt, Haiti, Indonesia, Nepal, Uganda, Panama, Russia, South Sudan, Tanzania and Thailand. 

By region, the Middle East was severely hit in 2012 with 44 journalists killed, Latin America in second position with 35 victims. Asia 31, Africa 28. Only one casualty was registered in Europe. 

Over five years, more than 2 journalists killed every week
 

Since January 2008 the number of journalists killed reached 569, on average 114 annually, or more than 2 per week.
The most ten dangerous countries for media work during the period 2008-2012 are in the following ranking: The Philippines 62, Mexico 59, Pakistan 53, Iraq 39, Syria 38, Somalia 37, Honduras 26, Brazil 22, Russia 20, and number 10, India where 16 journalists were killed. In those ten countries journalists killed represent two thirds of the total during the period 2008-2012.

Since January 2008 the number of journalists killed reached 569, on average 114 annually, or more than 2 per week.

The most ten dangerous countries for media work during the period 2008-2012 are in the following ranking: The Philippines 62 where 32 were killed in one shot in the Ampatuan massacre 23 November 2009, Mexico 59, Pakistan 53, Iraq 39, Syria 38, Somalia 37, Honduras 26, Brazil 22, Russia 20, and number 10, India where 16 journalists were killed. In those ten countries journalists killed represent two thirds of the total during the period 2008-2012.

Lempen stressed that if 2012 was the bloodiest for journalists since the Second World War it was also marked by a strong international reaction to strengthen the protection of journalists and the fight against impunity. An international conference took place in Doha, Qatar, whose recommendations were sent to the UN General Assembly, the Human Rights Council adopted unanimously a resolution in September to strengthen the safety of journalists, UNESCO spearheaded the UN effort to launch a country plan of action to be implemented in five pilot countries during the coming years.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi stressed that events in the field whether it be military conflicts or civil disorder have shown the need to provide journalists with an internationally accepted and agreed upon legal document to safeguard their protection in dangerous situations. Abdelnabi expressed her hope that in 2013 the international community will focus on ways and means of cure to this global epidemic.

For the list of casualties, please go to our page Ticking Clock
Twitter: PressEmblemCampaign
Facebook: Press Emblem Campaign

2012 was the bloodiest year since the PEC registered the number of journalists killed on its Media Ticking Clock in 2006: 139 journalists were killed in 2012, an increase of 30% compared to 2011, mainly due to Syria, Somalia and Brazil.
Last year 107 journalists were killed, 110 in 2010, 122 in 2009, 91 in 2008, 115 in 2007 and 96 in 2006. The vast majority of them were killed on duty in conflict zones or during civil disorders. 
Very few investigations were conducted for many reasons: no political will of authorities in charge, no access to the conflict zone, no State to enforce the law.

If 2012 was the bloodiest for journalists since the Second World War it was also marked by an international reaction to strengthen the protection of journalists and the fight against impunity. An international conference took place in Doha, Qatar, whose recommendations were sent to the UN General Assembly, the Human Rights Council adopted unanimously a resolution in September to strengthen the safety of journalists, UNESCO spearheaded the UN effort to launch a country plan of action to be implemented in five pilot countries during the coming years. PEC called the international community to adopt an international binding convention and create an international commission of enquiry to fight impunity.

Rapport annuel de la PEC - Record du nombre de journalistes tués en 2012

Genève, 17 décembre 2012 (PEC) - Un nombre record de journalistes a été tué en 2012, a affirmé lundi la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC). Au moins 139 journalistes ont péri dans l'exercice de leur fonction dans 29 pays, en hausse de 30% par rapport à l'année précédente, selon le rapport annuel de l'ONG.

"L'année écoulée a été une année terrible en raison de la crise en Syrie. Elle a commencé par la mort de Gilles Jacquier et Marie Colvin. Depuis, un grand nombre de journalistes ont été visés par les deux camps lors de ce conflit, particulièrement difficile à couvrir en raison d'affrontements dans des zones urbaines et de l'absence de distinction entre civils et militaires", a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen. Après l'Irak dans les années 2003 à 2006, la Syrie est le conflit le plus meurtrier pour les journalistes depuis le début du siècle.

Au moins 36 journalistes, dont 13 travaillant pour des medias étrangers, ont été tués depuis janvier en Syrie - ce chiffre ne tient pas compte des "media activists", c'est-à-dire des sympathisants des rebelles qui informent occasionnellement. Trois autres sont détenus ou portés disparus.

La situation en Somalie s'est fortement détériorée cette année, avec 19 journalistes tués. La plupart ont été ciblés par des groupes armés n'acceptant pas des voix critiques.

Le Pakistan arrive en 3e position, avec 12 victimes. Les tensions persistantes au Baloutchistan et dans les zones tribales proches de l'Afghanistan expliquent ce bilan.

Trois pays latino-américains suivent parmi les pays les plus dangereux.

Au Mexique, au 4e rang, au moins 11 victimes sont à déplorer, en raison des violences opposant l'armée aux trafiquants de drogue. Des cas ne sont pas encore éclaircis et ce bilan pourrait en fait être plus lourd encore.

Jamais autant de journalistes que cette année ont été tués depuis le début du siècle au Brésil, où 11 travailleurs des medias ont été assassinés. Au Honduras, six journalistes ont été assassinés.

Les Philippines arrivent au 7e rang avec six tués, devant le Bangladesh (4).

Trois journalistes ont été tués dans chacun des pays suivants: Erythrée (3 morts en prison), Inde, Irak, Nigeria et à Gaza lors de l'attaque par
Israël.

Deux journalistes ont été tués dans ces pays: Afghanistan, Bolivie et Colombie.

Enfin, une victime est à déplorer dans les pays suivants: Bahreïn, Cambodge, Egypte, Equateur, Haïti, Indonésie, Népal, Ouganda, Panama, Russie, Soudan du Sud, Tanzanie et Thaïlande.

En 2012, le Moyen-Orient a été la région la plus touchée, avec 44 victimes au total. L'Amérique latine a suivi au second rang, avec 35 victimes, devant l'Asie, 31 victimes. L'Afrique suit avec 28 victimes. Une seule victime a été recensée sur le continent européen.

Bilan sur 5 ans: plus de 2 tués par semaine en moyenne

Sur cinq ans, depuis le 1er janvier 2008, 569 journalistes ont été tués - près de 114 en moyenne par année, soit plus de 2 par semaine.

Sur la période 2008-2012, les dix pays les plus dangereux ont été dans l'ordre: les Philippines (62 journalistes tués, dont 32 en un seul jour lors du massacre d'Ampatuan en novembre 2009), le Mexique (59), le Pakistan (53), l'Irak (39), la Syrie (38), la Somalie (37), le Honduras (26), le Brésil (22), la Russie (20) et, au 10e rang, l'Inde (16). Ces dix pays ont cumulé sur cinq ans près des deux tiers des victimes.

"Si l'année 2012 a été la plus meurtrière pour les journalistes depuis la Seconde guerre mondiale, elle a aussi marqué un réveil de la communauté internationale pour renforcer la protection des journalistes et lutter contre l'impunité", a relevé Blaise Lempen. Une conférence internationale a eu lieu en janvier au Qatar, dont les conclusions ont été transmises à l'Assemblée générale de l'ONU, le Conseil des droits de l'homme de l'ONU a adopté en septembre une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes et, en novembre, l'ONU a lancé un plan d'action pour les deux prochaines années dans cinq pays.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi a souligné que les événements sur le terrain, qu'il s'agisse de conflits armés ou de désordres civils, ont démontré la nécessité d'améliorer la sécurité des journalistes et leur travail dans les zones dangereuses par l'adoption d'une convention internationale. Hedayat Abdelnabi a exprimé l'espoir qu'en 2013 la communauté internationale intensifiera son action pour trouver le moyen de traiter cette épidémie globale.

Liste des victimes sur notre page Ticking Clock

Informe PEC 2012 - Número récord de periodistas asesinados en el 2012

Ginebra, 1
7 de diciembre (PEC) - La Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC, por sus siglas en inglés) anunció este lunes que un numero récord de 139 periodistas de 29 países perdieron la vida durante el transcurso de 2012. Esta cifra representa un aumento del 30 por ciento, en comparación con las cifras de 2011, según el informe anual de esta ONG basada en Ginebra.

"El año que está por concluir fue terrible en razón de la crisis en Siria. Esta situación comenzó con la muerte de Gilles Jacquier y Marie Colvin. Desde entonces, un buen numero de periodistas han sido víctimas de este conflicto, mismo que es particularmente dificil de cubrir debido a la intensidad de los combates en las zonas urbanas; así como por la incapacidad de distinguir entre civiles y militares", declaró el Secretario General de la PEC, el suizo Blaise Lempen. Después de Irak de 2003 a 2006, el conflicto en Siria se ha convertido en el más sangriento para los periodistas desde el comienzo de este siglo.

Al menos 36 periodistas, de los cuales 13 trabajaban para medios extranjeros, murieron desde principios de este año en Siria. Esta cifra no incluye a los "activistas de los medios", es decir, a los simpatizantes de los rebeldes que informan ocasionalmente al mundo de los acontecimientos actuales. Otros tres periodistas están reportados como desaparecidos o detenidos.

La situación en Somalia se ha deteriorado dramáticamente, donde han muerto 19 personas. La mayoría de ellos fue el blanco de grupos militares que se oponen a las voces críticas.

Pakistán ocupa el tercer lugar en el ranking de la PEC con 12 periodistas muertos. Las tensiones persistentes en Baluchistán y en las zonas tribales cercanas a Afganistán explican estos números.

Tres países latinoamericanos siguen entre los países más peligrosos: En México, ubicado en el cuatro rango, al menos hay 11 periodistas asesinados, debido a la violencia de los enfrentamientos entre el Ejército y los narcotraficantes. Hay casos todavía no esclarecidos, por lo que la cifra podría aumentar.

Nunca antes tantos periodistas habían sido asesinados en Brasil (11) hasta ahora, y 6 más en Honduras.

Filipinas ocupa el sitio número 7 con 6 muertos, delante de Bangladesh (4). Tres periodistas fueron asesinados en los siguientes países: Eritrea (los 3 muertos en prision), India, Irak, Nigeria, y en Gaza durante los ataques israelíes.

Dos periodistas fueron asesinados en cada uno de los siguientes países: Afganistán, Bolivia y Colombia.

Finalmente, una víctima es deplorada en cada uno de los siguientes países: Bahrein, Camboya, Ecuador, Egipto, Haití, Indonesia, Nepal, Uganda, Panamá, Rusia, Sudán del Sur, Tanzania y Tailandia.

En el 2012, el Oriente Medio fue la región más afectada con 44 periodistas asesinados en total. América Latina viene en la segunda posición con 35 víctimas, delante de Asia (31) y África (28). Sólo una de las víctimas se registró en Europa.

En promedio más de 2 periodistas muertos cada semana

A lo largo de los últimos cinco años, desde el 1 de enero de 2008 hasta la fecha, el número de periodistas asesinados llegó a 569; lo que representa, en promedio, 114 al año, o sea, más de un 2 asesinados por semana.

Los países más peligrosos para el trabajo de los medios de comunicación durante el período 2008-2012 están en la siguiente clasificación: Filipinas (62 periodistas asesinados, de los que 32 fueron muertos en un solo día durante la masacre de Ampatuan en noviembre 2009), México (con 59), Pakistán (53), Iraq (39), Siria (38), Somalia (37), Honduras (26), Brasil (22), Rusia (20); y en el número 10, viene la India, donde 16 periodistas fueron asesinados. Estos diez países han acumulado, en cinco años, dos tercios del total de víctimas.

"Si el año 2012 fue el más sangriento para los periodistas desde la Segunda Guerra Mundial, él también se caracterizó por una fuerte reacción internacional para reforzar la protección de los periodistas y la lucha contra la impunidad", descacó Lempen.

Una conferencia internacional celebrada en Doha, Qatar, en enero de 2012 y cuyas recomendaciones fueron enviadas a la Asamblea General de la ONU, permitió que el Consejo de Derechos Humanos, en septiembre pasado, adoptara por unanimidad una resolución con el objetivo de reforzar la seguridad de los periodistas. Apenas en noviembre, la ONU lanzó un plan de acción para que se ejecutará en cinco países piloto durante los próximos dos años.

La Presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdelnabi, hizo hincapié en que los acontecimientos en el terreno, tratése de conflictos bélicos o de disturbios civiles, han demostrado la necesidad de mejorar la seguridad de los periodistas y de su trabajo en las zonas peligrosas mediante una convención internacional. Hedayat Abdelnabi expresó su esperanza de que, en el 2013, la comunidad internaciona reforzará su acción para encontrar los medios para cura esta epidemia global.

تقرير حملة الشارة 2012

الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي:

139 صحفيا قتلوا في 29 دولة خلال العام الحالي

جنيف 17 ديسمبر (حملة الشارة)- أعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي أن 139 صحفياً قتلوا في 29 دولة في العام الحالي، وهو يعد رقماً قياسياً. ويمثل زيادة 30 بالمائة في عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا بالمقارنة لعام 2011.

أكد سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان أن عام 2012 كان عاماً سيئاً للضحايا من الإعلاميين بسبب الأزمة السورية، التي بدأت بمقتل "جيل جاكيه" و"ماري كولفين"، ومنذ ذلك الوقت سقط العديد من الصحفيين على جانبي المعركة، وهي معركة صعبة بسبب كثافة القتال في المناطق الحضرية، وعدم إمكانية التمييز بين المدني والعسكري.

وأشار ليمبان إلى أن التغطية الإعلامية في الأزمة السورية تمثل أكثر النزاعات الدموية للصحفيين خلال القرن الحالي، بعد العراق في الفترة ما بين 2003 و 2006.

وقد قتل على الأقل 36 صحفياً في سوريا من بينهم 13 يعملون مع الإعلام العالمي منذ يناير من العام الحالي. وهذا الرقم لا يشمل الناشطين الموالين للمعارضة الذين يقومون ببث أخبار سوريا للعالم من آن لآخر، وتشير الأنباء إلى اختفاء أو اعتقال 3 صحفيين من المعارضة السورية.

وفي نفس السياق قال ليمبان: إن الوضع في الصومال قد تدهور بشكل درامي حيث قتل 19 صحفياً استهدفوا من قبل مجموعات مسلحة ترفض النقد.

وتأتي باكستان في المرتبة الثالثة من حيث أسوأ مكان للتغطية الإعلامية حيث قتل هناك 12 صحفياً بسبب التوتر القائم في إقليم بلوشستان و المناطق القبلية.

ثم تأتي المكسيك حيث قتل 11 صحفياً بسبب العنف القائم بين القوات النظامية وتجار المخدرات، ولازالت هناك حالات لم تضح بعد مما يمكن أن يؤدي ذلك إلى ارتفاع هذا الرقم.

ولم تشهد البرازيل من قبل مقتل 11 صحفياً مثلما حدث هذا العام، وتأتي الفلبين في المرتبة السابعة حيث قتل 6 صحفيين، تليها هندوراس نفس الرقم حيث قتل 6 صحفيين، ثم بنجلاديش 4 صحفيين.

وقتل 3 صحفيين في كل من الدول التالية: إريتريا وقتلوا في السجن، الهند، العراق، نيجيريا وغزة أثناء العدوان الأخير عليها.

كما قتل صحفيان في كل من الدول التالية: أفغانستان، وبوليفيا وكولومبيا.

وقتل صحفي واحد في كل من البحرين، وكمبوديا، واكوادور ومصر (مصور صحفي أصيب في رأسه بخرطوش أثناء مظاهرات الأربعاء الحاشدة أمام قصر الرئاسة في مصر، وأعلنت وفاته في 12 ديسمبر الجاري"، وهايتي، وإندونيسيا، ونبال، وأوغندا، وبنما، وروسيا، وجنوب السودان، وتنزانيا، وتايلاند.

ضحايا المناطق الجغرافية

تصدرت منطقة الشرق الأوسط القائمة حيث قتل بها 44 صحفياً تليها أمريكا اللاتينية 35 ، وآسيا 31 ،وإفريقيا 28، وصحفي واحد في أوروبا.


حصيلة الخمس سنوات أكثر من صحفيين يقتلون أسبوعياً

منذ يناير 2008 وصل عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا 569 بمعدل 114 سنوياً، وأكثر من 2 أسبوعياً.

وكانت الدول العشر الأكثر عنفاً في الفترة من 2008 إلى 2012 هي الفلبين 62 صحفياً من بينهم 32 قتلوا في لحطة واحدة في مذبحة أمباتوان في 23 نوفمبر 2009، ثم المكسيك 59، وباكستان 53، و العراق 39، وسوريا 38، والصومال 37، وهندوراس 26 البرازيل 22، وروسيا 20، والعاشرة هي الهند حيث قتل خلال هذه الفترة 16 صحفياً. ويمثل عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا في هذه الدول العشر ثلثي كل الصحفيين الذين قتلوا في الفترة من 2008 إلى 2012.

رؤية الحملة

و أضاف ليمبان أنه إذا كانت سنة 2012 هي الأكثر دموية بالنسبة للعمل الصحفي إلا أنها شهدت صحوة على مستوى المجتمع الدولي بادراك أهمية توفير حماية أفضل للصحفيين العمل على عدم إفلات مرتكبي الجرائم ضد الصحفيين من العقاب.

وأشار إلى أن هذا الجهد قد بدأ في الدوحة بدولة قطر في يناير الماضي، ونقلت توصيات مؤتمر الدوحة إلى الجمعية العامة للأمم المتحدة، ثم اعتماد قرار لمجلس حقوق الإنسان في جنيف حول سلامة الصحفيين في سبتمبر من هذا العام، ثم الاجتماع الأممي بقيادة اليونسكو في فيينا في نوفمبر الماضي حيث طرحت مشروعات في الميدان لسلامة الصحفيين في خمس دول.

وصرحت هدايت عبد النبي، رئيسة الحملة من القاهرة، بأن الأحداث في الميدان سواء في اطار النزاعات العسكرية أو التوترات الداخلية قد أظهرت الحاجة إلى وثيقة دولية جديدة لحماية الصحفيين، معربة عن أملها في أن يتجه المجتمع الدولي في عام 2013 إلى التركيز على الطرق والوسائل لحل هذا المرض الوبائي في كل أنحاء العالم وهو استهداف الصحفيين.




لمزيد من المعلومات

***12.12.2012. UPDATE EGYPT. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is sorry to hear about the death of Egyptian journalist Al-Husseiny Abu Deif  

Al-Fagr newspaper photojournalist Al-Husseiny Abu Deif died Wednesday of injuries suffered while he was covering the clashes outside the presidential palace last week.

Abu Deif was taken to Al-Zahraa Hospital last Wednesday after being shot in the head while filming fighting between President Mohamed Morsy's supporters and opposition protesters. Al-Ahram newspaper reported last week that the 33-year-old was shot from about 2 meters away. Birdshot pellets fractured his skull, according to the hospital's medical report.
He was later transferred to Qasr al-Aini Hospital in a coma. His death was announced Wednesday afternoon by Abeer al-Saady, a member of the Journalists Syndicate council.

***07.12.2012. PEC condemns the targeting of journalists in Egypt, calls for an immediate inquiry (Arabic version below)

Wounded protester treated after clashes between supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohammed Morsi outside presidential palace, Thursday (photo) - 33-year-old El-Hosseini Abul-Deif, a journalist at El-Fagr newspaper, is one of those who were shot and was critically injured during the clashes. Other journalists were injured:  Mohamed Azouz of the government newspaper Al-Gomhuria, Osama Al-Shazly of the daily Al-Badil, Islam Abdel Tawab of Al-Alam Al-Yawn, Sahar Talaat, a correspondent for Radio France Internationale’s Spanish service and Ahmed Khair Eldeen, a ON-TV journalist. Two journalists with Turkey’s TRT television, reporter Mehmet Akif Ersoy and cameraman Adil Ahmet, were attacked earlier in Tahrir Square.

Geneva-Cairo 7 December (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) while condemning in the strongest possible manner the targeting of  El-Hosseini Abul-Deif, a journalist at El-Fagr newspaper during the Wednesday demonstrations in Cairo, calls upon the Egyptian President Dr. Mohammed Morsi to instruct judicial authorities to start ASAP an immediate investigation into the shooting of Abul-Deif.

El-Fagr newspaper is strongly opposed to the Egyptian President. Abul-Deif was shot in the head and was critically injured during the clashes at the Presidential Palace in Heliopolis, Egypt on Wednesday. Doctors have decided to make a last ditched effort to revive him if both his blood pressure and heart beat remain stable, he will undergo surgery to remove the bullet in the head.

Scores of journalists have been attacked while covering the demonstrations against Morsi, including the team of Radio France International (RFI).

The PEC holds the Presidency and the Egyptian authorities responsible for the safety of journalists. Democracy and freedom of opposition which the President has pledged himself to uphold includes freedom of opinion and expression. Having opposing views to the President does not call on certain activists to gun down opposing journalists.

The Geneva based NGO, calls for an immediate trial for those responsible for targeting the Egyptian journalist and those who have intimidated and harassed other journalists. According to the Egyptian President a plot is in the making and that authorities know the planners, then it is easy to find who attacked journalists during the clashes on Wednesday.

While waiting for a process of inquiry to start in Cairo, the PEC prays that the Egyptian journalist will recover soon. Up to date since the beginning of the year 138 journalists have been killed.


حملة الشارة تدين استهداف الصحفيين المصريين و تطالب بتحقيق فوري

جنيف-القاهرة 7 ديسمبر (حملة الشارة) – أدانت اليوم و بقوة حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي استهداف الصحفي المصري الحسيني أبو ضيف، الذي يعمل مع صحيفة الفجر المعارضة للرئيس المصري محمد مرسي.

و طالبت، في بيان لها صادر اليوم الرئيس مرسي بإصدار تعليماته إلى الأجهزة القضائية من أجل إجراء تحقيق فوري في اطلاق النار على الصحفي المصري الذي يرقد الآن في المستشفى بين الحياة و الموت إلا أن الأطباء قرروا الانتظار لانتظام ضربات القلب و الضغط لإجراء جراحة لإزالة الرصاص من الرأس.

و كان أبو ضيف قد أصيب الأربعاء و هو يقوم بتغطية المظاهرات المعارضة للرئيس مرسي حول قصر الرئاسة في مصر الجديدة عندما تحولت المظاهرات إلى اشتباكات دامية.

لقد تعرض العديد من الصحفيين للاعتداء خلال هذه المظاهرات و من بنيهم فريق التليفزيون الفرنسي أر أف أي.

إن حملة الشارة تحمل الرئاسة المصرية و السلطات التابعة لها مسئولية حماية الصحفيين. إذ أن الرئيس مرسي التزم في تصريحاته أكثر من مرة باحترام الديمقراطية و الأصوات المعارضة. و الايمان بآراء تعارض الرئيس لا تدفع بعناصر نشطة لإطلاق النار على الصحفيين المعارضين.

و طبقا لخطاب الرئيس مرسي مساء الخميس فإن هناك مؤامرة تستهدفه و أن المسئولين يعرفون المخططين لها، إذن التوصل إلى الجاني في إطلاق الرصاص على الصحفي المصري ليست بمسألة صعبة.

و الحملة الدولية تطالب بتقديم مرتكبي الاعتداء ضد الصحفيين إلى محاكمة عاجلة.

لقد طالبت الحملة في منهج مستمر منذ أكثر من8 سنوات بالتوصل إلى شارة صحفية معترف بها دوليا لحماية الصحفيين في النزاع المسلح و الحالات الخطرة، و هو مقترح لاقى من بعض الدوائر الصحفية المعارضة، و ها نحن نشهد سقوط صحفي أخر.

و في الوقت التي تنتظر فيه الحملة بدء التحقيقات فهي تدعو للزميل الحسيني أبو ضيف بالعودة إلى الحياة.

و طبقاً لرصد الحملة فإن 138 صحفياً قد قتلوا منذ بداية العام و هو يؤدون عملهم. لمزيد من المعلومات

***28.11.2012. PEC receives the Nicolas Bouvier award for Journalism // La PEC reçoit le prix Nicolas Bouvier du Journalisme 2012 // حملة الشارة تحصل على جائزة بوفييه السويسرية للصحافة

for  more info and watch the video: 

http://www.pressclub.ch/conference/remise-du-prix-nicolas-bouvier-de-journalisme-3e-edition


Members of the jury announcing the Bouvier Award for Journalism at the Swiss Press Club in Geneva, from left to right: Eliane Bouvier, widow of the writer, Antoine Maurice, president of the jury, journalist, François Longchamp, State Councilor, Republic of Geneva and Guy Mettan, Director of the Swiss Press Club (photos PEC) 

François Longchamp (left), State Councilor of the Republic of Geneva, and Guy Mettan, Director of the Swiss Press Club, handing over the Bouvier Award to PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen at the ceremony November 28, 2012 in Geneva.
Below: Nicolas Bouvier en route from Geneva to the Middle East in 1954

Geneva, 28 November 2012 (PEC) – The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) received today the prestigious Geneva award, the Nicolas Bouvier award for Journalism 2012. The award went to the PEC for its outstanding work defending journalists across the globe.

In a message to the award ceremony from where she resides, Cairo, Hedayat Abdelnabi, President and Co-founder of the Geneva based organization, said that she is convinced that the Bouvier award will stimulate the PEC committee to play a greater role across the world in favor of journalists in an attempt to end attacks against journalists.
However, she added, this goal is a long term goal and hence she expressed hope that the international community will establish an international inquiry commission to look into those crimes against journalists and bring the perpetrators to justice.

Abdelnabi thanked the Swiss Press Club, and the Geneva Canton, as well as the Jury of the Bouvier Committee for supporting the PEC.

Blaise Lempen, PEC Secretary-General and Co-founder of the NGO, said that this important recognition is a remarkable encouragement that allows the PEC to continue on course. In his acceptance speech at the ceremony, Lempen noted that the Bouvier award is a very useful contribution, taking into account that the number of journalists killed this year has reached so far a record high, while it has become more difficult for journalists to access zones of conflict, as is the case in Syria.

Since January this year 131 media workers have been killed while exercising their duty especially in Syria, Somalia, Pakistan, Brazil and Mexico.

Lempen underlined that 2012 has witnessed serious endeavors by the international community to find solutions to the global problem of providing better protection to journalists and has achieved important progress, in Qatar in January, then at the level of the Human Rights Council in September endorsing a resolution on the Safety of Journalists, and in Vienna this month where the UN has endorsed a strategy for the safety and protection of journalists on the country level spearheaded by UNESCO.

However, both PEC Co-founders, Lempen and Abdelnabi, agreed that a lot remains to be done especially towards the adoption of an international convention for the protection of journalists in conflict zones.

They stressed that the proposed convention will be tasked with settling all aspects of this global problem.

The Nicolas Bouvier award for journalism is a biennium award and the selection of the recipients is by an independent Jury.

The PEC was founded in June 2004 in Geneva and enjoys UN special consultative status. It is supported by more than 50 professional media associations globally.

Une centaine de personnes ont assisté mardi 28 novembre à la cérémonie du Prix Nicolas Bouvier, doté de 30'000 francs suisses, partagés entre dix lauréats.

En recevant le prix au nom de toute l'équipe de la PEC, Blaise Lempen a affirmé que ce prix ne saurait mieux tomber, alors que le nombre de journalistes tués dans le monde n'a jamais été aussi élevé, en raison surtout du conflit qui se prolonge en Syrie.

Le secrétaire général de la PEC a remercié le jury pour l'encouragement qu'il fournit ainsi à la Campagne et sa contribution à la protection des journalistes.

Grand voyageur, Nicolas Bouvier pouvait se déplacer, au début des années 50, de la Suisse au Sri Lanka (Ceylan) en passant par la Yougoslavie, la Turquie, l'Iran, l'Afghanistan, le Pakistan et l'Inde sans encourir les risques affrontés par les journalistes aujourd'hui dans cette région du monde, a souligné Blaise Lempen. Son livre "L'Usage du monde" a été un best-seller mondial. (PEC)


La PEC reçoit le prix Nicolas Bouvier de Journalisme 2012

Genève (PEC), 28 novembre 2012 - La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) s'est vue décerner mardi le prestigieux Prix Nicolas Bouvier de Journalisme 2012. L'ONG basée à Genève a été récompensée pour son engagement en faveur de la protection des journalistes dans le monde.

Dans un message adressé du Caire, où elle réside, la présidente et co-fondatrice de la PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi a déclaré: "Je suis confiante que le prix Bouvier va stimuler le comité directeur de la PEC pour travailler encore davantage afin de mettre un terme aux attaques visant des journalistes".

Elle a ajouté qu’il s’agit d’un but à long terme et que dans l’intervalle elle a exprimé l’espoir qu’une commission d’enquête internationale soit créée pour traduire en justice les responsables de ces crimes.

Hedayat Abdelnabi a remercié le Club suisse de la presse, le canton de Genève et le jury du prix Bouvier pour leur soutien à la PEC.

"Cette distinction est un formidable encouragement pour la poursuite de notre action", a déclaré le secrétaire général et co-fondateur de la PEC Blaise Lempen lors de la cérémonie de remise du prix au Club suisse de la presse à Genève.

"C'est une contribution vraiment utile, alors que le nombre de journalistes tués cette année a battu un record et que le problème de l'accès des medias aux zones de conflits est particulièrement aigu, comme le montre tous les jours la situation en Syrie", a-t-il ajouté.

Depuis janvier, 131 travailleurs des medias ont péri dans l'exercice de leur fonction, surtout en Syrie, en Somalie, au Pakistan, au Brésil et au Mexique.

Blaise Lempen a souligné que cette année la communauté internationale a fait d'importants progrès pour tenter de répondre à ce défi. Une conférence internationale a eu lieu en janvier au Qatar, le Conseil des droits de l'homme a adopté en septembre une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes et l'ONU a lancé il y a quelques jours un plan d'action pour les deux prochaines années sous l'égide de l'UNESCO.

Pour les co-fondateurs de la PEC, il reste beaucoup de travail en vue de l'adoption d'une convention internationale sur la protection des journalistes dans les zones dangereuses, seule en mesure de régler d'une manière cohérente tous les aspects de cette problématique.

Le Prix Nicolas Bouvier de Journalisme est décerné tous les deux ans par un jury indépendant. Fondée en juin 2004 à Genève, dotée du statut consultatif à l'ONU, la PEC est soutenue par plus de 50 associations et organisations non gouvernementales à travers le monde.

 

حملة الشارة تحصل على جائزة بوفييه السويسرية للصحافة

جنيف-القاهرة – 28 نوفمبر (حملة الشارة) – حصلت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي على أرفع جائزة تقدم من جنيف إلى الصحافة و هي جائزة نيكولا بوفية للصحافة لعام 2012 و قد تسلم الجائزة في جنيف سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان.

و خصصت الجائزة كجائزة من نوع خاص لعمل الحملة في الدفاع عن الصحفيين في كافة أنحاء العالم.

و في رسالة من القاهرة في الاحتفال بتسلم الجائزة، قالت رئيسة الحملة و مؤسستها هدايت عبد النبي، أنها مقتنعة بأن الجائزة سوف تدفع بقوة عمل الحملة في ممارسة دوراً أكبر عبر العالم في صالح الصحفيين في محاولة لصد و وضع حد للهجمات ضد الصحفيين.  

إلا أنها أضافت أن هذا هدف طويل الأمد معربة عن أملها أن يشكل المجتمع الدولي لجنة تحقيق دولية للبحث في الجرائم ضد الصحفيين و تقديم مرتكبيها إلى المحاكمة. 

و شكرت نادي الصحافة السويسري بجنيف و هو الذي يقدم الجائزة كل عامين و حيث ولدت الحملة، و مقاطعة جنيف و لجنة تحكيم الجائزة. 

و صرح بليز ليمبان و هو الشريك المؤسس للحملة و هو يتسلم الجائزة أن هذا الاعتراف الهائل بدور الحملة سوف يدعمها في طريقها الصحيح مشيراً إلى أن عدد القتلى من الصحفيين قد بلغ هذا العام 131، مؤكداً على أن الصحفيين يعانون أكثر و أكثر بسبب صعوبة الوصول إلى مناطق النزاع المسلح و غيرها من المناطق الخطرة، مثلما هو الحال في سوريا.  

و اشار ليمبان أن العام الحالي قد شهد جهوداً موسعة من المجتمع الدولي لمعالجة قضية حماية الصحفيين بدءاً من مؤتمر الدوحة في يناير و مروراً بقرار مجلس حقوق الإنسان لحماية الصحفيين في سبتمبر ثم اجتماع الأمم المتحدة في فيينا لتطبيق استراتيجية لحماية الصحفيين تقودها اليونسكو.

إلا أن المؤسسيين للحملة ليمبان و عبد النبي قد اتفقا على أنه امامنا الكثير للإنجاز و بصفة خاصة من أجل التوصل إلى معاهدة دولية لحماية الصحفيين في مناطق النزاع المسلح و المناطق الخطرة. 

و قال ليمبان أن المعاهدة المقترحة تتضمن كل البنود الخاصة بمعالجة القضية.

يذكر أن بوفييه رحاله سويسري جاب العالم طولاً و غرباً و دون رحلاته في كتب.

لمزيد من المعلومات 
 

***23.11.2012. The PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) welcomes the outcome of the Vienna meeting on Safety of Journalists organized by UNESCO (PEC statement English, Arabic read below)

UNESCO PRESS RELEASE FYI

A UN system-wide plan to create a safer working environment for journalists has been given new momentum at a UNESCO-organized meeting that ended in Vienna today.The meeting, organized by UNESCO, brought together representatives from 15 United Nations bodies, including Frank Larue, the UN Special Rapporteur for the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion, and Christof Heyns, UN Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions. More than 40 non-governmental and intergovernmental organizations, independent experts, media groups and professional associations also attended.

They pledged to work together and with relevant national authorities to ensure that the recommendations of the
United Nations Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity were applied at country level.

The implementation strategy discussed at the meeting operates at global and national levels, and outlines more than 100 areas of work by different UN agencies and civil society groups to secure the safety of journalists.


They include:

· helping governments to develop laws on safeguarding journalists and mechanisms favorable to freedom of expression and information

· awareness-raising so that citizens understand the damage done when a journalist’s rights to freedom of expression is curtailed or terminated

· training courses for journalists in safety and e-safety; the provision of health care and life insurance;

· establishing real time emergency response mechanisms

· strengthening the safety of journalists in conflict zones

· decriminalizing defamation offenses

· encouraging adequate remuneration for both full-time and freelance employees

· enhancing protection for women journalists in response to the increasing incidence of sexual harassment and rape

“More than 100 journalists have been killed so far this year, making 2012 the deadliest year for media since UNESCO began keeping records on the killing of journalists” said UNESCO Director-General Irina Bokova in a message to the meeting.

Thirty-two of these victims lost their lives covering the conflict in Syria and another 18 were killed in Somalia. However, the majority of victims were not war correspondents, but local reporters covering illegal activities such as drug trafficking or illegal logging.

“And these attacks – not only the many murders and physical assaults, but also the countless abductions, the acts of harassment, the illegal arrests, the arbitrary detentions – have an impact that reaches well beyond the personal suffering the person involved,” said Peter Launsky-Tieffenthal, United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Communications and Public Information. “They chill press freedom and the right of everyone to live as informed citizens in peaceful societies. They aim to silence the journalist and, by extension, all of us.”

Civil society delegates issued a statement during the meeting welcoming and endorsing the Plan. They also recommended that it be implemented in a comprehensive manner in Iraq, Nepal, Pakistan, South Sudan and Latin America.

“We are delighted that the United Nations recognizes that more needs to be done to ensure that journalists can carry out their work without fear of attack,” said Larry Kilman, deputy CEO of the World Association of Newspapers and News Publishers (WAN-IFRA). However, he cautioned, “the key for the success of this plan will rest on the degree of cooperation from UN member states, who carry the responsibility of tackling a culture of impunity by bringing the attacks and killers of media professionals to justice. We hope the UN’s approach will contribute to more engagement from national authorities.”

This message was echoed at a parallel roundtable discussion organized by the
International Press Institute at the Presse Club Concordia in Vienna, at which panelists concluded that governments worldwide must take responsibility for ending the threat to journalist safety .

Discussions over the two-days led to a rich exchange of experiences and ideas on ways to strengthen the role of the United Nations, establishing partnerships with governmental, intergovernmental and other organizations and groups, and working with civil society and media to heighten awareness and foster safety initiatives.

The second and final day of the meeting coincided with
International Day to End Impunity for which the International Freedom of Expression Exchange network (IFEX), launched a global campaign highlighting the extent to which crimes against journalists go unpunished.

The UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity is the result of a process that began in 2010 upon request of the Intergovernmental Council of UNESCO’S
International Programme for the Development of Communication (IPDC). The Plan was endorsed by the UN Chief Executives Board on 12 April 2012.

PEC STATEMENT - Vienna-Geneva, November 23 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes the outcome of the 2nd meeting held in Vienna on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity.
The PEC warmly endorses the concluding statement by UNESCO Assistant Director-General Janis Karklins that reflects a new direction on behalf of UNESCO to intensify on a country level the improvement of freedom of expression.
The Geneva based NGO hopes that the new partnership launched in Vienna with spearheaded by UNESCO, UN agencies, UN member states and NGOs will improve the working conditions of journalists for a better protection worldwide.
Though choosing a number of pilot countries to implement the UN strategy is welcome however, it is clear that other countries are in need of inclusion like Syria and the Palestinian territories as well as others.

Mr. Karklins, in his closing remarks, noted that crimes against journalists are crimes against society as a whole, and that he hopes through the endeavors of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, there would be a measure taken by interior ministers implementing this attitude.

He also noted that the UN strategy is just the beginning of forceful action by the United Nations.

Karklins stressed that the notion of cross accountability that is the NGOs holding the UN accountable and vice versa will help in strengthening the UN strategy.

In an open letter to the meeting on Friday 23 November the PEC said:

Mindful that the UN safety plan of action for journalists is geared to the country level, the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) calls upon the meeting to set up ASAP an international commission of inquiry to investigate crimes of attacks against journalists and bring the perpetrators to justice.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi (photo), who attended the two-day meeting, noted that  without commissions of inquiry on the global, regional and national, there will be no way to combat impunity.
The Geneva based NGO condemns strongly the targeted killing of journalists in Gaza during this week.
The PEC also Condemns strongly the attacks against media installations in Gaza and calls upon the meeting to be mindful of the September Human Rights Council resolution on the Safety of journalists.
The PEC endorsed the open letter presented to the meeting by the Doha Center for Media Freedoms on the situation of journalists in the ongoing Syria conflict.

On a related matter, during the two-day events, journalists from Palestine, Bangladesh and Press TV who suffered a casualty in Syria asked the representative of UNESCO what will you do for us.

Bangladesh journalists staged a demo at the Vienna Press Club during a round-table organized on 22 November to highlight the following facts: the demonstration called   for an investigation in the murders of four journalists killed in the past 10 months in Bangladesh. 

In Vienna, Bangladesh journalists living in exile in the European Union demonstrated at the UN Vienna International Center and at the Press Club during the two-day meeting on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity.
They called for an investigation in the murders of four journalists in Bangladesh killed in the past 10 months. Two TV Journalists: Sagar Sarowar and Meherun Runi (husband and wife) were killed in their apartment in Dhaka 11 February 2012. 
Journalist Jamal Uddin murdered in Sharsha, he was stabbed and hacked to death in a market place.  
Talhad Ahmed Kabid, shot dead 23 October by unidentified armed men in Shalidah (PEC).  

More info on the website of the meeting:
http://www.unesco.org/webworld/en/2UN-meeting-safety

حملة الشارة ترحب بنتائج اجتماع فيينا و هدايت عبد النبي تطالب بإقامة لجنة تحقيق دولية في مقتل الصحفيين

فيننا-القاهرة-جنيف (حملة الشارة) 23 نوفمبر – طالبت هدايت عبد النبي، رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي، بإقامة لجنة تحقيق دولية لها صلاحية التحقيق في مقتل الصحفيين و تقديم مرتكبي هذه الجرائم إلى المحاكمة.

و أضافت عبد النبي، في تصريح صحفي تعقيباً على اجتماع الأمم المتحدة في فيينا لحماية الصحفيين و قضايا الإفلات من العقاب، أنه بدون لجنة دولية و لجان إقليمية و وطنية فإنه لا يمكن مكافحة الإفلات من العقاب في جرائم مقتل الصحفيين.

و رحبت حملة الشارة، في بيان لها، باجتماع فيينا مشيرة إلى كلمة مساعد المدير العام لليونسكو جانيس كاركلينس في الجلسة الختامية للاجتماع أمس و التي تعكس توجه جديد لمنظمة اليونسكو لتقوية مساهمة الأمم المتحدة في تحسين على مستوى الدول ظروف حرية التعبير. و أكدت حملة الشارة دعمها لتصريحات كاركلينس.

و أعربت حملة الشارة أن تسفر الشراكة الجديدة التي تبلورت في اجتماع فيينا بصدارة اليونسكو و وكالات الأمم المتحدة المتخصصة و أعضاء الأمم المتحدة و المنظمات غير الحكومية عن تحسين الظروف التي تؤدي إلى حماية أفضل للصحفيين في كل أنحاء العالم.

و رغم ترحيب الشارة باختيار عدد من الدول كي يتم تطبيق فيها استراتيجية الأمم المتحدة من أجل حماية الصحفيين إلا أنها ترى أنه لابد من إدخال سوريا و الأراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة في تطبيقات هذه الاستراتيجية و دول أخرى.

و اشادت الشارة بقول كاركلينس بأن الجرائم ضد الصحفيين يجب أن ينظر إليها على أنها جرائم ضد المجتمع ككل و يأمل في نجاح مكتب الأمم المتحدة لمكافحة المخدرات و الجرائم في قيام وزراء داخلية الدول بتبني هذا التوجه.

و قال مسئول اليونسكو الرفيع أن استراتيجية الأمم المتحدة ما هي إلا البداية لتحرك قوي من قبل الأمم المتحدة، مؤكداً على أهمية محاسبة المنظمات غير الحكومية للأمم المتحدة و العكس صحيح في ظل هذه الشراكة الجديدة.

و كانت حملة الشارة الدولية قد وزعت خطاباً مفتوحاً في الاجتماع طالبت بإقامة في أقرب وقت لجنة دولية للتحقيق في مقتل الصحفيين و هم حتى تاريخ البيان 129 صحفي قتل منذ بداية العام الحالي و تقديم مرتكبي هذه الجرائم للمحاكمة و العقاب.

و طالبت الحملة الاجتماع بتبني إدانة استهداف المنشآت الإعلامية في غزة و استهداف منازل الصحفيين و قتلهم.

و ايدت حملة الشاره خطاباً مفتوحاً للاجتماع وجهه مركز الدوحة للحريات الإعلامية حول وضع الصحفيين المتردي في النزاع السوري.

و في تطور متصل تظاهر عدد من الصحفيين من بنجلاديش في المهجر على هامش الاجتماع و طالبوا الأمم المتحدة و اليونسكو في التحقيق فب مقتل 4 صحفيين في بنجلاديش على مر الأشهر العشرة الأخيرة.

لمزيد من المعلومات

***22.11.2012. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes the civil society statement a the meeting in Vienna on the safety of journalists. The PEC is hopeful that the upcoming successful implementation of the UN Plan of Action will lead the UN to tackle the global aspect of the issue primarily in conflict zones building on current proposals such as the draft convention of the PEC.

Statement of the meeting of the civil society delegates of the 2nd UN Inter-Agency meeting on the Safety of Journalists and the issue of Impunity.
 
We, the undersigned participants of the meeting of the civil society delegates of the 2nd UN Inter-Agency meeting on the safety of journalists and the issues of impunity, that took place on the 21st of November, 2012:
·   Welcome and endorse the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity with the expectation that the United Nations and the member states will engage all stakeholders, including civil society and media, in its implementation in a participatory and inclusive manner;
·   In particular, we welcome the emphasis on the preventative and protective safety measures outlined in the Plan of Action as a starting point to guarantee safety of journalists;
·   We also appreciate the efforts to map and continue to identify good practices with the expectations that they can be shared among civil society and media and replicated where appropriate to inspire the implementation of the Plan of Action;
·   We agree to support the implementation of the Plan of Action in mutual cooperation and partnership among international, regional and national stakeholders, while also monitoring and assessing the Plan’s impact;
·   We expect that the implementation of the UN Action Plan will complement existing and on-going civil society initiatives at the national levels; 
·   At the same time, we believe that national mechanisms need to be further developed and strengthened to ensure a broad-based, comprehensive and inclusive approach based on local ownership; 
·   We underscore the need to support the establishment of special national and regional mechanisms to address impunity and ensure the effective implementation of such structures where they exist;
·   In the initial phase, while calling on UN and members states’ obligation to prevent attacks and combat impunity globally, we recommend the implementation of the Plan of Action in a comprehensive manner in the countries of Nepal, Iraq, Pakistan, South Sudan, Mexico and Honduras 
  
Signed by:
World Association of Newspapers
International Federation of Journalists
International Press Institute
Committee to Protect Journalists
Reporters Without Borders
Freedom House
ARTICLE 19
Intermedia, Pakistan
Open Society Foundations
International Media Support
Doha Centre for Media Freedom
Free Press Unlimited
IREX
Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung Media Program South East Europe
Media Legal Defence Initiative
Press Emblem Campaign
World Press Freedom Committee
International News Safety Institute
Centre for Freedom of the Media
Syrian Journalists Association
PEN International
Index on Censorship 

***21.11.2012. GAZA. PEC condemns new attacks against media installations and journalists killed in Gaza (read reports on PRESS, other statements on OTHER NEWS)

Geneva, Vienna (PEC) 21 November - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is extremely concerned and condemns strongly the continued targeting of media installations in Gaza, such as the ongoing attacks against the French News Agency (AFP), as well as targeting Palestinian journalists. So far three have been killed.

Israel is committed to the UN Security Council resolution 1738 which condemned attacks against journalists in conflict zones as well as the Human Rights Resolution A/HRC /21/L6 adopted on 27 September on the Safety of journalists.

The Israeli army continues to target deliberately buildings hosting journalists, in addition it has deliberately killed three Palestinian journalists under the pretext that they were from media close to Hamas.

PEC Secretary General Blaise Lempen noted that journalists cannot be eliminated because of their ideas or being close to one camp or the other.

He added that if Israel allows the killing of journalists close to Hamas, what would be the fate of Israel journalists close to Tsahal ?

In Syria, he said, journalists were also targeted because they belonged to one camp or the other.

Lempen stressed that journalists are employed to do a job of gathering information, nothing more or less.

The PEC also denounces the fact that Hamas is using buildings where independent media are working, however the PEC underlines that this does not justify indiscriminate military action.

PEC president Hedayat Abdelnabi said that these horrendous developments take place ahead of an important UN sponsored meeting in Vienna, on the safety of journalists, and urges the participants to focus on practical measures to protect journalists and mobilize the world to face those dangers confronting journalists like in Gaza now.

The death of three Palestinian journalists yesterday steps up the number of killed journalists this year to 128 according to the PEC figures.

***18.11.2012. GAZA. PEC condemns targeting homes of journalists and media installations in Gaza (read press reports on PRESS, other statements on OTHER NEWS) 

PEC strongly condemns the wounding of 10 journalists and media professionals while they were carrying out their jobs, when Israeli Occupation Forces attacked the offices of al-Quds Television and al-Aqsa Television 
(photo). At approximately 01:35 on Sunday, 18 November 2012, Israeli warplanes fired 4 missiles at the office of al-Quds Satellite Channel, which is located on the top floor of the 11-storey Shawa and Hussari tower building in Gaza City.  The missiles penetrated the roof of the building and exploded inside the office.  As a result, 7 journalists and trainees who were in the office were wounded.  The wounds of two were described as serious. The office and the nearby offices of al-Quds Radio and Ramattan News Agency were extensively damaged.
 
At approximately 06:55. also on Sunday, a missile was fired at the office of al-Aqsa Television on the 15th floor of al-Shorouq tower building in the west of Gaza City. The missile penetrated to the 14th floor and exploded inside the offices of Palestine Media Production (PMP). As a result, 3 journalists were moderately wounded. 

PEC calls on the international community to investigate these deliberate attacks on media installations.


Geneva/Cairo/Gaza, 18 November 2012 (PEC) The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns in the strongest possible manner the targeting of media installations in Gaza as well as homes of media professionals.

Today, according to the Palestinian Center for Media Freedoms and Development (MADA) and press reports the Israeli forces have targeted the Jerusalem TV station and Al Aqsa in Gaza.

The shelling of the two stations resulted in injuring at least six media professionals and severe damages to the buildings of both stations.

According to the Director of Jerusalem TV station Emad AlAfrangi those injured are:

Khedr ALzahar, his right leg amputated under the knee.
Hazem ALDaoor, injured by shrapnel
Mohammed AlAkhras, shrapnel in the body
Ibrahim Lebd, injuries
Hussein Almadhoun: suffocation
Omar ALIfrangui: injuries in the feet
Darwish Bolbol mild injuries

In the new round of hostilities, MADA reported that homes of media professionals are also targeted a new dimension in the conflict.

On Wednesday, child Omar Meshrawi was killed when Israeli forces targeted his home owned by his father journalist Jihad Sahrawi.

PEC, ahead of the UN meeting in Vienna on the Safety of Journalists reminds UNESCO, a main organizer of the meeting as well as the other organizers that it is time to act to protect journalists in legal terms.

حملة الشارة تدين و بقوة استهداف المنشآت الإعلامية و منازل الصحفيين في غزة

جنيف-القاهرة-غزة (حملة الشارة) – 18 نوفمبر – أعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لشارة حماية الصحفي عن إدانتها الكاملة لقصف منشآت صحفية في غزة من قبل القوات الإسرائيلية كما أدانت و بقوة استهداف منازل الصحفيين في غزة و هي ظاهرة جديدة في الحرب صد الصحفيين.

و طبقاً لما ورد من معلومات من المركز الفلسطيني للتدريب و الحريات الصحفية المعروف بـ (مدى) فقد استهدفت القوات الإسرائيلية اليوم 18/11/2012، مكتب فضائية القدس وقناة الأقصى في قطاع غزة، وتسببت بإصابة ستة إعلاميين وسائقاً من فضائية القدس تراوحت حالتهم بين البالغة و المتوسطة والطفيفة، إضافة إلى إحداث أضرار بالغة في مكتب القناتين.

وأفاد مدير مكتب فضائية القدس عماد الأفرجني لمركز "مدى" أن القوات الإسرائيلية أطلقت ثلاث صواريخ على قسم التصوير والمونتاج على الفضائية الواقع في الطابق الحادي عشر من برج الشوا- الحصري في منطقة الرمال، وذلك في تمام الساعة الواحدة والنصف صباحاً. وتابع الإفرنجي قائلاً: " تسبب القصف في إصابة جميع المتواجدين في المكتب من مصورين ومساعدين وسائق، بالإضافة إلى أضرار كبيرة في القسم، بالإضافة إلى أضرار في سيارة الإسعاف التي هرعت مسرعة إلى المكان لنقل الإصابات، وأضرار في سيارة الفضائية". وبحسب الأفرنجي فإن الإصابات كانت كالتالي: خضر الزهار: بتر في ساقه اليمنى من تحت الركبة ورضوض. حازم الداعور: أصيب بشظايا ورضوض واختناق شديد. محمد الأخرس: شظايا في كل الجسم وإصابته متوسطة. إبراهيم لبد: جروح ورضوض. حسين المدهون: اختناق ورضوض. عمر الأفرنجي: جروح في القدمدرويش بلبل: جروح طفيفة.

من جهته أفاد مدير البرامج في قناة الأقصى المرئية سائد رضوان أن الطائرات الإسرائيلية استهدفت في تمام الساعة السادسة والنصف من صباح اليوم قسم البث الواقع في الطابق الخامس عشر من برج الشروق، في منطقة الرمال بقطاع غزة. حيث تسببت بأضرار بالغة وتحطيم أغلب الأجهزة والاستوديوهات. وأضاف رضوان قائلاً: "إن احد الصواريخ اخترق أرضية المكتب ليصيب مكتب شركة فلسطين للانتاج الإعلامي الواقع في الطابق الرابع عشر، مسبباً لهم أضراراً مادية".

وكانت القوات الإسرائيلية قد استهدفت يوم الجمعة الماضي (16/11/2012) منزل مصور الوكالة الأوروبية علي إبراهيم مما أدى إلى إصابات متوسطة لوالده (71 عاماُ) وشقيقته (40 عاماً) وابنتها (8 سنوات)، بالإضافة إلى أضرار كبيرة في المنزل. وفي ذات اليوم استهدفت قوات الاحتلال مقر مؤسسة "فري ميديا" في منطقة الشيخ رضوان في قطاع غزة، مما أدى إلى تدميره بشكل شبه كلي.

و قامت القوات الإسرائيلية الأربعاء الماضي بقتل الطفل عمر مشهراوي (11 شهراً) ابن الصحفي جهاد مشهراوي في قصفٍ استهدف منزله.

و قبل أيام من اجتماع فيينا الخاص بمناقشة حماية الصحفيين و مشروع برنامج العمل فإن حملة الشارة الدولية تناشد المنظمين و المشاركين بالعمل على اتخاذ خطوات عملية قانونية ملزمة لتوفير الحماية للصحفيين بعد ادخال القوات الإسرائيلية مظاهر جديدة من العدوان على الصحفيين و هو استهداف منازلهم و هو تطور جد خطير.  

***13.11.2012. DO NOT MISS ! Vienna meeting to launch implementation of UN Action Plan on the Safety of Journalists on 22 and 23 November. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) will attend this important meeting at a moment when we all look forward for further progress on the issue of protection of journalists

(UNESCO media advisory) In the first nine months of 2012 UNESCO Director-General Irina Bokova condemned 95 killings of journalists, media workers and bloggers, a dramatic increase compared to previous years. The 2nd UN Inter-Agency Meeting on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity will be held in Vienna (Austria) on 22 and 23 November as part of international efforts to stem this violence, which undermines the basic human right of freedom of expression in many parts of the world and restricts citizens’ ability to get the full range of independent information to which they are entitled.  
The UN organizations taking part in the meeting will be able to consult invited international and regional institutions, national governments, professional organizations and NGOs. They will then define the implementation strategy for the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity for the next two years. 

This strategy will include international, regional and national activities.  Four countries have been selected for the first phase of implementation: Iraq, Nepal, Pakistan, and South Sudan.  Preparations are also underway to extend the implementation of the Plan of Action to Latin America, the region most severely affected by attacks against journalists, media workers and social media producers. 

Journalists must enjoy reasonable levels of personal safety if they are to carry out their work and realize the right of all citizens to receive reliable information.  States and societies are responsible for creating and maintaining the conditions required to preserve the fundamental right to freedom of expression, guaranteed by Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and combating the impunity all too often enjoyed by perpetrators of attacks against journalists. 

Freedom of expression, including the right to receive and express opinions and impart information, is essential in building just and participatory democratic societies.  Nevertheless, the number of journalists killed in the line of duty has been increasing and now totals more than 600 in the last ten years. UNESCO’s statements on these killings can be found in a dedicated web page, UNESCO condemns the killing of journalists.  But journalists and media workers are also the subject of other forms of harassment and intimidation—such as illegal arrest and sexual attacks on female journalists—which limit their ability to work freely and carry out their professional duties. 

The Inter-Agency Meeting on the Safety of Journalists was convened by the Director-General of UNESCO, the UN Organization responsible for media freedom.  The event is co-hosted by the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). It is sponsored by the Austrian Government. The UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity represents the outcome of a process that began in 2010 at the request of the International Programme for the Development of Communication (IPDC). Consequently, the first UN Inter-Agency Meeting on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity took place at UNESCO Headquarters in Paris on 13-14 September 2011. 

The first part of the Vienna meeting, on the morning of 22 November will be open to the press. This will include a press conference with Peter Launsky-Tieffenthal, Under-Secretary-General, United Nations Department of Public Information (UN DPI);  Jānis Kārkliņš, UNESCO Assistant Director-General in charge of the Communication and Information Sector (9 to 10 a.m. at, Presseclub Concordia, Bankgasse 8, 1010 Vienna) 

The public event will also include a Round-table organized by the International Press Institute (IPI) with the participation of  Frank La Rue, UN Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression; Christof Heyns, UN Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions; Pansy Tlakula, Special Rapporteur on Freedom of Expression and Access to Information in Africa, African Union Commission (AUC); Dunja Mijatović, Representative on Freedom of the Media, Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE); Alexandra Föderl-Schmid, Editor-in-Chief, Der Standard, Austria and Member of the IPI Executive Board. Reporters without Borders will also moderate a discussion with Swedish journalists recently freed in Ethiopia, Martin Schibbye and Johan Persson.  

More info on the website of the meeting: http://www.unesco.org/webworld/en/2UN-meeting-safety


***02.10.2012PEC UPDATE – report for 9 months (English, French, Spanish and Arabic) (Consult press reports on PRESS, list of casualties on page TICKING CLOCK)

Never before has been such a high tally in 9 months, 110 killed

Geneva, 2 October (PEC) – The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) expresses its extreme worry at the rising toll in journalists killed during the past 9 months, 110 in 25 countries, which represents an increase of 36 percent compared to previous year.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen noted that this figure is the highest ever registered by the PEC since monitoring the number of journalists killed annually.

According to the PEC, 107 journalists were killed during 2011, 81 during the first 9 months of 2011. The current figure, that is 110 in 9 months in 2012 represents a 36 percent increase as compared to last year.

Civil war in Syria

The civil war in Syria has led to the death of at least 32 journalists since January of this year.

Lempen stressed that both warring parties in Syria are targeting journalists and added that the PEC strongly condemns this practice.

Syrians who inform the world on the developments of the bloody conflict in Syria have endured very high risks. Foreign journalists have joined the high risks of losing their lives while covering the civil war. Other media workers are detained or were injured.

Somalia on the rise

Somalia has witnessed a dramatic deterioration in media conditions with 16 journalists killed in 9 months, seven in one month (September). The PEC strongly condemns attacks on media workers in Somalia.

Mexico follows Somalia as the third most dangerous country for media work with ten killed during the same period. The assassinated journalists in Mexico suffered violent mutilations; the insecurity remains chronic in many areas of the country.

Pakistan and Brazil follow at 4th positions where 7 journalists were killed in each country. Honduras comes at 6th position with 6 journalists killed.

The Philippines comes in at 5th position with 5 killed, followed by Iraq: 3 killed, and Nigeria: 3 killed. The PEC has received confirmation during the month of August that 3 journalists died in detention in Eritrea.

2 journalists were killed in the following countries: Afghanistan, Bolivia, and India.

One journalist was killed in the following countries: Bahrain, Bangladesh, Cambodia, Columbia, Ecuador, Haiti, Indonesia, Nepal, Uganda, Panama, Tanzania and Thailand.

By region

By region, the Middle East tops the world with 36 journalists killed followed by Latin America: 29, Africa: 24, Asia 21.

During the reporting period no media worker was killed in Europe. The PEC plans to go into further details in its end of year report.

Impunity was the case in the majority of the killings of journalists. It is the hope of the PEC that the adoption of a Human Rights Council resolution on the safety of journalists last week would drive governments to carry out enquires with the goal of bringing the perpetrators of those crimes against journalists to justice.

PEC president Hedayat Abdelnabi noted that the rise in the number of journalists killed does not match the slow momentum by governments to develop a new legal document to protect journalists. Governments, she added, have moved a way forward last week in Geneva; however some impose brakes on governments to move forward with this process. Those brakes, said Abdelnabi, are unwelcome. She added that the blood of our colleagues call upon governments to continue the process in a more speedy manner.

Jamais autant de journalistes tués en neuf mois : 110 depuis janvier

Genève (PEC), 2 octobre 2012 - La PEC est consternée par la hausse du nombre de victimes parmi les travailleurs des medias cette année. Jamais autant de journalistes ont été tués en neuf mois, en hausse de 36% d'une année sur l'autre.

Depuis début janvier jusqu'au 30 septembre, 110 journalistes professionnels et non professionnels ont trouvé la mort dans 25 pays à travers le monde. "C'est le bilan le plus lourd jamais enregistré par la PEC", a déclaré le secrétaire général de l'ONG basée à Genève Blaise Lempen.

Ce bilan dépasse d'ores et déjà celui dressé pour toute l'année en 2011. L'an dernier, sur 12 mois, 107 journalistes avaient été tués, selon les mêmes critères, et sur neuf mois 81 journalistes. L'augmentation d'une année sur l'autre est de 36%.

Guerre civile en Syrie

La guerre civile en Syrie est à l'origine de cette hausse dramatique: Dans ce pays, 32 journalistes professionnels et non professionnels au moins ont été tués depuis le 1er janvier. "Les combattants, aussi bien dans le camp gouvernemental que dans le camp des rebelles, ciblent les journalistes. C'est une pratique que nous condamnons avec force", a affirmé Blaise Lempen.

Les Syriens qui ont informé le monde extérieur des violences ont pris et continuent à prendre des risques énormes. Des journalistes étrangers ont aussi essayé de faire leur métier au péril de leur vie. D'autres travailleurs des medias sont détenus ou ont été blessés.

Hausse dramatique en Somalie

La Somalie a connu une dégradation dramatique, avec 16 journalistes tués en neuf mois, dont sept au cours du seul mois de septembre. La PEC condamne fermement cette escalade d’assassinats en Somalie.

Le Mexique arrive en 3e position, avec au moins 10 journalistes assassinés, souvent avec d'atroces mutilations, une situation d'insécurité malheureusement chronique dans certaines régions de ce pays.

Le Pakistan et le Brésil sont au 4e rang des pays les plus dangereux, avec sept tués dans chacun de ces pays. Au 6e rang, le Honduras a vu la mort de six journalistes.

Les Philippines suivent avec cinq tués, devant l'Irak (trois) et le Nigéria (trois). La PEC a aussi comptabilisé les trois journalistes dont on a obtenu fin août la confirmation de leur décès en détention en Erythrée, bien que la date exacte de leur mort ne soit pas connue.

Au 11e rang, avec deux tués dans chaque pays, se trouvent l'Afghanistan, la Bolivie et l'Inde. Un journaliste est mort en outre dans chacun de ces pays: Bahreïn, Bangladesh, Cambodge, Colombie, Equateur, Haïti, Indonésie, Népal, Ouganda, Panama, Tanzanie, Thaïlande.

Par région

Par région, le Moyen-Orient arrive en tête avec 36 tués, suivi de l'Amérique latine (29), de l'Afrique (24) et de l'Asie (21). A noter qu'aucun travailleur des médias n'a été tué en Europe. La PEC fera un bilan plus détaillé à la fin de l'année.

La plupart de ces assassinats ont lieu en toute impunité. L'adoption d'une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes par le Conseil des droits de l'homme la semaine dernière devrait contribuer à pousser les gouvernements à mener des enquêtes de manière à traduire en justice les responsables.
Pour la présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi, les gouvernements restent trop lents à réagir face à l'augmentation du nombre de victimes. Les Etats ont progressé la semaine dernière à Genève, mais certains pays continuent de freiner le processus vers l'adoption d'un document contraignant pour renforcer la protection des journalistes dans les zones de conflit. "Ces freins ne sont pas les beinvenus. Le sang de nos collègues devrait inciter les gouvernements à démarrer et conclure ce processus d'une manière plus rapide", a déclaré Hedayat Abdel Nabi. 

PEC:  Jamás tantos periodistas fueron asesinados en nueve meses

Ginebra, 2 de octubre (PEC) La Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC) esta consternada por el alza del número de víctimas entre los trabajadores de los medios de comunicación. Jamás tantos periodistas fueron asesinados en nueve meses, un alza del  36 por ciento de un año al otro.

Desde principios de enero hasta el 30 de septiembre, 110 periodistas profesionales o no profesionales hallaron la muerte en 25 países de todo el mundo.“Este es el mayor récord jamás registrado por la PEC”, ha declarado  Blaise Lempen, el Secretario general de la
ONG basada en Ginebra.

Ese saldo sobrepasa ya el de todo el año de 2011. Durante los 12 meses del pasado año, 107 periodistas fueron asesinados, según los mismos criterios, y sobre nueve meses 81 periodistas. El aumento de un año al otro es del 36 por ciento.

Guerra civil en Siria

La guerra civil en Siria es la causante de este espectacular aumento. En este país,  por lo menos 32 periodistas profesionales y no profesionales han sido asesinados desde el
pasado primero de enero. “Los combatientes, ya sean del campo gubernamental como del lado de los rebeldes,  convierten a los periodistas en un objetivo más”. Esta es una práctica que condenamos enérgicamente, ha subrayado Blaise Lempen.

Los sirios que han informado hacia el mundo exterior acerca de las violencias han corrido enormes riesgos. Los periodistas extranjeros también han intentado cumplir su misión de informar arriesgando sus vidas. Otros trabajadores de los medias han sido detenidos o heridos.

Deterioro en Somalia

Somalia ha experimentado también un deterioro sensible: 16 periodistas asesinados en nueve meses, siete en septiembre.

La tercera posición en nivel de peligrosidad,  la ocupa ahora México, donde por lo menos 10 periodistas han sido asesinados, con frecuencia víctimas de mutilaciones atroces, una situación de inseguridad lamentablemente crónica en algunas regiones de este país.

Pakistán y Brasil ocupan el cuarto lugar entre los países más peligrosos, con siete asesinados en cada país.  En sexto lugar se encuentra Honduras, donde han muerto
seis periodistas.

Según las cifras recogidas por la PEC, en orden de peligrosidad para ejercer la profesión estaría Filipinas, con cinco periodistas asesinados, situándose por delante de Iraq (tres) y Nigeria (tres). La PEC ha obtenido la confirmación a fines de agosto de la muerte de tres periodistas detenidos en Eritrea, aún cuando se desconoce la fecha exacta de esas muertes.

En el onceno lugar, con dos asesinados en cada país, se sitúan Afganistán, Bolivia y la
India. Por otra parte, se ha registrado la muerte de un periodista en cada uno de los siguientes países: Bahreïn, Bangladesh, Camboya, Colombia, Ecuador, Haití, Indonesia, Nepal, Uganda, Panamá, Tanzania y Tailandia.

Por regiones

El saldo por regiones refleja que el Medio Oriente, con 36 asesinados se sitúa en primer lugar, seguido de América Latina (29), África (24) y Asia con 21. A tener en cuenta que ningún periodista ha sido asesinado en Europa. De todas maneras, la PEC hará su informe completo de 2012 para fines de año.

La mayoría de los asesinatos han ocurrido en total impunidad. La adopción la semana pasada por el Consejo de Derechos Humanos de la ONU de una resolución sobre la seguridad de los periodistas deberá contribuir a hacer que los gobiernos lleven a cabo investigaciones a fin de enjuiciar a los responsables.

Para la Presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdel  Nabi, la reacción de los gobiernos sigue siendo lenta frente al aumento del número de víctimas. Los Estados han progresado la semana pasada en Ginebra, pero ciertos países continúan frenando el proceso hacia la adopción de un documento vinculante para reforzar la protección de los periodistas en las zonas de conflicto.

“Estos frenos no son bien recibidos. La sangre de nuestros colegas debería alentar a los gobiernos a iniciar y concluir este proceso de una manera más rápida”, dijo Abdel Nabi.

"حملة الشارة"مقتل 110 صحفيين في 25 دولة خلال 9 أشهر

جنيف- القاهرة 2 أكتوبر (حملة الشارة) - أعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين أن عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا منذ بداية العام الحالي حتى نهاية سبتمبر بلغ 110 صحفيين من الجنسين في 25 دولة، أي ما يمثل 36 بالمائة في السنوات الماضية.

ووصف بليز ليمبان سكرتير عام الحملة هذا الرقم يعد قياسياً منذ بداية رصد الحملة للقتلى من الصحفيين في كل عام وكل ثلاثة أشهر.

وقال: إن العام الماضي شهد مقتل 110 صحفيين، منهم 81 خلال الأشهر التسعة الأولى من عام 2011، مشيرا إلى أن الحرب الأهلية في سوريا أدت إلى مقتل 36 صحفياً وصحفية.

وأوضح أن الطرفين المتحاربين في سوريا يقومان باستهداف الصحفيين بالقتل، مؤكدا أن حملة الشارة تدين بشكل قوي هذه التصرفات.

وأضاف أن السوريين يعرضون أنفسهم إلى مخاطر جسيمة لإطلاع العالم على تطورات الحرب، وانضم إليهم الإعلام الأجنبي والعربي، وتم اعتقال آخرين، كما تعرضوا للإصابة.

وشددت حملة الشارة على أن الصومال تمر بأصعب أسابيعها، حيث تعرضت في الأسبوع الأخير إلى مقتل 5 صحفيين بعضهم قتل بطريقة وحشية، وهو الأمر الذي أدى إلى ارتفاع عدد القتلى من الصحفيين منذ بداية العام إلى 16 صحفياً.

وذكرت "الشارة" أن جماعة خارجة علي القانون أعدمت الصحفي عبد الرحمن محمد علي في 26 سبتمبر الجاري بعد خطفه من منزل والدته، وقبلها بستة أيام أطلق مسلحون النار علي الصحفي أحمد عبد الله فرح الذي يعمل بوكالة الأنباء اليمنية، في أثناء التقاطه بعض الصور وهو داخل سيارة جنوب مقديشيو، وأردوه قتيلاً، وفي نفس الأسبوع قتل ثلاثة صحفيين آخرين لأسباب مختلفة.

وأدانت الحملة بقوة استهداف الصحفيين في أغلب الأوقات، وعمليات الهجوم عليهم في الصومال.

وقالت: إن المكسيك تأتي بعد الصومال كأخطر الدول للعمل الصحفي بمقتل عشرة صحفيين هناك منذ بداية العام، حيث تعرض الصحفيون في المكسيك إلى التنكيل الوحشي بجثثهم، وتلا المكسيك كل من باكستان والبرازيل حيث قتل في كل منهما سبعة صحفيين، ثم هندوراس بمقتل 6 صحفيين.

أما الفلبين فتأتي في المرتبة الخامسة بمقتل 5 صحفيين، ثم العراق 3، ونيجيريا 3، وحصلت حملة الشارة على تأكيدات بمقتل 3 صحفيين في المعتقل خلال شهر أغسطس في اريتريا، ولم تعرف بعد أسباب الوفاة.

وفي أفغانستان، وبنجلاديش، وكمبوديا قتل 2 من الصحفيين في كل من هذه الدول، وقتل صحفي في كل من البحرين، وبنجلاديش، وكمبوديا، وكولومبيا، وإكوادور، وهايتي، وإندونيسيا، ونيبال، وأوغندا، وبنما، وتنزانيا، وتايلاند.

تصدرت منطقة الشرق الأوسط أكثر المناطق خطورة للعمل الصحفيين بمقتل 36 صحفيا، ثم أمريكا اللاتينية 29، وإفريقيا 24، وآسيا 21.

وكانت السمة المصاحبة لمقتل الصحفيين هي عدم تقديم الجناة للمحاكمة، ومن ثم فإن حملة الشارة تأمل في أن يترجم قرار مجلس حقوق الإنسان الذي أقر في الأسبوع الماضي حول سلامة الصحفيين إلى دفع الحكومات لعمل تحقيقات بهدف تحويل مرتكبي هذه الجرائم إلى العدالة.

وصرحت رئيسة حملة الشارة هدايت عبد النبي بأن قوة الدفع البطيئة لا تتمشى مع تزايد عدد القتلى من الصحفيين نحو مضي الحكومات نحو عملية تفاوضية لإقرار وثيقة جديدة ملزمة لحماية الصحفيين.

وأضافت أن الحكومات مضت بخطوة إلى الأمام في الأسبوع الماضي في جنيف إلا أن البعض يمارس فرملة على الحكومات للمضي بهذه العملية إلى الأمام.

وأكدت عبد النبي أن الحملة لا ترحب بهذه الفرملة لأن دماء الزملاء من الصحفيين تفرض على الحكومات ضرورة بدء العملية والانتهاء منها بشكل سريع.

للمزيد حول القضية العالمية رجاء زيارة موقعنا

***27.09.2012. PEC STATEMENT - PEC congratulates the Human Rights Council for its adoption of a historic resolution on the safety of journalists and welcomes it as a first in the fight against impunity

The Human Rights Council adopted by consensus at the United Nations in Geneva (photo) a resolution on the safety of journalists with a broad support of 67 co-sponsors. Read the PEC statement in English, French, Spanish and Arabic below. Scroll down to read the text of the resolution A/HRC/21/L6 as adopted by the HRC. See also on PRESS for press reports

The resolution submitted by Austria was adopted by consensus with 67 co-sponsors: initial list: Albania*, Argentina*, Australia*, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina*, Botswana, Brazil*, Bulgaria*, Colombia*, Croatia*, Cyprus*, Czech Republic, Denmark*, Egypt*, Estonia*, Finland*, Georgia*, Germany*, Greece*, Guatemala, Honduras*, Hungary, Iceland*, Ireland*, Kenya*, Latvia*, Lebanon*, Libya, Liechtenstein*, Lithuania*, Luxembourg*, Mexico*, Montenegro*, Morocco*, Netherlands*, Nigeria, Norway, Palestine*, Peru, Poland, Portugal*, Qatar, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Serbia*, Slovenia*, Sweden*, Switzerland, Tunisia*, Turkey*, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
additional: Canada, Djibouti, Somalia, Algeria, Spain, Uruguay, Chile, Armenia, Japan, Costa Rica, Armenia, Senegal, Benin, Mauritania, Italy 

Austrian Ambassador Christian Strohal, introducing the draft resolution L.6, said that the resolution put the issue of safety of journalists squarely on the agenda of the Human Rights Council and there were three main elements. Firstly, it made a clear statement in condemning attacks against journalists. Secondly, it expressed a clear concern about the widespread impunity in the aftermath of attacks against journalists and in that context, called on States to ensure accountability by investigating those attacks and bringing perpetrators to justice. Thirdly, it encouraged States to put in place a safe and enabling protection environment for journalists, to be able to fulfil their important role in providing information to the public. The resolution also emphasised the importance of good practices in the area of the protection of journalists and to this effect requested the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to prepare a compilation of good practices for the twenty-fourth session (UN press release).

PEC congratulates the Human Rights Council for its adoption of a historic resolution on the safety of journalists and welcomes it as a first in the fight against impunity

Geneva - 27 September (PEC) - The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) congratulates Member States of the Human Rights Council for the adoption  of a resolution on the safety of journalists. The Geneva-based NGO sees the adoption of this resolution on the protection of journalists as a historic step in the fight against impunity.


The tally among journalists, up to date this year, has reached 108 journalists killed, an unprecedented figure, as compared to previous years.

PEC president Hedayat Abdel Nabi
noted that this great achievement honors the many journalists who were killed in the line of duty.

In Libya, Syria, Somalia, Pakistan, Mexico and the Philippines, she added, across the board of nationalities, the eternal silence of the fallen journalists was the engine which drove Member States to be engaged in a process that led to its adoption.

“The blood of our colleagues”, she said, ”was the shot in the arm which unfolded in a new stage in the uphill battle for the protection of journalists in dangerous situations”.

The PEC partnership with the UN Member States, said Abdel Nabi, intensified year after
year. In June 2010 the PEC co-sponsored with Egypt a panel discussion on the
protection of journalists in the human rights Council.

In January this year, the PEC was a major participant in the Doha Conference on Protection of Journalists in Dangerous situations, thereafter in September, the PEC took part in a high level meeting in New York presided by the  President of the General Assembly Ambassador Nassir Abdulaziz Al-Nasser(Qatar).
 
Abdel Nabi said that the Geneva based NGO sees in this resolution an important step towards guidelines and a blue print document for the protection of journalists, a PEC major goal.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen said that the PEC since its creation eight years ago raised awareness and repeatedly called on governments to act on this crucial problem for the right to information of all citizens. “Adoption of this resolution is a success, even if it is not enough to change the reality on the ground”, said Lempen.

Lempen noted that the UN, in this resolution, recognized the need to re-enforce the protection of all media employees and their sources.

The PEC, said Lempen, invites all UN member states to implement this resolution in letter and spirit with the goal of putting an end to violations against journalists in all circumstances.

Lempen added that the PEC calls upon media, civil society, journalists' associations, and NGOs defending human rights to contribute in securing its respect and in implementing its concrete recommendations, in particular to conduct a speedy and effective investigation to combat impunity.

The PEC congratulates in particular Austria, Brazil, Morocco, Switzerland and Tunisia for sponsoring the resolution, as well as the 60 co-sponsors.

The PEC underlines with satisfaction that Member States have firmly condemned all attacks and violence against journalists including torture, summary executions, forced disappearances, arbitrary detention and harassment, and have stressed the need to ensure greater protection for all media professionals as well as journalistic sources and have expressed their concern that there is a growing threat to the safety of journalists posed by non-State actors, including terrorist groups and criminal organizations.

The timely resolution calls on all parties to armed conflict to respect their obligations under international human rights law and international humanitarian law, and to allow, within the framework of applicable rules and procedures, media access and coverage, as appropriate, in situations of international and non-international armed conflict.

The resolution expresses its concern that attacks against journalists often occur with impunity, and calls upon States to ensure accountability through the conduct of impartial, speedy and effective investigations into such acts falling within their jurisdiction, and to bring to justice those responsible and to ensure that victims have access to appropriate remedies.

The resolution calls upon States to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference, including by means of (a) legislative measures; (b) awareness-raising in the judiciary, law enforcement officers and military personnel, as well as journalists and civil society, regarding international human rights and humanitarian law obligations and commitments relating to the safety of journalists; (c) the monitoring and reporting of attacks against journalists; (d) publicly condemning attacks; and (e) dedicating necessary resources to investigate and prosecute such attacks.

It requests the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, incollaboration with the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, to prepare, working in consultation with States and other relevant stakeholders, a compilation of good practices in the protection of journalists, the prevention of attacks and the fight against impunity for attacks committed against journalists, and to present the compilation in a report to the Human Rights Council at its twenty-fourth session.

While the PEC welcomes the mandate bestowed by the resolution on the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights to undergo a study on the global problem of the protection of journalists, and while expressing its willingness to contribute to the study, it believes that presenting the study a year from now is a long time as the media community is facing daily tragic losses that are on the rise. The PEC regrets this delay, as the tally among journalists has reached an unprecedented figure.

La PEC félicite le Conseil des droits de l'homme pour l'adoption historique d'une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes et salue un pas important en avant dans la lutte contre l'impunité

Genève 27 septembre (PEC) La Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) félicite les pays membres du Conseil des droits de l'homme pour avoir adopté pour la première fois une résolution sur la sécurité des journalistes. L'ONG basée à Genève la considère comme une étape historique dans la lutte contre l'impunité.

Depuis le début de l’année, 108 journalistes ont été tués, un chiffre sans précédent, plus élevé que le bilan de toute l'année 2011.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdel Nabi a affirmé que ce succès honore la mémoire des nombreux journalistes tués dans l'exercice de leur fonction.

En Libye, en Syrie, en Somalie, au Pakistan, au Mexique et aux Philippines, les voix de journalistes, quelle que soit leur nationalité, se sont tues, mais leur mort a été le catalyseur qui a poussé les gouvernements à s'engager dans le processus qui a conduit à l'adoption de la résolution, a ajouté Hedayat Abdel Nabi.

"Le sang de nos collègues a été le moteur d'une nouvelle étape dans la bataille pour la protection des journalistes dans des zones dangereuses", a déclaré la présidente de la PEC.

La coopération de la PEC avec l'ONU s'est intensifiée au fil des années. Récemment, en juin 2010, la PEC a co-organisé avec l'Egypte un débat au Conseil des droits de l'homme sur la protection des journalistes. En janvier 2012, l'ONG a participé activement à la conférence de Doha sur la protection des journalistes dans les zones dangereuses. Début septembre, la PEC a pris part à une réunion à New York avec le président de l'Assemblée générale de l'ONU l'ambassadeur Nassir Abdulaziz Al-Nasser.

Pour la présidente de la PEC, l'adoption de cette résolution par le Conseil des droits de l'homme est un pas important vers des règles inscrites dans un projet de document juridiquement contraignant sur la protection des journalistes, un des buts principaux de l'ONG.

Le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen a affirmé que depuis sa création il y a huit ans, la PEC s'est efforcée de sensibiliser les gouvernements et les a appelés à agir sur ce problème crucial pour le droit à l'information de tous les citoyens. "L'adoption de cette résolution est un succès, même si ce n'est pas suffisant pour changer la réalité sur le terrain", a-t-il déclaré.

"L'ONU reconnaît dans ce texte la nécessité de renforcer la protection de tous les employés des medias et de leurs sources. Nous encourageons tous les Etats à appliquer avec fermeté cette résolution afin de mettre fin aux violences contre les journalistes en toutes circonstances", a ajouté Blaise Lempen.

"Nous invitons les medias, la société civile, les associations de journalistes et les organisations de défense des droits humains à contribuer à en garantir le respect et à faire appliquer ses recommandations concrètes, en particulier la nécessité de mener des enquêtes rapides et efficaces pour lutter contre l'impunité", a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC.

La PEC félicite en particulier l'Autriche, le Brésil, le Maroc, la Suisse et la Tunisie qui ont parrainé la résolution, ainsi que les 60 co-sponsors.

La PEC souligne avec satisfaction que dans ce texte les pays membres de l'ONU "condamnent dans les termes les plus vifs toutes les attaques et les violences contre les journalistes, dont les tortures, exécutions sommaires, disparitions, détentions arbitraires, actes de harcèlement" et s'inquiètent de la menace croissante des acteurs non-étatiques, dont les groupes terroristes et les organisations criminelles.

Le texte demande à toutes les parties à un conflit de respecter le droit international humanitaire et les droits de l'homme et "d'autoriser, dans le cadre des règles et procédures applicables, l'accès des medias et la couverture des situations de conflit armé international et non international".

Il exhorte aussi les Etats à lutter contre l'impunité en menant des enquêtes impartiales et rapides et en traduisant les responsables en justice. Les gouvernements sont invités à prendre des mesures législatives, à renforcer la sensibilisation des organes judiciaires, de police et militaires à la sécurité des journalistes, à répertorier les attaques contre les journalistes, à les condamner et à consacrer des ressources pour enquêter et poursuivre de telles attaques.

La résolution demande au Haut Commissariat aux droits de l'homme en collaboration avec le rapporteur de l'ONU sur la liberté d'expression Frank La Rue de faire une étude d'ici un an sur les meilleures pratiques pour protéger les journalistes, prévenir les attaques et combattre l'impunité.

La PEC se félicite du mandat donné au Haut Commissariat et se déclare prêt à y contribuer, mais regrette en même temps ce long délai et aurait souhaité que le rapport soit publié plus rapidement, compte tenu de l'urgence de la situation et du nombre accru de victimes. 


PEC felicita al Consejo de Derechos Humanos por la adopción de una histórica resolución sobre la seguridad de los periodistas y acoge con satisfacción esta primicia en la lucha contra la impunidad.

Ginebra, 27 septiembre (PEC) La Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC) felicita a los Estados miembros del Consejo de Derechos Humanos por haber adoptado una resolución sobre la seguridad de los periodistas. La ONG –radicada en Ginebra- considera la adopción de esta resolución sobre la protección de los periodistas como un paso histórico en la lucha contra la impunidad. 

Según la PEC, 108 periodistas fueron asesinados en lo que va de año, una cifra sin precedentes comparada con años anteriores.

La Presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdel Nabi, señaló que este gran logro honra a los numerosos periodistas que perdieron la vida en el cumplimiento del deber. En Libia, Siria, Somalia, Pakistán, México y en Filipinas, las voces de los periodistas caídos, cualquiera que haya sido su nacionalidad, se apagaron definitivamente, pero su muerte ha llevado a los gobiernos a participar en el proceso que condujo a la adopción de la resolución, añadió Abdel Nabi.

"La sangre de nuestros compañeros ha sido el motor impulsor de esta nueva etapa en la batalla por la protección de los periodistas en zonas peligrosas”, ha hecho hincapié la presidenta de la PEC.

La colaboración de la PEC con los Estados miembros, dijo Abdel Nabi, se ha intensificado año tras año. En junio del 2010, la PEC co-patrocinó junto con Egipto un panel de debate sobre la protección de los periodistas en el Consejo de Derechos Humanos.

En enero de este año, la PEC fue uno de los principales participantes en la Conferencia de Doha sobre la Protección de Periodistas en situaciones peligrosas; posteriormente, en septiembre, la PEC participó en una reunión de alto nivel en Nueva York, presidida por el  Presidente de la Asamblea General de la ONU, el embajador Qatarí Nassir Abdulaziz Al-Nasser

Para Abdel Nabi, la adopción de esta resolución constituye un paso importante hacia la elaboración de un proyecto que recoja debidamente las pautas sobre la protección de los periodistas, uno de los objetivos más importantes de la PEC.

El Secretario General de la PEC, Blaise Lempen, dijo que la PEC desde su creación hace ocho años, se ha esforzado por sensibilizar a los gobiernos, a los que en reiteradas ocasiones ha exhortado a actuar en este tema crucial para el derecho a la información para todos los ciudadanos. “La adopción de esta resolución es un éxito, aún cuando no sea suficiente para cambiar la realidad sobre el terreno”, ha dicho Lempen.

“La ONU ha reconocido en esta resolución la necesidad de reforzar la protección de todos los empleados de los medios de comunicación y de sus fuentes”, ha recalcado Lempen.

La PEC, ha dicho Lempen, invita a todos los Estados miembros de la ONU a implementar el espíritu y la letra de esta resolución para lograr la eliminación de la violencia contra los periodistas en todas las circunstancias”.

“Exhortamos a los medios de comunicación, a la sociedad civil, a las asociaciones de periodistas, y las organizaciones defensoras de los derechos humanos a contribuir a asegurar el respeto de esta resolución y a hacer aplicar sus recomendaciones concretas, en particular la necesidad de efectuar investigaciones rápidas y eficientes para combatir la impunidad”, ha expresado el secretario general de la PEC.

La PEC felicita en particular a Austria, Brasil, Marruecos, Suiza y Túnez por haber patrocinado la resolución, así como a los 60 copatrocinadores.

La PEC subraya con satisfacción que los Estados miembros han condenado firmemente todos los ataques y la violencia contra periodistas, incluyendo las torturas, ejecuciones sumarias, desapariciones forzadas, detenciones arbitrarias, y han hecho hincapié en la necesidad de garantizar una mayor protección para todos los profesionales de los medios de comunicación, así como a las fuentes periodísticas y han expresado su preocupación ante la creciente amenaza para la seguridad de los periodistas por parte de agentes No-estatales, tales como grupos terroristas y organizaciones criminales.

La oportuna resolución pide a las partes involucradas en un conflicto armado que respeten sus obligaciones bajo las leyes internacionales de derechos humanos y del derecho humanitario internacional, y autorizar, dentro del marco de las normas aplicables y procedimientos, que los medios tengan acceso y puedan cubrir, de forma apropiada, las situaciones de conflicto armado internacional y no internacional.

La resolución expresa su preocupación porque los ataques contra periodistas ocurren a menudo con impunidad, y hace un llamado a los Estados a garantizar la rendición de cuentas mediante investigaciones imparciales, rápidas y efectivas de aquellos actos que estén dentro de su jurisdicción, y de llevar ante la justicia a los responsables y garantizar que las víctimas tengan acceso a compensaciones apropiadas.

La resolución exhorta a los Estados a promover un entorno seguro y propicio para que los periodistas puedan realizar su trabajo de forma independiente y sin interferencias indebidas, incluso por medio de (a) las medidas legislativas, (b) la sensibilización en el poder judicial, los agentes del orden y el personal militar, así como a periodistas y a la sociedad civil, con respecto a los derechos humanos y las obligaciones internacionales de derecho humanitario y los compromisos relativos a la seguridad de los periodistas, (c) el seguimiento y la notificación de los ataques contra periodistas, (d) condenar públicamente los ataques y (e) dedicar los recursos necesarios para investigar y enjuiciar este tipo de ataques.

Pide a la Oficina del Alto Comisionado de las Naciones Unidas para los Derechos Humanos, en colaboración con el Relator Especial sobre la promoción y protección del derecho a la libertad de opinión y de expresión, Frank La Rue, preparar, en consulta con los Estados y otras partes interesadas, un estudio sobre las mejores prácticas para proteger a los periodistas, prevenir los ataques y luchar contra la impunidad, y que al respecto presente un informe al Consejo de Derechos Humanos en su vigesimocuarto período de sesiones.

La PEC acoge con satisfacción el mandato otorgado al Alto Comisionado, y a la vez que expresa su voluntad de contribuir al mismo, la PEC hubiera preferido que el informe fuese publicado más rápido, ya que considera que su presentación dentro de un año es un tiempo demasiado largo teniendo en cuenta la gravedad de la situación y el número creciente de víctimas. 

حملة الشارة الدولية ترحب بقرار مجلس حقوق الإنسان التاريخي بشأن سلامة الصحفيين و تعتبره خطوة أولى لمكافحة الإفلات من العقاب

جنيف-القاهرة – 27 سبتمبر – حملة الشارة – هنأت اليوم حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين أعضاء مجلس حقوق الانسان على تبني قراراً لتدعيم سلامة الصحفيين.

و ذكرت حملة الشارة، في بيانها، أنها ترى في تبني هذا القرار أول خطوة تاريخية لمكافحة الإفلات من العقاب. 

و أكدت رئيسة حملة الشارة، هدايت عبد النبي، أن هذا الإنجاز الضخم يكرم كل الصحفيين الذين سقطوا قتلى و هم يؤدون عملهم.

و أضافت أنهم في صمتهم الأبدي حيث سقطوا سواء في ليبيا أو سوريا أو الصومال أو باكستان، أو المكسيك، أو الفلبين و من جنسيات مختلفة، كانوا المحرك الرئيسي الذي دفع بدول أعضاء مجلس حقوق الإنسان، إلى بلورة عملية تفاوضية مهمة نتج عنها هذا القرار. 

و أوضحت أن دم الزملاء كان وراء هذا القرار الذي يدخلنا إلى مرحلة جديدة في معركة حماية الصحفيين في المناطق الخطرة.

و قالت عبد النبي أن حملة الشارة قد دخلت في شراكة مع مجلس حقوق الإنسان و تدعمت هذه الشراكة سنة بعد أخرى متبلورة في يونيو 2010 في عقد دائرة حوار حول قضية حماية الصحفيين.

و صرحت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية أن الحملة ترى في هذا القرار خطوة مهمة نحو وضع أطر أو مسودة وثيقة دولية لحماية الصحفيين.   

و عقب سكرتير عام حملة الشارة الدولية بليز ليمبان على القرار بقوله أن الحملة منذ بدايتها منذ 8 سنوات عملت على تعبئة الرأي العام و طالبت الحكومات على التحرك لحل المشكلة العالمية  الخاصة بحماية الصحفيين فيما اعتبرت هذه الحماية جزء من "حق المعرفة" لكل المواطنين. 

و قال أن تبني هذا القرار يعتبر نجاحاً حتى و إن كان غير كافياً و مطالباً كل أعضاء الأمم المتحدة بتنفيذ هذا القرار روحاً و نصاً  بهدف انهاء كل الانتهاكات ضد الصحفيين في كل الظروف. 

و طالب ليمبان كل وسائل الإعلام و نقابات الصحفيين و المنظمات غير الحكومية المدافعة عن حقوق الإنسان بالمساهمة في ضمان احترام تنفيذ القرار و بصفة خاصة فيما يتعلق بمكافحة الإفلات من العقاب.

و هنات الحملة و بصفة خاصة الدول الراعية لهذا القرار التاريخي و هي النمسا و البرازيل و المغرب و سويسرا و تونس و كذلك الدول التي أنظمت إليهم.

و تشعر حملة الشارة بالرضا بأن القرار تضمن فيما تضمن إدانة الدول أعضاء مجلس حقوق الإنسان لكل الاعتداءات و العنف ضد الصحفيين بما في ذلك التعذيب، و الاختفاء القسري و الاعتقالات العشوائية و التهديد.

كما نص القرار على الحاجة إلى ضمان مزيد من الحماية لكل العاملين في مجال الإعلام و لمصادرهم معرباً عن القلق بشأن سلامة الصحفيين من جراء منظمات خارجة عن القانون و أخرى إجرامية.   

 
و من بين بنود القرار مطالبة كافة الأطراف في النزاعات المسلحة باحترام التزاماتهم الدولية في اطار القانونين الانساني و الدولي مع السماح للصحفيين في اطار القواعد المعمول بها بتغطية الأحداث في أوقات الحروب الدولية و النزاعات المحلية.

و طالب القرار بأن تقوم مفوضة حقوق الإنسان بإعداد دراسة بالتعاون مع المقرر الخاص للأمم المتحدة لحرية الرأي و التعبير و الأطراف المعنية تقدم في غضون عام إلى مجلس حقوق الإنسان في دورته الـ 24 حول أطر للإجراءات السليمة لحماية الصحفيين و الحد من الاعتداءات عليهم و مكافحة الإفلات من العقاب. 

و مع ترحيب حملة الشارة بقيام مفوضة حقوق الإنسان بعمل هذه الدراسة و معربة عن رغبتها في التعاون معها، إلا أنها ترى أن الفترة الزمنية طويلة للغاية في الوقت الذي يسقط فيه تباعاً الزملاء من الصحفيين حيث بلغ عدد الذين قتلوا حتى الأن 108 صحفياً و صحفية في عام 2012، بعد مقتل مراسلة تليفزيون برس و العالم مايا نصار بواسطة قناص، عشية صدور قرار مجلس حقوق الإنسان. و الجدير بالذكر أن مقتل 108 صحفيا هو رقم غير مسبوق بالمقارنة إلى السنوات السابقة.

للاطلاع على نص قرار مجلس حقوق الإنسان رجاء زيارة موقعنا 

TEXT OF RESOLUTION L6

Human Rights Council
Twenty-first session
Agenda item 3

Resolution on the Safety of Journalists – adopted at the 21st session of the UN Human Rights Council on 27 September 2012

The Human Rights Council,

Guided by the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations,

Reaffirming the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and recalling relevant international human rights treaties, including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and the International Convention for the Protection of All Persons from Enforced Disappearance, as well as the Geneva Conventions of 1949 and the Additional Protocols thereto of 8 June 1977,

Recalling all relevant resolutions of the Commission on Human Rights and the Human Rights Council on the right to freedom of opinion and expression, in particular Council resolution 12/16 of 2 October 2009, as well as Council resolutions 13/24 of 26 March 2010 and 20/8 of 5 July 2012,

Mindful that the right to freedom of opinion and expression is a human right guaranteed to all in accordance with articles 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and that it constitutes one of the essential foundations of a democratic society and one of the basic conditions for its progress and development,

Reaffirming that everyone has the right to life, liberty and security of person,

Recognizing the importance of all forms of the media, including the printed media, radio, television and the internet, in the exercise, promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression

Acknowledging the particular role of journalists on matters of public interest, including by raising awareness for human rights,

Underlining the importance of voluntary professional principles and ethics developed and observed by the media,

Recognizing that their work often puts journalists at specific risk of intimidation, harassment, and violence,

Acknowledging the specific risks faced by women journalists in the exercise of their work and underlining, in this context, the importance of taking a gender-sensitive approach when considering measures to address the safety of journalists,

Taking note of good practices from different countries aiming at the protection of journalists, as well as, inter alia, those designed for the protection of human rights defenders, which can, where applicable, be relevant for the protection of journalists,

Underlining the important role of regional and sub-regional organizations on the safety of journalists,

Welcoming the important work of UNESCO on the safety of journalists,

Taking note of the International Conference for the Protection of Journalists in Dangerous Situations that took place on January 22-23 2012 in Doha, Qatar,

OP 1 Reaffirms the rights contained in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, in particular Article 19 which states that (1) Everyone shall have the right to hold opinions without interference; (2) Everyone shall have the right to freedom of expression; this right shall include freedom to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers, either orally, in writing or in print, in the form of art, or through any other media of his choice; (3) The exercise of the rights provided for in paragraph 2 of this article carries with it special duties and responsibilities. It may therefore be subject to certain restrictions, but these shall only be such as are provided by law and are necessary: (a) For respect of the rights or reputations of others; (b) For the protection of national security or of public order (ordre public), or of public health or morals;

OP 2 Takes note of the reports of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, presented at the twentieth session of the Human Rights Council, and the interactive dialogue thereon;

OP 3 Expresses its concern that violations of the right to freedom of opinion and expression continue to occur, including increased attacks against, and killings of, journalists and media workers, and stressing the need to ensure greater protection for all media professionals and for journalistic sources;

OP 4 Condemns in the strongest term all attacks and violence against journalists, such as torture, extrajudicial killings, enforced disappearances and arbitrary detention, as well as intimidation and harassment;

OP 5 Also expresses its concern that there is a growing threat to the safety of journalists posed by non-state actors, including terrorist groups and criminal organizations;

OP 6 Calls on all parties to armed conflict to respect their obligations under international human rights law and international humanitarian law, including their obligations under the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949 and, where applicable, the Additional Protocols thereto of 8 June 1977, the provisions of which extend protection to journalists in situations of armed conflict, and to allow, within the framework of applicable rules and procedures, media access and coverage, as appropriate, in situations of international and non-international armed conflict;

OP 7 Also expresses its concern that attacks against journalists often occur with impunity, and calls upon States to ensure accountability through the conduct of impartial, speedy and effective investigations into such acts falling within their jurisdiction, and to bring to justice those responsible, as well as to ensure that victims have access to appropriate remedies;

OP 8 Calls upon States to promote a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without undue interference including through (i) legislative measures, (ii) awareness-raising among the judiciary, law enforcement officers and military personnel as well as journalists and civil society regarding international human rights and humanitarian law obligations and commitments relating to the safety of journalists, (iii) monitoring and reporting of attacks against journalists (iv) publicly condemning, as well as, (v) dedicating necessary resources to investigate and prosecute such attacks;

OP 9 Encourages States to put in place voluntary protection programs for journalists, based on local needs and challenges, including protection measures taking into account individual circumstances of the persons at risk, as well as, where applicable, good practices from different countries;

OP 10 Invites relevant special procedures of the Council, as appropriate, in the framework of their mandates, to continue to address the relevant aspects of the safety of journalists in their work;

OP 11 Stresses the need to ensure better cooperation and coordination at the international level on the safety of journalists, including with regional organizations, and invites UN agencies, funds and programs, other international and regional organizations, Member States and all relevant stakeholders, when applicable and in the scope of their mandates, to further cooperate in the implementation of the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists and the Issue of Impunity elaborated by UNESCO and endorsed by the UN Chief Executives Board;

OP 12 Requests the Office of the High Commissioner in collaboration with the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, to prepare, working in consultation with States and other relevant stakeholders, a compilation of good practices regarding the protection of journalists, the prevention of attacks, and the fight against impunity for attacks committed against journalists and to present the compilation in a report to the Council at its 24th session.

END

***24.09.2012. ORAL STATEMENT DELIVERED BY THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL - PEC calls the Council’s members for the adoption by consensus of resolution L.6 on safety of journalists

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
20th session

Item 8 - Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action
General debate

Madame President,

As of today, 107 journalists have been killed in 2012, the equivalent of the total number of media workers killed in 2011.
At the beginning of September, the Press Emblem Campaign was part of the delegation that met, in New York, the President of the General Assembly to discuss the outcome of the International Conference to protect journalists in dangerous situations held in Doha last January. A document that the President of the General Assembly sent to all Permanent Representatives and Permanent Observers in New York.

During the private discussion and the press conference that followed the meeting two essential points were highlighted: the necessity to fight impunity and the need to guarantee remedies for the victims and their families.
Mr. Nestor Burgos Jr., Chair of the National Union of Journalists of the Philippines was also part of the delegation. He presented a petition from the families of the 32 journalists killed in the Ampatuan massacre in 2009 asking the General Assembly to assist in achieving justice and expediting the prosecution and conviction of those involved in the massacre.
In fact, knowing that in more than 90% of the cases of killings of journalists the responsible are not convicted, it must be inferred that today no existing mechanism is able to effectively combat impunity and thus ensure the protection to journalists that the World Conference on Human Rights called for in par. 39 of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action.

The PEC welcomes that initiative taken by Austria and the core group for the safety of journalists and sees the adoption of draft resolution L.6 as a step forward for enhancing the protection of journalists. The PEC calls the Council’s members for the adoption by consensus of L.6.

I thank you, Madame President.
24th September 2012

***17.09.2012. TURKEY. ORAL STATEMENT DELIVERED BY THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
21st session

Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
General debate

Madame President,

In his last report[1] to the 20th session of the Human Rights Council, Mr. La Rue, Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, highlighted the fact that journalists are not only facing threat to their physical integrity, they also have to face what he called the criminalization of the expression. He stressed that « Ensuring that journalists can effectively carry out their work means not only preventing attacks against journalists and prosecuting those responsible, but also creating an environment where independent, free and pluralistic media can flourish and journalists are not placed at risk of imprisonment. »

In this context, while recognizing the genuine commitment of Turkey in this Council for the promotion of the freedom of association and peaceful assembly as well as for the safety of journalists, the PEC expresses its deepest concern about the arrest of dozen of journalists charged under the Turkish anti-terror law.

The Commission on Human Rights, in its resolution 2003/42 on the right to freedom of opinion and expression, adopted without a vote, « mindful of the need to ensure that unjustified invocation of national security, including counter-terrorism, to restrict the right to freedom of expression and information does not take place », urged States « to refrain from using counter-terrorism as a pretext to restrict the right to freedom of expression in ways which are contrary to their obligations under international law; »

While respecting the principle of the independence of the judiciary, the PEC is very much concerned by the poor respect that is done to the rights of the defendants and of the defense, as well as by the relocation of the current trial.

The PEC calls on the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression and the Special Rapporteur on the independence of judges and lawyer to closely follow the proceedings of this very particular trial.

I thank you, Madame President.

[1] A/HRC/20/17 (p.14)

***17.09.2012. SYRIA. ORAL STATEMENT DELIVERED BY THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
21st session

Item 4 - Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

Report of the Independent international commission of inquiry on the situation in the
Syrian Arab Republic (A/HRC/21/50)

Madame President,

Like in other war fields, in the Syrian Arab Republic too, journalists and media workers have paid
a very high price to keep the public informed about the ongoing confrontations between the forces
loyal to the ruling power and those opposing to it. Both, local and international media workers are
constantly under pressure, experiencing harassment, kidnapping and, too often, they are killed.

As of today, in 2012 only, more than 30 media workers have been killed in the Syrian Arab
Republic, 30 of them were journalists. A new and worrisome phenomenon has appeared: the
kidnapping.

As mentioned by the Independent international commission of inquiry in the Annex VI of the
report presented to the Council, media workers have become a target even for the opposition forces.
Press Emblem Campaign has listed the acts perpetrated by these forces against media workers in
the written statement published under symbol NGO/54. During the month of August, opposition
armed forces carried out a series of attacks on media workers, including the bombing of the
headquarters of the official Syrian radio and television in Damascus and the assassination of Ali
Abbas, head of the Interior in the Syrian Arab News Agency (SANA), at his home.

During the last two months, many foreign journalists took huge risks to report on the atrocities
committed by the governmental forces in Aleppo. The PEC honors their courage, in particular the
memory of the Japanese journalist Mika Yamamoto killed in Aleppo by gunfire on 20 August.
Yamamoto worked for the Japan Press and was an experienced journalist who covered after 2001
the war in Afghanistan and the 2003 US invasion of Iraq as special correspondent for NTV. Other
foreign journalists are still kidnapped, and we have no news of their fate, others were injured.

Once again, the PEC strongly condemns the use of technological means to locate and attempt on
the physical integrity of journalists. The PEC also condemns any interference, pressure on or
attempts to control the work of journalists, being this done by the governmental authorities or the
anti-governmental forces.

The PEC calls on the IICI to dedicate a section in his next report to the violence against media
workers and the measures taken by the various parties to the conflict to protect them and to ensure
that perpetrators are prosecuted and convicted.

I thank you, Madame President.

***12.09.2012. Journalists killed in a record number - the PEC welcomes a high-level meeting  in New York to enhance the protection of journalists (Arabic below, see for press reports on page PRESS)

The President of the General Assembly, H.E. Mr. Nasser Abdulaziz Al-Nasser (second from right) met with a delegation led by the National Human Rights Committee (NHRC) of Qatar with the participation of the PEC representative to the UN Gianfranco Fattorini (first from right). During a press briefing by the delegation, the President of the General Assembly stated that crimes committed against journalists in war or conflict zones is unacceptable. He further deplored all forms of attacks, unlawful persecution or killing of journalists. President Al-Nasser encouraged all Member States, civil society actors and members of the media to endorse the recommendations of the Doha conference.  

Geneva/New York (PEC, September 12, 2012) The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomed the high-level meeting of media organizations with the President of the General Assembly Ambassador  Nasser Abdulaziz Al-Nasser of Qatar.

This meeting which was held on 7 September at the UN in New York is timely as the number of journalists killed this year has increased dramatically, 95 since January. 
 
General Assembly President Nassir Abdulaziz Al-Nasser at a news conference following the meeting stressed that "it is unacceptable that journalists are being murdered every year but the killers often go free”. He added, “I strongly support the efforts of the Committee (this committee was established in Doha) and encourage all peace-loving member states, civil society actors and the media sector to support endeavors leading to the endorsement of the recommendations of the Doha conference”. 

General Assembly President Nassir Abdulaziz Al-Nasser condemned all violations of international law targeting journalists and highlighted that journalists "go to great lengths to keep us informed, end up being attacked, jailed, brutalized or even killed." He further stated that "as President of the General assembly, I reject all forms of attacks, unlawful persecution or killing of journalists whether they are working with new or traditional media." 

The recommendations, resulting from the Doha Conference were distributed by President  Al-Nasser to all Permanent representatives and Permanent Observers to the UN in New York. They request the United Nations to develop new binding tools for States, to accept a standing obligation to protect journalists, to adopt reforms to its mechanisms and procedures such as through regional security organizations, to expand the mandates of Special Rapporteurs and relevant bodies, develop further monitoring, intrusive inspections and mandatory sanctions and finally create a unit to follow up media cases. 

This important initiative to bring forward the global issue of the protection of journalists to the General Assembly led by the National Human Rights Committee of Qatar was upheld by the following participants in the New York meeting: a delegation from the International Federation of Journalists (IFJ) which included  its president Jim Boumelha, Omar Faruk, President of the Federation of African Journalists (FAJ), Celso Schroder, President of the Federación de Periodistas de América Latina y el Caribe (Fepalc), Nestor Burgos Jr , chair of the National Union of Journalists of the Philippines; Makram Mohamed Ahmad,  Secretary General of the Federation of Arab Journalists; Gianfranco Fattorini representing the Geneva-based Press Emblem Campaign; and Ali Bin Samikh Al-Marri, Chair of the Qatar National Human Rights Committee. 

Members of the IFJ confirmed the plight of journalists and noted the deteriorating situation for journalists in Somalia where nine journalists have been murdered this year, making it the most dangerous country for journalists after Syria. Another member of the delegation highlighted the press fatalities in Mexico which remain among the highest in the world. Nestor Burgos, chairman of the National Union of Journalists of the Philippines (NUJP) handed a letter to Mr. Nasser asking for help in expediting the prosecution and conviction of those involved in the Ampatuan massacre in Maguindanao province of 57 people, including 32 media workers in 2009.

PEC representative Gianfranco Fattorini explained the need for a new legal instrument that would combat impunity with special mechanisms and guarantees family rights of media victims. 
 
The PEC welcomes the forthcoming visit of Dr. Al-Marri, President of the Qatari National Human Rights Committee to Geneva next November, and looks forward to continue discussions with Qatar and other States on a new instrument to protect journalists. 

Meanwhile the PEC hailed the diplomatic efforts led by Austria at the Human Rights Council to adopt before the end of the 21st session a resolution on the protection of journalists. 

The PEC is hopeful that the common efforts of Member States at the General Assembly in New York and at the Human Rights Council in Geneva will succeed in diminishing the heavy death toll among journalists. Since January, a record number of journalists have been killed, 95, among them at least 30 in Syria.  

 
ارتفاع غير مسبوق لعدد القتلى من الصحفيين-حملة الشارة ترحب باجتماع عال المستوى لحماية الصحفيين في نيويورك

جنيف-نيويورك-القاهرة (حملة الشارة – 12 سبتمبر) – رحبت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفيين باجتماع عال المستوى عقد في نيويورك بالأمم المتحدة مع رئيس الجمعية العامة للأمم المتحدة سفير دولة قطر ناصر عبد العزيز الناصر في 7 سبتمبر الحالي. 

و قد جاء هذا الاجتماع في توقيت مهم مع ارتفاع غير مسبوق في عدد الصحفيين الذين يقتلون خلال اداء عملهم، 95 منذ يناير 2012 من بينهم 30 على الأقل في سوريا.   

و أكد رئيس الجمعية العامة للأمم المتحدة سفير دولة قطر ناصر عبد العزيز الناصر، في مؤتمر صحفي في اعقاب الاجتماع، أنه من غير المقبول مقتل الصحفيين سنويا دون معاقبة القتلى، مشيراً إلى دعمه القوي للجنة التي تشكلت في قطر في يناير الماضي.

و حث رئيس الجمعية العامة للأمم المتحدة سفير دولة قطر ناصر عبد العزيز الناصر كافة دول العالم المحبة للسلام و المجتمع المدني و قطاع الاعلام بدعم هذا المجهود الذي يؤدي إلى تبني توصيات يناير لمؤتمر الدوحة لحماية الصحفيين في الحالات الخطرة. 

و أدان كل الانتهاكات للقانون الدولي التي تستهدف الصحفيين و مشيراً إلى أن الصحفيين يعانون كثيراً لتوصيل المعلومات الصحيحة إلى الجمهور الواسع و في المقابل يقتلون و يعتقلون و يضطهدون.

و أكد أنه  كرئيس للجمعية العامة فإنني أرفض كل أنواع الهجمات و الاضطهاد غير القانوني أو القتل للصحفيين سواء الذين يعملون مع الاعلام التقليدي أو الإعلام الجديد.

فيما أكدت توصيات مؤتمر الدوحة التي نقلها رئيس الجمعية العامة إلى الدول اعضاء الأمم المتحدة منها مطالبة الأمم المتحدة بتطوير وسائل جديدة لحماية الصحفيين و العمل دائماً على حماية الصحفيين و عملهم.  

و كانت المبادرة بهذا الاجتماع المهم مقدمة من اللجنة الوطنية لحقوق الانسان في دولة قطر و حضر الاجتماع وفد من اتحاد الصحفيين الدولي و سكرتير عام اتحاد الصحفيين العرب و حملة الشارة و رئيس اللجنة الوطنية لحقوق الانسان الدكتور علي بن صميخ المري رئيس اللجنة الوطنية لحقوق الإنسان بدولة قطر.

  و أكد أعضاء وفد الاتحاد الدولي للصحفيين على تدهور الوضع بالنسبة لحماية الصحفيين و أن الصومال على سبيل المثال و ليس الحصر أصيحت أسوأ مكان للعمل الصحفي بعد سوريا حيث قتل هناك 9 صحفيين في العام الحالي. و قدم عضو أخر في الوفد أن القتلى من الصحفيين في المكسيك من أعلى المعدلات في العالم. فيما اكد رئيس الاتحاد الوطني للصحفيين في الفلبين نستور بورجس خطاباً إلى رئيس الجمعية العامة للأمم المتحدة مطالباً فيه التدخل لتحقيق القصاص

لمقتل 57 شخصاً في مجزرة ماجويندانو منهم 32 صحفياً في 2009.    

و طالب ممثل حملة الشارة جيانفرانكو فاتورني الذي حظر الاجتماع و المؤتمر الصحفي بضرورة التوصل إلى وثيقة قانونية جديدة تكافح عدم تقديم مرتكبي الجرائم ضد الصحفيين إلى العدالة و ضمان حقوق اسر الضحايا من الصحفيين.

و ترحب حملة الشارة الدولية بزيارة الدكتور علي بن صميخ المري رئيس اللجنة الوطنية لحقوق الإنسان بدولة قطر لجنيف في نوفمبر القادم و تتطلع إلى استمرار المشاورات معه و مع دول أخرى من اجل بلورة وثيقة دولية جديدة لحماية الصحفيين.  
 
  كما تشيد حملة الشارة بالجهود الديبلوماسية من قبل النمسا في مجلس حقوق الانسان حيث تعمل على تبني قرار في ختام الدورة الـ 21 لمجلس حقوق الانسان من اجل حماية الصحفيين. 

و تأمل حملة الشارة الدولية في أن تتبلور جهود الدول اعضاء الأمم المتحدة على مستوى الجمعية العامة و في مجلس حقوق الانسان في جنيف لحماية اكبر للصحفيين.  

لمزيد من المعلومات 
 

***01.09.2012. " Impunity as an engine of journalists’ killings "- PEC written Statement for the 21st Session of the United Nations Human Rights Council

Introduction

As of 25 August 2012, according to Press Emblem Campaign records, 92 journalists have been killed in 2012. This figure is to be compared with the 67 registered for the same period in 2011: an increase of 37%.

The greatest number of them was murdered in countries experiencing internal strife, a situation of armed confrontation with a particular group or an internal conflict. For instance, among the most dangerous countries for journalists, besides the Syrian Arab Republic counting 29 assassinations, may be mentioned:

- Mexico where the Government is facing an armed confrontation with local mafia (10 journalists killed)

- Somalia where the Government is facing different political armed groups (9 killed)

- Brazil where the Government is facing an armed confrontation with local mafia (7 killed)

- Pakistan where the Government is facing different political armed groups (6)

- Philippines where the Government is facing different political armed groups (4)

- Nigeria where the Government is facing different political armed groups (3)

- Afghanistan where the Government is facing different political armed groups (2)

- Iraq where the Government is facing different political armed groups (2)

It is definitely impossible to argue that the majority of journalists killed around the world are victims in time of peace. Following the murders, the greatest concerning aspect is that far too few of them had led to the opening of a in-depth investigation by the national judicial authorities.

As highlighted by the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions in his report presented at the 20th session of the Human Rights Council1: “« The most extreme form of censorship is to kill a journalist. The killing not only silences the voice of the particular journalist, but also intimidates other journalists and the public in general. The free flow of ideas and information is replaced by the silent warning of the grave. »

He further argued that: « Journalists deserve special concern … because the social role they play is so important. ... Violence against a journalist is not only an attack on one particular victim, but on all members of the society. »

When the killing of a journalist (professional or non-professional) is not pursued by the national judiciary, an international mechanism, with investigative power should be operable.

The conflict in the Syrian Arab Republic

Since the beginning of the internal armed conflict, more than 30 journalists or media workers have been killed. Significantly, in 2012, 29 (almost 1/3) out of the total of the 92 journalists murdered, have been killed in the Syrian Arab Republic. Both parties to the conflict, the governmental forces and the anti-Government armed groups, are responsible of targeted attacks against journalists (professional and non-professional).

In the recent weeks media workers seems to become hostages of the propaganda of the various parties to the conflict and a new and worrisome phenomenon has appeared: kidnapping. Media workers of the State or pro-governmental Medias seem to have become a target of the anti-governmental forces.

On Saturday 4th August, the anti-governmental forces attacked the State television building in Aleppo.

On Monday 6th August, the headquarters of the official Syrian radio and television in Damascus was subject of a bomb for the second time this year.

On Friday 10th August, a Syrian TV news crew was kidnapped while covering clashes between the Syrian army and armed groups in the suburbs of Damascus. Reporter Yarah Saleh, cameraman Abboud Tabarah, his assistant Hatem Abu Yehiah and driver Housam Imad were accompanying an army unit when armed men attacked the army vehicle and kidnapped the crew.

On Saturday 11th August, Ali Abbas, head of the Interior in the Syrian Arab News Agency (SANA), was assassinated at his home.

Recommendations

The PEC strongly condemns all attacks against Syrian and foreign journalists either by Government or anti-governmental forces and joins the call launched by the Syrian Journalists Association for an international investigation in the killing of journalists.

The PEC welcomes the decision of the Independent International Commission of Inquiry (IICI) to apply international humanitarian law, which is presently the only set of rules that protect journalists in situation of conflict. The PEC calls on the IICI to update the Council on violence against journalists and the measures taken by the various parties to the conflict to protect them and to ensure that perpetrators are prosecuted and convicted.

The International Humanitarian Law provides protection to journalists as a civilian, but this means that once the media worker is under physical protection, he cannot anymore be free of his moves and fully accomplish his mission. In addition, the International Humanitarian Law offers a very little space for combating impunity, considering that one has to access to the International Criminal Court in order to obtain an investigation into the case.

The PEC invites UN member States to consider the adoption of an international binding instrument for the protection of journalists which will allow combating effectively and efficiently the impunity that is prevailing today towards the psychological and physical damage suffered by journalists in situation of conflict or civil unrests.

The Press Emblem Campaign recommends to the Human Right Council to establish a specific thematic special procedure for the protection of journalists.

1 A/HRC/20/22

***21.08.2012. PEC statement. PEC horrified by killing of Japanese journalist in Syria (English, Arabic)

This picture, released on Aug. 21, 2012, by the Yamamoto family at their home in Tsuru, Yamanashi Prefecture, shows Mika Yamamoto and her father Koji Yamamoto. Mika Yamamoto was killed in the north Syrian city of Aleppo. She was an experienced journalist and covered the war in Afghanistan and Iraq (Jiji Press/AFP/Getty)


Geneva, 21 August (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is horrified at the brutal killing of Japanese journalist Mika Yamamoto in Aleppo Syria. Yamamoto worked for the Japan Press, an independent TV news
provider that specializes in conflict zone coverages. Yamamoto was hit by gunfire while covering the Syrian conflict, she was traveling with the Free Syrian Army, who is fighting to overthrow the Assad regime.

Yamamoto covered the war in Afghanistan after 2001 and the 2003 US invasion of Iraq from Baghdad as special correspondent for NTV.

Captain Ahmad Ghazali from the Free Syrian Army expressed hope that the journalists' death would encourage international action. "I hope that countries that have not been moved by Syrian blood will be moved by the
blood of their people," he stressed.

Yamamoto's father described his daughter as a journalist who always stood against those with power and thought of the weak. "She cared about people", he said.

The death of the Japanese journalist steps up the number of journalists killed in Syria to 29 while covering the ongoing conflict since January.

Two other journalists from Al-Hurra TV were captures by government forces in Aleppo.

The PEC condemns strongly the killing of Yamamoto and the abduction of journalists in Syria and calls upon the international community to act.

حملة الشارة روعت من مقتل الصحفية اليابانية في سوريا

جنيف-القاهرة 23 أغسطس (حملة الشارة) – روعت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي من مقتل الصحفية اليابانية ميكا ياماماتو في حلب بسوريا و هي تقوم بتغطية النزاع المسلح بسوريا حيث كانت تعمل مع هيئة اخبارية مستقلة تتخصص في تغطية النزاعات المسلحة. و قتلت ياماماتو اثناء مرافقته للجيش السوري الحر في عمليات حلب التي تعدف إلى إنهاء حكم الأسد.

و صرح أحمد غزالي من الجيش السوري الحر أنه يأمل أن يحرك مقتل الصحفية اليابانية التحرك الدولي فإذا لم تتأثر الدول بنهر الدم السوري فربما تتأثر الآن بمقتل ذويهم. 

وصف والد ياماماتو ابنته بأنها كانت تقف دائماً ضد الطغاة و شغلها دائماً الضعيف. 

في النصف الأول من هذا الشهر قتل حاتم أبو يحي الصحفي بقناة الاخبارية الموالية للحكم في سوريا.

طبقاً للأنباء الواردة من سوريا فقد تم اعتقال صحفيين من تليفزيون الحرة بواسطة قوات حكومية في حلب.

طبقاً للأرقام التي رصدتها حملة الشارة فإن عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا في سوريا خلال تغطية نزاعها المسلح بلغ 29.  

تدين حملة الشارة و بشدة قتل الصحفيين في وسوريا و اعتقالهم و تطالب المجتمع الدولي بالتحرك المناسب لوقف هذه الجرائم ضد الصحفيين. النهاية

***15.08.2012. PEC statement - PEC condemns all attacks against media in Syria (Arabic below)

Geneva, August 15 (PEC) -- The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) calls on all warring parties in Syria to protect the lives of journalists and to spare them from attacks and kidnapping, and calls for the immediate release of all abducted journalists. According to the PEC data base, at least 25 journalists were killed since January in Syria. Syria has become as dangerous for media workers as  Iraq during the period between  2003 to 2006.
 
The PEC condemns all attacks against Syrian and foreign journalists either by government or anti-government forces. Recent attacks shows that the conflict has further deteriorated in a civil war of a number of parties with many uncontrolled factions and a new phenomenon: kidnapping.  

Ali Abbas, head of the Interior in the Syrian Arab News Agency (SANA), was assassinated at his home last Saturday.

Pan-Arab satellite news channel Al-Arabiya television said that Bara'a Yusuf al-Bushi, a Syrian national and army defector who worked with the station and several other international news organizations, was killed in a bomb attack while covering a story in al-Tal.

The PEC is also gravely concerned by the fate of a Syrian TV news crew kidnapped while covering clashes between the Syrian army and armed groups in the suburbs of Damascus. Reporter Yarah Saleh, cameraman Abboud Tabarah, his assistant Hatem Abu Yehiah and driver Housam Imad were accompanying an army unit when armed men attacked the army vehicle and kidnapped the crew.

Media installations are civilian buildings and must not be attacked, said the PEC. Last week a bomb exploded in the Syrian state television building and lead to the injury of several employees.

Al Alam representative in Homs and another journalist in the city of Aleppo were also kidnapped in recent days.

According to the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights (SOHR), and the Islamist group al-Nosra which claimed to have kidnapped him, the state TV presenter Mohammad Sayeed who was abducted from his Damascus home on 19 July, had been killed.

At least 8 foreign journalists were wounded in Aleppo when witnessing the fighting in the city last month.

Ongoing tragic events in Syria take place ahead of contacts in the UN General Assembly in New York and at the Human Rights Council in Geneva to find ways and means to improve the protection of journalists in dangerous situations.

The PEC expresses it's hope that those efforts will unfold quickly in concrete steps to protect journalists.

The perpetrators of the ongoing attacks must not go unpunished.

more info on our page: PRESS

حملة الشارة تدين الاعتداءات ضد الصحفيين في سوريا

جنيف ١٥ اغسطس (حملة الشارة) -- طالبت حملة الشارة الدولية لحماية الصحفي و مقرها جنيف كل الأطراف المتحاربة في سوريا بوقف الاعتداءات ضد الصحفيين و عدم التعرض لهم في هجمات تؤدي الى اختطافهم و تطالب بالإفراج الفوري عن كافة المختطفين من الصحفيين.

و طبقاً لمراقبة الحملة للأحداث الدموية في سوريا فان ٢٥ صحفيا و صحفية قد قتلوا في سوريا منذ يناير. فأصبحت سوريا من اكثر المناطق خطورة للعمل الصحفي بما يشبه الوضع الخطر في العراق في الفترة من ٢٠٠٣ إلى ٢٠٠٦.

و قالت الحملة الدولية، في بيانها اليوم، أنها تدين كل الهجمات ضد كل الصحفيين بما فيهم الصحفيين الأجانب. و اظهرت الهجمات الاخيرة ضد الصحفيين أن النزاع يتجه إلى حرب أهلية من قبل اطراف تقاوم النظام الحالي في سوريا.

من بين الأعداد الكبيرة من الضحايا من الصحفيين الحكوميين و غير الحكوميين فقد قتل مسئول كبير في وكالة الأنباء السورية (سانا) يوم السبت الماضي في منزله.

و قتل اخر يعمل مع قناة العربية في انفجار قنبلة، و اختفى فريق التليفزيون السوري الذي خلال تغطية أحداث القتال في ضواحي دمشق.

و تطالب الحملة الدولية بعدم تعريض المنشئات الإعلامية و الصحفية للقصف بعدما انفجرت قنبلة في مبنى التليفزيون السوري و أدى ذلك الى إصابة العديد من الاشخاص.

و طبقا للأنباء الواردة فقد تم اختطاف ممثل العالم في حمص و صحفي اخر في حلب و تمت عمليتي الاختطاف من منزلهما.

و ذكرت الجهة التي أعلنت مسؤوليتها عن الاختطاف -جماعة النصرة- ان مذيع التليفزيون السوري محمد سعيد الذي اختطف من منزله في دمشق يوم ١٩ يوليو، قد قتل.

كما أصيب ثمانية من الصحفيين الأجانب و هم يغطون أحداث القتال في حلب في الشهر الماضي.

و تأتي هذه الاحداث الدموية في سوريا قبيل اتصالات تجري على صعيد الجمعية العامة في نيويورك في مطلع شهر سبتمبر القادم و في مجلس حقوق الانسان من اجل توفير حماية افضل للصحفيين في الحالات الخطرة.

و تعرب الحملة الدولية عن أملها في ان تسفر هذه الجهود عن خطوات ملموسة قريبا لحماية الصحفيين .

اكدت الحملة الدولية أن التدابير الدولية المقبلة لحماية الصحفيين يجب أن تنص على أن مرتكبي هذه الجرائم ضد الصحفيين يجب ألا يفلتوا من المحاكمة و العقاب. (النهاية).  

***16.07.2012. THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) PRAISED THE EFFORTS THAT LED TO THE RELEASE OF THE DETAINED EGYPTIAN JOURNALIST SHAIMAA ADEL IN SUDAN

The egyptian journalist here at the iconic Libyan activist Omar al-Mokhtar’s memorial in Libya while covering the 2011 uprising in the country. Shaimaa Adel was detained two weeks in Khartoum while covering the unrest in Sudan.

Cairo (PEC, July 16) The President of the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) Hedayat Abdelnabi praised the efforts of Egyptian President Mohammed Morsi that led to the release of the detained Egyptian journalist Shaimaa Adel in Khartoum, Sudan.

She added in a press statement today delivered in Cairo that the decision of the President to escort Shaimaa to Cairo on board of the presidential airliner underlines the president’s respect for the media and its role, also his respect for the Egyptians.

By so doing, Abdelnabi said he placed Shaimaa in the same category of leading members of the Egyptian state.

The safe return of Shaimaa with the President of Egypt, she said, opens a new chapter in relations between the media and the state placing the media in its well-deserved place.

She also praised the silent and effective diplomacy played by the Chair of the Syndicate of journalists Mamdouh El Wali who worked in silence without responding to critics. 

Egyptian journalist Shaimaa Adel, freed from a Sudan jail earlier Monday, arrived in Addis Ababa the same morning, and was received by President Mohamed Morsi, and took breakfast with him, chatting amicably during the meeting.

The freed journalist arrived in Ethiopia aboard a private jet which took her from Khartoum in the Sudan, after Sudanese President Omar Al-Bashir decided to release her following talks yesterday with President Mohamed Morsi on the sidelines of the African summit.

Sudanese and foreign journalists targeted

Adel covered the protests that erupted in the Arab World, first for Al-Masry Al-Youm then for Al-Watan newspaper.

She was arrested for covering the wave of protests which started in Sudan last month. The protests which had started on June 16 in Khartoum University were sparked by the austerity measures announced by the government.

They then spread over the next few days to other parts of the country and the demands grew to reach calls for the ouster of General Omar Hassan Al-Bashir who has been ruling the country since 1989.

The protests were met with a violent security crackdown which targeted Sudanese and foreign journalists.

The arrest of Egyptian journalist Shaimaa Adel in Sudan makes her the second Egyptian journalist to be arrested while covering the most recent wave of protests in the country.

Last June, Salma Al-Wardany, who worked for Bloomberg news service, was also arrested in Sudan. After her release, she was deported from Sudan.

***03.07.2012. THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) WELCOMES AS A STEP FORWARD THE JOINT STATEMENT DELIVERED BY AUSTRIA ON BEHALF OF A GROUP OF 56 STATES AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON SAFETY OF JOURNALISTS

FYI, on the occasion of the General debate on Item 8 of the HRC agenda - Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action – Austria made a statement on behalf of a cross-regional group of 57 States in which they strongly condemned all human rights violations against journalists and stressed that more needs to be done to prevent future human rights violations against journalists. The 56 highlighted the need for swift and independent investigations in accordance with international standards into any allegations of violations. Although they asserted that, at this moment, there is no need for the development of new standards or mechanisms, they affirmed their commitment for the strengthening of the existing ones. This initiative, which follows the PEC statements made at the 19th session and the 20th session of the HRC, offers an opportunity to keep the issue of the protection of journalists on the table of the Human Rights Council (PEC)

Statement delivered by the Austrian Ambassador to the UN:

Item 8 – General Debate

Joint Statement on the Safety of Journalists

"Md. President,

I have the honor to address the Human Rights Council on behalf of:

Algeria, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Congo, Denmark, Djibouti, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Guatemala, Honduras, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lichtenstein, Lithuania, Luxemburg, Maldives, Mexico, Montenegro, Morocco, Netherlands, Nigeria, Norway, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Republic of Korea, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Serbia, Slovenia, Slovakia, Spain, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Tunisia, Turkey, United Kingdom, Uruguay

Md. President,

Journalists play a special role in society as providers of information on matters of public interest. To preserve the important role of journalists is in the interest of the society as a whole. To guarantee their safety is inextricably linked to the universal, inalienable right to freedom of expression and press freedom. Measures to limit the freedom of expression and press freedom can only be taken in strict accordance with human rights instruments.

Journalists are entitled to the same rights as any other person. Nevertheless, the exercise of their work often puts them at specific risk of intimidation, legal and physical harassment and violence. This requires our attention. We strongly condemn all human rights violations against journalists. We welcome, in this respect, the specific focus taken by two Special Rapporteurs in their reports to this Council session on the issue of safety of journalists.

Each state needs to ensure a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without any interference. This applies in conflict as well as in times of peace. At the same time, this should not be interpreted as imposing any disproportionate burden on the authorities. There is a growing threat to the safety of journalists posed by non-state actors, such as terrorist groups and criminal organizations.

Md. President,

Impunity for those responsible for human rights violations against journalists constitutes one of the biggest obstacles to the safety of journalists. There need to be swift and independent investigations in accordance with international standards into any allegations of violations. Perpetrators must be held accountable. Ending impunity would be a very effective measure to guarantee the safety of journalists in the long term. There are valuable best practices from different countries and regions on how to better address the issue of impunity. There is also an important role of the UN human rights mechanisms to provide technical support and assistance to end impunity.

More needs to be done to prevent future human rights violations against journalists. The sharing of best practices and lessons learned on the safety of journalists, taking into account lessons learned in the area of Human Rights Defenders, as well as training and awareness-raising for security services and journalists themselves can contribute to prevent future violations. At the international level there is a need to ensure better coordination and cooperation. Important work is already being undertaken by UNESCO and the OHCHR, as well as the ICRC in this respect. In addition, existing professional standards and ethics developed by journalists are designed to guide them in their work. To take a gender-based approach is important in the context of the safety of journalists.

Md. President,

In conclusion, we believe that the Human Rights Council has to play an important role in the context of ensuring the safety of journalists. There is at this moment no need for the development of new standards. We have to ensure better implementation of existing ones. There is also no need for new mechanisms. Existing ones have to be strengthened. We are committed to work towards this end.

I thank you!"

***03.07.2012. PEC PRESS RELEASE. PEC reports an increase of 33 percent in the number of journalists killed in 6 months (English, French, Spanish and Arabic versions below)

(For the list of casualties, see our page TICKING CLOCK)

PEC reports an increase of 33 percent in the number of journalists killed in 6 months

Geneva, 2 July 2012 (PEC) – According to the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) report 72  journalists were killed from January to end of June 2012 in 21 countries. This figure represents a 33 percent increase in the number of journalists killed as compared to the same period in 2011.
 
This increase is clearly linked to the intensification of internal conflicts. Countries witnessing conflicts are ahead: Syria with a tally of 20 journalists killed during the reporting period followed by Mexico 8, Somalia 6 and Pakistan 6.

PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen noted that the problem of access to reporting has increased  since the beginning of the year. In Syria, he added, the authorities have managed to block the world from knowing the unfolding events and the massive violations of human rights and humanitarian with independent testimonies on the ground.
 
If this continues, said Lempen, the year 2012 will witness a record high in the number of journalists killed.

The PEC, he said, joins all calls to put an end to the current violence in Syria.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi noted that the road ahead is that for the rule of law which will allow that perpetrators of crimes against journalists will be brought to trial.

In Sudan an Egyptian woman journalist was detained and then released while covering the unrest there, Abdelnabi said that such conduct from authorities in place urges that countries in constitutional transition in the crescent of the Arab Spring include clauses in their new constitution to defend women in dangerous professions against sexual harassment or assault.
   
According to the PEC, Brazil ranks 5th as a country of extreme danger for media coverage where 6 journalists were killed, Honduras follows (4), Philippines (4), Nigeria (3), Bolivia (2) and India (2).  One journalist was killed in each of the following countries: Afghanistan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Colombia, Haiti, Indonesia, Iraq, Nepal, Uganda, Panama and Thailand.

Latin America concentrated the biggest number of casualties (23), then the Middle East (22), Asia (17) and Africa (10)

In comparison 54 journalists were killed in the first 6 months of 2011 and 107 during the course of last year.
 
The PEC is gratified for the publication of two reports in June concerning the global problem for the protection of journalists, one presented by the UN Special Rapporteur for Summary Executions, Christof Heyns, and the other by the UN Special Rapporteur on freedom of expression frank La Rue, both presented to the Human Rights Council.

The Geneva based NOG, PEC, calls upon the Human rights Council to implement the recommendations of both reports.

Hausse de 33% du nombre de journalistes tués en six mois

Genève, 2 juillet 2012 (PEC) Le nombre de journalistes tués a augmenté de près de 33% au cours des six premiers mois de 2012, par rapport à la même période de 2011. Depuis janvier, 72 journalistes ont été tués dans 21 pays, selon le bilan semestriel de la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC).

Cette augmentation est clairement liée à l’intensification de conflits internes. Quatre pays qui connaissent une période de conflit concentrent plus de la moitié des victimes: la Syrie vient en tête avec 20 journalistes professionnels et non professionnels tués en six mois, devant le Mexique (8), la Somalie (6) et le Pakistan (6).

"Le problème de l'accès des médias aux zones de conflit s'est posé à nouveau de manière aigue depuis le début de l'année. En Syrie, les autorités ont tout fait pour empêcher que le monde extérieur soit directement témoin des violations massives du droit humanitaire et des droits de l'homme", a affirmé le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen.

"Si cette tendance se poursuit, l'année 2012 battra un nouveau record dramatique", a-t-il ajouté. La PEC joint sa voix à tous ceux qui exigent un arrêt immédiat des violences en Syrie.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi a appelé au respect de l'Etat de droit et au jugement des responsables des crimes commis contre les journalistes.

Dénonçant le fait qu'au Soudan une journaliste égyptienne ait été détenue, puis libérée lors de la couverture de manifestations dans ce pays, Abdelnabi a affirmé que de tels agissements de la part des autorités doivent pousser les pays en transition dans le cadre du "Printemps arabe" à introduire des dispositions dans leur constitution
sur la défense des femmes contre les attaques de nature sexuelle.

Au 5e rang des pays les plus dangereux se trouve le Brésil (6 tués), devant le Honduras (4) et les Philippines (4). Suit le Nigéria avec 3 tués, la Bolivie (2) et l'Inde (2).

Un journaliste a été tué dans chacun des pays suivants: Afghanistan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Colombie, Haïti, Indonésie, Irak, Népal, Ouganda, Panama et Thaïlande.

Par région, l'Amérique latine arrive en tête avec 23 victimes, devant le Moyen-Orient (22), l'Asie (17) et l'Afrique (10).

Comparativement, selon les mêmes critères, 54 journalistes avaient été tués au cours des six premiers mois de 2011, et 107 sur toute l'année.

La PEC se félicite de la publication en juin par l'ONU de deux rapports sur  la protection des journalistes, l'un du rapporteur pour les exécutions sommaires Christof Heyns et l'autre du rapporteur sur la liberté d'expression Frank La Rue. L'ONG appelle  le Conseil des droits de l'homme à suivre leurs recommandations. 

PEC denuncia un incremento de 33 por ciento de periodistas asesinados en seis meses
 
Ginebra, 2 de julio del 2012 (PEC) – Según el reporte de Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) 72  periodistas fueron asesinados de enero a junio 2012 in 21 países. Este dato representa un incremento del 33 por ciento del número de periodistas víctimas comparado con el mismo período del 2011.


Este aumento es claramente el resultado de la intensificación de los conflictos internos.
Países en conflicto son los que lideran la lista en el lapso indicado: Siria con 20 periodistas asesinados, seguido de México con 8, Somalia 6 y Pakistán también con 6.
 
El Secretario General de PEC Blaise Lempen señala que el problema de acceso a la información ha empeorado desde principios de año. En Siria, las autoridades han llegado a bloquear los acontecimientos y la información a todo el mundo, sobre las violaciones masivas de derechos humanos reportados por testimonios independientes en el terreno.
Si la situación persiste, añadió Lampen, el año 2012 verá un record sin precedentes en el número de periodistas asesinados. Dijo además, que PEC se unía al llamado para poner fin a la violencia en Siria.
 
 La Presidenta de PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi señaló que el camino a seguir es el prescrito en la norma internacional, para llevar a los asesinos de periodistas ante la justicia.
 
En Sudán, una periodista egipcia fue detenida por cuvrir eventos relacionados con la crisis de ese país. Abdelnabi dijo además, que esa conducta de las autoridades urge a que los países en transición política en el contexto de la "primavera árabe", incluyan cláusulas en sus nuevas constituciones para defender a mujeres en profesiones sensibles contra abusos sexuales y asaltos.    

De acuerdo con PEC, Brasil ocupa el quinto lugar como país peligroso para profesionales de medias, con seis periodistas asesinados, Honduras 4, Filipinas 4, Nigeria 3, Bolivia 2, e India 2. Un periodista fue víctima fatal en cada uno de los siguientes países: Afganistán, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Colombia, Haití, Indonesia, Irak, Nepal, Uganda, Panamá, y Tailandia.

 

Latinoamérica concentra el mayor número de víctimas, 23, luego está Oriente Medio con 22, Asia con 17 y Africa 10.
 
En comparación, 54 periodistas fueron asesinados en los primeros 6 meses del 2011 y 107 a lo largo de todo ese año.
 
PEC saluda la publicación de dos reportes en junio concerniendo el problema global sobre la protección de periodistas; uno presentado por el Reportero Especial de las Naciones Unidas para ejecuciones sumarias, Christof Heyns, y el otro, por el Reportero Especial de Naciones Unidas sobre libertad de expresión Frank La Rue, los dos presentados antes el Consejo de Derechos Humanos.
 
PEC, ONG radicada en Ginebra, hace un llamado al Consejo de Derechos Humanos para implementar las recomendaciones de los dos reportes. 

تقرير حملة الشارة: ارتفاع عدد القتلى بين الصحفيين بنسبة 33 بالمائة في ستة أشهر

جنيف 2 يوليو (حملة الشارة) – اعلنت حملة الشارة الدولية أن 72 صحفياً و صحفية قد قتلوا في الأشهر الستة الماضية بزيادة 33 بالمائة عن نفس الفترة من العام الماضي.

و قالت الحملة، في تقريرها الربع سنوي الصادر اليوم، أن ارتفاع عدد القتلى يعود إلى حدة النزاعات الداخلية المسلحة، و سوريا التي تشهد نزاعاً شرساً تأتي في المقدمة بمقتل 20 من الصحفيين تليها المكسيك 8 و الصومال 6 و باكستان 6.

و صرح سكرتير عام الحملة بليز ليمبان أن عملية التغطية الإعلامية قد ازدادت صعوبة في كل النزاعات ففي سوريا على سبيل المثال قامت السلطات السورية بفصل الأحداث عن العالم الخارجي لتغطية الانتهاكات الجسيمة لحقوق الإنسان و القانون الإنساني الدولي. 

و أضاف ليمبان أنه أذا استمر الحال على ما هو عليه فإن هذه السنة سوف تشهد رقماً غير مسبوق في عدد الصحفيين القتلى، مشيراً إلى أن حملة الشارة تضم صوتها إلى الآخرين الذين ينادون بوقف نزيف الدم في سوريا. 

قالت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي أن التحدي أمامنا هو سيادة القانون حتى يمكن تقديم مرتكبي هذه الجرائم ضد الصحفيين إلى العدالة.

و طالبت الدول التي تمر بمرحلة انتقالية نحو كتابة دساتير جديدة في اطار التحول الكبير بسبب ثورات الربيع العربي أن يعملوا على حماية المرأة الصحفية حين تقوم بعملها في مناطق خطره أو في مناطق التوتر الداخلي كما حدث مؤخراً باعتقال صحفية مصرية في أحداث السودان. 

طبقاً لحملة الشارة الدولية فإن البرازيل تأتي في المرتبة الخامسة من حيث خطورة العمل الصحفي بمقتل 6 صحفيين، ثم هندوراس 4، الفلبين 4، نيجيريا 3، بوليفيا 2، و الهند 2.

و قتل صحفي واحد في كل من أفغانستان، البحرين، بنجلاديش، كولومبيا، هايتي، إندونيسيا، العراق، نيبال، أوغندا، بنما، و تايلاند.

تركزت الأرقام الكبرى من الضحايا في أمريكا اللاتينية بمقتل 23 ثم الشرق الأوسط 22، فآسيا 17، فإفريقيا 10. 

و بالمقارنة قتل في العام الماضي 54 صحفياً و صحفية في الأشهر الستة الأولى من العام و 107 بنهاية 2011.

و أعربت حملة الشارة عن رضائها بالتقريرين اللذين قدما إلى مجلس حقوق الإنسان من قبل المقرر الخاص للقتل العشوائي كريستوف هاينز و الأخر للمقرر الخاص حول حرية الرأي و التعبير فرانك لارو و كلاهما يطالبان بتوفير حماية أكبر للصحفيين.

 و من ثم تطالب حملة الشارة مجلس حقوق الإنسان بأخذ التقريرين مأخذ الجد بتطبيق التوصيات الواردة في كل منهما.

لمزيد من التفاصيل حول قائمة الضحايا من الصحفيين قم بزيارة موقع الحملة 

***03.07.2012. Human Rights Council. 20th session. Item 8. PEC oral statement delivered by the PEC UN Representative Gianfranco Fattorini 

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
20th session

Item 8 - Follow-up and implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action

General debate

Madame President,

The World Conference on Human Rights while recommending that priority be given to national and international action to promote democracy, development and human rights, it suggested that a special emphasis should be given to measures, among others, to assist in the strengthening of a pluralistic civil society, the promotion of freedom of expression and to the real and effective participation of the people in the decision-making processes (par. 66 – 67).

Of course, the traditional and new media play an essential role in the dissemination of a pluralistic perception of the reality those giving the possibility of a critical understanding of the events that occur and the challenges the society has to face. This role becomes even more important when a country goes through a troubled period which may lead to internal strife or civil war. An even more important role is played by media during a conflict.

The Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action encouraged the increased involvement of the media, for whom freedom and protection should be guaranteed (par. 39).

We note that the issue here is not to defend a concept, the World Conference called for the physical protection of a specific group of persons working, professionally or not, in a clearly defined activity.

In this context, the PEC does not consider useful to engage in the definition of a new concept like “crime against democracy” which will undoubtedly embark the international community in a never ending philosophical dispute.

The PEC believes that the international community should take the adequate measures to effectively and universally guarantee the freedom and protection of all media workers, professional and non professional, provided they respect some professional principles, like those contained in the Charter of Munich of 1971.

I thank you, Madame President.

3rd July 2012

FYI, Charter of Munich:

Declaration of the journalists' duties and rights

Foreword

The right to information, to freedom of expression and criticism is one of the fundamental rights of all human beings. This right of the public to know the facts and opinions derives from the entire duties and rights of the journalists. The journalists' responsibility towards the public opinion is superior to all other responsibilities, in particular towards their employers and the public authorities.
The informative mission necessarily contains the limits which the journalists impose upon themselves spontaneously. Thus the object of the declaration of the duties is hereby formulated.
These duties can only be respected throughout the journalistic profession if the practical conditions of independence and professional dignity are realized. Thus is the purpose of the declaration of rights which follows.


Declaration of duties

The essential duties of the journalists in the research, writing and commentary of events are:

[1] the respect of the truth, whatever the consequences maybe for himself or herself, within what is allowed to be known by the public following the law;

[2] the defense of the freedom of information, of commentary and of critique;

[3] to only publish information from a known origin or if necessary to join the required reservations; to not remove essential information and to not alter the texts and documents;

[4] to not use unfair methods to obtain information, photos and documents;

[5] to require respect of individuals´ privacy

[6] to modify any information published that is shown to be incorrect

[7] to maintain the professional discretion and not reveal the source of information obtained confidentially;

[8] to forbid oneself of plagiarism, slander, libel, unfounded accusations as well as from receiving any form of advantages due to the publication or suppression of information;

[9] never to confuse the profession of journalist with that of the publicist or propagandist; never to accept direct or indirect orders from advertisers;

[10] to refuse whatever pressure and to only accept editorial directives from the persons in charge of the editing;

All journalists worthy of practicing must make it their duty to strictly follow the principles listed above; recognizing the current laws in force in each country, the journalist, in terms of professional honor, only accepts the jurisdiction of his pairs, with the exception of any governmental interference or other.

Declaration of rights

[1] The journalists claim the free access to all sources of information and the right to inquire freely upon all facts which conditions the public sphere. The secret of public or private affairs can in no case be opposed to the journalist with the occasional exception by virtue of clearly expressed grounds.

[2] The journalist has the right to refuse all subordination which is contrary to the general strategy of his company, following the way this strategy is determined in writing in his work contract, as well as any subordination which is not clearly implicated within this general strategy.
.
[3] The journalist can not be forced to accomplish a professional act or to express an opinion which is contrary to his convictions or his conscience.

[4] The editorial team must be informed of all the important decisions which, by nature, could affect the company’s organization.
The editorial team must be consulted before any definite decision should be taken related to the composition of the editorial office: recruitment, redundancy, transfer and promotion of a journalist.

[5] Considering his function and responsibilities, the journalist has the right not only to benefit from the collective convention, but also to a personal contract which guarantees his material and moral security as well as an income in relation to his social role and sufficient to guarantee his economic independence.

***28.06.2012. Oral Statement delivered by the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) at the 20th session of the Human Rights Council

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
20th session

Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention
General debate

Madame President,

The PEC statistics of professional or non-professional journalists killed in 2012 as of today show that, with 72 victims, there is an increase of almost 50% compared to the number identified last year for the same period. Journalists are particularly targeted in Brazil (6), Mexico (8), Pakistan (6) and Somalia (6), but, of course, Syria is the place where journalists have paid the highest price in terms of lost lives, with 20 victims out of the total 72.

The last abject attack on journalists took place yesterday at the headquarters of the pro-government Syrian TV station Al-Ikhbariya where seven employees were killed, while others were kidnapped.

While welcoming the pledge of the Syrian government to ensure freedom of movement throughout the country and the fact that the Syrian authorities gave visas to 114 journalists, the PEC firmly condemn the intentional and targeted attacks on journalists from any part to the conflict. PEC also deplores the lack of protection offered to the media workers by the Syrian authorities, at least when working in their headquarters.

The PEC is also deeply concerned by the arbitrary arrests and detention, physical attacks and raids of the journalists’ offices by the security personnel of Israel and the Palestinian Authority in the West Bank and the de-facto authorities in Gaza, as described by Mr. La Rue in his report[1].

As stated by Mr. Heyns[2], journalists deserve special concern because the social role they play is so important and an attack on a journalist represents an assault on the foundations of the human rights project and on informed society as a whole. That’s why the Press Emblem Campaign calls on the Council’s members to take a strong and effective initiative for the protection of journalists.

I thank you, Madame President.

28th June 2012
[1] A/HRC/20/17/Add.2 – par. 66[2] A/HRC20/22 – par. 2

***19.06.2012. The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes 2 major UN reports on protection of journalists delivered at the Human Rights Council: Report of the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, Christof Heyns and Report of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, Frank La Rue

From left to right: Christof Heyns, Frank La Rue, Austrian Ambassador Christian Strohal, OSCE Representative on Freedom of the Media Dunja Mijatovic, UNESCO Chief of Section Sylvie Coudray working together for better protection of journalists in Geneva, Palais des Nations, 20 June 2012, 20th session of the Human Rights Council (photo PEC) - see press reports on our page PRESS 

Read below the statement delivered by the PEC at the Human Rights Council

Report of Christof Heyns:

United Nations A/HRC/20/22
General Assembly
Human Rights Council
Twentieth session
Agenda item 3

Summary: Journalists, who play a crucial role in ensuring a society that takes informed decisions, are killed at an alarming rate by State and non-State actors. Others are intimidated into self-censorship. In the present report, the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions investigates the mechanisms that are in place to provide greater protection to the right to life of journalists.
The most immediate problem does not lie with gaps in the international legal framework. The challenge is rather to ensure that the established international framework is fully used, and that its norms are reflected in domestic laws and practices.
The approach should be to elevate the killing of journalists from the local level to the national and international levels. The Special Rapporteur proposes measures aimed at ensuring greater accountability and identifies underutilized entry points at all levels that can be used by journalists at risk.

for English: www.ohchr.org/Documents/HRBodies/HRCouncil/RegularSession/Session20/A-HRC-20-22_en.pdf

for Spanish: www.ohchr.org/Documents/HRBodies/HRCouncil/RegularSession/Session20/A.HRC.20.22.SPA.pdf

for Arabic: www.ohchr.org/Documents/HRBodies/HRCouncil/RegularSession/Session20/A.HRC.20.22.ARA.pdf

Report of Frank La Rue:

United Nations A/HRC/20/17
General Assembly
Human Rights Council
Twentieth session
Agenda item 3

Summary: The present report builds on the previous work of the Special Rapporteur regarding the issue of the protection of journalists and media freedom, and focuses particularly on situations outside of armed conflict. A brief introduction is set out in Chapter I, noting that the majority of human rights violations against journalists take place outside of armed conflict situations. Chapter II provides a brief account of the main activities undertaken by the Special Rapporteur, including communications sent, participation in events, press releases issued and country visits undertaken and requested by the Special Rapporteur. Chapter III examines the challenges faced by journalists in carrying out their work, in particular when covering street protests and demonstrations or reporting on politically sensitive issues, such as human rights violations, environmental issues, corruption, organized crime, drug trafficking, public crises and emergencies. Particular challenges faced by journalists and media organizations when carrying out their work via the Internet is also highlighted. The increasing use of criminal laws to suppress media freedom is also examined, as well as the continuing problem of impunity. Emphasizing that the problem in ensuring the protection of journalists worldwide lies not in the lack of international standards, but in the inability or unwillingness of Governments to take effective measures, the report examines the issue of impunity and ways in which some States have attempted to combat this phenomenon. Chapter IV draws conclusions and provides relevant recommendations for different stakeholders, including States, United Nations agencies, regional actors and civil society.

link for the report in english:
www.ohchr.org/Documents/HRBodies/HRCouncil/RegularSession/Session20/A-HRC-20-17_en.pdf

UN PRESS RELEASE
HR/12/142
21 June 2012

JOURNALISTS SHOULD NOT BE SILENCED, INTIMIDATED, IMPRISONED, TORTURED OR KILLED FOR TELLING “INCONVENIENT” TRUTHS, URGE UN EXPERTS

GENEVA (21 June 2012) – Two United Nations Special Rapporteurs joined forces today to urge world governments, the international community, and journalists and media organisations to act decisively on the protection of
the right to life of journalists and media freedom. “Attacks against journalists are attacks against democracy,” they stressed.

In two reports to the UN Human Rights Council, the Special Rapporteur on freedom of opinion and expression, Frank La Rue, and the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, Christof Heyns, pointed out that there is an unacceptably high number of attacks against journalists and others disseminating news, ranging from arbitrary arrests, torture and killings, to sexual violence against female journalists.

Mr. La Rue made a particular reference in his report to “the continuing repression of journalists and media freedom worldwide, aimed at suppressing information deemed ‘inconvenient’, and increasing restrictions placed on journalists who disseminate information through the Internet.”

“States continue to utilize criminal laws on defamation, national security and counterterrorism to suppress dissent and criticism, including on Government policies, human rights violations and allegations of corruption,” said the Special Rapporteur on freedom of expression. “Such ‘judicial harassment’ generates a climate of fear and encourages
self-censorship.”

“While the death or the plight of foreign journalists in armed conflict situations frequently attracts the attention of the international community,” he added, “it is the local journalists who face daily risks and violations on their rights in situations that have not reach the threshold of armed conflict, but may be characterized by violence,
lawlessness and/or repression.”

The Special Rapporteur on summary executions underscored that impunity is “a major, if not the main, cause” of the high number of journalists killed every year. “The countries where the highest numbers of journalists are
killed are also, almost without exception, those with the highest levels of impunity,” Mr. Heyns said.

“It is hard to imagine a world without journalists. Without their work, humanity would be reduced to silence, and yet a large number are killed every year with almost total impunity,” he stressed, noting that journalists are among the persons who receive the most death threats.

“While the current international legal framework provides the required normative protection of journalists, the main challenge lies in its full implementation and application of international norms in domestic law and practices,” Mr. Heyns noted.

In their reports, the two human rights experts offer specific recommendations to governments and the international community, as well as journalists and media organisations for the prevention of recurrent killings and death threats. Their recommendations deal with material, legal, and policing measures of protection, ranging from public
condemnation of attacks against journalists, support for press freedom by high-level State officials and greater accountability to fight impunity.

ORAL STATEMENT DELIVERED BY THE PEC REPRESENTATIVE GIANFRANCO FATTORINI

Gianfranco Fattorini (photo), PEC Representative at the United Nations, commends both UN Rapporteurs for their report. The PEC welcomes the recommendation contained in paragraph 124 of Mr. Heyns’ report where he invites States and relevant United Nations bodies and agencies, in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, to explore the need for a specific United Nations instrument, for example a declaration, on the safety of journalists. The PEC welcomes a new momentum regarding the issue of protection of journalists at the international level. 

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
20th session

Item 3 -    Promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social
and cultural rights, including the right to development

Report of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression (A/HRC/20/17)

Report of the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions (A/HRC/20/22) 

"Madame President,

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) commends Mr. La Rue and Mr. Heyns for their reports. We found particularly significant that the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions has chosen as a thematic subject of his annual report the protection of the right to life of journalists.

The timely publication of the report of Mr. Heyns allowed the PEC to submit to the attention of the Council a detailed analysis of the Special Rapporteur’s thoughts, which is published in document NGO/45.

Mr. Heyns touches in his report one of the most sensitive issues, namely: the definition of journalists. He refers to the one contained in the recommendation no. R (2000) 7 of the Committee of Ministers of the Council of Europe which the PEC considers as a valuable one when it is complemented by some fundamental elements defining the profession’s rights and duties like those contained in the Münich Charter of 1971.

The PEC also welcomes the recommendation contained in paragraph 124 of Mr. Heyns’ report where he suggests to explore the need for a specific UN instrument: “The Special Rapporteur invites States and relevant United Nations bodies and agencies, in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, to explore the need for a specific United Nations instrument, for example a declaration, on the safety of journalists that would emphasize the recognized obligations of States with regard to the protection of the right to life and safety of journalists…”

Indeed the PEC shares the main concerns expressed by both Special Rapporteurs, notably when it comes to the psychological or physical threat on journalists. In fact, the biggest challenge when one wants to ensure the protection of journalists is impunity. Of course, the primary responsibility of protecting journalists, fully investigating each case and prosecuting those responsible lies with States, on the other hand, the root causes of impunity is due to lack of political will of the same States, which can have different reasons and take many forms as rightly pointed out by Mr. La Rue.

In order to combat impunity, one needs to rely on a mechanism ensuring accountability. In reality, none of the existing mechanisms for the protection of the right to life of journalists can be considered, neither satisfactory, nor universal. Most of the mechanisms presented in the reports have no judicial character at all and therefore can only be seen as good practices. The existing mechanisms at regional or sub-regional levels do not have the means to conduct immediate and independent investigations, this precluding them to effectively combat impunity.

The PEC believes that journalists should be allowed to cover any event without being targeted by any participant in an internal or international conflict. Acknowledging that 90% of the cases of murder of journalists are not investigated, the PEC firmly believes that there is a gap in the international legal framework and that a new set of international binding rules has to be adopted and implemented by a specific mechanism in order to ensure accountability on this very subject.

I thank you, Madame President".

19th June 2012

WRITTEN STATEMENT SUBMITTED BY THE PEC AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL (NGO/45)

The threat on journalists’ life: how to combat impunity?

          I.            Introduction

As of 31 May 2012, according to Press Emblem Campaign records, 65 journalists have been killed in 2012. This figure is to be compared with the 44 registered for the same period in 2011: an increase of almost 50%.

In fact the phenomenon has attracted the attention of several observers and regional and international organizations and, more recently, UN mechanisms have been led to address the issue of the safety of journalists.

Press Emblem Campaign commends the Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summery or arbitrary executions, Mr. Christof Heyns, for the overview he offers in his well documented report (A/HRC/20/22), which fundamentally leave to everyone the choice to see the glass half full or half empty.

Knowing that less than 10% of the cases of murder of journalists in the world have been investigated during the last fifteen years and that only in very few cases the responsible have been brought to justice and condemned, the logical inference that can be drawn is that impunity is the main, if not the only, reason of the high and growing number of journalists killed every year.

Impunity can effectively be fought only when the rule of law prevails.

While a number of principles and norms, either at the national or international level, impose to each State the obligation to ensure an effective prevention and accountability, the facts show that these obligations are far from being fulfilled.

In reality, everybody considers that journalists deserve special concern because of the very important social role they play, and a large number of dignitaries and international bodies have publicly condemned the threat on and the killings of journalists but it must be admitted that, at the moment, there is a lack of political will to acquire the instruments needed to fill the existing gap in order to prevent such crimes and combat the impunity that prevails.

       II.            Existing mechanisms

Considering that less than 5% of the cases of murder of journalists in the world have been solved and the responsible convicted, one cannot assert that the domestic legal systems grant security to journalists and can efficiently combat impunity.

National Human Rights Institutions could play a significant role in the prevention component if they are given the necessary means, but they don’t have the capacity to effectively combat impunity.

Some regional institutions have adopted a number of resolutions and decisions; some have even developed a particular human rights justice system that has already issued valuable judgments. However, those mechanisms are not, by definition, universal and therefore cannot be seen as satisfactory, but they certainly should be considered as good practice.

International Humanitarian Law provides protection to journalists, as a civilian, but offers a very little space for combating impunity, considering that it only covers internal or international conflicts and  one has to access to the International Criminal Court in order to obtain an investigation into the case.

UNESCO plays a vital role with respect of freedom of expression, which implicitly reinforces the journalists’ safety, nevertheless a mechanism based on the voluntary basis of the State cannot be considered as an efficient instrument in combating impunity.

The fact that UN Treaty bodies, notably the Human Rights Committee, have addressed the issue of the security of journalists is a very valuable step; unfortunately, they do not have the necessary means to effectively combat impunity.

The involvement of several special procedures of the UN Human Rights Council in the issue is also a very valuable step, at the same time it is obvious that, by nature, the area covered by every single thematic mandate is far too great to be able to focus constantly on the security and the killings of journalists.

The Universal Periodic Review could also play a very significant role in the prevention area when the members of the Working Group put forward specific recommendations in the field of safety of journalists and protection of their right to life, unfortunately it has no means in combating impunity.

      III.            Conclusion and recommendations

While a wide range of national and international obligations and bodies can play, solely or in conjunction, a very important role in the prevention of the threat journalists have to face, there is no international specific mechanism ensuring that impunity will not prevail.

Press Emblem Campaign is firmly convinced that there is a fundamental need for an international binding instrument for the protection of journalists.

In a shorter term, Press Emblem Campaign recommends to the Human Right Council to consider the establishment of a specific thematic special procedure for the protection of journalists.

***12.06.2012. INVITATION. Protection of Journalists: UN and regional approaches for better protection- 20 June 2012, 13:00 – 15:00 - Geneva, Palais des Nations, Room XXIII

Many journalists today around the world are subject to violence and intimidation in the course of their duties. The protection of journalists is a fundamental pillar of the universal, inalienable right to freedom of expression and press freedom. The protection of their role in society, as providers of information, is in the public interest.

Against this background, a panel of UN and regional experts will aim at leading an open dialogue on how to ensure a safe and enabling environment for journalists to perform their work independently and without interference. A specific focus will be taken on best practices, in particularly regional experiences, in the area of protection of journalists and the fight against impunity.

Mr. Frank La Rue - United Nations Special Rapporteur on the protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression

Mr. Christof Heyns - United Nations Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions

Ms. Dunja Mijatovi - Representative on Freedom of the Media of the Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE)

Ms. Sylvie Coudray - Chief of Section for Freedom of Expression, Division for Freedom of Expression, Democracy and Peace, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

Video message by Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, Organization of American
States (OAS)- Ms. Catalina Botero, Special Rapporteur for Freedom of Expression

The side event will be moderated by H.E. Ambassador Christian Strohal –Permanent Representative of Austria to the UN in Geneva.

***04.06.2012. PEC AWARD - PRIX PEC. The PEC award 2012 for the protection of journalists goes to Syrian militants informing the world on the continuing blood bath in Syria since the beginning of the uprising to honor their work and relentless efforts while risking their lives, physical liquidation, imprisonment and torture // Le prix 2012 pour la protection des journalistes de la PEC est décerné aux militants syriens qui informent le monde extérieur des violences dans leur pays avec courage et persévérance au risque de leur vie, de l'emprisonnement et de la torture (Read press releases and speeches clicking left on our special page PEC AWARD)

From left to right: Blaise Lempen (PEC Secretary-General), Dr Tawfik Chamaa (President, Syrian Democrats) and Hedayat Abdelnabi (PEC President) for the PEC Award 2012 ceremony at the Swiss Press Club, Geneva (photo keystone) - have a look on our page PRESS for press reports

***01.06.2012. SYRIA. PEC statement at the Human Rights Council - 19th Special Session - The deteriorating human rights situation in the Syrian Arab Republic and the recent killings in El-Houleh - oral statement of the PEC representative Gianfranco Fattorini 

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
19th Special Session

The deteriorating human rights situation in the Syrian Arab Republic
and the recent killings in El-Houlehth Special session

Madame President,

We had already the opportunity to denounce before the Council the monopoly the State has exercised for
decades over the Syrian media, in particular the press, and the repression exerted against its more recalcitrant
members and thus creating a system of self-censorship within the profession.

We would like here to underline that the presence of independent national and international reporters from the
media would certainly result in useful information and is always the highest guarantee for everybody to have a
more accurate picture of the events. In fact, while UN observers and journalists were able to visit immediately
El-Houleh and report on the consequences of the crimes committed last Friday, there are very likely several
others crimes, mass killings and mass graves about which, for now, nobody has been able to investigate.

Once again PEC deeply regrets that the Syrian authorities does not grant immediate access to the country to
foreign journalist wanting to carry out an assignment on the country's territory, in violation of international
standards subscribed to by the Syrian Arab Republic.

We would like also to draw the attention of the Council’s members on the fact that, as of today, in 2012, 11
journalists have lost their lives in carrying out their duty and nearly 30 since the violence began in March 2011
if one includes the "Citizen Journalists" and "bloggers": no investigation has been opened yet.

Finally, PEC is concerned about the seven employees of the Syrian Centre for Media and Freedom of
Expression who were summoned to stand on trial at a military court charged with “possessing prohibited
materials with the intent to disseminate them”. We wish to inform you that next Monday, 4
hold his annual reward ceremony at 3PM at the Geneva Press Club and that Syrian militants informing the
world will be rewarded. Everyone is most welcome to attend the ceremony, which will be followed by a
testimony of Dr. Tawfik Chamaa, President of the Syrian Democrats, who will testify on the situation of the
opposition movement in the country and give his opinion on the implementation of the Kofi Annan peace plan
and the prospects for resolving the crisis.

I thank you Madame President.
1st June 2012

***30.05.2012. INVITATION. PEC AWARD 2012. SWISS PRESS CLUB GENEVA - 4 JUNE, 3 pm

Le Club suisse de la Presse - Geneva Press Club, 
en collaboration avec la PEC
a le plaisir d’inviter les journalistes suisses et étrangers et ses membres
à une conférence de presse sur le thème
Syrie:  la répression bat son plein
avec
Dr Tawfik Chamaa
Président des Démocrates syriens
Blaise Lempen
Secrétaire général de la PEC

Lundi 4 juin 2012 à 15h.

Grande salle de conférence du sous-sol
« La Pastorale » Route de Ferney 106, Genève
(Bus 5 - Direction : Aéroport- Arrêt : Intercontinental)
 
La violence bat son plein en Syrie. Plus de 12'000 personnes ont été tuées dans les affrontements entre le gouvernement et l'opposition depuis mars 2011 et des centaines d'opposants sont en prison et pour certains torturés. Parmi eux, des militants qui ont courageusement informé le monde  extérieur du déroulement de la répression.

A l'occasion de la remise du prix annuel pour la protection des journalistes décerné par la PEC, le président des Démocrates syriens le Dr Tawfik Chamaa témoignera de la situation des opposants dans le pays et donnera son opinion sur l'application du plan de paix de Kofi Annan et les perspectives de règlement de la crise.

La PEC décerne chaque année son prix à une organisation ou à un individu ayant contribué à renforcer la liberté de la presse. Cette année, l'ONG basée à Genève a décidé de récompenser les militants syriens qui informent du déroulement des événements en Syrie, au risque de leur vie, dont le Centre pour les médias et la liberté d'expression de Mazen Darwich, emprisonné depuis le 16 février. Au moins 11 journalistes ont été tués depuis le début de l'année en Syrie et près de 30 depuis le début des violences en mars 2011 si l'on inclut les "citizen journalists" et "bloggers". 

The Press Emblem Campaign has the honor to invite you at the ceremony of the 2012  PEC  Award

Club Suisse de la presse  /  Geneva Press Club
« La Pastorale » Route de Ferney 106, Genève
(in front of the Intercontinental Hotel)

Monday 4th June 2012 (3 PM)

This year, the PEC has decided to reward the Syrian activists, including the Center for Media and freedom of expression of Mazen Darwish (held since February 16) who inform everybody on the development of events in Syria, risking their lives. At least 11 journalists have been killed since the beginning of the year in Syria and nearly 30 since the violence began in March 2011 if one includes the "Citizen Journalists" and "bloggers".

On the occasion of the PEC annual award ceremony for the protection of journalists, Dr. Tawfik Chamaa, President of the Syrian Democrats will illustrate the position of the opposition movement in the country and give his opinion on the implementation of the Kofi Annan peace plan and the prospects for resolving the crisis.

***02.05.2012. PEC statement - World Press Freedom Day 2012 - PEC on World Press Freedom Day calls for the release of Mazen Darwish and his colleagues in Syria  

(French and Spanish below after English)

GENEVA, 2 May (PEC) – On World Press Freedom Day the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) calls upon the Syrian authorities to release Mazen Darwish, Director of the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression and his colleagues. 

The PEC calls upon the international community to mobilize a united move for the liberation of all opinion detainees in Syria.

The Geneva based NGO reminds all parties that the Kofi Annan plan approved by the UN Security Council states unfettered access to information in Syria. The UN Security Council has a duty to put in place the resolution which was adopted unanimously.   

Mazen Darwish and his male colleagues Hussein Ghrer; Abd Rahman Al Hamada; Hani Zateni; and Mansour Al Omarie, are still detained since February. According to the Syrian Journalists Union, Mazen Darwish, held in solitary confinement, is suffering from a worsening health condition, after being tortured.

In addition women staff at the Center Yara Bader; Razan Ghazzoui; Sanaa Meshn; Ayham Ghazzoul; Joan Ferso; and Bassam Al Ahmad have been summoned in front of the judge of the military justice in Damascus as of 22 April 2012, according to the article No. 148 code of Military Justice, a misdemeanor of  "having an illegal recordings with a view to distributing banned publications" and they have been transferred to Adraa prison. They were charged of having illegal recordings with a view to inciting demonstrations.

Information released by the Syrian Center says that Ghazzoul; Joan Ferson; and Bassam Alahmad stayed 33 days at Al Mezzah air intelligence security branch, and then they have been transferred to the Fourth Division of the military until yesterday as of 21 April 2012, since this division turned to be a detention center.    

On the other hand, there are no information on the current conditions of the center head and founder Mazen Darwish; and his colleague Hussein Ghrer; Abd Rahman Al Hamada; Hani Zateni; and Mansour Al Omarie, as they are still detained at the air security branch of Mezzah.

The SCM, which enjoys UN ECOSOC consultative status since 2011, played a key role in getting out information about daily developments in Syria at a moment where journalists are virtually banned from the country. The arrest, detention and prosecution of SCM staff members appear to be aimed at stifling any dissent voice. 

Syria remains from the beginning of this year the most dangerous country for media work with at least 10 media workers killed.

Deterioration in Latin America

In addition, the PEC continues to condemn the deterioration in Latin America.

Ahead of World Press Freedom Day, the PEC condemns strongly new killings of journalists in Latin America: the apparent slaying on Saturday of a correspondent for Proceso newsmagazine Regina Martinez who often wrote about drug trafficking in the Veracruz state capital, Xalapa (Mexico) and last week the killing of Decio Sa, O Estado do Maranhao/Blog do Decio, à Sao Luis de Maranhao, in Brazil on 24 April.

The killing of the 6th Brazilian journalist makes Brazil the second most dangerous country for media work.

The PEC calls for the immediate release of French journalist Romeo Langlois kidnapped Sunday in Colombia.  

According to the PEC figures from the beginning of this year 45 journalists were killed, an increase of near 50% in 4 months compared to the same period last year. 

The PEC calls for the immediate relase of French journalist Romeo Langlois (35) (photo) kidnapped Sunday in Colombia. Colombia's largest rebel group, the Farc, is holding the French journalist. In a telephone call to journalists on Wednesday, a woman claiming to be a Farc member said the rebels were holding Romeo Langlois as a prisoner of war. Read on PRESS and OTHER NEWS for details

A l'occasion de la Journée de la liberté de la presse, la PEC demande la libération de Mazen Darwish et de ses collègues en Syrie.

Genève, 2 mai (PEC) A l'occasion de la Journée de la liberté de la presse, la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC) demande aux autorités syriennes de libérer Mazen Darwish, directeur du Centre syrien pour les medias et la liberté d'expression, et ses collègues.

La PEC appelle toute la communauté internationale à se mobiliser pour obtenir la libération de toutes les personnes détenues en raison de leurs opinions en Syrie.

L'ONG basée à Genève rappelle que le plan de Kofi Annan, accepté par le Conseil de sécurité de l'ONU, prévoit un accès sans entraves à l'information en Syrie. Le Conseil de sécurité de l'ONU doit faire appliquer les résolutions qu'il a adoptées à l'unanimité, a affirmé la PEC.

Mazen Darwish et ses collègues masculins Hussein Ghrer, Abd Rahman Al Hamada, Hani Zateni et Mansour Al Omarie sont toujours détenus depuis le 16 février. Selon l'Union des journalistes syriens, l'état de santé de Mazen Darwish, détenu en isolement, se détériore, après qu'il ait été torturé.

De plus, le personnel féminin du Centre, Yara BAder, Razan Ghazzoui, Sanaa Meshn, Ayham Ghazzoul, Joan Ferso et Bassan Al Ahmad ont été convoqués par la justice militaire à Damas le 22 avril pour infraction à l'article 149 du code pénal militaire et "possession illégale de documents dans le but de distribuer des publications interdites". Elles ont été transférées à la prison centrale d'Adra à Damas.

Ayham Ghazzoul, Joan Ferson et Bassam Alamad ont été détenus 33 jours dans les locaux des services de renseignements de l'armée de l'air à Al Mezzah avant d'être transférés le 21 avril au sein de la IVe division transformée en centre de détention.

Il n'y a pas d'information récente sur les conditions de détention du directeur et fondateur du Centre Mazen Darwish et ses collègues Hussein Ghrer, Abd Rahman Al Hamada, Hani Zateni, Mansour Al Omarie, détenus par les services de l'armée de l'air à Mezzah.

Le Centre, doté du statut consultatif auprès de l'ONU depuis 2011, a joué un rôle clé en informant sur les violences quotidiennes en Syrie à un moment où les journalistes sont virtuellement interdits de séjour dans le pays. L'arrestation, la détention et les poursuites à l'encontre des membres du Centre apparaissent destinées à faire taire toute voix dissidente.

La Syrie est le pays le plus dangereux pour les journalistes depuis le début de l'année, avec au moins 10 employés des medias tués en 4 mois.

Détérioration en Amérique latine

En même temps, la PEC dénonce la détérioration de la situation en Amérique latine. La PEC y condamne fermement les récents assassinats de journalistes, celui samedi dernier de la correspondante de Proceso Regina Martinez à Xalapa, capitale de l'Etat de Veracruz au Mexique et le 24 avril, le meurtre de Decio Sa, à Sao Luis de Maranhao, au Brésil.

Decio Sa est le 6e journaliste tué au Brésil depuis janvier, ce qui en fait le 2e pays le plus dangereux. La PEC appelle aussi à la libération immédiate du journaliste français Romeo Langlois kidnappé dimanche en Colombie.

Selon les chiffres de la PEC, depuis le début de 2012, 45 journalistes ont été tués dans le monde, une augmentation de près de 50% en quatre mois comparée à la même période de l'an passé. 

En ocasión del Día de la libertad de la prensa, la PEC pide la liberación de Mazen Darwish y sus colegas en Siria.

Ginebra, mayo 2 (PEC) En ocasión del Día de la libertad de la prensa, la Campaña Emblema de Prensa (PEC) requiere de las autoridades sirias la liberación de Mazen Darwish, director del Centro sirio para los medios y para la libertad de expresión, así como de sus colegas.

La PEC hace un llamamiento a toda la comunidad internacional para que se movilice a fin de lograr la liberación de todas las personas detenidas en Siria por causa de sus opiniones.

La ONG –basada en Ginebra- recuerda que el plan de Kofi Annan, aceptado por el Consejo de Seguridad de la ONU , prevé un acceso sin obstáculos a la información en Siria. El Consejo de Seguridad de la ONU debe hacer que se apliquen las resoluciones que ha adoptado por unanimidad, ha afirmado la PEC.

Mazen Darwish y sus colegas Hussein Ghrer, Abd Rahman Al Hamada, Hani Zateni y Mansour Al Omarie siguen detenidos desde el 16 de febrero. Según la Unión de periodistas sirios, el estado de salud de Mazen Darwish, detenido bajo aislamiento, se deteriora, después de haber sido torturado.

Además, el personal femenino del mencionado Centro sirio, Yara Bader, Razan Ghazzoui, Sanaa Meshn, Ayham Ghazzoul, Joan Ferso y Bassan Al Ahmad, han sido convocadas por la justicia militar en Damasco el 22 de abril por infracción del artículo 149 del Código penal militar y « posesión ilegal de documentos con el objetivo de distribuir publicaciones prohibidas ». Las seis han sido transferidas a la prisión central de Adra, en Damasco.

Ayham Ghazzoul, Joan Ferson y Bassam Alamad estuvieron detenidas durante 33 días en las instalaciones de los servicios de información del Ejército del aire en Al Mezzah, antes de ser trasladadas, el último 21 de abril, al seno de IV división transformada en centro de detención.

No se cuenta con información reciente sobre las condiciones de detención del director y fundador del Centro, Mazen Darwish, y sus colegas Hussein Gher, Abd Rahman Al Hamada, Hani Zateni y Mansour Al Omarie, detenidos por los servicios del Ejército del aire en Mezzah.

Ese Centro –que goza del estatuto consultivo ante la ONU desde 2011- ha desempeñado un papel clave en informar sobre la violencia diaria en Siria, en un momento en el cual los periodistas están virtualmente prohibidos permanecer en el país. El arresto, la detención y la persecución contra los miembros del Centro parecen destinadas a hacer callar toda expresión disidente.

Siria es el país de mayor peligro para los periodistas desde el inicio de este año, en el que al menos 10 empleados de los medias han sido asesinados en tan sólo estos cuatro meses.

Deterioro en América Latina

La PEC ha denunciado también el deterioro de la situación en Latinoamérica. La PEC condena firmemente los recientes asesinatos de periodistas en esa región, en particular el acaecido el sábado último de Regina Martínez, corresponsal de la revista Proceso en Xalapa, capital del Estado de Veracruz en México, y la muerte de Decio Sa, en Sao Luis de Maranhao, en el Brasil.

Decio Sa es el sexto periodista asesinado en Brasil desde enero pasado, lo que convierte a este país en el segundo en peligrosidad, después de Siria. La PEC ha hecho además un llamamiento para que se libere de inmediato al periodista francés Romeo Langlois, secuestrado el domingo pasado en Colombia.

De acuerdo con las cifras de la PEC, desde el inicio del 2012, 45 periodistas han sido asesinados en todo el mundo, lo que significa un aumento de casi el 50 por ciento en cuatro meses, comparados con el mismo periodo del año precedente.

***26.04.2012. PEC statement - Nigeria: PEC condemns the attacks against media offices (Read on page PRESS for details)

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) condemns strongly the attacks in the capital of Nigeria Abuja and in Kaduna against the offices of the newspaper ThisDay.

The PEC renews its call to all parties to keep media installations out of reach for opposition groups, warring parties and state actors. The Geneva based NGO with UN special consultative status calls upon the Nigerian government to find the perpetrators and bring them to trial.

According to various news reports, bombs targeting the offices of a major Nigerian newspaper have gone off in the capital Abuja and the northern city of Kaduna. Emergency officials say at least six people were killed in the twin attacks.

A spokesman for the Nigerian Red Cross said a suicide bomber crashed through the front gates of the This Day office in Abuja in an explosive-laden vehicle and hit the newspaper's reception area.

The chairman of the This Day editorial board Olusogen Adeniyi told reporters at least three people were killed in the blast.

"The suicide bomber came in a jeep and rammed a vehicle into the gate," Olusogen said."Two of our security men died, and the obviously suicide bomber died too."

Government officials say they are trying to get the wounded to hospital. The number of injured is not known.

Three people were also reportedly killed when an explosion rocked the paper's office in the strife-ridden northern city of Kaduna. The bombing in Kaduna struck a building housing offices for ThisDay, The Moment and The Daily Sun newspapers, witnesses said.

The newspaper This Day is known for its support of current President Goodluck Jonathan, a primary target for the Islamist Boko Haram movement. The radical group has been held responsible for some 900 deaths over the past two years.

Three journalists have previously been killed in Nigeria since the beginning of the year. According to PEC figures, 43 journalists have been killed since January around the world, an increase of 50% compared to the same period of 2011.

***02.04.2012. PEC PRESS RELEASE - Number of Journalists killed increased by 50 percent

(French, Spanish and Arabic after English) (see also on pages PRESS and OTHER NEWS)

Number of Journalists killed increased by 50 percent

Geneva 2 April (PEC) -- According to the  Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) the number of journalists killed in the first three months has increased by 50 percent if compared with the same period in 2011. The total number of journalists killed this year so far amounts to 31 of which 9 were killed in Syria alone. The tally for the first three months of 2011 amounted to 21 journalists killed.

« This is an alarming trend. The safety of journalists has deteriorated since the beginning of the year. The heavy toll in Syria makes the country at the forefront of the most dangerous places for journalists », said PEC Secretary-General Blaise Lempen.

Five foreign journalists and another 4 local journalists were killed in Syria since January 2012. Since March 2011, the conflict in Syria resulted in the killing of 11 media professionals. In addition there is no news about the fate of two Turkish journalists Adem Özköse and Hamit Coskun who disappeared two weeks ago.

According to activists, the Syrian government is trying to systematically arrest the  “citizen journalists” across the country and to neutralize all those who document the brute force. PEC is in particular very concerned by the detention of Ali Mahmoud Othman and Marzen Darwish believed being subjected to torture.

Restrictions on media coverage by the Syrian authorities and attacks against media have led to the prolonged suffering of the Syrian people. If events were unfolded on a daily basis on TV screens of civilians massacred, pressure on governments could have led to the end of the conflict instead of it's appalling continuation. 

Lempen added that if the ongoing violence is not put to an end then it is possible that there would be a repeat of the Iraqi scenario at large.

The PEC reminds international community that the peace plan put forward by the UN-Arab League special envoy Kofi Annan, and accepted in principle by Syria, calls to ensure freedom of movement and unhindered access for journalists.

PEC President Hedayat Abdelnabi stressed that states cannot in conflict zones apply their own practices over a wide spectrum of victims, there are binding convention in international law that should regulate conflicts in all circumstances and at all times including the distinction between combatants and civilians and freedom of information and expression. Abdelnabi called for binding guidelines in conflict zones including access, protection, and physical integrity of journalists.

Brazil, Somalia

In the first three months of 2012, Brazil comes second in line with 5 journalists killed, followed by Somalia with three killed, while two journalists were killed in each of the following countries: India, Bolivia and Nigeria.

One journalist was killed in the following countries: Afghanistan, Colombia, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Pakistan, Philippines and Thailand.

Similar to last year Latin America heads the regions of danger for journalists followed by the Middle East.  In the first three months of last year 21 journalists were killed and for the whole year 107. As for 2010, according to the PEC figures based on several sources, 110 journalists were killed.

Hausse de 50% du nombre de journalistes tués

Genève, 2 avril (PEC) Le nombre de journalistes tués au cours des trois premiers mois de l'année a augmenté de 50% par rapport à la même période de l'an dernier, a affirmé lundi à Genève la Presse Emblème Campagne (PEC). Depuis janvier, 31 journalistes ont été tués, dont neuf en Syrie. L'an dernier, 21 journalistes avaient été tués pendant la même période de trois mois.

"Cette évolution est inquiétante. La situation s'est détériorée depuis le début de cette année, avant tout à cause de la crise en Syrie. Avec neuf journalistes tués en trois mois, ce pays est devenu le plus dangereux au monde pour les employés des médias", a déclaré le secrétaire général de la PEC Blaise Lempen.

Cinq journalistes étrangers et quatre locaux ont été tués depuis janvier en Syrie. Depuis un an, le conflit en Syrie a coûté la vie à 11 professionnels de l'information. De plus, le sort de deux journalistes turcs Adem Özköse and Hamit Coskun est incertain, plus de deux semaines après leur disparition en Syrie.

Selon des militants, le gouvernement syrien cherche à arrêter systématiquement les « journalistes citoyens » et à neutraliser tous ceux qui informent sur les violences et l’usage brutal de la force. La PEC est en particulier très préoccupée par l’arrestation de Ali Mahmoud Othman et de Marzen Darwich qui auraient été torturés.

Les restrictions imposées par les autorités syriennes et les attaques contre les medias contribuent à prolonger la souffrance de tous les Syriens. Si l'opinion pouvait voir sur son écran de télévision chaque jour des images en direct des massacres de civils, la pression sur les dirigeants politiques serait beaucoup plus forte et le conflit serait peut-être déjà terminé au lieu de traîner en longueur de manière épouvantable.

"S'il n'est pas mis fin aux violences en Syrie, un scénario à l'irakienne se profile à l'horizon", a averti Lempen. La PEC souligne que le plan de paix de l'envoyé spécial de l'ONU et de la Ligue arabe Kofi Annan, accepté en principe par les autorités de Damas, prévoit la liberté de mouvement et un accès libre des journalistes à l'ensemble du territoire syrien.

La présidente de la PEC Hedayat Abdelnabi a affirmé que les Etats ne sont pas libres d'agir dans les contextes de conflit, mais sont tenus de respecter leurs obligations internationales, en toutes circonstances et en tout temps, dont la distinction entre combattants et civils et le respect de la liberté d'expression et du droit à l'information.

Abdelnabi a appelé la communauté internationale à élaborer des directives contraignantes dans les zones de conflit, dont des dispositions sur l'accès, la protection, l'intégrité physique des journalistes.

Brésil, Somalie

L'évolution depuis le début de l'année est aussi inquiétante au Brésil, où l'assassinat de cinq journalistes a été recensé. Vient ensuite un autre pays en conflit, la Somalie, avec trois tués. Deux journalistes ont également été tués dans chacun de ces pays: Inde, Bolivie et Nigéria.

En outre, un journaliste a été tué dans les pays suivants: Afghanistan, Colombie, Haïti, Honduras, Mexique, Pakistan, Philippines, Thaïlande.

Comme l'an dernier, par région, l'Amérique latine est en tête du nombre de victimes, devant le Moyen-orient.

Comparativement, au cours des trois premiers mois de 2011, 21 journalistes avaient été tués. Pour toute l'année 2011, 107 journalistes ont été tués contre 110 en 2010, selon les chiffres de la PEC basés sur plusieurs sources.

Aumenta en 50% el número de periodistas muertos

Ginebra 2 de abril (PEC). El número de periodistas muertos en el primer trimestre del 2012 a aumentado en un 50% en relación al mismo período del 2011, segun reporto la Press Emblem Campaign (PEC). Desde enero, 31 periodistas han sido asesinados, de los cuales nueve en Siria. El año pasado, 21 periodistas fueron asesinados en el mismo lapso.


« Este contexto refleja una tendencia muy preocupante. La seguridad de los periodistas se ha deteriorado desde principios del 2012, sobre todo, acausa de la crisis en Siria, que con nueve periodistas asesinados en tan solo tres meses, se ha constituido en el país más peligroso del mundo para los profesionales de la comunicación », dejo sentado el Secretario General de la PEC, Blaise Lempen.

Cinco periodistas extranjeros y cuatro locales han sido muertos violentamente desde enero en Siria, y durante un año, el conflicto ha costado la vida de onze periodistas. Además, despues de dos semanas de su desaparición, la suerte de dos periodistas turcos Adem Özköse and Hamit Coskun es aún incierta.

La PEC esta especialmente preocupado por le detencion de Ali Mahmoud Othman y Marzen Darwich presuntamente torturado.

« Las restricciones impuestas por el Gobierno Sirio y los ataques contra el periodismo contribuyen a prolongar el sufrimiento de todo el pueblo sirio. Si la opinión mundial pudiera mirar, día a día, en directo sobre sus pantallas de televisión las imágenes de masacres de civiles, la presión sobre los dirigentes políticos sería mucho más fuerte y tal vez el conflicto habría ya terminado en lugar de dejarla durar tanto tiempo », acoto el Secretario General de la PEC.

« Si no se pone fin a la violencia en Siria, un escenario a la irakiana se perfila en el orizonte », advirtió.

La PEC recuerda a la Comunidad Internacional que el plan de paz promovido por Kofi Annan, enviado especial de la Liga Arabe y la ONU, y en principio aceptado por Siria, dispone el libre e irestricto acceso para el periodismo.

De su parte, la presidenta de la PEC, Hedayat Abdelnabi, afirmó que los Estados no eran libres de ejercer violencia contra sus ciudadanos, sino que debían respetar sus obligaciones internationales, bajo cualquier circunstancia y en todoento, y por lo tanto, la distinción entre combatientes y civiles, y el respeto a la libertad de expresión y al derecho de información.

Abdelnabi apela a la Comunidad Internacional para la elaboración de directivas con fuerza vinculane en las zonas de conflicto, en las que debe incluirse disposiciones sobre el acceso, proteccion e integridad física para el trabajo de periodistas profesionales.

Brasil y Somalia

La evolucion desde principios de año es también preocupante en Brasil, donde se constata ya el asesinato de cinco periodistas. Así como en Somalia, otro pas en conflicto, donde tres periodistas han sido víctimas de muerte violenta. Igualmente, en India, Pakistan y Nigeria, dos periodistas, por país, han sido asesinados.

Además, un periodista por país ha sido asesinado en Afganistán, Colombia, Haití, Honduras, México, Filipinas y en Tailandia.

Como el año pasado, por regiõn, América Latina está a la cabeza por cantidad de
víctimas, incluso antes que Oriente Medio.

Comparativamente, en el transcurso del primer trimestre del 2011, 21 periodistas fueron asesinados, y 107 en todo el año. Mientras que un total de 110 cayeron asesinados en 2010, según cifras de la PEC, basadas en diferentes fuentes.

الزيادة 50 بالمائة في مقتل الصحفيين

جنيف-القاهرة 2 إبريل –بيك- أعلنت اليوم الحملة الدولية لشارة حماية الصحفي و مقرها جنيف أن مقارنة بالأشهر الثلاثة الأولى من السنة الماضية فإن عدد الصحفيين الذين قتلوا من يناير إلى مارس 2012 قد زاد بنسبة 50 بالمائة إذ قتل حتى الآن 31 صحفياً هذا العام من بينهم 9 في سوريا، بينما قتل في نفس الفترة من العام الماضي 21 صحفياً.

صرح سكرتير عام حملة الشارة الدولية بليز ليمبان أن عدد القتلى المرتفع في سوريا من الصحفيين يجعل سوريا في مقدمة الدول الخطرة للعمل الصحفي فقد قتل 5 صحفيين أجانب و 4 سوريين منذ يناير 2012، في حينن أدى النزاع في سوريا إلى مقتل 11 من أبناء المهنة خلال سنة و اختفاء صحفيين تركيين لا يعرف أحداً مصيرهما. 

و اضاف ليمبان أن القيود التي تفرضها السلطات السورية على التغطية الصحفية قد أدت إلى استمرار معاناة الشعب السوري و أنه لو أن الأحداث قد رصدت إعلامياً لكان ذلك قد أدى إلى الضغط على السلطات السورية و ربما كان من الممكن أن يؤدي إلى وضع حد للعمليات العسكرية.

و حذر من أنه لو لم يتم وضع حد للعنف القائم في سوريا فربما يتحول المشهد السوري إلى سيناريو العراق.

أوضحت رئيسة حملة الشارة الدولية هدايت عبد النبي أن الحكومات ليست حرة في تطبيق قواعد العمل في مواجهة الإعلام لأن هناك مواثيق دولية قامت الحكومات بالتوقيع عليها و هي ملزمة لاحترام حرية الرأي و التعبير و منها المادة 19 من الإعلان العالمي لحقوق الإنسان.

طالبت عبد النبي بمواد قانونية تضمن للصحفيين في مناطق النزاع من حرية تغطية الأحداث و الحماية لعملهم و إيجاد ممرات صحفية آمنة لضمان سلامة الصحفيين مشيرة إلى أن هذا النداء قد تكرر من قبل الحملة أكثر من مرة لمجلس حقوق الإنسان لاتخاذ خطوات عملية في هذا الشأن.

في سياق تقرير الحملة، ذكرت المجتمع الصحفي، بخطة مبعوث الأمم المتحدة و جامعة الدول العربية كوفي أنان للسلام في سوريا و التي تتضمن مطالبة بتوفير الحرية للعمل الصحفي دون عوائق في تغطية الأحداث.  

يشير تقرير الحملة إلى أن البرازيل تأتي في المرتبة الثانية بعد سوريا بمقتل 5 صحفيين، ثم الصومال بمقتل 3 صحفيين، فالهند و بوليفيا و نيجيريا حيث قتل صحفيين في كل من هذه الدول الثلاث. كما قتل صحفي في كل من أفغانستان و كولومبيا و هايتي و هندوراس و المكسيك و باكستان و الفلبين و تايلاند. كحال العام الماضي جاءت امريكا اللاتينية في مقدمة الأماكن الخطرة تعقبها منطقة الشرق الأوسط. لمزيد من المعلومات  

***23.03.2012. SYRIA. PEC PRESS RELEASE - PEC welcomes Human Rights Council resolution condemning killing of journalists in Syria

Geneva, March 23 (PEC)  The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) welcomes strongly the adoption at the Human Rights Council of resolution A/HRC/19/L.38 on Syria presented by Denmark (on behalf of EU) and supported by a large number of countries representing all regions of the world. The resolution was adopted by 41 votes in favor, 3 against (Russia, China, Cuba) and 2 abstentions.

The PEC calls for its immediate implementation on the ground. The NGO based in Geneva believes that this resolution on the situation of human rights in Syria and what it entails concerning dangerous threats against journalists is a step forward towards setting important grounds for media work and better protection in conflict zones and dangerous situations.

 PEC is gratified by the growing attention given by UN Member States to the serious problem of safety of journalists and the renewed will of some States to support at the United Nations and at the next sessions of the Human Rights Council initiatives that lead to more legal international protection for journalists, including a UN Declaration on protection of journalists in dangerous situations.

Seven journalists covering the upheaval in Syria were killed during the past year. Others whose fate remains unknown like the two Turkish journalists who disappeared last week. The fate of Mazen Darwish and his colleagues from the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom remain unknown. Other militants who placed videos on You-tube on the conflict in Syria were killed. What follows is a nightmare of testimony on massacre and torture from Syrian refugees arriving in Lebanon, Turkey and Jordan.

Since the beginning of 2012, globally 26 journalists were killed in the line of duty, a 50% increase compared to the same period of 2011, according to PEC figures.

PEC is pleased to note that the resolution adopted today by the HRC

2. Condemns in the strongest terms: (a) The sharply escalating widespread, systematic and gross violations of human rights and fundamental freedoms perpetrated by the Syrian authorities, such as arbitrary executions, excessive use of force and the killing and persecution of protesters, refugees, human rights defenders and journalists, including recent deaths of Syrian and foreign journalists, arbitrary detention, enforced disappearances, torture and ill-treatment, including of adolescents and children;

11. Demands that the Syrian authorities: ... (b) Put an immediate end to all attacks against journalists, fully respect freedom of expression in line with international obligations, allow independent and international media to operate in the Syrian Arab Republic without restrictions, harassment, intimidation or risk to life, and ensure adequate protection for journalists;

13. Demands that the Government of the Syrian Arab Republic, in accordance with the Plan of Action of the League of Arab States and its decisions of  22 January and 12 February 2012, without delay: (...)

(e) Allow full and unhindered access and movement for all relevant institutions of the League of Arab States and Arab and international media in all parts of the Syrian Arab Republic to determine the truth about the situation on the ground and monitor the incidents taking place;

The PEC recalls resolution S-9/1 (of the HRC special session after the war in Gaza) which calls for “Free access of media to areas of conflict  through media corridors” which read the nature of military conflicts and dangerous security situation has placed very severe restrictions on the ability of international and local journalists to report freely and hence decides that during military conflicts the right of journalists to safe media corridors must guaranteed by the parties to the conflict, to provide unfettered and free media access and coverage of conflicts.

The PEC also recalls HRC resolution S-2/1 (of the special session on the war in Lebanon) which flagged the serious concern of the Human Rights Council over the targeting of the communication and media networks in Lebanon in 2006. It recalls finally the first panel organized by the HRC on the protection of journalists in June 2010.

The horror of the war in Syria against the Syrian population and attacks against journalists, bloggers and communication networks call upon members of the Human Rights Council to develop further concrete steps as guidelines for warring parties governmental or non-governmental when dealing with media coverage and access to information in dangerous zones.  

***14.03.2012. PEC STATEMENT DELIVERED AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON THE SITUATION IN TIBET (CHINA)

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
19th session

Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

General debate

Madame President,

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) is deeply concerned that Chinese officials have announced the closure to foreigners of the “Tibet Autonomous Region” from February 20 to March 31, 2012 as well as the close off of Tibetan areas in Sichuan and Qinghai provinces that have seen protests, crackdown and self-immolations: a low intense conflict.

As reported by the official Tibet Daily newspaper[1], the Chief of the Chinese Communist Party in Tibet affirmed that "Mobile phones, Internet and other measures for the management of new media need to be fully implemented to maintain the public's interests and national security."

In this regard, Foreign Correspondents' Club of China (FCCC)[2] has alerted about a massive security cordon in an attempt to prevent journalists from entering Tibetan areas in Western Sichuan Province where major unrest – including killings– has been reported. The FCCC considers this a clear violation of China’s regulations governing foreign reporters, which allow them to travel freely and to interview anyone prepared to be interviewed. FCCC adds that correspondents attempting to travel to the region in question have faced major obstacles, including detention by the police and roadblocks at which they have been stopped and turned back by officials who have forcibly escorted them back to Chengdu. One team reported that their car was suspiciously rammed by another vehicle. Reporters have been followed, questioned for hours, asked to write confessions and had their material confiscated.

SkyNews’ Holly Williams reported: “Dominated by Kirti Monastery, a sprawling complex that houses several hundred Buddhist monks, Aba has now been swamped by Chinese paramilitary police… After leaving Aba the Sky News crew was detained by police who forcibly searched bags and deleted files from an audio recording device. They temporarily confiscated a computer and camera, threatened to revoke Chinese visas and then followed the car for 300 kilometers.[3]

On 22 February 2012, NPR’s Louisa Lim reported that the day “marks the traditional Tibetan New Year, but many Tibetans won't be celebrating. They'll be mourning the almost two-dozen people who set themselves on fire in the past year as a protest against Chinese rule. Eyewitnesses say the town of Aba, site of many of the self-immolations, resembles a Chinese military camp, with soldiers and riot police every few feet.”[4]

Madame President,

The PEC emphasizes the merit of the few journalists that have taken the risk of secretly reaching some Tibetan areas to report to the world of the low intense conflict situation about which China claims normalcy.

The PEC urges the Chinese authorities to provide free access to foreign journalists to Tibetan areas as such a guarantee will allow the international community to judge the situation with reports from as many as possible different observers.

This situation shows, once again, the necessity to have an international binding set of rules insuring to journalists a free and safe access to conflict zones.

I thank you, Madame President.

14th March 2012

[1] http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/03/01/us-china-tibet-idUSTRE8200BZ20120301
[2] http://www.fccchina.org
[3] http://news.sky.com/home/world-news/article/16183059
[4] http://www.npr.org/2012/02/22/147256506/on-tibetan-plateau-a-sense-of-constant-surveillance

FYI, right of reply of China after the PEC statement during the general debate on item 4 at the Human Rights Council:

The Representative of China at the United Nations, speaking in a right of reply, "rejected the statement made by Press Emblem Campaign. This statement was a wanton distortion of facts. China welcomed journalists to come to China and cover news. China had always facilitated journalists’ stay. China had recently created regulations concerning the work of foreign journalists in China with the sprit of reform, openness and progress. China hoped that journalists could abide by the law, respect the ethics of journalism and report on China in a fair, objective way" (UN summary for the press, not an official record)

***13.03.2012. SYRIA - Report of the commission of inquiry - PEC STATEMENT delivered by the PEC Representative Gianfranco Fattorini at the Human Rights Council

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
19th session

Item 4 -   Human rights situations that require the Council’s attention

Report of the independent international commission of inquiry on the Syrian Arab Republic

Madame President,

The Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) wishes to draw the attention of the Council on the extremely harsh conditions under which journalists and media workers must fulfill their mission in the Syrian Arab Republic. We wish also to underline that only a wide range of testimonies can give to everyone the possibility to have a picture which is the nearest to the reality.

The PEC deeply regrets the continued and severe restrictions on the freedom of expression and information on the local media actors as reported by the Commission of inquiry[1], as well as the restrictions imposed on the access and the movements of foreign journalists and the monitor of their contacts[2]. We also deeply regret the adoption of new restricting laws by the Syrian authorities.

The PEC condemns any interference, pressure on or attempts to control the work of journalists, being this done by the governmental authorities or the anti-governmental forces.

The PEC wishes to remember that, as of today, 7 journalists have lost their lives in carrying out their duty during the increasingly violent and militarized internal unrest in the Syrian Arab Republic. We strongly condemn the use of technological means to locate and attempt on the physical integrity of journalists.

With due respect, we wish to draw the attention on the fact that, even if there is no agreement on a
international juridical definition of journalist, it may be confusing to define any blogger as “citizen
journalist”; in the absence of a definition, there are still diplomas which certify a specific academic
curriculum.

The PEC believes that journalists, due to the very particular mission they have, should be allowed to cover any event without being targeted by any participant to an internal or international conflict. A particular set of rules has to be adopted and implemented in order to ensure accountability on this very particular subject.

I thank you, Madame President.

12th March 2012
[1] A/HRC/19/69 – par. 52[2] ibid – par. 56

***09.03.2012. PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN STATEMENT AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL ON PROTECTION OF JOURNALISTS - General debate Item 3 - Statement delivered by the PEC Representative to the United Nations Gianfranco Fattorini

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
19th session

The PEC has noted with great interest the report presented by the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights defenders and really appreciates the fact that she has undertaken to analyze the risks and challenges faced by journalists and media workers.
With 21 media workers killed in 2012 as of end of February, we observe an increase of 50% compared to the 13 killed in the same period last year.
While sharing most of the concerns expressed by Mrs Sekaggya, particularly concerning attacks that States and non-State actors bear at the work and physical integrity of journalists, the PEC would like to highlight some key issues.
First of all, it may be difficult, if not dangerous, to distinguish between journalists and media workers active on or defending human rights and any other journalist and media workers, should the latter be entitled to enjoy a weaker protection.
More fundamentally, it seems to us inappropriate to classify journalists and media workers in the category of human rights defenders, simply because the task, the goal and the target are not the same.
In reality, journalists and media workers play a very special role in seeking and disseminating of information, notably in dangerous situations.
As recommended by the International Conference to Protect Journalists held in Doha (Qatar) last January[1], the international community should:
Ø  develop new tools to bind all States to acknowledge and accept a standing obligation to provide particular safeguards and protection for journalists beyond the provisions of UN Security Council resolution reminding States of their obligations to give journalists protection in peacetime as in war and
Ø  expand the current legal provisions beyond the obligation to protect journalists against attacks on their life, and include forced disappearances and kidnapping (by state or private actors), arbitrary arrest, intimidation, deportation/refusal of entry, confiscation/ damage to property, and new forms of violence.
[1] A/HRC/19/NGO/90

Document A/HRC/19/NGO/90 - Written statement submtted to the Human Rights Council by the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC)

According to the figures registered by the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC), 107 journalists have been killed during the current year in 39 countries -- around 2 every week. The revolutions of the Arab Spring resulted in at least 20 journalists killed.

The year 2011 was particularly dangerous for media work because of the coverage of the uprisings in many Arab countries. In addition to the killing of more than 20 journalists during the Arab Spring, more than 100 others were attacked, intimidated, arrested and wounded in countries of the region, including Egypt, Libya, Syria, Tunisia and Yemen.

For the second year in a row, Mexico has been the most dangerous country for media work with 12 journalists killed. The raging war between the army and the drug cartels in the north explains this heavy toll in Mexico. The casualties could be higher if figures were known for journalists who were victims of enforced disappearances.

Again for the second year in a row, Pakistan comes in second with 11 journalists killed, the majority of whom were killed on the border with Afghanistan.

Iraq is tied for third place with Libya with 7 journalists killed during the Libyan armed conflict. In these 4 countries are concentrated more than one third (37) of all casualties.

Next come the Philippines with 6 killed, Brazil (6) and Honduras (6), then Yemen with 5 killed followed by Somalia (4), Afghanistan, Egypt, India, Peru, and Russia with 3 each.

Two journalists died in Bahrain, 2 in Thailand. One was killed in each of the following countries: Algeria, Azerbaijan, Bolivia, China, Colombia, Ivory Coast, Gaza (OPT), Guatemala, Haiti, Nepal, New Zealand, Nigeria, Uganda, Panama, Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Sierra Leone, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Venezuela, and Vietnam.

Latin America the most dangerous region

By region, Latin America leads with 35 killed in one year. In addition to the killing of journalists, threats and attacks against media and their representatives have increased. Press freedom is threatened in many Latin American countries by government tactics to obtain control of information and to discredit, intimidate and prosecute journalists, all of which leads to self-censorship. Asia (excluding the Middle East) is the second most dangerous region with 30 killed, then the Middle East and North Africa with 28 killed. In Africa (excluding North Africa) 9 journalists were killed, in Europe 4 (3 in Russia and 1 in Ukraine).

One year after the beginning of the Arab Spring in Tunisia, improvements are very slow in the field and remnants of the past still prevail in curbing freedom of expression. When people express themselves through social media and internet and flood into the streets in peaceful demonstrations, they are faced with the brutal use of force. One year later, the security apparatus is still using the tactics of the past and hunting down journalists. A real strategy against impunity and for respect for the rule of law should be immediately conducted.

 Women journalists in particular paid the highest price when attacked sexually both in Libya and Egypt.

Intentionally targeted

Two thirds of the journalists killed, that is some 70 of the total, were intentionally targeted, especially in Latin America. Others were accidentally killed during demonstrations, in fights, in suicide bombings or in mine explosions. There are half a dozen cases worldwide where the causes leading to the death of journalists are still unclear.

More than two third (68) of the fallen journalists were killed in countries experiencing armed conflict, popular uprisings, repression, terrorism and crime. Others were killed in countries where peace prevailed.

Bad start in 2012

Until the end of January, 10 journalists were killed worldwide. Two in Syria and Nigeria and one in each of the following countries: Brazil, Mexico, Pakistan, Philippines, Somalia and Thailand.

Some progress

In view of this serious situation, the PEC applauds the governments and international organizations for their growing awareness that the journalism profession faces growing dangers in totally novel situations.

A number of countries have launched initiatives for the protection of journalists, and a number of conferences have been organized to this effect, notably that of UNESCO in Paris in September and one in Vienna organized by the Austrian government in November.

In the Amman - Dead Sea forum organized by the Centre for Defending Freedom of Journalists (CDFJ), a resounding call echoed throughout the forum for an Arab convention for the protection of journalists, which would draw on the current document circulated as the PEC's December 2007 draft Convention on the protection of journalists.

International Conference to Protect Journalists in dangerous situations

The Conference took place on 22-23 January 2012 in Doha (Qatar), under the auspices of the National Human Rights Committee of the Kingdom of Qatar.

The Outcome document of the International Conference declares:

·       that although the United Nations and its agencies have a wide range of tools and instruments which can address the issue of safety, scores of journalists and media workers continue to be killed every year while carrying out their professional responsibilities. Many of such abuses are not investigated and remain unpunished and

·       that renewed and urgent action is necessary to press for robust implementation to the existing mechanisms and procedures by increasing the effectiveness of monitoring and enforcement of the current instruments.

The International Conference recommends:

To the United Nations and it agencies

·       Implement forthwith their latest plan of action agreed at their Paris Autumn (2011) conference and enhance their working with specialised non-governmental organisations dedicated to the safety of journalists and media worker.

·       Develop new tools to bind all states to acknowledge and accept a standing obligation to provide particular safeguards and protection for journalists beyond the provisions of UN Security Council resolution reminding states of their obligations to give journalists protection in peacetime as in war.

1.     Adopt ambitious reforms to its mechanisms and procedures such as through regional security organizations, expanding the mandates of Special Rapporteurs and concerned UN bodies, organizing emergency alerts and missions, considering intrusive inspections and mandatory sanctions– developing or renewing existing systems, developing further monitoring and peer review processes and work towards an ultimate goal setting up an international treaty so that countries can collectively adopt a set of radical new measures to afford credible protection to journalists.

2.     Expand the current legal provisions beyond the obligation to protect journalists against attacks on their life, and include forced disappearances and kidnapping (by state or private actors), arbitrary arrest, intimidation, deportation/refusal of entry, confiscation/ damage to property, and new forms of violence experienced by journalists during the 2011 Arab spring, and further develop human rights council resolutions S-2/1 and S-9/1 concerning the attacks on media installations and allowing access as well as safe media corridors in conflict zones.

3.     Asking the Human Rights Council to appoint a special rapporteur on the protection of journalists, requesting the High Commissioner for Human Rights (HCHR) to create a unit to follow up media cases.

To governments

1.     Respect the letter and spirit of all international instruments they signed up to, of the binding and non-binding resolutions, covenants and declarations of the United Nations.

2.     Include an assessment of other country’s record when granting aid and other development assistance. International development institutions, such as the World Bank and International Monetary Fund, should also scrutinize a country’s record on violence journalists when assessing the granting of aid and other assistance.

3.     Strengthen national laws including criminal laws and overhaul justice system to end impunity and to provide judicial and legislative assistance to prevent serious violations of international humanitarian laws including the targeting of journalists.

4.     Agree that families of killed journalists have a right to compensation directly or through media institutions and establish a solidarity fund for the victims.

To news organizations

1.     Acknowledge their duty of care for all their journalists, in particular news gatherers, staff or freelance and their responsibility to provide safety training and equipment for dangerous situations in peace time as in war.

2.     Arrange trauma counselling through specialized organizations.

3.     Negotiate at all time with journalists and their representatives all issues of safety in news coverage, including safety protocols, medical care, life insurance, financial compensation, equality to provide those social guarantees to all, including freelancers.

4.     Increase awareness and knowledge of legal international agreements and conventions as well as regional ones.

5.     Include awareness of all aspects of the region under coverage in any training.

6.     Include special training for women in view of the attacks such as sexual harassment and the spate of other violent attacks directly targeted at women.

To journalists

 1.     Develop of culture of being responsible for their own safety and seek out training before travelling to conflict zones.

2.     Develop a culture of solidarity, in particular a duty of care towards each other.

3.     Be ready at all time to help record any incidents of attacks to provide evidence to cases of violence.

4.     Develop an understanding of how the military works and be ready how to handle them.
END

***01.03.2012. SYRIA.  The Press Emblem Campaign PEC welcomes the adoption of the resolution today by the Human Rights Council on the escalating grave human rights violations and deteriorating humanitarian situation in the Syrian Arab Republic, applauds the 37 countries that have voted for it. (Read PEC statement at the HRC below) (see also on pages PRESS and OTHER NEWS)

The resolution adopted today is a step forward against the impunity of regimes when they attack and kill journalists and human rights defenders for no solid reason but to silence the truth and to silence those who are who are witnesses of gross human rights violations, said the PEC. The PEC calls upon the Human Rights Council to attend to it's pioneering role as the world body to defend human rights to move several steps forward and find ways and means to bring the perpetrators of the crimes against Syrian and foreign journalists as well as human rights defenders to justice. 

STATEMENT DELIVERED BY THE PRESS EMBLEM CAMPAIGN (PEC) AT THE HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL

General Assembly
Human Rights Council
19th session

Urgent debate on the human rights and humanitarian situation in the Syrian Arab Republic

Madame President,

PEC welcomes as very timely the Special Debate organized today by the Council. The situation in the Syrian Arab Republic has seriously deteriorated since the beginning of the year concerning the access of media and safety of journalists. Five journalists have been killed in Syria since the beginning of 2012: our French colleague Gilles Jacquier died during a press journey organized with the consent of the Syrian authorities. The Syrian military on the spot have not prevented such a tragic event; on the contrary it seems that they have voluntarily exposed journalists to the shelling.

The killing of two Western journalists last week in a building which they used as a press center is a matter that needs attention and condemnation from the Council in line with its previous resolutions requesting an end to attacks on media installations and calling for allowing access as well as safe media corridors for journalists in conflict zones. PEC welcomes the evacuation of some media workers, but is still deeply concerned about others injured who cannot leave the country and wishes to pay tribute to the civilians who are helping them, some of them having been killed.

Syrian authorities must give free access to all media workers, to protect them during their mission of information on their territory and not to attack media installations.

This month Syrian journalist and human rights campaigner Mazen Darwish and all his colleagues at the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression were arrested.

The PEC joins international calls for freeing Mr. Darwish and seven of his men colleagues. Women colleagues from the Center including Yara Badr were freed.

The case of Syria is a vivid example of multiple violations of freedom of the press which requires urgent action from the Council.

A week ago and after decades of media oppression, Syrian journalists inside Syria and in exile have gathered to announce the establishment of The Syrian Journalists Association (SJA), headquartered in Damascus. The PEC welcomes the establishment of free and independent Syrian Journalists Association and declares its full support for its struggle and mission.

The PEC welcomes the announcement of the SJA that it will embrace the diversity of Syrian society and equal opportunities to Syrian journalists from different ethnicities to write and reports news in their ethnic language such as Arabic, Kurdish, Assyrian, Turkmen, and others.

PEC calls the Human Rights Council:

Ø to condemn in the strongest terms the killing of journalists;

Ø to ask for an international commission of enquiry to investigate and clarify circumstances in which the criminal acts were committed against foreign journalists in Syria

Ø to request the Syrian Arab Republic to allow the urgent and safe evacuation of the journalists severely injured;

Ø to request the Syrian Arab Republic to allow international media to enter the country and to accomplish their mission without being targeted by governmental forces.

I thank you Madame President.

1st March 2012 - Statement delievered by the PEC Representative to the UN Gianfranco Fattorini

***29.02.2011. Statement delivered at the Human Rights Council by the Press Emblem Campaign (PEC) on the occasion of the "Panel discussion on the promotion and protection of freedom of expression on the internet" (English after French)

Assemblée générale
Conseil des droits de l’homme
19ème session

Réunion-débat sur la liberté d’expression sur internet (rés. 18/113)

Madame la Présidente,

Presse Emblème Campagne félicite le Conseil des droits de l'homme pour avoir organisé ce premier panel sur la liberté d'expression sur internet. Elle félicite également le rapporteur spécial de l'ONU Frank La Rue pour son rapport sur l'accès à internet (A/66/290).

La PEC voudrait contribuer au débat en évoquant un point particulier à cette problématique dans la perspective de l'accès à l'information dans les zones de conflit.
 
D'une part, la PEC constate que l'internet permet de suppléer aux difficultés réelles des journalistes professionnels de se rendre sur les lieux d'un conflit. En effet, ces derniers mois, les personnels des médias ont payé un lourd tribut en accomplissant leur travail dans des pays secoués par des affrontements violents comme l'Egypte, la Libye, la Syrie, le Yémen, ou encore le Mexique. 
 
Lorsque l'accès des personnels des medias dans certains lieux devient excessivement risqué, internet permet de recevoir des informations de sources diverses locales suppléant ainsi à l’absence d’envoyés depuis le siège. Les événements qui se sont déroulés en Tunisie, en Egypte et en Libye ont amplement démontré l'importance de ce flux d'informations.
 
D'autre part, de nombreux pays ont fermé leurs portes aux journalistes étrangers, de la Syrie à la Birmanie, de la Chine (Région du Tibet) à l'Iran et à la Corée du Nord. Internet devient alors le seul moyen de communication pour les populations avec l'extérieur et la PEC ne peut que se féliciter du rôle primordial que l’internet joue pour assurer la liberté d’expression.
 
En même temps, la PEC constate des attaques de plus fréquentes de la part de régimes répressifs au réseau, que ce soit à travers les serveurs, les connexions, le filtrage des contenus, les cyber-attaques, des mesures de surveillance policières ou l'élimination physique des bloggeurs.
 
Ces mesures sont parfois efficaces à court terme, mais un pays moderne ne peut pas interrompre durablement ses réseaux internet sans se couper du monde et nuire gravement à son économie, car restreindre les libertés sur l’internet, c'est dans tous les cas se condamner &agr